NC0020401_Regional Office Historical File Pre 2018 (8)

rr
IFF lonktko
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Qu iity
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H Suliins Dee Freeman
Governor Director
April 17, 2009
ram_
CERTIFIED MAIL
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory Ittt,`.
KO, Box 398 ra
Hickory, North Carolina 28603
Sl.JBJLCT: Offer and Acceptance For a
State Loan
Project No. CS370389-l8
!lickory, North Carolina
Dear Mayor Wright:
As you were notified by letter from Governor Perdue„ the City of Hickory has been approved for
loan assistance trofn the Clean Water Sate Revolving. Fund in the aluount of $17,500,(}00 Rif is loan
will assist with funding, the \\'\f TP expansion plied .
Enclosed are two (2) copies of an Offer and Acceptance Document extending a State Resolving
loan in the amount of$17,.500,000, This offer is made subject to the assurances and c,rnditions set forth
in the Offer and Acceptance Document. l p,,m executing the Otter and Acceptance IW)ocuntent, please
submit the following items to the Construction Grants and Loans Section, 1633 Mail Service Center,
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1633 within forty-live tz-f5I days of receipt,
1. A resolution adopted by the governing body accepting the loan offer and making the applicable
assurances contained therein. (Sample copy attached)
2. One (1) copy of the original Offer and Acceptance Document executed by the authorized
representative for the project. Retain the other copy for your files.
i3 r,M r 5etvize Cr'i',,Ra g° Nolt -pr,hirt a 1 Ore
E fio )5 ap o Norl is t lrtl
a hor^ '1 13•'90 FAX9, 71' 1?^.3 :.t,' -87 „ ? r Dorf( 4 t,f(t'�lrlIi/Ite.fgat
i nI t'._Eev sb ( h- t ar�t6� ._ \t 1t1// /
,01 �.p. , ,ai ,€�. ,. _non ,

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
April 17, 2009 •
Page 2 •
In accordance with G.S. 159-26(b)(6), a capital project fund is required to account for all debt
instrument proceeds used to finance capital projects. It is required that a capital project ordinance, in
accordance with G.S. 159-13.2, be adopted by the governing board authorizing all appropriations
necessary for the completion of the project. A copy of the approved ordinance must be submitted to this
office before requesting the first reimbursement request.
In addition, the enclosed pay request form must be used for all reimbursement requests. You
may make additional copies as needed. Also, enclosed is a copy of a memorandum requesting your
Federal Identification Number. Please contact Mr. Jim Burke at the Local Government Commission,
Department of State Treasurer at [phone] for the compliance pertaining to the North Carolina
Clean Water Revolving Loan and Grant Program.
On behalf of the Department of Environment and Natural Resources, I am pleased to make this
offer of State Revolving Loan funds made available by the North Carolina Clean Water Revolving Loan
and Grant Act of 1997 and the Federal Clean Water Act Amendments of 1987.
. Sincerely,
/00.AA.f.:t.--P AO_ /3
Daniel M. Blaisdell, P.E., Chief
Construction Grants & Loans Section
MH
Enclosures
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, Spartanburg
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
Shamim Haeri
SRF

{
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secreta
t-7 "
April 7, 2009
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.D. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast. WWTP
WWTP improvements
Approval of Addendum No. t„
Project No. CS370389-18
cep
Dear Mayor Wright:
Reference is made to Addendum No. 4, received April 3, 2009, from the engineer for
revisions to the subject project.
The proposed addendum, as described in the attachment, has been reviewed by this
office, and is hereby approved, and eligible for funding in accordance with the loan offer and
conditions thereof.
The approval of this addendum does not constitute any change in the amount of your loan
for this project.
It is the responsibility of the recipient and the consulting engineer to insure that the
project plan documents are in compliance with Amended N.C.G.S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of addenda do not imply approval of a restrictive
specification for bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement
actions.
Adequate time must be allowed for the potential bidders and this office to receive and act
on addenda prior to the receipt of bids for subject project.
A copy of the approved addendum is attached for your files, and one (l) copy retained for
our files,
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 One
Locators°2728Cap l Blvd,Raleigh, Carolina 27604 NOI`thC Carol 111tY
Phone:
919-733-69CC 1 FAX [phone]k Customer Service:1-877.623-6738
fntemet wywr.newatergualily.org Naturally
An Equal Opportunity I Affirmativectiuu Errrployc�r 17

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
Page 2
April 7, 2009
Should you have any questions regarding this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Steve Tsadwa, El at [phone].
Sincerely,
Seth Robertson, P.E, Supervisor
Design Management Unit
Construction Grants & Loans Section
stisr
Attachment
cc: Scott Snyder, RE., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, IC, Spartanburg, SC' 29306
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office (NC Permit 0020401)
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Mark Hubbard, P.E.
Shamim Haeri
Steve Tsadwa, E.l.
SRF File

AECO NA
AECOM RECEIVED
Jonr Whase Blv0 "SuNt, 1-0 13oartsrib,Lio SoAl C:aro r3',,'eeee
t"i. 7 058,0 i" 864 7,Dt",Ei3 \WW1 aeC.PM COM
S& erk
C A 4;j 111 PROJECT: The City of Hi,,3
-
Northeast WaSt reatment!
Plant Improvements._7,
iq • s
SEA
A
—.0732288 Z BID DATE April 20, 2009 <0r
•-, ,„
ADDENDUM DATE: April 2, 2009 C
1110/ti-m1111140° COMMISSION NO. 60492
L/f) c."77,
Z7T
ADDENDUM NO. 4 c,
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Biddinexicuments dated
Jun-08 as noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form, Failure
to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
This Addendum consists of 72 pages including attachments (Attachment#1, Attachment#2, Attachment#3,
Attachment#4, Furniture and Equipment Tables, SK-2, SK-3).
The following information shall modify the contract documents, and the work shall be accomplished in
accordance with such stated modifications. It is suggested that this addendum be stapled to the back of the
front cover of the project manual.
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
1. Section 00200— Instructions to Bidders
Paragraph 1.3, Add letter E as follows:
E, All bidders shall identify on their bid the contractors they have selected for the subdivisions or
branches of work for:
(1) Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning;
L.;,
(2) Plumbing; A pp r
(3) Electrical; and NCR1'1.4 (:`A
(4) General.
DMSKIVLiN.41 ER CA UTY
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Section 02582— Underground Electrical Ducts and Manholes:
Modify section as indicated in Attachment#2.
3, Section 02532—Site Sanitary Sewerage System:
Paragraph 2.02, B: Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph.
Where restrained joints are used in lieu of thrust blocks, all joints and fittings shall be restrained.
4. Section 11226—Secondary Clarifier Equipment:
1. Paragraph 1.03, I; Change EDI submerged depth from 10'-0" to 3'-0".
2, Paragraph 2.03, A: Delete the last sentence "Clarifier#2 shall be provided with..."
3. Paragraph 2.03, B: Center drive platform shall be 8 feet square instead of 6 feet square.

Addendum#4
4-2-09
Page 2 of 5
4. Paragraph 2.11,A: Replace with paragraphs provided in Attachment#3.
5. Section 11260—On Site Hypochlorite Generation and Bisulfite System:
Paragraph 2.06, C, 2, I: Delete sentence
6. Section 11331 —Automatic Bar Screen:
Paragraph 2.02, B: Correct to read "The frame shall have a minimum width of 56-inches..,"
7. Section 16721 —Telephone Service, Pathways, and Wiring:
Paragraph 1.05, A: Correct to read "Telephone Utility: Embarq"
8. Section 11322—Vortex Grit Removal and Grit Washing System:
Delete Paragraph 2.06-Grit Bagger
9. Section 16950—SCADA System, Pump Control System & Instrumentation:
Modify section as indicated in Attachment#5.
10. Not Used.
11. Not Used.
DRAWINGS
12. Drawing S001-CS (Phase 1, 2 and 3)add the following Concrete notes:
A. The air content for all concrete shall be 6-percent.
B. The maximum water cement ratio for all concrete shall be 0.40.
C. The unit weight of concrete shall be between 140 and 150 pounds per cubic foot.
D. The maximum 28-day unit shrinkage for all concrete is 0.03-percent.
13. Drawing S001-CS (phase 1, 2 and 3) Foundation notes:
A. In note 4, change#10 fines to No. 57 stone.
B. Ali foundations and slabs shall bear on 6-inches of No. 57 stone.
14. Drawing S107-CS (phase 1):
A. Add note"6. Existing subgrade shall be undercut as recommended in section 5.2.2 of the
Subsurface Exploration Report"Hickory Northeast WWTP Improvements" prepared by S&ME
and dated January 10, 2006."
15. Drawing ES102-CE (Phase 1):
Unidentified handhole on the northeast end of line H-H should be labeled as HH-103.
16. Drawing CU701:
1. On Callout"2" RPBP &3/4" HB SEE DETAIL": delete"SEE DETAIL", change 2" RPBP to 2 %"
RPBP.
2. Add the following: Note:Hose Bibbs shall be installed 12"above finished floor.
3. Modify Keynote#9 to read as follows: 4'x4' EMBEDDED CHANNEL MOUNTED SELF
CONTAINED AL SLIDE GATE WI FLUSH BOTTOM.
17. Drawing CU719:
1. Delete Section bubble 4 CU719[CU723. Provide piping as labeled on CU719.
•
AECOM

Addendum#4
4-2-09
Page 3 of 5
2. Revise note 5 under"Notes this Sheet"to read"CPVC" instead of"PVC".
3. Revise note 10 under"Notes this Sheet"to read: Provide cast iron floor box wl bronze bushing, and
lockable cover.
4. Add note 18 under"Notes this Sheet:
18. Pipe joints shall be glued using heavy body-slow set PVC cement meeting requirements of
ASTM F493. Primer shall be compatible with glue.
18. Drawing CU730:
1. CLS#21 should be located to the right of the vertical line to match what is depicted on CU719.
2. Correct Piping Legend, Note 5 to read: "Y"-Strainer (Also correct on CU731).
19. Drawing CU731: Correct Piping Legend, Note 5 to read: "Y"-Strainer
20. Drawing CU747: Add butterfly valve as shown on SK-2 (attached)
21. Drawing CU751: Correct Pump Room Piping Legend, Item 32"10" Control Valve"to read"10" Pinch
Valve"
22. Drawing ES107-CE: Correct note 3 to read "180kW"instead of"350kW"
23. Drawing CU401: Modify Callout at PW#18 to read "(1) 6"TS&V(PW#18)"
24. Drawing CU402: Modify callout between Grit Chamber and Oxidation Ditch No. 3"SEE SH CU703 FOR
VALVE DETAILS"to read "SEE SH CU502 FOR VALVE DETAILS".
25. Drawing CU101: Delete Label"SSG4" on the existing 36"line to the right of SSG1.
26. Drawing CU204, 'PD1' Plant Drain Profile: Between PDA2A and PDA4, change line size from 8"to 12".
27. Drawing CU 207, 'SSG'Sewer Profile: Change SSG4 to SSG1.
28. Drawing EL101-PB: Modify as follows:
A. The switches at Column Line 2A shall be changed to two way switches.
B. Make the two way switch shown between the man door and the overhead door to the "Loading"
area a three way switch.
C. Provide two additional three way switches for switch legs"b"and"c"on the wall adjacent to
column line 3A for the corresponding three way switches on circuit LP1-5.
29. Drawing ES103-CE, Detail#2:
The note on the drawing indicating the existence of the manhole is in error. Intercept the conduit that
comes from the existing Control Building up to MCC2 from the south just south of the MCC and
temporarily refeed the MCC via that conduit. Provide a pole to the south of MCC2 to carry the wires
overhead as shown from the pole to the north.
30. Drawing E102-DB & ES601-DB:
The representations shown on ES601-DB are incorrect. There shall be an additional 250A breaker in
panel PDPDB for the OSEC panel#2 as well as an additional 30A breaker in panel PDPDB for the Main
Chemical Feed Control panel. The callouts on E102-DB are the most accurate representation.
AECOM

Addendum#4
4-2-09
Page 4 of 5
31. Drawing ES601-HB and ES601-OD:
The conductors running from the MCC to the VFD shall be 2 Sets(3#310, 1#3GND, 2-112"C) in all
cases. The conductors from the VFD to the motors shall be 1 Set(3#350, 1#4 GND, 3"C) in all cases.
32. Drawing 5001-CS: Change the bondbeam spacing in the typical wall reinforcing detail elevation from
8'-0" max to 4'-0" max.
33. Drawing 5001-CS: Add foundation note 6"slabs and mat foundation shall be placed on a minimum of
6-inches of granular fill. Additional granular fill and geotextile fabric shall be provided as recommended
by the geotechnical report for the conditions encountered.
34. Drawing 5101-CS: The section2/S301 left of the generator pad shall be changed to 4/S302.
35. Drawing S101-CS: The section4/S301 below the bar screen locations shall be changed to 4/S302.
36. Drawing 5104-CS: Change the 8-inch wall shown in section 11S304 to 12-inches thick.
37. Drawing S104-CS: Change the 8-inch wall shown in section 2/8304 to 12-inches thick.
38. Drawing S104-CS: Change the 37'-8"dimension at the bottom of the plan to 38'-0".
39. Drawing 5104-CS: Change the 16'-8"dimension at the bottom of the plan to 17'-0".
40. Drawing 5104-CS: Change the 100'-10"dimension at the bottom of the plan to 101'-6".
41. Drawing S106-CS: Change the top of slab elevation in the bottom plan from 979.00'to 978.00'.
42. Drawing 3106-CS: The scale for both plans shall be changed from 1/8"to 3132".
43. Drawing S106-CS: The dimension to the right of the weir shall be changed from 2'-6"to 2'-9".
44. Drawing S107-CS: Change the thickness of the wall on the left of section 3/S107 from 12-inches thick
to 8-inches thick.
45. Not Used.
46. Drawing S305-CS: In section 1/S305 granular fill shall be placed in the void below the stairs and
landing.
47. Drawing S305-CS: Section 3/S305 shall have the same 3'-3" thick slabs as shown in section 41S305.
48. Drawing S306-CS: Change the thickness of the slab in section 3/S306 from 2'-3"to 2'-8".
49. Drawing S306-CS: Change the thickness of the slab in section 4/S306 from 2'-3"to 2'-8".
50. Drawing 5307-CS: Change the elevation in section 3/S307 from 977.00'to 978.00'.
51. Drawing 5307-CS: Change the elevation in section 4/S307 from 977.00'to 978.00'
52. Drawing 3102-CS: The reinforcing for the bottom slab shall be#9 @ 8" o.c each way at the top and
bottom of the slab.
53. Drawing S302-CS: Change the reinforcing in section 6/S302 from#7@5"to#7@4".
54. Drawing S302-CS: Change the reinforcing in section 7/S302 from #7@5"to#7@4".
AECOM

Addendum#4
4-2-09
Page 5 of 5
55. Drawing S101-CS: The wall thickness for the walls shown in section 1/S101 and 31S101 shall be
changed from 14-inches to 16-inches.
56. Drawing S101-CS: The foundation shown in section 1 and 3 shall extend 9-inches past the exterior face
of the wall.
57. Drawing S101-CS: The vertical wall reinforcing for the bottom half of the wall shown in sections 11S101
and 3/S101 shall be#8 @ 6"o.c.
58. Drawing CU210: Change 42"Stl. Encasement to 48" StI. Encasement.
59. Drawing CU702: Change detail 3 to include an 8"x10"discharge elbow on the pump and a 10"x14"
eccentric increaser.
60. Drawing CU702: Change detail 4 to include a 14"x18"eccentric increaser with an 18" riser pipe on the
discharge side of the pump. The riser pipe will then use an 18"x20"increasing elbow at the top of the
riser.
61. Sheet ES603-CE: Revise Note (5)to read "all conduit and copper wiring for the SCADA system shall be
provided, installed and terminated by the electrical contractor. All fiber optic cabling shall be installed by
the electrical contractor. All fiber optic cabling shall be provided and terminated by the SCADA system
integrator. All ilo programming and instrumentation calibration shall be performed by the SCADA
system integrator."
•
EQUIPMENT PREQUALIFICATION
Pre-Qualification/pre-submittals have been reviewed for the following (companies in parentheses are currently
approved, companies in bold have been added since previous addendum):
a. Carbon Adsorber odor control equipment(US Filter, Bay Products, Pure Air Filtration, Daniel
Company)
b. System Integrator (Lord &Company, Diversified Integration, MR Systems, Revere Control
Systems, Control Instruments, Inc. `C2i',Zeller Electric)
o. Clarifier Equipment(Eimco, Hi-Tech)
Pre-qualification indicates that the main process equipment submittal has been reviewed and appears to
meet the performance specifications. Ancillary equipment not reviewed as part of the pre-submittal
package is expected to meet the specification requirements.
GENERAL COMMENTS AND QUESTIONS.
62. See attached sheet for general comments and responses to questions. Information provided on the
attached sheet is for general information and/or clarification and does not modify the contract •
documents.
END OF ADDENDUM
AECOM

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#1 to Addendum #4
April 2, 2009
General Information
1. Contractor is reminded that protection of existing and newly constructed structures, especially
during excavation activities, is the responsibility of the contractor. Sheet piling or other •
appropriate means of protection should be used where needed to protect structures. No
additional compensation shall be made for these efforts.
Questions and Answers
Responses in Italics
1-1) After reviewing specification section 02300,we note that in the sections dealing with subgrade
preparation and maintenance it appears that unsuitable material, at or below subgrade elevation,
is to be excavated and replaced with suitable material; however, we found no indication as to how
the Contractor would be compensated for this additional work.There are several factors that
could affect the suitability of subgrade material, many of which a Contractor has no control over.
Additionally, on this particular project, several new structures/facilities are to be built within the
footprint of existing structures/facilities. Depending on the depth of the existing structure/facility as
compared to the new structure/facility, the probability of encountering unsuitable material will
likely be higher. Additionally, the Subsurface Exploration Report indicates that"the fiat grassed
area, in the far southwest corner of the site, near the location of borings B-18& B-19 was
identified by plant personnel as a dump area where construction debris was buried to an
estimated depth of 20 feet."This is the area where the new Chlorine Contact Tank, Disinfection
Facility and Post Aeration Basin are to be constructed.The Subsurface Exploration Report also
identifies several other areas where unsuitable material may be encountered. For these reasons,
please confirm that it is not intended for the Contractor to be responsible for the cost associated
with unsuitable material encountered at or below subgrade elevation. One way that seems to
work well in dealing with the cost for unsuitable material is to establish a quantity, for bidding
purposes, along with a unit price to be provided by the bidders. That way, the Owner is only
paying for the actual quantity of unsuitable material encountered, and the Contractor is not
required to"guess" how much unsuitable material may be encountered. It's a fair and balanced
approach for both parties to the Contract.Also, please confirm that the Contractor will not be held
responsible for the additional cost to dispose of previously buried trash and debris.
Structural sheets have been modified to include provisions for the Chlorine Contact Basin area.
See Item#14, addendum#4. Section 00700 of the specifications,Article 10, identifies the
procedures for changes in work. Subsurface conditions are specifically addressed under Article 4
of this same specification.A unit price will not be provided on the bid form.
1-2) On page 16 of the Subsurface Exploration Report it is suggested"that the new Chlorine Contact
Basin be undercut 5 feet below the design bottom level; however, there is no indication of this
being required on the structural plan sheets for this basin. Please confirm that undercutting and
refilling below this structure is not required to be included in the bid price for this project.
Requirements for undercutting material under the Chlorine Contact Basin have been included
under Item#14 in addendum#4. Undercutting and refilling shall be included in the bid price.
1-3) Reference Document: Drawing ES101-CE, ES102-CE and ES302-CE. On ES101-CE and
ES102-CE ductbank H-H appears to end in an unidentified handhole. On ES302-CE unidentified
ductbank section telecom entrance ductbank references HH-103 to EMH-103. Is the unidentified
handhole HH-103 and is the unidentified ductbank section H-H. Please advise.
Page 1 of 17

According to Drawing ES302-CE, this should be HH-103. The ductbank section should be
identified as H-H. See Item#15, Addendum#4.
1-4) Reference Document: Drawing ES501-CE (example). Said drawing reflects the sizes,
specifications, requirements, etc.for the electrical manholes(EMH-101 thru 105). What are the
sizes, specifications, requirements, etc.for handholes (HH-100 thru 112)that are shown on
various drawings? Please advise.
See Item#2,Addendum#4. The handhole specifications provided under Attachment#2.
1-5) Reference drawing CU103: Is the new gas line to the New Influent PS &the tie-in @ the
entrance by others? Or is the contractor to contact the local utility for price?
•
Coordination with the local utility company and any costs associated with the installation of the
new gas line shall be the responsibility of the contractor. See M101-PB for more information.
1-6) Reference drawing CU701, Callout on this page"2" RPBP &%" HB SEE DETAIL": Please
provide detail identification and location.
See Item#16,Addendum#4.
1-7) Reference drawing CU701, Keynote 9: This appears to be an embedded gate not wall mounted.
Please clarify.
See Item# 16,Addendum#4.
1-8) Reference drawing CU719, Detail 4/CU723&CU723: No detail 4 found on CU723. Please
provide.
See Item# 17,Addendum#4.
1-9) Reference drawing CU719, CU723 Section 3: Drawings call for 4" BV wl lockable handle.
Drawing CU723 calls for"BV& BOX" but shows extended stem. Do you want the valve in a valve
box or w/floorstand &NW? Does this section apply to the other 4" BV wl lockable handle on
CU719? •
See Item# 17,Addendum#4. Also see Sketch SK-3.
1-10) On drawing 5107-CS section 3 the wall to the left of section is 12"wall but in the plan view above
it indicates an 8"wall.Which is correct?
See Item#44,Addendum#4.
1-11) Can the plans and documents be placed in the plan rooms in Raleigh for subcontractor and
vendor use?
No. Plans and specs are available at the locations listed in the bidding documents.
Page 2 of 17

1-12) Reference drawing CU719 &CU730: There is a 2" ball valve called out on CU719 between
sodium hypachlorite metering pumps#2&#3 that is not on the schematic on drawing CU730 nor
do I see it scheduled. The scheduled valves for these pumps go from 1 %"to 3A". It appears from
the schematic that CLS#21 is actually on a 3" header and that the 2" ball valve is not shown on
the schematic. Whereas CLS#9, #11, etc. is a 1 '/" branch off of the header. Please clarify.
See Item#18, Addendum#4.
1-13) Reference drawings CU724, CU730 &CU731: Drawing CU724 calls for a"Y"strainer on the
metering pump discharges, however in its place on drawings CU730 &CU731 is a magnetic flow
meters. Are both required? Please clarify.
See Item#18 &#19,Addendum#4.
1-14) Reference drawing CU747: The plan view&Section 2 are inconsistent in showing butterfly
valves. In the Plan View digester blower#3 has a butterfly valve on the blower side of the tee,
but in the section 2 the valve is below the tee and there is not one n the blower side. Please
clarify. Also, no valves are shown off of digester blower#5. Is this correct.
See item#20,Addendum#4.Provide valve on the blower side of the tee as shown in SK-2
(attached). There is no valve on the discharge side on blower#5.
1-15) Reference drawing CU751, Item 32 in the Pump Room Legend: Could you direct me to the
specification section for the 10" Control Valve?
See Section 11500—Process Piping and Accessories, Part 2.14 Pinch Valves. See item#21,
Addendum#2.
1-16) Specification section 16131 para 2.01 D.1 states that conduit near open ditches etc shall be PVC
coated GRC. Can you quantify'near',ie. 0'to 10', 0'to 20'?
The word"near"is used.since WWTP work can sometimes have a large variety of conditions that
can make the proximity to a ditch different from one place to another. For bidding purposes,
"Rear"would be within 10'horizontally of an open ditch, regardless of elevation. For example,
exposed conduit being routed on the exterior of a water-containing structure would need to be
PVC-coated RGS, regardless of conduit elevation or structure water level.
1-17) Detail 2 on ES103-CE indicates an existing manhole. We were unable to locate this manhole on
our walkthrough yesterday. Please confirm that manhole does exist and locate on plans.
The note on the drawing indicating the existence of the manhole is in error. See item#29,
Addendum#4.
1-18) Dwg ES107CE Temporary Gen at Exist Influent PS references both detail 3 and note 3. Detail 3
calls for a 180KW gen,while note 3 calls for a 350KW. Which is correct?
A 180 kW generator is the correct size for the existing Influent Pump Station. See item#22,
Addendum#4.
Page 3 of 17

1-19) Please clarify restraint required for buried Ductile iron piping. Spec 02510 &02532 seem to
indicate thrust blocks will be used for restraint. is this correct? Does the contractor have the
option of using U.S. Pipe"Field-Lok"gaskets and EBAA"MEGALUG" in lieu of thrust blocks for
restraint? If yes, what restrained lengths will be required on either side of bends?
See Section 02532—2.08, C, Last sentence:
"Mechanical restrained joint is optional throughout the project except where specifically called for
on the Plans and may be used in lieu of thrust blocks." See item#3, Addendum#4.
1-20) Reference drawing DW601 &DW602: The existing water supply diagram, DW601, shows a RPZ
backflow preventer&drawing DW601 valve schedule, Item #1 calls for a new 8" RPZ backflow
preventer to be installed in Phase 1, but the RPZ BFP is not shown as new(bold). Is the
contractor to replace an existing backflow preventer or is the drawing in error&nothing new is
required. Please clarify.
The contractor is to remove the existing backflow preventer and install a new 8"RPZ during
phase 1.
1-21) Reference drawing DW604: Should the valve at the post hydrant under clarifier#2 be a 3" valve
instead of 6"as it is labeled?
DW drawings provided as a schematic drawing to show system connectivity. For bidding
purposes,refer to utility plans(CU drawings) for all sizes and quantity of water supply items. DW
drawings will be corrected during construction.
1-22) Reference drawing DW602, CU402&CU707: Valves PW#5 &PW#6 are given as 1"on
DW602 & 1 1/2"on CU402&CU707. Also, PW#1 & PW#2 are 1"on DW602 and 2"on CU707 &
CU402. Please clarify.
DW drawings provided as a schematic drawing to show system connectivity. For bidding
purposes, refer to utility plans(CU drawings) for all sizes and quantity of water supply items. DW
drawings will be corrected during construction.
1-23) Reference drawing CU402, valves DW#1 & DW#2: Call-out references drawing CU703 for
valve details. Please review&clarify.
See item#24,Addendum#4. Call-out on SH CU402 should reference SH CU502 for valve box
setting detail
1-24) Reference drawing CU101 &CU406: is the transformer&pad, located next to new EMH 102, to
be demolished, temporarily relocated or permanently relocated for the laying of the bypass line
from new MH SSF1 to existing SMH#8?
The transformer&pad in question are New installations. See note 5 on CU406.
1-25) Reference drawing CU 401: Two places on the 8" PW line calls for a tapping sleeve&valve, but
the new fire hydrant does not call for tapping sleeve &valve. If hot taps are required elsewhere,
then I assume anywhere on this line would require a hot tap. Is this correct or can the line be
shutdown for cut-in tees at all places?
Page 4 of 17

A hot tap will be required for all connections to the existing 8"PW line. See Item#23,Addendum
#4.
1-26) Reference drawing CU719, Notes 3 &5: The notes call for CPVC pipe and PVC ball valves. Is
this correct?
Notes 3 &5 shall call for CPVC pipe and CPVC ball valves. See ltem# 17, Addendum V.
1-27) Reference drawing CU103, odor scrubber unit enlarged area: Call-out"Yard Hydrant(Typ)" is
unclear since 1 can see only one symbol for a yard hydrant. Please clarify quantity and location?
Odor Scrubber Unit 1 has one (1)yard hydrant at location shown on plan sheets.
1-28) Refer to drawing S105-CS Detail 2 shows the foundation slab 3'-3"thick but the detail
section 3/S305 shows a different foundation thickness that isn't spelled out.Which detail is
correct?
See Addendum#4, Item#47.
1-29) Refer to drawing 3305-CS Detail 1...What material is required to fill the void under the 6"
slab?
See Addendum#4, Item#46.
1-30) Refer to drawing 5106-CS top of the sheet..... shows"Top of Slab EL 979" but the detail 4 on
5307-CS shows TOC 977.00.Which elevation is correct?
See Ifems#50 and#51,Addendum#4.
1-31) Refer again to detail 4 on sheet 5307-CS....Can we get a continuation of this detail to the left
similar to detail 1 on sheet S306-CS to show how this thickened slab transitions into the 12"slab?
It will be similar to 1/S306 and is graphically depicted in 1/CU713.
1-32) Refer to spec section 15191.1.08 B...."Provide five year manufacturer warranty for
"Can you fill in the blank?
Provide five year manufacturer warranty for Pumps and Tank.
1-33) As each phase is completed and the owner takes over the operation of that portion of the project,
will warranties begin at that point for the applicable items?
See section, 01451— Warranty Certification for clarification.
1-34) Will the owner assume the operating cost for that part of the project?.... and will retainage be
reduced to zero for that portion of work?
See sections 00690—Startup Certifications and 01451— Warranty Certification for clarification on
Page 5 of 17

owner acceptance of equipment. Provisions for partial substantial completion are provided under
Article 14 of Section 00700. Refer to Section 00900, 1.02, C for retainage guidelines. Upon
certification of partial substantial completion and continued satisfactory performance of the
contractor, the owner may elect to reduce retainage.
1-35) Specification 11200.2.01.0 requires a 2"discharge connection for the grinder pumps.
Specification section 1200.2.02.D.1.c requires a 4"discharge. Please clarify.
There is no specification section 1200.2.02.D.1.c. There is a section 11200.2.01.D.1.c which
refers to a 4"discharge. The discharge should be 2"as called out in section 11200.2.01.C. See
configuration on drawing CU767.
1-36) Specification section 11226.2.11.A"Peripheral Density Current Baffles"is blank, but the baffles
are shown on the contract drawings. Please indicate if they are required, and if so, please
provide a specification.
See Item#4 on Addendum #4.
Specification section 11226.2.03.A requires a"double walkway bridge"for clarifier#2. The
drawings indicate a 112 walkway bridge. Please clarify.
See Item#4 on Addendum#4.
1-37) Specification section 11226.2.03.E requires a 6'x6'center platform. The drawings indicate 8'x8'.
Please confirm.
See Item#4 on Addendum#4.
1-38) Specification section 11260.2.06 requires connections for site gauges for the Hypochlorite Tanks,
but no site gauge is called for. Please confirm that no gauge is required.
Not required. See Item#5 on Addendum#4.
1-39) Specification section 11331.2.02.B requires a 34" bar screen frame width. The drawings indicate
a frame width of 58". Please confirm.
The drawings indicate a frame width of 56"and a blackout width of 58" These dimensions are
correct and specification section 11331.2.02.8 should be modified to show a frame width of 56".
See item#6, Addendum#4.
•
1-40) Specification section 11345.2.08.2.0 requires a 5 yr warranty for the sludge pumps. Specification
section 11345.2.08.4 requires a 1 year warranty. Please confirm.
The pumps shall be warranted for a period of one (1)year. The minimum of five(5)years
referenced in Section 11345 2.08.2.0 is stating the length of time the manufacturer shall have a
successful record in manufacturing and servicing the equipment and systems specified.
1-41) Refer to Phase 2 - Drawing S102-CS has missing rebar detail on the foundation slab ....please
provide.
Page 6 of 17

See Item#52,Addendum#4.
1-42) Article 1.03 I. Calls out the EDI depth to be 10'. Fora unit this size the EDI is typically 3'deep(3'
deep shown on tfie drawings)
See Item#4,Addendum#4.
1-43) Please reference Drawing CU704, Drawing CU749, and Drawing CU706-NaOH, NaOCI Storage
Tanks and 6100 Gallon Storage Tank have no insulation spec.Will these tanks require field
insulation?
See 11260, 2.06, D.
1-44) Please reference Drawing CU719.Are the piping and tanks pre-insulated? Please clarify.
See note 17 on CU719 for piping and see 11260, 2.06, D for tanks.
1-45) May we heat trace outdoor piping per factory recommendations for heat maintenance?
Chromalox brand heat tape 5 watt, 120 volt Self-Regulating controlled by a Line Sensing
Thermostat.
Provide heat trace per section 11500, 2.06.
1-46) Drawing 8001-CS "Typical CMU Wall Reinf."Section shows bond beams @ 4'-0"; Elevation
shows them @ 8'-0". Which is correct?
See Item#32, Addendum#4.
1-47) Section 16231, 2.05 C. Please clarify if sub-base day tanks and sub-base tank for influent pump
station are UL2085 or UL142.
UL-2085
1-48) Section 16231, 2.05 K. Please clarify sound reduction requirement for sound attenuated
enclosure in dB(a) @ 7m. Cummins Power Generation is referenced, but CPG does not publish
valves for units > 1000 KW.
Provide the enclosure for sound attenuation of 75 db at 7 meters.
1-49) Section 16341, 2.02 B(5). Please clarify seismic requirements for switchgear. To date,we have
been unable to obtain or source NC specific requirements to obtain a clear explanation as to how
the switchgear is affected.
Per the NCSBC,Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical systems, components and elements
permanently attached to structures shall meet the requirements of Section 9.6 of ASCE 7—
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. Consult the electrical equipment
supplier for additional details on how the equipment they plan to supply should be installed,
Page 7 of 17

secured and braced.
1-50) Section 11345, 2.08.1. In looking at the specifications I see (4) Progressing Cavity Pumps. Are
there any more? There may be others associated with other spec sections. In the same section I
see(2) in line grinders. Are those in-line twin shafted (like Muffin Monster or Moyno)grinders or
Flygt's? Refer to section 11345, 2.07.3,A.
See Section 11345, 2.08.1. for pump quantities and location. Section 11345, 2.07.5 indicates
. "drive assembly shall be two-shaft design':
1-51) Drawing EL101 —PB Lighting plan indicated two sets of 3 way switches, one at CL 2A and the
other at 2B. These two banks are fed from different circuits without a corresponding set of three
ways. It appears that a single pole switch would work in this instance. Please confirm.
See item#28,Addendum#4.
1-52) There is a note that Owner reserves the right to take possession of demolished items. Can we
get clarification of what items in particular they want to retain? This could have a significant
impact on demolition pricing due to resale value of some of the equipment.
The owner has determined that there are no specific items that need to be salvaged for the City
of Hickory. The contractor will be responsible for removal offsite and disposal of all demolished
facilities and equipment. Any salvage value of equipment or materials is deemed to be the
property of the contractor as part of his contract.
1-53) There has been some concern regarding Eaton getting approved on switchgear equipment. We
need to know if they are approved as soon as possible.
Switchgear equipment will not be pre-approved. Per addendum#1
4. Pre-Qualification/pre-submittal will be reviewed for the following(companies in parentheses ate
currently approved):
a Self priming centrifugal type pumps—sludge pumping equipment(Garman-Rupp)
b. Adjustable frequency drives(Allen-Bradley)
c. Submersible sewage type pumps—Influent pump station(Fairbanks-Morse)
d. Clarifier equipment(EIM CO)
e. On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite generation system equipment(US Filter)
f. Rotary Drum Thickener System(Parkson)
g. Oxidation ditch system equipment(such as submersible propeller mixers-E[MCO)
h. Automatic bar screen equipment(Vulcan)
i. Aerobic digestion system equipment(Enviroquip)
J. Chemical odor control equipment(US Filter)
k. Carbon Adsorber odor control equipment(US Filter)
I. System Integrator (Lord &Company)
Submittals must be consistent with the appropriate equipment/supplier requirements in the
specification section as well as Section 01300. Submittals for Equipment/suppliers not
included in the above list will not be reviewed for pre-approval during bidding. However,this
does not preclude vendors from submitting products far approval during construction phase.
In general, the intent of this language was to reiterate that we are reviewing pre-qualification
packages for about 10-11 major pieces of equipment and that all other equipment would be
approved at the shop drawing submittal stage of the project. As with any shop drawing submittal,
Page 8 of 17

the equipment must meet the specifications and can be denied approval if it doesn't. This puts
the burden on the GC to only accept pricing from equipment vendors that meet the specification.
With respect to the specification section for switchgear, the phrase "no substitutions"comes at
the end of the paragraph where it is stated that the switchgear be of the same manufacturer as
the corresponding switchboard. Both the switchboard and the switchgear are paralleling gear for
generator sets and must be of similar construction. This requirement shall remain. The phrase
"no substitutions"does not apply to the choice of manufacturer in any of the electrical
specification sections.
1-54) Please confirm the size of line PD1 (from MH PDA1 to PDA4). The profile on drawing CU207
shows the line as 8" DIP. However, the enlarged plan on drawing CU403 indicates the line is 12"
dia based on the 12"x8"wye with 8" plug callout.
See Item#26 on Addendum#4.
1-55) Drawing CU101 shows new MH SSG1 on the SSG line, the final structure on the new line.
Downstream on the existing 36" SS line is a new MH label "SSG4" but no structure is shown.
See Item#25,Addendum#4.
1-56) Drawing CU204 shows the SSG profile. The line is shown terminating into MH SSG4. Should
this structure be labeled SSG1 to match drawing CU101? Or does MH SSG4 exist but is not
shown on CU101?
See Item#27,Addendum#4.
1-57) Not Used
1-58) Phase 2, Drawing CU747
What reinforcing steel is required for the Blower Area Base Slab shown in section 2/CU747?
Slab shall be a 12"slab with#5 @ 12"o.c. top and bottom each way.
1-59) Phase 2, Drawing CU756
What reinforcing steel is required for the Temporary RAS Wetwell?
The reinforcing should be#5 @ 6"o.c mid each way for all four walls and the tank bottom.
The walls may be 8"thick and the bottom 10"thick.
1-60) Phase 2-Drawings S101-CS &S302-CS
Sections 3, 4, 6, 7/S302 are cut thru chambers at the north end of Oxidation Ditch No. 2. Part of
them show the reinforcing in the base slab to be#7 @ 4", part show#7 @ 5". Which reinforcing
pattern is correct?
See Addendum#4, Items#53 and#54.
1-61) Sheet S102-CS doesn't tell us what size bars and the spacing for the slab reinforcing. I can't
seem to find it anywhere else. Please advise so that we can finish up reinforcing take off.
See Addendum#4, Item#52.
Page 9 of 17

1-62) Drawing S101-CS Phase I shows sections 2 and 4 at two different locations along the building
exterior. One of each section is cut at a portion of the building that is not a portion of the
screening/wetwell portions of this structure. The footings where these sections are cut are also
identified as WF3.01958. It appears that this is a bust. Please confirm engineer's intent.
See Addendum#4, Items#34 and#35.
1-63) Is there a CAD.flle available for the Site Development Contractors?
No.
1-64) The soil borings indicate rock at varying depths throughout the site. Many of the pipe excavations
will be through areas that are rock, but the boring information is not adequate to determine the
extent of rock blasting/excavation needed for these pipeline excavations_We would like
permission to excavate test pits on site so we can determine the extent of rock removal
associated with the site sanitary sewerage system on Monday, March 30, 2009. Please let us
know if this is acceptable. If this not acceptable, is it possible to handle rock excavation as a bid
item allowance for both mass excavation &pipe excavation?
Test pits may be dug at owner's discretion. Contact engineer to coordinate site visit. No bid item
allowance for excavation will be provided.
1-65) Please verify that once the Owner receives Substantial Completion on an area, and or system,
that retainage for such system/area will be released and that the warranty shall commence as of
that date.
See question 1-34.
1-66) Please clarify the trough slab, grout elevation.There appears to be a conflict on drawings CU763
&S 101-CS.
•
The grout is not shown on drawing SW1-CS(Phase 3), so there should not be a conflict.
1-67) I wanted to see if it was possible to get some clarification from you on the coating to be applied to
the steel in the clarifiers, if indeed there is to be some type of application.The spec only states
Exterior and Interior metals etc, but does not distinguish between exposed interior, and interior
submerged, as in the case of the clarifiers.
Could you let me know what you had in mind for coating the interior, submerged steel?
See spec section 11226.2.12.A.
1-68) I wanted to clarify what is required for sizing of the motors for the small influent pumps#1 &
#3 (variable speed)for the 3513 GPM @ 90.621-DH condition. Please refer to the attached
guaranteed curve for this pump/application.
The specs are requiring that"the motor nameplate rating should exceed the BHP requirements of
the specified head and capacity conditions".
It looks like it will require approximately 100 BHP to cover the specified condition point-see
attached. At the end of the curve, it looks like it would require approximately 116 BHP. The spec
is calling for using 125 HP motors (365 frame)at 1200 RPM for this pump. The specs are also
requiring providing the motors with a cooling jacket which would derate the 125 HP motor to
118.5 and when used with VFDs would require an additional 5% derating to approximately 112.6
Page 10 of 17

HP. This 112.6 HP motor rating would cover the condition point, but would not be non-
overloading over the entire range of the curve.
Per the specs, it looks like this motor would be acceptable, but I wanted to make sure that this is
what was intended and that you are comfortable with this motor for this application.
The specs require for the motor to be provided with a 1.15 SF.
We may be able to provide the 125 HP motor(continuous duty with cooling jacket)with a 1.0 SF
and then derate to 118.8 HP for VFD use--but I'm checking with the factory on this and be able
to exceed the runout BHP...if this is what was intended.
Otherwise,we could offer the pump with a larger(400 frame) 150 HP 1200 RPM motor(derated
to 135 HP for VFD use with cooling jacket)for this application. This motor is substantially larger
&heavier and would require a much larger discharge elbow with 3" dual rail guiderails required --
similar to the larger influent pump.
Please let me know how you want us to proceed in this regard.
Proceed with 125 HP Motor as specified
1-69) Also, I didn't see any requirements for stainless steel lifting chains or lifting cables for the
pumps? Will this be required? Or are others providing this?
See specification section 11210.2.02.G.k.
1-70) The drawings are showing a 8"x14"eccentric increaser for the riser for the small influent pumps.
Fairbanks Morse is limited to two(2) pipe size increases using an eccentric increaser for their
discharge elbows....otherwise the flange of the larger size flange starts to get too close to the
guiderails. We may be able to provide a 8"x10" discharge elbow(if the motor is 365 frame&
lower)and use a 10"x14"eccentric increaser, but if we have to the larger 400 frame motor—as I
mention above,we'll have to use a heavy duty 8"x8"discharge elbow and will be limited to a
8"x12" eccentric increaser with the riser pipe being 12"and a 12"x14" increasing elbow at the top
of the riser.
See Item#59,Addendum#4.
1-71) This same issue exists for the larger influent pumps_..a concentric increaser cannot be used on
the discharge of the discharge elbow...eccentric increasers are required and are limited to two(2)
size increases. A 14"xl 8" eccentric increaser would be used with 18" riser pipe. You could use a
18"x20"increasing elbow at the top of the riser.
See Item#60,Addendum#4.
1-72) Drawing EP101-PB note 5 calls for a 200a Disc if not provided with the Scrubber. I cannot find
anything which defines whose package the Disc goes in. Can you assign this to either the
electrical contractor or the Scrubber Manufacturer? Otherwise, we'll have to include one to be on
the safe side possibly inflating our bid.
Page 11 of 17

Coordinate the provision of this disconnect with the General Contractor through whom you are
bidding the project. If the GC is not having the equipment supplier provide it, then the GC or the
electrical contractor shall at the GC's discretion.
1-73) Additional dimensional information at the oxidation ditch (S106-CS) is required. There are
several areas that need to be addressed and/or clarified especially near the center wall and the
extents of the supported walkways. Section 1/S106/S306 shows the base of the wall being 2'9"
with a supported walkway above. The plan view on S106 shows the wall base being 2'6"with no
walkway. Please provide information needed to accurately estimate quantities.
See Item#43,Addendum#4.
1-74) Section 11260 Part 2.02. The spec calls for 22 Ton Brine Saturator but the drawings show a 12'
diameter X 15' high brine tank which is 59 Ton capacity(CU719 and CU 720). I believe the
drawings are more reflective of what you all want but this should probably be clarified in
addendum. 22 T gives 30 day storage for 500 ppd generator.
Specification 11260, Part 2.02, C, delete#1 -Each brine saturator tank shall have a nominal total
capacity of 22 tons of solar salt.
Tank shall be provided as shown in plans.
1-75) Section 11260 Paragraph 2.11 details the metering pumps as being manual stroke length
actuated metering pumps. The feed rate is adjusted by 4-20 mA signal to effect speed via a
variable speed DC motor and stroke frequency. Somehow I missed that CU719 calls out
automatic actuators for the metering pumps where is should have said automatic CONTROL.
SH CU719 in Piping Legend#1, 2, 5, 6 replace the phrase
"metering pump with automatic actuator"
With
"metering pump with automatic control"
1-76) We have discussed this a number of times as it pertains to the evacuating of the hydrogen gas. It
may be something we can address during submittal. Siemens states the use of standpipes is not
recommended as shown on CU722. It creates points of potential accumulation of hydrogen gas.
Without controlling the level of the liquid in the standpipe, the risk of overflow of liquid into the
blower discharge line if all tank valves are closed. Air flow at the top of the standpipe is not
measured so there is a risk of releasing hydrogen at concentrations within the flammability range
if the blowers are not operated at the desired flow rate.
Siemens states the safest place to separate hydrogen gas from the hypo solution is the storage
tank where enough ventilation can be provided to remove not only the bulk hydrogen gas but also
the entrained and dissolved hydrogen over time. Siemens would once again ask for the piping to
allow for all the hydrogen to make it to the tank to be diluted. The piping should be at 2% (1/"per
foot) upward slope toward the tank; avoid any points of potential hydrogen accumulation
(downward pipe runs)and minimize the points of potential lead (unions, elbows, tees and valves).
Piping should be bid as shown on the plans and specs. Any changes recommended by the
chosen supplier will be addressed as a shop drawing submittal.
1-77) After review of the bidding documents, we have not been able to determine which items of the
current plant that the owner wishes to be salvaged for the owner. It is very important to
understand salvageable vs. non salvageable items as this significantly affects the costs of
demolishing the facility. Please identify specific items that the owner wishes to be salvaged and
returned to them.
Page 12 of 17

The owner has determined that there are no specific items that need to be salvaged for the City
of Hickory. The contractor will be responsible for removal offsite and disposal of all demolished
facilities and equipment. Any salvage value of equipment or materials is deemed to be the
property of the contractor as part of his contract.
1-78) At the pre-bid conference there were discussions on what to do with the contents of the existing
basins/tanks to be demolished. It was said that the digester's content was the responsibility of
the contractor to dispose of. It was further mentioned that the contents of the other basins to be
demolished were to be transferred/pumped to the existing plant to be put through the treatment
process. I have been unable to find these requirements in the bidding documents. Please clarify
responsibility of the contents of all basins that are to be demolished. For the basins that are to be
pumped or otherwise transferred to the WWTP process, please identify who will be responsible
for pumping/transferring these contents.
Answered in previous addendum—All tanks in service will be pumped down to within 1 ft of
bottom of vessel and walls sprayed down by plant staff. Any vessels not currently in service (old
digesters) are responsibility of contractor.
1-79) The masonry specifications require a color mortar. Colored mortar can vary drastically in price
depending on what it is. Could you give a brand or a color number to use as a basis of bid?
Mortar color is to be selected from standard colors.
1-80) Specification section 16341 para2.01A states that all Switchgear to be by the same manufacturer.
Normally the paralleling switchgear is provided by the manufacturer of the generators to match
their equipment independent of the other switchgear. Would this be acceptable?
Yes. The intention of a single manufacturer was to ensure continuity between the intelligence in
the switchgear and the motor control centers. Having multiple manufacturers is not desired.
1-81) Section 16231 —Packaged Engine Generators
2.03 B—Does the rating at 10% overload for 1 hour allow for any variation in voltage and.
frequency levels at 100% nameplate rating or do we need to"upsize" the generators to meet this
requirement?
The voltage regulation is defined in 2.04 G. Upsizing the generator is not allowed. Consult the
generator manufacturers for product offerings.
1-82) Section 16231 —Packaged Engine Generators
2.05 A— Is the 5000 gallon main storage tank exempt from the apparent requirement that
Catawba Co. NC has limiting above ground storage to 660 gallons?
Per the NC Mechanical and Fire Code, there are limitations of 660 gallons for indoor applications,
residential applications and some other applications. There is no verifiable evidence of a local
Catawba County ordinance limiting the size of tanks at this type of facility. If you have additional
information about this ordnance,please provide references.
1-83) With regard to ductile iron wall sleeves and fabricated ductile iron wall pipe. The use of wall pipe
versus wall sleeves as outlined in specification section 02532, Paragraphs 2.05-Wall Sleeves
and 2.06-Wall Pipes is unclear. Could you please clarify in what installations wall pipe are
required versus wall sleeves. Wall sleeves are significantly more expensive that wall pipe.
Page 13 of 17

Any pipe that penetrates a water bearing structure at or below the maximum water level of the
structure should be installed using a wall pipe cast into the concrete structure.
1-84) Reference Document: Drawing ES601-HB and ES601-OD. MCC-OD1 (Future), MCC-0D2 and
MCC-0D3 each have two (2)400 amp circuits feeding the respective 200 horsepower variable
frequency drives (VFD's). MCC-OD1 (Future), MCC-0D2 and MCC-0D3 feeder schedules on
each drawing calls for notes#2 and#7 feeder types and/or sizes.Three(3) different types and/or
sizes are shown on said drawings. Please verify your intent.
The conductors running from the MCC to the VFD shall be 2 Sets (3#3/0, 1#3GND, 2-1/2"C) in all
cases. The conductors from the VFD to the motors shall be 1 Set(3#350, 1#4 GND, 3"C)in all
cases.
1-85) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 1.24 indicates that"all conduit and wiring shall be
provided, installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor(EC)with the exception of
communication cables ... and signal cables for instruments provided by the SI". Note#4 on
drawing ES603-CE also states that"... instrumentation terminations shall be performed by the
SCADA System Integrator".
North Carolina's State Board of Examiners of Electrical Contractors requires a Low Voltage
license"to perform wiring for systems of 50 volts or less and control circuits directly associated
therewith"or an unlimited electrical license to perform wiring for systems under 600 volts which
includes 110 VAC terminations. Accordingly, it would appear that the SCADA System Integrator
must be properly licensed as an Electrical Contractor in the State of North Carolina. is this
correct?
All copper cabling, installation and termination for SCADA System connections and
instrumentation shall be provided and installed by the Electrical Contractor(EC). The System
Supplier shall provide the fiber optic cabling to the EC for installation. The System Supplier shall
also terminate the fiber optic cabling.
See Attachment#5,Addendum #4.
1-86) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.1 requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide redundant servers,workstation(s), and notebook computer(s). These devices are not
shown on the SCADA System Diagram (ES603-CE), Which is correct the plans or the specs?
See note#2 on sheet ES603-CE. This sheet is diagrammatic. Provide items per the specs.
1-87) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.B requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide Dell PowerEdge servers. There is no console monitor specified for these servers. If
severs are indeed required, then they will need console monitors. Are these servers shown on
the SCADA System Diagram (ES603-CE)? Where are they to be located?
Servers shall be located in the Electrical Room(114)in the Laboratory Building. See paragraph
2.21.1.B for specifications of the rack housing for the server(s). Monitors for the units are
specified there.
1-88) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.C.9 requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide a Dell Precision Workstation(s)with "Dell 19 inch"or"Dell 22 inch" monitors as indicated
on the"equipment list". Where is the equipment list and/or what size monitors are required? Are
these workstations shown on the SCADA System Diagram (ES603-CE)? Where are they to be
located?
System Supplier shall submit this list as part of their submittals.
Page 14 of 17

Revise Line 2.21.1.C.9 to read:
Monitors(Two per workstation): Dell 22 inch UltraSharp 2208FPW Widescreen,Adjustable
Stand, VGA/DVL
1-89) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.D requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide a notebook computer. Is this notebook computer shown on the SCADA System Diagram
(ES603-CE)? Where is it to be located?
See note#2 on sheet ES603-CE. This sheet is diagrammatic. Provide items per the specs.
1-90) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.E requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide 40 inch wall-mounted LCD monitor(s). How many are to be supplied? Are these
monitors shown on the SCADA System Diagram (ES603-CE)? Where are they to be physically
located?
intended location is the Laboratory Building Control Room, but final location to be determined by
Owner. Provide one 40"monitor. See note#2 on sheet ES603-CE This sheet is diagrammatic.
Provide items per the specs.
1-91) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.G requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide"Alarm/Event Printers". How many are to be supplied? Are these alarm/event printers
shown on the SCADA System Diagram (ES603-CE)? Where are they to be physically located?
Laboratory Building Control Room. Provide one. See note#2 on sheet ES603-CE. This sheet is
diagrammatic. Provide items per the specs.
1-92) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.H requires that the SCADA System Supplier
provide Report/Graphic ColorJet printers as indicated on the"equipment list". Where is the
equipment list? Are these Report/Graphic ColorJet printers shown on the SCADA System
Diagram (ES603-CE)? Where are they to be located?
Laboratory Building Control Room. Provide one. See note #2 on sheet ES603-CE. This sheet is
diagrammatic. Provide items per the specs.
1-93) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.21.1 requires that the SCADA System Supplier provide
"Rockwell Software RSView 32"development software package with options indicated"below".
RSView 32 is an older version of RSView. The current server version is Rockwell FactoryTalk
View SE. Which version of software is to be supplied? Where are the"options"listed?
RSView 32 was the package of choice for the Owner. Unless the Owner requests differently,
purchase and provide RSView 32. Remove the words"with options listed below from 2.21.L3.
System Supplier shall provide any options required for the system to meet the specifications as
outlined in 16950.
1-94) 1 need some help with a brick dimension on a double header course(drop edge&splay above).
The detail#(copy) I have is: A101-E8 A501-E. I guess my real question is: is this a standard
brick size? 7 5/8"?
All bricks are standard size with some cutting required
1-95) The specs indicate that compact fittings (C-153) are allowed except within five(5)feet of the
building or structure.Will compact fittings be allowed for all buried piping?
Yes.
Page 15 of 17

1-96) is the correct casing size for the 30" FM Jack and Bore 42"as indicated on the profile, or 48", as
indicated on Drawing CU103?
Correct size is 48" See Item#58,Addendum#4.
See Casing Pipe Bore and Jack Detail on SH CU503.
1-97) Can you clarify where manhole drop connections are required? Detail on drawing CU502 shows a
2'-0" MIN drop.Are manhole drop connections required at all locations where the invert
elevations are 2'-0" and greater?
Yes.
1-98) Please clarify what material is required for'DSD' piping around the Laboratory Bldg, Chlorine
Contact Basin and the Tank Farm/Disinfection Bldg?
See Typical Downspout Drain detail on SH CU502. The material is Schedule 80 PVC.
1-99) Reference drawings CU444, CU746, CU747, CU751: Drawing CU444 shows a pipeline running
from the approximate middle of the Odor Scrubber No. 3 into the Sludge Building. However, I
cannot find this line on any of the other referenced drawings. Is this an errant line on CU444
since no other drawing makes mention of it? Please clarify.
The pipeline shown on CU444 is a ductbank shown on ES108-CE and also as section F-F on
ES301-CE.
1-100) Also, drawing CU751 shows six(6)4"floor drains tied together but not going anywhere unless
they were to tie into the 8" plant drain line.
The six(6) 4"floor drains tie into the 8"plant drain line.
1-101) The 3"or 4" line at the bottom right of drawing CU746 that discharges into the Aerobic Digester
#3 is not shown on the site piping drawings. Can you please clarify?
CU474 shows this line coming from the Scum Pump Station in Phase 3.
1-102) Finally,there are 4-100 HP blowers and 1-60 HP blower identified in the specifications but the
first and second stage digesters have 1 blower each (100 hp), third stage digester has 1 blower
(100 hp)and fourth stage digester has 1 blower(60 hp).Where does the fourth 100 hp blower
belong in the specification?A spare? Still have yet to find any Blower and Compressor Schedule.
Your help is greatly appreciated
One (1) 100 HP blower is for backup. Blower#5 will be installed during Phase 2 with other
blowers, but will be for backup. CU747. Spec section 11380, 2.03, Q.
1-103) Is 3"water piping PVC or DI?
PVC. See specification section 02510, 2.01, D.
1-104) Reference Document: Drawing BS601-OD.Was it the intent to provide electrical raceway system
from the Main LV SWGR to BVVH-5 for MCC-OD1 (future)only, or are any other electrical
provisions such as switchgear, feeder conductors, etc. required? Please verify.
The intention (per Drawings ES101-CE and ES501-CE) is to provide a pathway from MH-104 to
MH-105 for the future installation of Oxidation Ditch#1. The equipment shown on Drawing
ES601-OD for Oxidation Ditch#1 is future equipment.
Page 16 of 17

1-105) Had a question from the NC DENR folks about whether a harmonic filter study was necessary
with respect to the VFD's. He said he had seen this as a requirement on other projects—usually
with a reference to IEEE 519. Do you know what he is talking about and do we need to add this?
A harmonic study shall not be required for the project. Input filters shall be required on all VFD
units.
1-106) So that all bids are prepared on an equal basis, please indicate to all bidders the minimum
requirements for the locations of cast-in-place concrete slab and wall construction joints,
expansion joints and control joints.
Min requirements are detailed on S001 drawings, which is a Notes Sheet We will not provide
additional information prior to bid.
1-107) Drawing section 2 on 3105-CS Phase 1, does not agree with what is shown in section 3 on
drawing 5305-CS. Please clarify the mat slab configuration below the stairs.
See Addendum#4, Item#47.
1-108) Slab elevations indicated in section 4 on drawing S307-CS do not agree with sections 1 and 2
indicated on CU713. Please clarify this area of Splitter Box No. 3.
See Addendum#4, Items#50 and#51.
1-109) Please clarify the wall thickness indicated in section 1 on drawing S306-CS.The plan view on
drawing 5106-CS indicates the base wall thickness of 2'-6"while the wall section shows 2'-9".
See Addendum#4, Items#43.
1-110) Sections 3 and 4 on drawing S306-CS differ from sections 6 and 7 on S306-CS. Which sections
for slab thickness and reinforcing steel should be used to base bids on?
The thickness of the slab in sections 3,4, 6 and 7 on 5306(phase 1)should be 2'-8".
Page 17 of 17

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#2 to Addendum #4
April 2, 2009
Specification Section 02582 — Underground Electrical Ducts and Manholes: The following adds the
requirements for precast handhole structures and revised the previous wording of items to include the
precast manholes. Added Grounding and Field Quality Control sections.
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
C. Manholes and Hand holes.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
D. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, reinforcement, size and locations of openings, and
accessory locations for precast manholes and handholds.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.03 PRECAST CONCRETE HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A. Comply with ASTM C 858 for design and manufacturing processes.
B. Loading: ASTM C 857, Class A-16.
C. Description: Factory-fabricated, reinforced-concrete, monolithically poured walls and bottom.
Frame and cover shall form top of enclosure and shall have load rating consistent with that of
handhole or box. Handholes shall be sizes to accommodate all conduits and wires that may
pass through them. Contractor shall confirm that size of handhole (particularly depth) is
appropriate before ordering. The nominal size of all handholds shown on the plans is 4' square
x 4' deep.
1. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof aluminum frame with hinged aluminum access door
assembly with tamper-resistant, captive, cover-securing bolts.
a. Cover Hinges: Concealed, with hold-open ratchet assembly.
b. Cover Handle: Recessed.
2. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50.
3. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC" or"TELEPHONE" or as indicated for each
service.
4. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have closed bottom, unless
otherwise indicated.
5. Extensions and Slabs: Designed to mate with bottom of enclosure. Same material as
enclosure.
a. Extension shall provide increased depth of 12 inches (300 mm).
Page 1 of 3

b. Slab: Same dimensions as bottom of enclosure, and arranged to provide closure.
6. Windows: Precast openings in walls, arranged to match dimensions and elevations of
approaching ducts and duct banks plus an additional 12 inches (300 mm) vertically and
horizontally to accommodate alignment variations.
a. Windows shall be located no less than 6 inches (150 mm) from interior surfaces of
walls, floors, or frames and covers of handholes, but close enough to corners to
facilitate racking of cables on walls.
b. Window opening shall have cast-in-place, welded wire fabric reinforcement for field
cutting and bending to tie in to concrete envelopes of duct banks.
c. Window openings shall be framed with at least two additional No. 4 steel
reinforcing bars in concrete around each opening.
7. Duct Entrances in Handhole Walls: Cast end-bell or duct-terminating fitting in wall for
each entering duct.
a. Type and size shall match fittings to duct or conduit to be terminated.
b. Fittings shall align with elevations of approaching ducts and be located near
interior corners of handholes to facilitate racking of cable.
B. Handholes shall have inserts for cable racks and pulling-in irons installed before concrete
is poured.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Underground Warning Tape: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type colored red with suitable
warning legend describing buried electrical lines.
B. Bore Spacers:
1. Manufacturer. Underground Devices or approved equal.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01600- Product Requirements.
3. Configuration: As indicated.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
C. Verify locations of manholes and handholes prior to excavating for installation.
E. Manhole and handhole locations are shown in approximate locations unless dimensions are
indicated. Locate as required to complete ductbank system.
3.02 DUCT INSTALLATION
J. Terminate duct at manhole and handhole entries using end bell.
3.03 PRE-CAST MANHOLE AND HANDHOLE INSTALLATION
Page 2 of 3

A. Excavate for manhole and handhole installation under the provisions of Section 02315.
C. Install manholes and handholes plumb.
F. Dampproof exterior surfaces, joints, and interruptions of manholes and handholes after
concrete has cured 28 days, under provisions of Section 07115.
G. Backfill manhole and handhole excavation under the provisions of Section 02316.
H. Elevations:
1. Manhole Roof: Install with rooftop at least 15 inches (380 mm) below finished grade.
2. Manhole Frame: In paved areas and trafficways, set frames flush with finished grade. Set
other manhole frames 1 inch (25 mm) above finished grade.
3. Install handholes with bottom below the frost line.
4. Handhole Covers: In paved areas and trafficways, set surface flush with finished grade.
Set covers of other handholes 1 inch (25 mm) above finished grade.
I. Warning Sign: Install "Confined Space Hazard" warning sign on the inside surface of each
manhole cover.
3.04 GROUNDING
A. Ground underground ducts and utility structures according to Division 16 Section "Grounding
and Bonding."
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of
underground ducts and utility structures.
2. Pull aluminum or wood test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and test for out-of-
round duct. Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated,
remove obstructions and retest.
3. Test manhole and handhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and
bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Division 16
Section "Grounding and Bonding."
4. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance.
END OF SECTION
Page 3 of 3

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#3 to Addendum #4
April 2, 2009
Specification Section 11226-Secondary Clarifier Equipment: Replace Part 2.11 with the following:
2.11 PERIPHERAL DENSITY CURRENT BAFFLES
A. Material:
1. Fiberglass reinforced isophthalic polyester resin contact-molded composite lami-
nate.
2. Nominal Thickness: 3/16 inch.
3. Gel-Coat Resin Finish: On all surfaces, contain ultraviolet inhibitor.
4. Seal cut edges with polyester resin.
5. Glass: Type E, random chopped with chrome or silane finish.
a. Binder: Compatible with resin.
b. Glass Strand Length: Minimum 1 inch.
6. Adequate contact molding pressure to ensure complete resin wet-out of glass fi-
bers.
7. Color: Aqua. Color molded-in with ultraviolet inhibitor.
B. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Laminate Physical Properties:
1. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi.
2. Flexural Strength, ASTM D 790: 19,000 psi.
3. Flexural Modulus, ASTM D 790: 900,000 psi.
4. Barcol Hardness, ASTM D 2583: 35.
5. Notch lzod Impact, ASTM D 256: 13 ft-lbs/inch.
6. Water Absorption, ASTM D 570: 0.2 percent.
7. Test Coupon Preparation: ASTM D 618.
C. Baffle Panels:
1. Fabrication: Contact-molded fiberglass reinforced polyester resin composite lami-
nate.
2. Nominal Thickness: 3116 inch.
3. Gel-Coat: Minimum 15-mil thickness on both sides.
4. Do not exceed 12'-0" in length.
5. Embedded Steel Reinforcement: Contained in baffle panels to enable panel to
support its own weight.
6. Baffle Panels with Closed Ends or External Supports: Not acceptable.
7. Top Edge Mounting Flange: Integral molded, 3/16 inch thick, 6 inches in height,
with predrilled holes to accommodate anchors for mounting to tank walls.
8. Bottom Flange Return: •Integral molded, 90 degrees, 3/1.6 inch thick, 3 inches in
width, full length of baffle panel.
9. Baffle Face Slope: 45 degrees from circular tank vertical wall.
10. Shape:
a. Rectangular Tanks: Straight baffle panels.
b. Round Tanks: Curved baffle panels, with curve according to tank radius indi-
cated on the drawings.
11. Factory Predrilled Slots: On 1 panel side for field drilling of holes through predrilled
slots into adjoining baffle panel for final ship-lap connection.
E. Mounting Fasteners: Type 316 stainless steel.
1. Wedge.Anchor Bolts: 3/8-inch diameter.
2. Fasteners: 1/4-inch diameter.
Page 1 of 1

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#4 to Addendum #4
April 2, 2009
The information in this attachment shall modify and/or supplement requirements pertaining to Furniture,
Cabinets, Countertops, and Lab Equipment provided in the applicable sections of Divisions 6, 10, & 12 of
the specifications. Responses to questions are in italics. A list of equipment is provided on two pages
following the responses to questions.
1-1) Do all the cabinets require locks?
For purposes of bidding assume 50% cabinets to be keyed.
1-2) In room 118 elevation 17 is the"hood" sitting on the bench in the middle of the elevation a fume
hood and if so shouldn't we provide as part of our scope?
The shape is strange for a fume hood, but if we are to provide I need to know width, services
such as water or gas, type of liner material, etc.)
Provide 60"wide ADA Compliant bench hood. Supreme Air LV Fume Hood by Kewaunee or
equal.
1-3) Our headquarters plant in Statesville, NC manufactures epoxy resin tops &sinks, and we would
like permission to provide these in our quotations, along with the wood casework. Please let me
know if we should price the casework per section#12355 and separate out the tops&sinks per
section#06415.
Provide resin top counters at all laboratory cabinets.
1-4) Kewaunee is the only manufacturer listed in section 12355. Is prior approval required?
Prior approval for this equipment is not required. Alternates will be reviewed during the Shop
Drawing Submittal process. However, alternate manufacturers shall meet specification require-
ments.
1-5) Typically, Epoxy Resin Countertops are used in a Lab Environment such as this. Note 2 on A701
calls for countertops to be Epoxy Resin, but section details call for plam on' " plywood.
Provide resin top counters at all laboratory cabinets.
1-6) Please provide a list and specs for the Lab Equipment mentioned on page A701-LB (i.e. ice Mak-
er, Refrigerator, etc).
See equipment list on following pages. Specs are provided in section 11600.
• 1-7) Please provide a quantity and size for any Tack Boards needed in the Laboratory Building.
No tackboards to be provided.
Page 1 of 2

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#5 to Addendum #4
April 2, 2009
Specification Section 16950—SCADA System, Pump Control System & Instrumentation: Replace section
with the following:
PART 1 -GENERAL.
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work includes: Engineering,furnishing, installing, calibrating, adjusting, testing, documenting,
starting up and placing into operation a Pump Control System with SCADA System
communications and associated instrumentation to monitor and control the processes and
equipment at the Hickory NE Main WWTP and the Influent Pump Station.
B. New Pump Control/SCADA System PLC Control Panels with Ethernet communications via fiber
optic cables, HMI computers, fiber optic patch panels with network switches,fiber optic
modem/transceivers for communications, etc.
C. Pump Station PLC based Control System shall be supplied with local Operator Interface
Terminal and backup radio telemetry unit. Provide all interface, control and signals for
connections to the SCADA System.
D. Coordination of all signal types, interface, scaling, control sequences and interlocks with the
new SCADA System is part of this contract.
E. Coordination and communications to Variable Frequency Controllers(VFD's), process
equipment and MCC or switchgear supplied PLC's.
F. The Human Machine Interface software be configured as required to monitor, record, trend,
totalize runtimes and flows, control, report, etc.for all the PLC I/O.
G. Field Instrumentation.
H. Witnessed Factory Acceptance Test of System.
I. Operations Training, Hardware&Software Maintenance Training.
J. Service Contract.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. The following listing of related sections may also apply and be required for proper performance
of this work.
1. Section 16060—Grounding and Bonding.
2. Section 16070--Hangers and Supports.
3. Section 16075—Electrical Identification.
4. Section 16139—Cabinets and Enclosures.
5. Section 16231 —Packaged Engine Generators.
6. Section 16263—Static Uninterruptible Power Supply_
7. Section 16341 --Switchgear.
8. Section 16424—Motor Control Centers.
9. Section 16425—Variable Frequency Controllers.
10. Section 16442—Switchboards.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-1
Comm.#60492

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC); 2005
B. ISA-S5.4-Instrumentation Society of America(ISA)
C. UL-508- Underwriters Laboratory Industrial Control Panel Certification
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that the SCADA System, Instrumentation and
Pump Controls as specified in this section shall be integrated systems and shall be provided by
a single supplier that is responsible for the proper operation of the entire system.
B. Approved System Suppliers are:
1. Lord &Company, Inc.
2. MR Systems
3. Revere Control Systems
4.- Diversified Integration, Inc.
5. C21 Control Instruments, Inc.
6. Zeller Electric
7. Or approved equal—Pre-qualification submittals consistent with Section 01600 must be
submitted two weeks prior to the bid date.
C. Provide or supply all hardware and software specified herein or required, and provide all
required and specified collateral services in connection with the system such as testing,
calibration, start-up, operation and maintenance manuals, and operator training without
additional cost to the Owner.
D. System supplier shall be responsible to coordinate with the contractor to obtain all necessary
data from individual manufacturers to determine the necessary transition for operation, control
and/or monitoring from the manufacturer's equipment.
E. All materials, equipment sizes, and capacities shall conform to the requirements of the NEC, the
National Electric Manufacturer's Association, and to applicable regulations of the State of North
Carolina and local electric codes.
F. All materials and equipment must be UL listed and Control Panels must be UL-508A certified.
G. All work performed under this section shall conform to accepted industry standards such as
those published by the Control Systems Integrators Association for quality, functionality, and
workmanship.
1.05 RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM
A. The SCADA System Supplier shall be responsible for and shall provide for the design, supply,
delivery, installation, certification, calibration and adjustment, software configuration, testing and
start-up, of a complete, coordinated system.A single supplier shall provide the SCADA System
including all instrumentation and software.
B. The SCADA System Supplier shall design and furnish a complete, integrated, and functionally
operational system,warranted to perform the intended functions as herein specified.
C. Note that all four (4) phases and startups of the project during the duration must be completed
by a single SCADA System Supplier.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-2
Comm.#60492

A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01300.
B. Submit full technical data complete with manufacturer's published data.
C. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, and maintenance and repair
data with an Equipment Data Sheet showing the exact part or model number with descriptive
break down of the model number. All pertinent information shall be included on the Equipment
Data Sheet.
D. Submit manufacturer's schematics and system layout drawings which shall include the
following:
1. Hardware Submittals:
a. Provide a block diagram and description of the system configuration showing all
components and their interconnections etc. Label each diagram and specify all
external power and communications interfaces. All diagrams shall be 11"X 17"
format and be developed in AutoCAD 2004 or newer DWG file format, no exceptions.
b. Provide an equipment list with descriptive literature identifying component name,
manufacturer, model number, a description of the operation, quantity supplied and
any special characteristics.
c. Drawings of equipment to be supplied shall include, as a minimum, overall dimension
details for each panel, console, etc:, including internal and external arrangements and
door mounted operator devices with nameplate designations. Elementary and wiring
diagrams of equipment including field device connections shall be included with
specific installation/wiring requirements identified. Provide detailed bills of materials
with spare parts provided.
2. Control Panels, PLC Submittals:
a. System Network Diagram: Provide a diagram showing the system network of all PLC
network components. Show the details of the cabling or wireless connections for the
entire system. Show all fiber and copper terminations including spares in fiber patch
panels, network hubs/switches, routers, modems,wireless repeaters, etc. and
necessary routing between PLC's, OIT's and HMI workstations.
b. PLC System Diagram: Provide a diagram showing all PLC and network components
in the Control Panel or PLC. Show the exact PLC rack layout with details of the actual
modules used and filler plates for spare slots. Identify components by manufacturer
and model number. Show interconnecting cables with pin out details or model
numbers of PLC manufacturers cables.
c. Bill of Materials: A list of all components. Group components by type and include:
1) Component manufacturer, model number and part number.
2) Component description.
3) Quantity supplied.
4) Reference to tag on drawings.
d. Descriptive Information: Provide catalog information, descriptive literature,
performance specifications, internal wiring diagrams, power and grounding
requirements, power consumption, and heat dissipation for all the equipment. Clearly
mark all options and features proposed for this project.
e. Interconnecting Wiring Diagrams: Provide diagrams that show all PLC and control
panel components, their interconnecting cables, wiring terminations, and terminations
to all interacting elements and subsystems. Terminations shall be numbered.
f. Outline Drawings: Provide equipment drawings showing: external dimensions,
enclosure materials, conduit connections, and installation requirements.
g. Installation Details: Provide any modifications or further details as may be required to
supplement the Contract Documents and adequately define the installation of the
Control Panel or PLC.
h. Input/Output List: Provide for each I/O point list point type, tag number of the source
or final control element, equipment description, PLC number, terminal identification,
and address.
3. Software Submittals:
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950 -3
Comm.#60492

a. Submit for pre-approval graphics color chart with suggested colors for all piping and
equipment, etc. to be displayed on the HMI. Include in the pre-submittal preliminary
copies of reports, lists of I/O, alarms including internally generated and diagnostics
alarms and ranges of all variables.
b. Provide a minimum of one (1)day for a software submittal meeting at a location
determined by the Owner with the Owner and engineer for review at the time that the
graphics, code, reports, etc. are at 90% completion prior to the final submittal for
approval. This will allow for owner preferences to be included prior to submitting.
Final software submittal shall be within thirty(30)days after the meeting.
c. Submittal shall contain at a minimum but not limited to all color graphics, database,
control faceplates, alarm levels, alarm summary, historical configuration, live and
historical trends, reports, diagnostics and help screens, scripts, configuration,
communications, etc. Provide submittal in hardcopy form and on approved magnetic
media and/or compact disk or physical personal demonstration.
1.07 OPERATION &MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The Owner shall be provided with a minimum of three (3) copies each of the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals, hard copy bound type and three(3)copies each of compact disk
software type shall be provided for ail equipment provided under this section:
1. Component Manufacturers' 0 &M Manuals: Include manuals to cover installation,
operations, maintenance, troubleshooting, and calibration.
2. Operating instructions shall incorporate a functional description of the entire system,
including the system schematics that reflect"as-built" modifications.
3. Provide system architecture diagram showing network communications including but not
limited to all PC's, PLC's, hubs, switches, cables, radio paths, etc.
4. List of spare parts and expendables provided.
5. Panel equipment, field devices, and instruments data sheets, including complete"bill of
materials" of PLC's, control panel devices, computers, printers, software,field equipment,
etc.
6. Instrument Calibration Worksheets showing actual calibration procedures performed with
reading and results signed and dated by the Service Technician or Engineer.
7. Final copy of PLC programs in ladder format with descriptive documentation and
explanation for each rung.
8. Compact disk containing final PC configuration, backups of system files, HMI application,
PLC and OIT(Operator Interface Terminal) programs. Disks shall be professionally
labeled for their content, purpose, date and version number.
9. Complete operator instructions for all PC, HMI, PLC's and OIT's including download
instructions and OF menu map with details for functions and data entry.
10. Point lists for all PLC inputsloutputs. Identify point number(tag), point description, point
type, range in engineering units (if analog point), PLC number, rack and slot number, and
point address.
11. A complete O&M shall be provided professionally bound with an easy to use index with
tabs separating the CAD drawings, Equipment Data Sheets, software or equipment
manufacturers O&M literature, etc. A compact disk shall be provided with all the same
information including CAD drawings, Equipment Data Sheets, software or equipment
manufacturers O&M literature, etc. The O&M on CD index shall match the bound O&M's
index. Clicking on an item on the index shall immediately display the Equipment Data
Sheet and software or equipment manufacturers O&M for the item. Likewise clicking on a
drawing shown on the index shall display the drawing. Other functions at a minimum shall
include search, zoom and print page or selection features. All contents of the CD may
also be displayed with thumbnails. Clicking on the thumbnail shall immediately display the
item, i.e. drawing, Equipment Data Sheet, instruction literature, etc.
1.08 SOFTWARE LICENSES
A. Purchase any and all software packages required for the system in the name of the City of
Hickory. All software shall be delivered to the Owner with original disks and in its original box.
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-4
Comm. #60492

1.09 FCC LICENSES
A. Purchase any and all frequencies including frequency search fees, etc. as part of this contract.
Licensee for the FCC applications shall be in the name of the respective municipality and/or
department or utility: City of Hickory.
1.10 FACTORY TESTING
A. Test all specific functions including, but not limited to,the following:
1. Failure mode and backup procedures: power failure, auto restart, disk backup and reload,
retentive outputs.
2. All network communications.
3. Human Machine Interface(HMI), all functions.
4. Operator Interface Terminal (OIT), all functions.
5. Completely simulate all possible field conditions and run in full automatic, allowing meter
pumps to ramp to all possible speeds.
6. Provide certified factory testing documents showing all tests performed and results
achieved.
B. Invite Contractor, Owner and Engineer to observe the factory testing of the system. A
two-week notice of the testing date shall be provided. All costs for meals, lodging and airfare
for four(4) persons will be included in the bid.
1.11 PROCESS CONTROL STRATEGY DESIGN MEETING AND SUBMITTALS
A. A two-day process control strategy design meeting and a one-day follow-up meeting shall be
held with the Engineer and Owner's personnel to discuss specific details of the control
strategies that are to be developed for the system. The meeting shall be held at the Owner's
site in Hickory, NC.
B. Prior to the meeting the System Supplier shall submit a detailed narrative for each of the
proposed control strategies to the Engineer for review.
1.12 REPORT DESIGN MEETING
A. A one-day report strategy design meeting shall be held with the Engineer and Owner's
personnel to discuss specific details of the various historical data reports and state reports that
are to be developed for the system. The meeting shall be held at the Owner's site in Hickory,
NC.
1.13 INSTALLATION ASSISTANCE AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. The System Supplier shall provide a qualified service engineer to be onsite for two(2) one(1)
day trips during the installation of the instrumentation, Control Panels and RTU's for
coordination and to assist and instruct the general contractor in methods of proper installation of
the equipment:
1.14 OPERATIONS TRAINING
A. Provide one (1)eight hour instructor day for each of two(2)shifts, of training at the jobsite for
the Owner's personnel in the operation of the System. Training shall include:
1. Standard operational features of PC, HMI, OIT, PLC, and VFD equipment provided.
2. Operation of each function or mode: For example, AUTO/MANUAL control, control set
point settings, control mode selection, alarm acknowledgment and Constant Speed modes.
3. Interfaces with other controls and systems.
4. Emergency procedures.
B. Provide one (1)eight hour instructor day of training for each of two(2)shifts after system has
been in operation for a period of three (3) months.
C. Provide one(1) eight hour instructor day of training for each of two (2)shifts after system has
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-5
Comm.#60492

•
been in operation for a period of six(6) months.
D. Provide detailed training manuals for ten (10)operations personnel. Manuals shall be
assembled in 3 ring binders with index tabs and shall include all training topics and detailed
information for each item covered. Manual shall be used as a reference document for new
operators, etc.
E. Training sessions shall be video recorded and provided in DVD format and shall be capable of
playing in a PC and a regular DVD player.
F. Submit a training outline and agenda of specific topics and time to be used for each topic.
1.15 HARDWARE&SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE TRAINING
A. Provide one (1) instructor day of onsite hardware training for the Owner's instrument technicians
in the maintenance of the system hardware and software. Training shall include:
1. Standard hardware features of the PC, HMI, PLC, OIT and field instrumentation, etc.
2. Specific training for the actual hardware configuration provided.
3. Test, adjustment, and calibration procedures.
4. Hardware troubleshooting, component removal and replacement, and periodic
maintenance.
5. Standard software features of all software provided, including but not limited to HMI, PLC
and OIT programming software.
6. Software troubleshooting, backups, restores, loading software and periodic maintenance.
7. Software O&M functions and features.
B. Provide detailed training manuals for three(3) maintenance personnel. Manuals shall be
assembled in 3 ring binders with index tabs and shall include all training topics and detailed
information for each item covered. Manual shall be used as a reference document for new
employees, etc.
C. Training sessions shall be video recorded.
1.16 OPS SYSTEMS OPSSQL STRATEGIC DATA MANAGEMENT &REPORTING SOFTWARE
TRAINING
A. All Strategic Data Management&Reporting Software training shall be performed by a certified
instructor of OPS Systems.Training shall include at a minimum the standard OPS Systems
training course customized specifically for the project.
B. Provide one (1)8-hour instructor days for two (2)shifts, of training at the jobsite for the Owner's
personnel in the operation of the software.
C. Provide a one (1)8-hour day of training for two (2)shifts after system has been in operation for
a period of three(3) months.
D. Provide a one(1)8-hour day of training for two (2)shifts after system has been in operation for
a period of six(6)months.
E. Provide detailed training manuals for ten (10)operations personnel. Manuals shall be
assembled in 3 ring binders with index tabs and shall include all training topics and detailed
information for each item covered. Manual shall be used as a reference document for new
operators, etc.
F. Training sessions shall be video recorded and provided in VHS and DVD format.
G. Submit a training outline and agenda of specific topics and time to be used for each topic.
1.17 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-6
Comm.#60492

A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01600.
B. Schedule the delivery of the equipment to coordinate with the project completion schedule.
C. Each item of equipment shall be tagged with identifying number shown on the Shop Drawings.
D. Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that equipment has delicate components and
extreme care shall be taken in handling to avoid internal and/or external damages.
E. Damaged equipment will not be accepted at the time of delivery to the site, installation, or
acceptance by the Owner.
F. Equipment not for immediate use shall be stored inside a building, with enclosures under
protective coverings and shall be fully protected from moisture, extreme heat and vibration.
1.18 SPARE PARTS AND TEST EQUIPMENT
A. Include the following spare parts and specialized test equipment:
1. One PLC and OIT programming software license for each type used in the
development of the System.
2. One PLC processor for each type used.
3. One PLC I/O module for each type used.
4. One PLC power supplies for each type used.
5. One DC power supplies for each type used. (Loop Power, PLC I/O, etc.).
6. Five relays for each type and size used.
7. Five power surge protectors for each type used.
8. Five analog signal surge protectors for each type used
9. Ten fuses for each type and size used.
1.19 INSTRUMENTATION CALIBRATION
•
A. All instrumentation supplied by the system supplier shall be calibrated to the specified ranges
and requirements of the project.
B. Documentation in the form of an Instrument Calibration Worksheet shall be provided to prove
the actual calibration of all instrumentation. Ali instrument data shall be included on the
worksheet including but not limited to make, model, tag, zero, span, range, service, process,
calibration procedures with actual readings and results. Worksheet shall be signed and dated
by the service technician or engineer that performed the calibration.
C. The completed Instrument Calibration Worksheets shall be included in all forms of the O&M
Manuals.
1.20 SERVICE REPORTS
A. Service reports shall be provided for each day that a representative of the System Supplier is on
site. The service reports shall include all tasks performed, time on site, instrument tags,
instrument service and etc. Instrumentation Calibration Worksheets shall be provided and
attached to the associated service reports.
1.21 WARRANTY
A. Systems supplier shall furnish a one-year onsite warranty for the system, providing,for a 24-hour
response time, seven days per week for the length of a one-year warranty period. For any
service visit during this period, provide the Owner and Engineer with a written report stating the
reason for equipment failure and recommendations to prevent recurrence.
B. At the end of the warranty period of one year, a maintenance contract proposal shall be made
available to the Owner for the system.
C. The warranty period shall not commence until the system has been completely commissioned
and accepted by the Owner.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-7
Comm.#60492

1.22 COORDINATION WITH PROCESS EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED CONTROLS
A. System Supplier shall provide coordination and communications to process equipment
manufacturers control panels and PLC's and or Variable Frequency Drives provided by
others. For equipment supplied by others, like process equipment manufacturers control
panels, the suppliers of the equipment are required to provide hardware compatible to the
Plant SCADA System equipment and shall provide internal PLC memory registers for each
signal to be monitored. The SCADA System Supplier shall provide a spreadsheet with the
desired standard format to each equipment manufacturer to be completed and returned with
actual address of signal and scaling. The SCADA System Supplier shall not modify the
equipment control panel provided by others to make it compatible.
1.23 FIELD TERMINATIONS AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK CABLE INSTALLATION AND
TESTING
A. All conduit and wiring shall be provided, installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor
(EC).
B. The EC shall provide and install all signal cables for the instrumentation and shall terminate
the cables in the instrumentation and PLC Control Panels.
C. The EC shall be responsible for properly and professionally labeling all cables and shall
assist the SI as needed to locate and troubleshoot the field wiring during terminations and
testing.
D. Empty conduits provided by the EC shall be provided with pull cords.
E. All fiber optic cable fibers as shown on the detailed network drawing shall be terminated and
tested by the SI. SI must provide certified training documentation for the SI personnel
performing the terminations and testing. Testing documentation shall be provided to prove
the actual tests of each fiber after terminations. All cable data shall be included on the form
including but not limited to cable manufacturer, part number, cable tag and location, fiber
number and color, testing procedures, test equipment utilized, actual readings and results,
and personnel name with time and date the testing was performed.
F. The completed Record Documentation shall be included in all forms of the O&M Manuals.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All equipment and materials shall be new, unused and proven by previous use of similar
products to be completely suitable for the service intended.
B. All of the equipment shall be the manufacturer's latest and proven design. Specifications and
drawings call attention to certain features but do not necessarily cover ail details for the design
of the System.
C. All contacts for control, remote motor operated, or electrically operated equipment shall be rated
not less than 10 amperes at 120V unless otherwise specified herein.
D. All systems and individual components, whether panel or field mounted units,that are located in
different areas of the plant, one inside building to device outside of building, shall be protected
from voltage and/or current surges.
E. Schematics of the instruments submitted for approval to the Engineer shall indicate where the
surge protection will be provided. For all surge protection, provide Equipment Data Sheets and
identify the items on the drawings and bill of materials.
F. Surge Protectors for 120VAC shall be Surge Cop, Model TSP-WG6-120VAC-10A-01 or equal
by Innovative Technologies or Transtector. All components, MOV's,Transzorbs, Silicon
Avalanche Diodes, RF chokes, in the unit shall be redundant. Units shall be DIN rail mounted
with status LED.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-8
Comm.#60492

G. Surge Protectors for 4-20mA signals shall be Surge Cop, Model TSP-WG6-20mA-30V-02 or
equal by Innovative Technologies or Transtector. All components, MOV's,Transzorbs, Silicon
Avalanche Diodes, RF chokes, and resistors in the unit shall be redundant. Units shall be DIN
rail mounted.
H. System manufacturer to supply"as-built"drawings containing all necessary information for
proper maintenance and operation of the system.
I. Interconnection information between system components and equipment found in other
sections of these Specifications shall be complete with all necessary interconnection
information. Notes that refer to equipment manufacturer's drawings for proper interconnection
will not be acceptable.
J. Suitable circuit protection fuses or breakers shall be provided for each control panel, circuit,
power supply, instrument, etc.
K. Provide separate fused disconnects for each PLC, OIT, each DC power supply, etc.
L. Each floor stand or free standing control panel shall have a duplex, 20 ampere, 120 volt
receptacle and a 24-inch fluorescent light and switch.
M. If the control panel enclosure space is needed for future devices, switches, lights, etc. the
enclosure shall allow space for such equipment. Required enclosure supports for the future
equipment should be considered in the design. Holes for future devices shall be covered with
plates matching the control panel finish.
N. All control and auxiliary relays shall have indicating LEDS.
•
O. DC power supplies:The required DC power supplies shall be provided. A 24 VDC power
supply shall be dedicated to provide power for the PLC if required. Separate 24 VDC power
supplies shall be dedicated to provide power for all analog inputs, two-wire field transmitters
(e.g. pressure or flow transmitters). Another 24 VDC power supply shall be dedicated for all
digital inputs and outputs if required. All power supplies shall be DIN Rail mounted and shall
have screw terminals for all connections. Solder type connections will not be allowed. All
screw terminal connections shall be finger safe.
P. Power supplies shall be adequately sized to provide at least 100% capacity beyond that
required by the equipment.
Q. The output of each separate DC power supply shall be individually fused with easily accessible
DIN-rail mounted fused switch with indicating fuse holders. Indicating fuse holders shall be
Gould Model USM1 or as approved by the Engineer.
R. Service power to Control Panels and Instrumentation is to be as shown on the drawings.
Power supplies or transformers shall be provided if the power requirements of the supplied
equipment are different than indicated on the drawings. If the drawings do not indicate the
power to be provided, it is to be assumed to be 120VAC.
S. All pushbuttons, selector switches, and pilot light units shall be heavy duty, 30.5mm, NEMA type
414X, corrosion resistant, bulletin 800H by Allen-Bradley or equal by Square D. No exceptions,
no other manufacturers shall be considered.
T. Digital Process Indicators shall have 4 digits LED display in a standard 1/8 DIN format. Unit
shall accept 4-20mA inputs and have alarm outputs and retransmission output as required.
Units shall be Red Lion Model PAX.
U. For all field Instrumentation provide surge protectors for 120VAC power mounted in a NEMA 4X
junction box. Surge protector shall be Surge Cop, Model TSP-WG6-120VAC-10A-01 or equal
by Innovative Technologies or Transtector. All components, MOV's, Transzorbs, Silicon
Avalanche Diodes, RF chokes, in the unit shall be redundant. Units shall be DIN rail mounted
with status LED.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-9
Comm.#60492

V. For all field instrumentation provide surge protectors for signals mounted in a NEMA 4X junction
box. Surge protectors for analog 4-20mA signals shall be Surge Cop, Mode!
TSP-WG6-20mA-30V-02 or equal by Innovative Technologies or Transtector. All components,
MOV's, Transzorbs, Silicon Avalanche Diodes, RF chokes, and resistors in the unit shall be
redundant. Units shall be DIN rail mounted.
W. All control panels and RTU's shall be UL-508A listed and certified.
2.02 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES
• A. Indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12 painted steel or NEMA 4X enclosures as specified in
section 16139 or in the equipment schedule or as represented on the contract drawings.
Enclosures shall have three point latching system and locking door handle when possible.
Outdoor enclosures shall be NEMA 4X with three point lockable latching system and stainless
steel sun shields as specified in the equipment schedule or represented on the contract
drawings or as specified elsewhere in this section.
1. If enclosures must be mounted in a hazardous(Class I, Div. 2) area, then enclosure shall
be NEMA 7 rated and meet all necessary requirements.
B. Process indicators and Operator Interface Terminals shall preferably be at eye level, 60 inches
from floor to center of instrument.
C. PVC wiring duct shall be provided as required and shall have removable non-slip covers.
Wiring duct shall contain 50% spare space. Wiring duct must be mounted with machine grade
screws. Plastic and/or aluminum rivets are not acceptable. For consistency and
standardization, wiring duct shall be by Panduit Corporation, no exceptions, color gray. All
wiring in control enclosures not in wiring duct shall be bound with continuous type spiral
windings or neatly bound with tie wraps not less that two inches apart consistently and shall not
allow the shown wires to cross each other within the bundle.
D. Tubing and instruments containing water shall be in separate compartments, located and
constructed so that leakage or spray cannot touch electrical conductors or devices. Leakage
shall be routed to the floor in duct or pipe.
E. All enclosures must pass through doors to point of installation, and if enclosures are shipped in
sections, all wiring and connections between sections shall be done by Contractor. All wiring
shall be labeled at each end with corresponding numbers. This numbering shall be shown on
the shop and as-built drawings.
F. The equipment mounted within the control panel or RTU enclosure shall be mounted on the
enclosure back panel, neatly organized, labeled with a tag as shown on the control panel or
RTU drawings and shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
G. All wiring within the enclosure shall be through the Panduit Corp.wiring ducts and shall have
high quality custom Brady wire numbers.
H. All I/O devices shall be wired to DIN Rail mounted terminal blocks.
I. All field wiring shall be mounted either at the bottom or side of the enclosure back panel,
depending on where the I/O conduits penetrate the enclosure.
J. The field wiring terminals shall be clearly identified with numbers as to which PLC I/O terminals
they are wired to.
K. Jumpers between adjacent terminal blocks shall be tinned copper jumper bars supplied by the
terminal block manufacturer.
L. Interconnection drawings shall be provided along with wire numbers, terminal numbers,
equipment tag numbers and panel physical layout drawings.
M. Wiring for all 4-20 mA analog input signals shall be two conductor, shielded cable. Cable and
connectors shall be Belden No. 8760, UL Style 2092. 20 A.G. minimum, or equal.
©HSMM OF NG, INC., 2009 16950-10
Comm.#60492

N. DIN Rail mounted 24 VDC power supplies shall be provided in the enclosures for powering all
two wire analog input signals.
O. All control panels shall be UL-508A listed and certified.
2.03 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER(PLC)
A. It is the intent of this specification to establish minimum requirements for a solid-state
• programmable logic controller designed to provide high reliability for this application.
B. To improve start up and provide consistency on site, all PLCs including vendor provided control
panels containing PLC processors shall be of same manufacture as determined by the SCADA
vendor.
C. The internal wiring of the controller is to be fixed, with the logic functions it must perform in a
given application to be programmed into its memory.
D. The controller shall be supplied with the CPU, input/output scanner, inputs, outputs, memory,
power supply, and all power and interface cables necessary to function as a complete and
operable programmable controller system.
E. The manufacturer of the programmable logic controller shall provide a network of field sales and
support personnel located in key cities throughout the United States and internationally. The
manufacturer shall also provide a field service department with experienced representatives
stationed in major cities with the capability to provide telephone consultation, prompt on-site
service, and field replacement stock.
F. PLC design description; at a minimum the PLC shall have the following features:
1. The programmable controller system shall be a modular,field expandable design allowing
the system to be tailored to the specific process control requirements of this application.
2. The capability shall exist to allow for expansion of the system by the addition of hardware
and/or User software.
3. The processor plus input and output circuitry shall be of a modular design with
interchangeability provided for all similar modules.
4. Modules are defined herein as devices which plug into a chassis and are keyed to allow
installation in only one direction.
5. The design must prohibit upside down insertion of the modules as well as safeguard
against the insertion of a module into the wrong slot.
6. The programmable controller shall have downward compatibility whereby all new module
designs can be interchanged with all similar modules in an effort to reduce obsolescence.
7. All hardware of the programmable controller shall operate at an ambient temperature of 0
to 60 degrees C(32 to 140 degrees F),with an ambient temperature rating for storage of
-40 to +85 degrees C(-40 to+185 degrees F).
8. The programmable controller hardware shall function continuously in the relative humidity
range of 5%to 95%with no condensation.
9. The programmable controller system shall be designed and tested.to operate in the high
electrical noise environment of an industrial plant.
10. The programmable controller shall provide a means for mounting the chassis in a standard
cabinet or 19 inch rack.
11. The CPU shall have the capability of addressing up to 1024 input and 1024 output points.
It shall also have the ability to communicate with up to 32 physical locations.
12. Each input and output module shall be a self-contained unit housed within an enclosure.
These input/output enclosures with their respective modules shall be field expandable up
to 128 unique locations.
13. The programmable controller shall include as a standard feature the capability of
addressing remote input and output modules up to 10,000 cable feet from the processor.
The communication link between the CPU and any remote input and output distribution
chassis shall be either via a 20 AWG tinned copper twinaxial cable with braided and foil
shields or via fiber optic cable or TCP/IP Ethernet.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950- 11
Comm.#60492

14. The communication rate between the CPU and the remote input/output modules shall be
User selectable on a per channel basis. At a distance of 10,000 cable feet between the
processor and the input and output modules the transmission rate shall be no less than
57.6 Kbaud. If the distance in cable feet is reduced, this transmission rate may be
increased.
15. The programmable controller shall use two independent, asynchronous scans. One scan
shall be designated for processing of input and output information only, with the second
scan dedicated exclusively to the processing of the logic program. With this criterion, it
shall group remote discrete input and output devices to achieve an I/O update time of 7-10
milliseconds per 128 I/O. Input and output devices located in the same backplane (local
I/O)as the CPU should be scanned in under 2 milliseconds. Concurrent with this I/O
update time, the processing of a typical logic program shall not exceed 2 milliseconds for
1024 relay type instructions with a maximum overhead of 4 milliseconds.
16. The programmable controller shall have the ability to communicate with a remote I/O rack
configured with multiple I/O chassis.
G. Central Processing Unit(CPU):
1. The CPU shall be a self-contained unit, and will provide Ladder Rung program execution
and support remote or local programming. This device will also supply I/O scanning and
inter- processor and peripheral communication functions.
2. The operating system shall be contained in removable programmable devices which allow
for easy field replacement.
3. In a single chassis system all system and signal power to the CPU, support modules shall
be distributed on a single motherboard or backplane. No interconnecting wiring between
these modules via plug-terminated jumpers shall be acceptable.
4. The CPU within the system shall perform internal diagnostic checking and give visual
indication to the User by illuminating a"green" indicator when no fault is detected and a
"red" indicator when a fault is detected.
5. All system modules, main and expansion chassis shall be designed to provide for free air
flow convection cooling. No internal fans or other means of cooling, except heat sinks,
shall be permitted.
6. The main CPU front panel shall include a connector that provides inter-processor
communication to peripheral support devices. This connector will support communication
to a programming device up to 10,000 cable feet away, at no less than 57.6 Kbaud.
H. The main chassis front panel shall include two-color indicators showing the following status
information:
1. If power is applied to the CPU.
2. Program or Run mode of the CPU.
3. The run/fault status of the CPU.
4. Enabled/Disabled state of outputs.
5. State of the I/O adapters.
6. If Forcing is active.
7. If a remote device is talking via the inter-processor communications link.
1. Processor mode and status of the I/O shall be selected by a toggle/key switch mounted on the
front panel of the CPU.
J. Non-volatile memory shall store the operating system information to protect against loss in the
case of power loss or system shut-down. Only at the time of a hardware change shall this
configuration status be altered or re-entered.
K. The programmable controller shall have the ability to provide custom machine language
routines to enhance the performance of the instruction set. The format to the User will be
represented as a custom application routine.
L. Power Supply:
1. The programmable controller shall operate in compliance with an electrical service of either
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-12
Comm.#60492

120 VAC, single phase, in the frequency range from 47 to 63 Hz, or 24 VDC.
2. A single main power supply shall have the capability of supplying power to the CPU and
local input/output modules. Auxiliary power supplies shall provide power to remotely
located racks.
3. The power supply shall automatically shut down the programmable controller system
whenever its output current is detected as exceeding 125% of its rated current.
4. The power supply shall monitor the incoming AC line voltage for proper levels. When the
power supply is wired to utilize 120 VAC power, the system shall function properly within
the range of 97 to 132 VAC. If the voltage level is detected as being out of range for more
than one-half line cycle, the power supply shall automatically shut down the system and
remain disabled until the proper voltage level returns. In addition, the power supply shall
provide surge protection, isolation, and outage carry-over up to 2 cycles of the AC line.
5. At the time of power-up,the power supply shall inhibit operation of the processor and I/O
modules until the DC voltages are within specifications.
M. Memory:
1. The program storage medium shall be solid state RAM (volatile)type.
2. The programmable controller system shall be capable of addressing up to a minimum of 32
K words,where each word is comprised of 16 data bits.
3. With new batteries, memory shall contain battery back-up capable of retaining all stored
program data through a continuous power outage for 12 months under worst case
conditions. The capability shall exist to remove all batteries from the system without
removing system power.
4. The programmable controller system should provide the capability to use EEPROM as a
backup for volatile memory.
5. A minimum of 614416 bit words shall be allocated from main memory for the purpose of
data storage.
N. The programmable controller system shall be capable of storing the following data types:
1. External output status.
2. External input status.
3. Timer values.
4. Counter values.
5. Signed integer numbers (16 bit).
6. Floating point registers.
7. Decimal numbers.
8. Binary numbers.
9. Direct and indexed addressing.
10. Internal processor status Information.
11. ASCII and control structures.
12. The above listed data types shall be distinguishable to the CPU by the addressing format.
Management of the data types into memory subsections shall be an automatic function of
the CPU operating system. Any data can be displayed in Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal,
Decimal, or ASCII radices.
13. If contacts or entire rungs are intentionally deleted from an existing logic program, the
remaining program shall be,automatically repositioned to fill this void. Whenever contacts
or entire rungs are intentionally inserted into an existing program, the original program shall
automatically be repositioned to accommodate the enlarged program.
O. To reduce the effective scan time in order to detect short pulse duration inputs, it shall be
possible to program a select logic rung more than once into memory.
P. The number of times a normally open (N.0.) and/or normally closed (N.C.) contact of an internal
output can be programmed shall be limited only by the memory capacity to store these
instructions.
Q. Input and Output:
1. Each input or output module shall be a self-contained unit housed within an enclosure.
O HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-13
Comm.#60492

•
2. The input/output enclosure(chassis)with its respective modules shall be of universal type
and compatible with any, programmable controller manufactured by the supplier. Racks
shall be sized to accommodate I/O in increments of 32, 64, 96, 128, 256, or 512 terminal
points per chassis.
3. During normal operation, a malfunction in any remote input/output channel shall affect the
operation of only that channel and not the operation of the CPU or any other channel.
4. Any remote input/output channel shall be field selectable to shut down the CPU upon
failure of that channel.
5. Upon remote channel shutdown the CPU shall see all inputs on the malfunctioning channel
as they were when the shutdown occurred and all outputs shall de-energize on that
channel.
6. Ail communications on the input/output channels between the remote I/O and the CPU
shall be digital in nature(discrete voltages).
7. Isolation shall be used between all internal logic and external power circuits. This isolation
shall meet the minimum specification of 1500 VRMS.
8. It shall be possible to replace any input or output module without disturbing field wiring.
9. Each I/O module shall contain a visual indicator to display ON/OFF status of individual
input or output points.
10. All User wiring to I/O modules shall be through a heavy-duty terminal strip. Pressure-type
screw terminals shall be used to provide fast, secure wire connections.
11. All input/output modules shall be color coded and titled with a distinctive label.
12. All input modules shall have a specified filter time constant to limit the effects of voltage
transients.
13. The programmable controller manufacturer shall offer Digital (discrete)input/output
hardware consisting of the following types:
a. Digital (Discrete) Inputs:
b. AC/DC input for devices which operate at 120 VAC, 50/60Hz. or 120VDC, 220 VAC,
50/60 Hz. or 220 VDC.
c. AC input for devices which operate at 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz. DC input for devices which
operate at 5 to 30 VDC and 10 to 60 VDC.
d. Isolated AC input which provides isolation of 120 VAC or 120 VDC input signals. TTL
(5 volt DC) input for transistor-transistor logic, either high or low true logic, compatible
with input devices such as solid state control and measuring equipment.
e. Digital (Discrete) outputs:
f. AC output for devices which operate at 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
g. AC output for devices which operate at 220/240 VAC, 50/60Hz.
h. AC output for devices which operate at 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
i. DC output for devices which operate at 10 to 60 VDC.
j. DC power output for operating heavy-duty clutches, brakes, and solenoids. This •
should be available in 12 to 24, 48, and 125 VDC versions.
k. Isolated AC output which provides six (6) isolated outputs capable of switching 120
VAC or 220 VAC power.
I. TTL(5 volt DC)output which provides transistor-transistor logic, either high or low true
logic, compatible for operating 5 VDC level electronic devices.
m. Contact output which provides four(4) normally open and four(4) normally closed
reed relay outputs.
n. Contact output which provides eight(8) normally open/normally closed reed relay
outputs.
o. Contact output which provides four(4) normally open or four(4) normally closed relay
contacts.
p. Analog I/O modules of the following types shall be offered by the manufacturer:
Analog input which accepts analog signals and converts them to three digit BCD,four
digit BCD or twelve (12) bit binary values. Digital resolution shall be available in 1
part in 256, 1 part in 1000 (BCD), or 1 part in 4096 (binary). Analog inputs shall be
available in single-ended, sourcing, differential, and differential isolated versions.
q. Analog inputs shall be available in the following ranges: 0 to plus 5 VDC, plus 1 to
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-14
Comm.#60492

plus 5 VDC, 0 to plus 10 VDC, minus 5 to plus 5VDC, minus 10 to plus 10 VDC, 4 to
20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, minus 20 to plus 20 mA.
r. Analog output which converts a three digit BCD number, a four digit BCD number, or
a twelve(12) bit binary number into an equivalent single-ended analog output signal.
Output isolation shall be available.
s. Analog outputs shall be available in the following ranges: 1 to plus 5 VDC, 0 to plus
10 VDC, minus 10 to plus 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 50 mA.
R. Quality requirements:
1. The programmable controller processor shall be able to withstand conducted susceptibility
tests as outlined in NEMA ICS 2-230, NEMA ICS 3-304-42, section 2 of IEEE 472-1974
and ANSI C37.90A-1974.
2. All completed units shall be subjected to a burn-in test of 60 degrees C for at least 96
hours.
S. Manufacturer and model:
1. Programmable logic controllers supplied shall be Allen-Bradley ControlLogix 1756-L6x
processor(s). Provide quantity as required for redundant applications unless noted
elsewhere. Provide all required communication modules and ports, I/O modules, cables,
chassis and power supplies, etc. Provide an Allen-Bradley PanelView Operator Interface
Terminal, exact model number and at the locations as shown on the equipment list herein.
2. Where redundant ControlLogix processors are called for, the secondary controller is to be
synchronized with the primary controller to provide a bumpless switchover for any outputs
controlled by logic in the highest priority task. Redundancy switchover shall be
accomplished within approximately 100ms and is to be transparent to any devices networked
to the redundant controller chassis.
3. Operator Interface Terminals shall be Allen-Bradley PanelView Plus 1000 with 10.4"
touchscreen utilizing RS Studio development software. Provide an Allen-Bradley PanelView
Operator Interface Terminal, exact model number and at the locations as shown on the
equipment list herein.
2.04 PLC &OIT PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE
A. PLC Programming4Boftware shall be provided for the maintenance personnel to download the
program, develop ladder logic and/or reprogram the programmable logic controller(PLC)
supplied under the scope of this project.
1. For programming the Allen-Bradley processors provide the latest version of Rockwell
Software RS Logix 5000, with appropriate cables for communications with the PLC
processors being supplied.
2. For programming the Allen-Bradley PanelView Operator Interface Terminals provide the
latest version of RS Studio and/or Panel Builder as required, with appropriate cables for
communications with the OIT being supplied.
2.05 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE SOFTWARE (HMI)
A. The information collected by the process system shall be displayed on graphic and
alphanumeric displays. The graphic displays shall be developed at a minimum 1024 X 768
resolution using at minimum a palette of 32,000 colors. It import Auto CAD or other windows
standard graphic file formats for use as symbols or displays. The process displays shall be
created using an object oriented graphics and animation editor. Displays shall contain the
necessary text, analog values, analog totals, digital status, digital totals, results of math
calculations, trends and control status to accurately depict the plant process and control system.
B. The supervisory system shall consist of an operator interface software system which includes
support for process supervisory control, data acquisition, alarming, trending, and report
generation. It shall utilize object based graphics and object based development. The HMI
shall have an open architecture that allows the system to run in a multitasking environment with
support for on-line, dynamic data exchange with other applications such as spreadsheets, and
database programs. The system shall have the built-in flexibility to permit easy configuration of
HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950- 15
Comm.#60492

the system in accordance with the specific objectives of the end user as well as quick and easy
modification of the end application by the user in the field.
C. The operator shall be able to access displays using soft key menus with a choice of function
keys, mouse pointer, cursor control keys, or any key on the keyboard.
D. The system shall support operator access to multiple displays at one time, including split
screens where the operator may view more than one process area at a time. In addition, the
system shall support unlimited use of pop-up displays for additional help or diagnostic
information.
E. All displays shall be password-protectable against unauthorized use.
F. Visibility of command buttons, symbols, etc. shall be controllable based upon the operator's
security level.
G. The operator shall be able to have access to context sensitive help at any time during operation
of the system.
H. The operator shall be prompted by a pop-up display to acknowledge an alarm, and then be
given the opportunity to go to an alarm summary display or return to the previous display.
2.06 COMMAND/CONTROL FUNCTIONS
A. An operator with the proper security level password shall be able to control a discrete point
using an action command button. This control includes latch, unlatch, toggle, set, and reset.
B. The operator shall be able to use command buttons to adjust setpoints up and down on a
percentage or absolute basis. Each request for increase or decrease shall be evaluated
against valid operating limits before allowing the adjustment.
C. Control of individual setpoints shall be enabled based upon a users security level and
password.
D. The user shall be able to acknowledge alarms on an individual or a group basis,with support for
16 groups and 16 sub-groups.
2.07 DISPLAY CAPABILITY
A. The system shall allow the user to view dynamic graphics for process templates including tanks,
pumps, etc. This includes:
1. - Percent fill of the object including irregular shapes such as polygons, ellipses, etc. Color
change of the object.
2. Blinking of the object based upon any alarm in the system or upon a designated group of
alarms.
3. Each object shall have a visibility attribute option allowing for visibility of the object based
upon a condition in the system.
4. The system shall support animation of objects allowing for resizing of objects based upon a
change in a process variable.
5. Objects shall be made to change color based upon any user defined criteria made up of
other tag names in the system. This includes the use of AND, OR, NOT, using
expressions of the status of analog and discrete values in the system.
6. Objects shall be able to be animated according to any of eight different alarm conditions for
an analog variable including:
a. Lc Alarm LoLo Alarm
b. Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm
c. Rate of Change Normal State
d. Minor Deviation Major Deviation
B. Objects shall be able to blink or change color by evaluating any of the 32 bits in an analog
register. Up to 32 colors shall be possible.
HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-16
Comm.#60492

C. The system shall support the capability for the operator view scanned in images from desk-top
or handheld scanners. These images shall be able to be animated to show a color change
based on the status of process operations including alarm or normal state.
2.08 TEXT DESCRIPTION
A. System shall support change of text color based upon the process value going into the eight
different alarm states.
B. Text shall be able to blink based upon any user definable condition occurring in the system such
as an alarm on a particular setpoint, alarm on any value in a process group, or based on the
actual value of a process variable.
C. System shall display process values based upon the security level of the user.
D. Text shall be able to be made visible or invisible based upon an alarm condition in the process
or any other state change in the system.
2.09 ALARM DISPLAY CAPABILITY
A. System shall support displaying of alarms on any display as a user-defined sizable window. In
addition, an entire alarm page can be viewed by depressing a command button. The operator
shall be able to select alarms by group or priority by using a command button. Up to 999
priority levels shall be supported.
B. The system shall support an unlimited number of alarm displays.
C. Alarms shall be color coded according to the state of the alarm including an acknowledged
alarm, unacknowledged alarm, and an alarm that has returned to normal but has not been
acknowledged. The user shall be able to choose from 32 different colors for display of each of
these alarm states.
D. The alarm display shall support the display of the following alarm parameters which are user
selectable in the configuration mode:
1. Date Time
2. Type of Alarm (HIH1, LOLO, etc.) Value of Variable in Alarm
3. Operator Name Alarm Priority
4. Group Name Alarm Limit
5. Comment
E. The operator shall be notified of an alarm no matter what display he or she is currently viewing.
Notification shall include the option of a pop-up alarm display window, a flashing process
symbol such as a process vessel, an alarm text message that is available on each display, or
a dedicated alarm display window on the screen.
2.10 ALARM CAPABILITY
A. Alarms shall be logged to a file for future viewing or review of alarm history. The user shall
have the capability to review the file for cause and event analysis.
B. Alarms shall be printed to a printer using either a serial or parallel interface. The format of the
alarm printout shall be configurable.
C. Pager Interface Alarm Annunciation System
D. The Automatic Dialing Alarm Management System shall consist of Microsoft Windows based
software.The Alarm Management Systems shall be capable of bidirectional communication with
other Application Software Packages. Software and hardware must be capable of
accomplishing the following tasks:
1. Upon Alarm condition: facilitate the display of alarm information to the screen of a
Windows based computer system. Must additionally be able to display alarm information
to the screen while other Windows based application software is running.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950- 17
Comm.#60492

2. Upon Alarm condition: facilitate the compilation and printing of alarm information to local
printers.
3. Upon Alarm condition: facilitate the compilation and transmission of alarm information to
commercially available alphanumeric pager systems.
E. Alarm system shall be Windows based in both configuration and execution modes. The
installation process shall occur in the Windows environment and automatically install all required
software onto the destination computer and create all necessary Windows groups and icons.
F. Configuration Software shall allow the following:
1. The configuration of unique alphanumeric pager transmission formats.
2. Configurable to be compatible with Paging Systems such as WIN 911 and Scadalarm.
3. Configurable to be compatible with most major brand of data modem by allowing individual,
configuration of baud rate, modem initializing string, dialing prefix, dialing suffix and
modem hangup strings.
• 4. Maintain a set of"global"voice data files used in the construction of voice output
messages.
5. Creation and maintenance of a"phone book"of destinations for alarm transmissions. The
phone book shall maintain (day of the week), (time of the day) and (type or transmission)
eligibility for each phone book entry.
G. Alarm system shall establish and maintain Microsoft Windows OPC (OLE for Process Control)
links to multiple Windows applications.
•
H. Alarm system shall allow for the creation of"Groups"from the entries in the Phone book. A
Group may be designated at the destination of any alarm condition. Shall allow for single or
multiple transmissions generated from a single alarm condition with selectable delay before first
and repeat alarm transmissions.
I. Alarm system shall provide for Digital Alarm handling and allow a textual description field for
each Digital Alarm and a selectable ability for each alarm to"acknowledge upon return to
normal state." Shall further allow for automatic acknowledgment of any alarm generated.
Digital Alarms may be determined by"bit picking"from 16 bit words.
J. Alarm system shall provide for Analog Alarm handling from either Integer or Floating Pointing
data formats. Shall be selectively capable of scaling in linearior square root modes. Alarm
system shall also allow for configuration of(2) high and (2) low alarm condition set points. Each
setpoint shall be configurable with its own unique textual descriptor and voice verbalization file.
Alarm system shall be capable of dead band handling with configurable dead band value
selection.
K. Alarm system shall be capable of displaying on screen, current alarm status and alarm history
status.
L. Alarm system shall allow for manual transmission of alphanumeric pages by selection of
destination and message entry.
M. Alarm system shall be capable of sending and receiving acknowledgments from other Windows
Applications.
N. Alarm system shall be capable of maintaining a log of all incoming or outgoing activity including
pages, messages to screen or acknowledgments.
2.11 EVENTS
A. Events shall be logged for review by the operator, engineering or management personnel. The
system shall log each new operator log-on and whenever an operator changes a setpoint or
turns any device on or off. Each time the event log records an event it will record the operator
logged in and the type of action taken (setpoint change, state change, etc), along with a date
and time stamp.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950- 18
Comm.#60492

2.12 APPLICATION CONTROL LOGIC
A. System shall have the ability to perform periodic application control at a user configurable
periodic rate down to 50 milliseconds. Additional logic shall also be configurable to run upon
startup of the system and shutdown of the system.
B. System logic shall be able to automatically perform functions such as increase setpoints,
perform totalization, and check the status of process setpoints to take action. System logic
shall be able to control and start other application programs running in the multitasking
environment.
C. System logic shall be able to monitor the status of each process variable in the system and
perform specific functions based on the following parameters:
1. Normal Status Alarm Status
2. LoLo Alarm Status Lo Alarm Status
3. High Alarm Status HiHi Alarm Status
4. Logical Result of Boolean Individual bit in Word Status (0-31)
5. Ack Alarm Status Unacknowledged Alarm Status
6. Expression: (<, >, NOT,AND, OR, Equivalent)
D. System shall have the capability to perform application control to turn on/off discrete points,
show windows, download recipes, etc. This application logic shall also start and stop other
application programs in the multitasking environment including spreadsheet programs, database
programs, and recipe storage programs. Condition Logic shall be able to support up to 32,000
bytes of memory and shall support the following commands:
1. Alarm Acknowledge Open Display
2. Start Application Activate Application
3. Close Display Recipe Load
4. Recipe Save Select Recipe
5. Sendkeys String to Integer
6. String to Real Mathematical Operations (Add, Mult, Div, Subt)
7. Square Root Boolean Operations (AND, OR, NOR, <, <=, >, >=. = etc.)
E. System shall have the capability to perform application control based upon a user definable
state of a process variable. This includes discrete variable on or off state, alarm states such as
HIHI or LOLO, or equivalence to a specific value. The system shall have the capability to be
programmed to execute when the condition makes a transition from on to off, off to on, or to be
scheduled to run while the condition is true at a user defined interval down to 50 milliseconds.
F. System shall have the capability to perform application control whenever a user presses a key
on the keyboard. This includes whenever the key is pressed, released, or while the key is held
down at a definable interval.
G. The system will support any of the keys on a standard PC-compatible keyboard.
2.13 GRAPHIC DISPLAY EDITOR CAPABILITIES
A. The graphic drawing system shall be object-oriented. The user shall have the capability at a
minimum to arrange graphic objects based an the following commands:
1. Align Top Send to Front
2. Align Bottom Send to Back
3. Align Left Space Horizontal
4. Align Center Points Rotate Clockwise and Counterclockwise
5. Space Vertical Group objects into a cell
B. Graphics Editor shall allow the user to import AutoCAD drawings and images in .BMP file
formats.
C. Graphics Editor shall allow layering of objects to activate specific objects based upon conditions
in the process.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-19
Comm.#60492

D. In order to assure the most productive graphics development environment, animated graphic
objects or symbols shall be copyable in just two keystrokes, and immediate substitution of a
tagname for the duplicated object shall be possible without leaving the graphics editor.
E. Animated graphic objects or process symbols shall be copyable from one display to another
with all of their animation characteristics retained, thereby eliminating duplication of effort.
F. User shall have the capability to add tagname database items while building a display without
exiting the graphics editor.
G. User shall have the capability to search for process tagnames while building a display and then
get the exact detail of the item (alarm setpoints, I/O address, and all other dictionary details)
while building a display without exiting the graphics editor.
H. User shall have on-line context sensitive help on the display build routines to be able to obtain
immediate help should he or she have a question about the details of linking objects to the
tagname database dictionary.
•
2.14 TAGNAME DATABASE
A. User shall have the capability to edit and add tagname items while the system is running the
process.
B. The user shall have the capability to build the tagname database items using a spreadsheet and
then import the spreadsheet tagname definition into the system.
2.15 REPORTS
A. Printed reports shall contain process information including process data, status, accumulated
variables, etc. Reports shall support use of graphic templates in a printed report. Reports
shall be able to be scheduled by time of day, day of week, hour of day, or at the end of a shift.
B. Reports shall be able to be printed on demand by the operator. Reports shall be able to be
printed based on any state change in the system or time scheduled.
C. Custom Reports shall be easily generated by the operator for min., max., and average for
monitored variable or correlation between any group of variables for any length of time.
Graphs/trends shall accompany the spread reports with only a click of the mouse.
2.16 REAL TIME AND HISTORICAL LOGGING
A. Real time trend displays shall support up to 4 trend pens and unlimited trend windows per
display.
B. Real time trend displays shall be able to continue to update regardless of whether the operator
is currently viewing the trend window.
C. Real time trend displays shall support the use of expressions of tagnames including add,
multiply, divide, etc. to permit proper scaling of variables.
2.17 HISTORICAL TRENDING
A. Historical trend display should allow the user to zoom in and out in time from one second up to
six weeks in one display. This shall be able to be activated using action scripted command
buttons available to the operator.
B. The operator shall have the capability to pan backward and forward in time to view historically
logged data. The operator should have the capability to print out historically trended
information in the form of a printed record for documentation purposes.
2.18 HISTORICAL REPORTING
A. Historically collected data shall be available to be exported to a spreadsheet format for analysis,
additional reports, etc.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-20
Comm.#60492

2.19 SECURITY
A. It shall configure the run-time system so as to prevent the operator from obtaining direct access
to task switching by disabling certain keys in the system. In this way, only the task switching
which is built.into the end application shall be.accessible to the process operator.
B. It shall configure the run-time system so as to prevent the operator from obtaining direct access
to the File Menu or any other direct ability to open and close files outside of the desired built-in
capabilities of the final operator interface application.
C. It shall provide password protection on a moveable mask which can cover the entire system
level graphical user interface, including the operating system title bars, menu bars, etc. such
that only authorized personnel would have access to this level of control. This protection is
necessary to prevent lesser skilled personnel from causing damage to the operator interface
application,from accidentally erasing files or records, or from accessing other software not
directly connected with the desired plant monitoring and supervisory control application.
D. It shall disable the Microsoft Windows key sequences<CTRL><ESC>and <ALT><TAB>to
prevent unauthorized access to applications outside of the operator interface application
environment. It shall also disable the<CTRL> <ALT><DEL> reset function of the PC.
E. It shall configure the run-time system such that the operator does not have direct access to the
key sequence which would cause the system to reboot.
F. It shall assign each operator a log-on password which defines a unique access level, thereby
limiting access to various command functions based on the operators access level.
G. Based on the operators unique password, it shall log each operator's actions for later review.
H. It shall define an inactivity time span between operator actions on the system requiring the
operator to log on again with his password. This capability is useful in preventing unauthorized
access to the operator interface system.while an operator is away from his station performing
other duties.
2.20 STRATEGIC DATA MANAGEMENT&REPORT SOFTWARE
A. Strategic Data management software shall be OPS SQL by OPS Systems, Inc.
B. Software shall be installed pre-configured with regulatory and process variables. Program CD
and documents for all software programs shall be supplied and operator training as specified.
C. The system shall be"user friendly" using standard 'Windows"conventions. The system will
store plant data and provide reports and graphs for analysis and control. Simple back-up
routines shall be available.
D. Product bulletins on software items shall be provided.
E. Software shall be compatible with the following Operating System software: Windows 95, 98,
ME, 2000, XP or NT by Microsoft.
F. Program shall make available an unlimited number of user defined variables whose values may
be defined as daily, hourly, 15 minute, parameters. Text parameters and daily calculations
shall also be available. Variables shall optionally be provided with regulatory or control limits
and optional text or graphical operators (less than, less than or equal to, greater than and
greater than or equal to)for use in reports. Software shall accept<, >, and ND data qualifiers
with numeric entries and up to seven additional user defined data qualifiers.
G. Data shall be stored in a standard database format(Oracle 8.17 or higher, Microsoft SQL
Server 2000 or later and MS Access).
H. Calculations shall include standard operators(+,-,*,1),functions (abs, retrieve forward or
backward any day; exponential and logs; reciprocal; round; if then else; averages and
summations(moving;weekly; monthly,fiscal periods), and difference(with or without rollover).
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-21
Comm.#60492

1. Efficient data entry shall be achieved by entering one variable after another for a given day with
a minimum keystrokes between entries. Variable name, units, entry range, and permit limits
shall be displayed when entering data to increase data accuracy. Audible-visual prompt will
activate when value is outside a specified range. Provide unlimited daily comments and
comments attached to a sample value.
J. Program shall store an unlimited number of user defined custom data entry forms or bench
sheets with text and variables (one or more days) positioned as desired.
K. Program shall store user-defined reports, that may be recalled, calculated and printed for user
defined time periods. Max, min, arithmetic mean and geometric mean, total, and standard
deviation shall be available in standard reports.
L. A Spread Report Generator(SRG) must be available to meet the unique needs of each
customer. The SRG must display a spreadsheet layout format allowing placement of daily
values, summary statistics and general text. SRG must provide formatting options including
font and color changes, drag and drop capabilities, and border settings. Multiple paper sizes
must be supported including 8-112"x 11", Legal, 11"x 17". The statistical capability must
include the report data range, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, seasonal and annual
data groupings with availability of averages, totals, geometric means, minimums, maximums,
percent removal, surcharge, standard deviations, and violations (monthly, weekly, or daily).
The report must allow for ratio and percent removal calculations based on data summation.
M. Program shall contain a complete statistical analysis capability including mean, variance,
standard deviation, max and min, and confidence interval for any parameter in the Data
Manager. Five different regression analysis routines define relationships between parameters
for two-variable (linear, geometric, exponential, and third order polynomial curve fits)and
multiple linear regression analysis. Results are presented graphically-time-series, pie charts,
probability distribution and regression plots. Provide a QC Analysis exception report to report
outliers (Grubbs Test), points above or below control limits and a specified number of points that
meet the following conditions: consecutive points outside the warning limits, consecutive points
on one side of the mean, and consecutive points sloping in one direction.
N. Time series or trend plots shall display up to six variables on one"Y"axis and up to two
additional variables on a second "Y" axis with dates on the"X"axis for user defined time period
up to ten years.
O. Two variable correlations using "best fit"linear, geometric, exponential and 3rd order curves and
indication of goodness of fit shall be calculated, listed to the screen and plotted at the users
discretion. A time-offset feature must be available to allow matching of influent and effluent
variables.
P. A multiple regression routine shall calculate and list to the screen the correlation of one
dependent variable, chosen by the user, versus up to seven independent variables, also chosen
by the user. This routine shall also have the ability to provide a graphical output of a multiple
regression analysis for a dependent variable as a function of up to three independent variables.
Q. Process modeling routines shall change activated sludge parameters on the computer and,
then, determine oxygen requirements, sludge production and clarifier capacity
R. All plotting modes shall include labeling for all axes parameter identification (legend), and
Calendar time duration identification and shall have available for user selection various plotting
symbols, lines and colors.
S. The software shall have the capability to export full color graph images for use with any other
Windows application and to write standard Windows Metafile or Bitmap files and to output full
color plots. Program shall allow up to 100 saved graphs to be outputted over a date range and
printed with up to four graphs per page with a single action.
T. Software must allow up to 99 separate databases and have look-up function from one database
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-22
Comm.#60492

to the other.
U. The software shall be network capable allowing multiple simultaneous users. Licenses for
unlimited number of users shall be included.
V. Provide interface to SCADA Historian/HMI software for automatic collection of daily/hourly/15
minute/1 minute summarized data from historical file. Interfaces must be available for
Rockwell's Historian, Intellution's iHistorian,Wonderware's inSQL, Foxboro's A1M*Historian.
Interfaces must run with no user intervention and be able to be run as an NT Service.
W. Provide interface to import lab results from the Laboratory Information Management System
(LIMS). Interfaces must be available for Labvantage Sapphire, Telecation Aspen, Perkin
Elmer's Labworks,Tribal, StarLims. Interfaces must run with no user intervention and be able to
be run as an NT Service.
X. Interface shall be available to Palm PDA's.
Y. Manufacturer shall provide planning, startup, implementation, training, and acceptance testing
based on the following schedule.
Z. Three(3)8-hour days on-site. Planning session with key personnel will go over
implementation, maintenance, and ideas.The Plant Operations manager will be interviewed and
the basic setup of the databases will be laid out. Implementation plan and schedule will be
developed. Sample data from the LIMS and Data Historian (if available)will be obtained for
development of interfaces.
AA. Five (5)8-hour days on-site by an OPS Systems Engineer. Startup includes installation,formal
training (advanced and operator), and system testing. Interfaces to be tested and
implemented. One-on-One user training for the system champion(problem solving, advanced
setup, etc...)shall also be provided.
AB. Two (2)8-hour days on-site. Follow up training, resolution of punch list items, etc.
AC. After review of your existing reports, SCADA tags, and process diagrams OPS Engineers shall
set up a limited number of variables(readings, points, tags, calculations), forms and reports.
AD. Database setup and configuration shall include setup of up to 1500 Variables; setup of up to fifty
(50) pages of reports including NPDES, DMR, MOR, and other user defined reports; setup of
twenty(20) Data Entry Forms/bench sheets.
AE. Provide 1-800 phone and email support.
2.21 SCADA SYSTEM SERVERS,WORKSTATIONS HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS
SOFTWARE•
1. The SCADA System shall be supplied with complete personal computer workstations and or
servers as indicated on the equipment list herein. The servers and personal computer
workstations shall be provided as shown on the plans and as depicted on the system
•
diagram.
Primarily the servers shall interface to the networked connected PLCs, and/or remotely
connected PLCs. The SCADA System Servers shall store, distribute and gather data. The
SCADA System Server shall be configured,in a redundant server system configuration.
A. Servers will be Workstations and shall be rack mountable chassis. Each server shall at a
minimum incorporate the following:
1. Dell PowerEdge 2950 III: Quad Core Intel®Xeon® E5405, 2x6MB Cache, 2.0GHz,
1333MHz FSB .
2. Additional Processor: Quad Core Intel®Xeon® E5405, 2x6MB Cache, 2.0GHz
3. Memory: 8GB 667MHz(4x2GB), Dual Ranked DIMMs.
4. Operating System:Windows 2003 Server, Enterprise Edition with 25 Client Licenses.
5. Backplane: 1x8 Backplane for 2.5-inch Hard Drives.
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-23
Comm.#60492

6. Primary Controller: SAS 61iR Integrated,x8 Backplane.
7. Hard Drive Configuration: Integrated SAS/SATA, SAS 6/iR Integrated, No RAID.
8. Primary Hard Drive: 73GB 10K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 3Gbps 2.5-in HotPlug Hard
Drive .
9 2nd Hard Drive: 73GB 10K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 3Gbps 2.5-in HotPlug Hard Drive.
10. 3`d Hard Drive: 73GB 10K RPM Serial-Attach SCSI 3Gbps 2.5-in HotPlug Hard Drive.
11. Chassis Configuration: Rack Chassis w/Sliding RapidNersa Rails and Cable
Management Arm, Universal.
12. Riser Card: Riser with 3 PCle Slots.
13. Power Supply: Redundant Power Supply With Y-CORD and Straight Cords
14. Bezel:Active ID Bezel Option.
15. Network Adapter: Dual Embedded Broadcom®NetXtreme 115708 Gigabit Ethernet
NIC
16. Remote Management: Dell Remote Access Card, 5th Generation for PowerEdge
Remote Management.
17. Removable Disk: RD1000, Internal SATA Drive Bay
18. Media for Removable Disk(RD1000): Removable HD Cartridge for RD1000
Drive,80GB native/160GB compressed. •
19. Uninterrupted Power Supply: Rack Mountable 1500 UPS 120V.
20. CD/DVD Drive: 24X 1DE CD-RW/DVD ROM Drive for PowerEdge Servers, All OS.
21. Floppy Drive: 1.44MB Floppy Drive.
22. Documentation: Electronic Documentation and Open Manage CD Kit.
23. Hardware Support Services: 3 Year BRONZE Support, Next Business Day Onsite.
24. Provide servers manufactured by Dell Computer Corporation or equal.
B. Each Server or Servers shall be house in rack housing. Rack housing shall at a minimum
incorporate the following:
•
1. Full-size rack that can hold up to 2,000 pounds of industry-standard, 19"wide
rack-mountable servers and peripherals.
2. Rack offering an overall depth of 1,000mm,for allowance for routing cables.
3. RapidRailsT"' allowing easy sliding of servers and peripherals out of the rack.
4. Front and rear door and side panels key locks.
5. 1 U rack console administrator's control station. Consisting of 1 U KMM Console with
Touchpad, Keyboard and 17 inch LCD mounted on Rapid Rails.
6. Rack mountable 1500VA UPS 120 Volt, Battery Backup and Protection.
7. Power Distribution Units &Power Strips--15 Amp, 120V as needed.
8. Warranty-1Yr Parts+ Onsite Labor. Year 2-3 Parts Delivery.
9. Rack side stabilizers.
10. One(1) Fixed Rack Equipment Shelf for misc rack components.
11. Rack shall be Dell PowerEdge 4210 rack.
C. Each personal computer workstation shall at a minimum incorporate the following:
1. Dell Precision Workstation T5400: Dual Core Intel®Xeon®Processor L5240
(3.0GHz,6M L2,1333).
2. Operating System: Microsoft®Windows®XP Professional, SP2 with Media.
3. Warranty: 3 Year Limited Hardware Warranty with Next Business Day On-Site
Service .
4. Video Card: 256MB PCIe x16 nVidia NVS 290, Dual Monitor DVI Capable.
5. Memory: 2GB, DDR2 SDRAM FBD Memory, 667MHz, ECC(2 DIMMS).
6. Optical Drive: 16X DVD+/-RW w/Cyberlink PowerDVDTM and Roxio Creator Dell
Ed.
7. RAID Configuration: Cl All SATA drives, Non-RAID, 1 drive total configuration.
8. Hard Drive: 80GB SATA 3.0Gb/s,7200 RPM Hard Drive with 8MB DataBurst
Cache TM.
O HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-24
Comm.#60492

9. Monitors: Dell 19 inch UltraSharp TM 1908FPW Widescreen, Adjustable Stand,
VGA/DVI or Deli 22 inch UltraSharp TM 2208FPW Widescreen,Adjustable Stand,
VGA/DVI as indicated on equipment list.
10. System Documentation: Resource DVD-Contains Diagnostics and Drivers.
11. Sound: Sound Blaster®X-FiTm XtremeMusic(D),Dolby®Digital 5.1,WXP .
12. Keyboard: For office locations: Standard PS/2 or USB. All other locations, Control
Room, DAF's, Lab, Operator Building: Industrial Type, NEMA 4X
13. Mouse: Dell USB 2-Button Optical Mouse with Scroll.
14. Floppy Drive Options: 3.5 inch 1.44MB Floppy Drive.
15. Speakers: Dell AS501 Sound Bar for all UltraSharp Flat Panel Displays.
16. Productivity: Microsoft®Office 2007 Professional and Adobe Acrobat 8 STD.
17. Security: Norton Internet Security 2008
18. Resource CD: Resources CD contains Diagnostics and Driver for Precision Systems.
19. Provide computers manufactured by Dell Computer Corporation or equal.
D. Each notebook computer workstation shall at a minimum incorporate the following:
1. Latitude D630: Intel®Core 2 Duo T7250 (2.00GHz) 2M L2 Cache, 800MHz Dual
Core w/14.1 in Wide Screen WXGA LCD Panel .
2. Operating System: Microsoft®Windows®XP Professional, SP2, with media.
3. Memory: 2.0GB, DDR2-667 SDRAM, 2 DIMMS .
4. Hard Drive: 80GB Hard Drive, 9.5MM, 5400RPM
5. Optical Drive: 24X CD-RW/DVD w/Cyberlink PowerDVDT"".
6. Video Card: Intel®Integrated Graphics Media Accelerator X3100.
7. Wi-Fi Wireless Card: Dell WirelessTm 1395 802.11g Mini Card.
8. Productivity Software: Microsoft®Office Professional Edition 2003 and Adobe
Acrobat 7.0.
9. Carrying Case: Classic Nylon Carrying Case.
10. Batteries: 6 Cell Primary Battery.
11. Extra Batteries: 6-Ce11/53WHr Spare Primary Battery.
12. Floppy Drive Options: Floppy Drive.
13. Modem: Internal 56K Modem.
14. AC Adapter: 65W AC Adapter.
15. Hardware Support Services: 3 Year Basic Plan.
16. Provide computers manufactured by Dell Computer Corporation or equal.
E. Wall Mounted Monitors:
1. Provide 40" LCD Flat Panel Display Monitor, as manufactured by NEC, Model number
LCD4000-BK at locations shown on the equipment list or on the drawings.
2. Provide wall mount bracket with adjustable tilt and built in electrical boxes.
F. A UPS shall be supplied for each SCADA System PC Workstation. The UPS shall be rated for
a minimum of 650 VA, 390 watts and shall power the workstations for a minimum of 30 minutes
upon loss of power. The UPS shall include at least four(4)5-15R Receptacles. The UPS
shall be line interactive design with voltage regulation. UPS shall be by Liebert, Powersure
PSA, model PSA650MT-120.
G. Alarm/Event printers shall be supplied at locations as indicated on the equipment list. They
shall be 24 pin with 132 columns and a print speed of 192 characters per second. The
Alarm/Event printer shall be equivalent to Epson.
H. Report/Graphic Colorjet printers shall be supplied at locations as indicated on the equipment
list. It shall be capable of printing documents of up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi (on premium
photo papers with 1200 dpi input resolution), 600 X 600 dpi resolution minimum for black and
white. Connectivity shall be Universal Serial Bus (USB)2.0 Full Speed, Ethernet 802.3 (10/100
Baser). The printer shall be capable of handling up to 8.5"X 11" paper. The Report/Graphic
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-25
Comm.#60492

Printer shall be equivalent to HP DeskJet Model 6127 or current model replacement of the 6127.
I. At a minimum the following software shall be supplied with the specified system. All software
shall be installed and completely configured as specified. All software shall be upgraded to
latest releases available at the time of purchase and will be supplied with original licenses,
manuals and documentation.
1. Microsoft Windows XP Professional with latest service pack
2. Microsoft Office XP Professional
3. Complete Windows based SCADA Development Software Package
(Allen-Bradley/Rockwell Software RSView 32 with options listed below.)
4. Specter 911 paging and remote information access software.
5. OPS Systems, Inc. OPS SQL Strategic Data Management.Software or OPS Systems, inc.
OPS SQL Express Strategic Data Management Software
6. OPS Systems, Inc. Job Plus Maintenance Software or OPS Systems, Inc.
2.22 NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
•
A. Managed Modular Ethernet Switches and Fiber Optic Transceivers:
1. Type: MM2-4TX1 4-Port Copper Media Module, Ethernet Self Healing Ring Assembly:
Media module for MICE Switches (MS...), 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX Port type and
quantity 4 x 10/100BASE-TX,TP cable, RJ45 sockets, auto-crossing, auto-negotiation,
auto-polarity
2. Type: MM3-2FXM412TX1 4-Port, 2 Fiber/2Copper Module, Ethernet Self Healing Ring
Assembly: Media module for MICE Switches (MS...), 100BASE-TX and 100BASE-FX
multi-mode FIO Port type and quantity 2 x 100BASE-FX, MM cables, MTRJ sockets, 2 x
10/100BASE-TX, TP cables, RJ45 sockets, auto-crossing, auto-negotiation, auto-polarity
3. Type: MS2108-2 MICE, modular, managed Industrial EHTERNET-Switch, 8 Port 10/100,
store and forward switching mode, Ethernet(10 Mbitls)and Fast-Ethernet(100 Mbitls) Port
type and quantity up to 8 ports possible via media modules, 2 slots integrated in back
panel (8 ports)
4. Type: MS3124-4 MICE, modular, managed Industrial EHTERNET-Switch, 24 Port 10/100
Switch, store and forward switching mode, Ethernet(10 Mbitls)and Fast-Ethernet(100
Mbit/s) Port type and quantity up to 24 ports possible via media modules, 4 slots integrated
on backplane(16 ports), 2 additional slots via MB-2T expansion backplane (8 ports)
5. Provide Hirschmann or equal by Phoenix Contact.
B. Stackable managed Switch:
1. PowerConnect 3524: PowerConnect 3524, 24 Port FE Stackable Managed Switch, 2 GbE
Combo Ports.
2. Network Management Software: Open manage Network Manager.
3. Hardware Support Services: 3Yr Parts Delivery(Next Business Day).
4. Network Security Firewall:Watchguard Firebox SOHO6tc Firewall and VPN.
5. Broadband Routers: Netgear 4-Port Cable/DSL ProSafe Firewall/Print Svr with 101100
Mbps Switch
• 6. PowerConnect 3524: 24 Port Managed Fast Ethernet Switch with 2 Gigabit Uplinks and
Optional Stacking and Fiber Connectivity:
a. 24 Port Managed Fast Ethernet Switch with 2 Gigabit Uplinks, Enterprise Features,
Stacking and Fiber Connectivity Options
b. Supports open industry standards including quality of service (L2,L3/L4-aware),
multicast support, link aggregation, dynamic VLAN configurations, and rapid spanning
tree.
c. Provides robust security capabilities through flow-based ACLs, port-based MAC
security, RADIUS remote authentication, SSL/SSH encryption, and IP-based
management access filtering.
d. Can be managed remotely by an industry-standard CL1, an embedded web server or
an SNMP-based management application.
e. Supports stacking capabilities for simplified network management of multiple
switches.
O HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-26
Comm.#60492

C. Ethernet/IP Converter for Power Distribution (Switch Gear) PLC
1. Provide Prosoft Prolinx module for communications to the new Power Distribution (Switch
Gear)PLC provided by others.
D. Provide router for DSL connection to the plant network for remote RSView32 dedicated client.
Provide router with security options and firewall configurations.
2.23 NETWORK INTERCONNECTING CABLES AND HARDWARE
A. Provide Belden 9463, 78 Ohm Twinaxial Cable, 2-conductor, 20 AWG, PVC jacket Cable for
Remote I/O (RIO)connections or data highway plus.
B. Provide Category 5e modular jacks as directed on plans. Jacks shall be equal to Hubbell
#HXJ5EB (blue).
C. Provide angled faceplates as directed on plans. Faceplates shall be equal to Hubbell
#AFP14G (gray).
D. Provide Cat-5 UTP Ethernet Cable as direct on the plans. Cable shall be equal to Belden
#5ENP4P24-BL-P-V(blue).
E. Provide 62.5/125 micron 12-fiber loose-tube, gell-filled mini-bundle fiber optics cable suitable for
outdoor use in conduit and duct bank, Cable shall be as manufactured by OCC,Siecor,
Commscope, AT&T or equal.
F. Provide Fiber Optics Patch Panel Interconnect Box for each location where fiber optics
terminations are to be made. Provide a wall-mountable interconnect center to provide strain
relief and protection for up to 12 fiber terminations via ST-style adapters. The wall-mounted
fiber optics interconnection box shall be Siecor#WIC-012-15 for indoor applications or Siecor#
EDC-012 environmental distribution center with two#EDC-CP1-015 connector panels for
outdoor applications.
G. Provide Fiber Optics Jumpers between the fiber optics interconnect box and the personal
computer system or programmable logic controller(PLC). Jumpers shall be 2-fiber, 62.5/125
micron prefabricated jumper cable assemblies with ST-Type to Duplex SC (Ceramic)
connectors. Fiber optics jumpers shall be Anixter#15201X, length to be determined by
SCADA system vendor.
H. Provide Fiber Optics Connectors as CamLite ST-Type for 62.5/125 micron fiber. Siecor part#
95-000-21.
I. Provide one (1)Siecor#TKT-020-04 Fiber Optics Installation Tooi Kit including cleaver and
hand tool. Provide one (1)Siecor#FAN-BT25-06 Buffer Tube Tool Kit consisting of fan-out
clamp, fan-out tubing, alcohol, tissues, and adhesive.
J. Terminations: All fiber optics terminations shall be the responsibility of the System supplier.
2.24 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
A. A UPS shall be supplied for the PLC Control Panel. The UPS shall protect the system from
surges, spikes, noise and brownouts. The UPS shall be rated for a minimum of 650 VA, 390
watts and shall power the workstations for a minimum of 30 minutes upon loss of power. The
UPS shall include at least four(4)5-15R Receptacles. The UPS shall be line interactive
design with voltage regulation. UPS shall be by Liebert, Powersure PSA, model
PSA650MT-120.
B. UPS shall be supplied for each Server.The UPS shall protect the system from surges, spikes,
noise and brownouts. The UPS shall be rated for a minimum of 1500 VA, 0.98 KW output
rating and shall power the Server for a minimum of 27 minutes at half load upon loss of power.
The UPS shall include at least six(6)5-15R Receptacles. The UPS shall be line interactive
design with voltage regulation.The UPS shall be 19" rack-mountable and incorporate Site
Wiring Fault Notification and extended range Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR).The UPS
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-27
Comm.#60492

shall include PowerChute®Business Edition, departmental-level management software. UPS
shall be Deli 1500 VA, Smart-UPS by APC.
2.25 NON-LICENSED SPREAD SPECTRUM ETHERNET RADIO TRANSCEIVERS
A. The Master RTU's shall communicate to the radio network with non-licensed spread spectrum
Ethernet radio transceivers as shown on the drawings. The radios shall be the iNet 900
manufactured by Microwave Data Systems. MDS iNET 900 shall be provided with Access
Point/Remote Dual Gateway, which provides both serial and Ethernet connections, and shall be
configurable as either an access point or a dual gateway. The transceiver and shall include all
available diagnostics capabilities and software.
2.26 FREE STANDING ALUMINUM ANTENNA TOWER
A. Provide a free standing aluminum tower, at locations shown on the drawings, rated for the proper
wind loading and area wind speeds. Tower height, type and base size as shown on the
drawings for each location.
B. Provide tower with optional stainless steel base.
C. Manufacturer shall be Universal Towers, or equal.
2.27 OMNIDIRECTIONAL ANTENNA FOR MASTER&REMOTE STATION RADIO MODEM
A. Meet the following requirements:
1. Frequency range:Appropriate to frequency of operation.
2. Gain: 10 dB, minimum.
3. Maximum Power Input: 150 watts.
4. Lightning Protection: Direct ground protection to ground and Polyphaser surge arrester
before entering the enclosure with radio.
5. Connector:Type N,female.
6. Mounting Hardware: Clamps, standoff hardware as required for the installation to tank,
pole, tower or building.
7. Manufacturer shall be Decibel Products, or equal.
2.28 TRANSMISSION CABLE &MISCELLANEOUS FOR RADIOS
A. Provide cable connecting the radio antenna port to the antenna, which is low-loss foam-dielectric
type, 0.5 inch to 1.25 inch in diameter as required.
B. Provide weatherproof transmission cable, suitable for direct environmental exposure. Use "0"
ring seals on connections.
C. Provide cable grounding kits, etc. as appropriate for particular installation.
D. Utilize appropriate bulkhead RF transmission cable surge suppression devices at cable
entrances, Polyphaser or equivalent.
E. Provide cable as manufactured by Andrew Corp. or equal.
2.29 MAGNETIC FLOW METER SYSTEMS
•
A. Provide a Magnetic flow meter in the locations as indicated on the equipment schedule or as
shown on the drawings.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-28
Comm.#60492

B. Magnetic flow meter systems shall include a magnetic flow tube and a microprocessor-based
"smart" transmitter that is capable of converting and transmitting a signal from the flow tube.
Magnetic flow meters shall utilize the characterized field principle of electromagnetic induction,
and shall produce DC signals directly proportional to the liquid flow rate.
C. Each meter shall be furnished with a stainless steel or carbon steel metering tube and carbon
steel flanges with a polyurethane, ceramic, neoprene, or Teflon liner as required by the
application and/or as specified herein. Liner shall have a minimum thickness of 0.125 inches.
The inside diameter of the liner shall be within 0.125 inches of the inside diameter of the
adjoining pipe. Liner protectors shall be provided on all flow tubes.
D. The flow tube shall be provided with flush mounted electrodes or bullet nose as indicated in the
equipment schedule. Ultrasonic electrode cleaning shall not be needed or acceptable.
E. Grounding rings shall be provided for all meters.
F. All materials of construction for metallic wetted parts (electrodes, grounding rings, etc.) shall be
minimum 316 stainless steel, but shall be compatible with the process fluid for each meter in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.
G. Flow tube shall be rated for pressures up to 1.1 times the flange rating of adjacent piping.
System shall be rated for ambient temperatures of -30 to +650C. Meter and transmitter
housings shall meet NEMA 4X requirements as a minimum. When meter and transmitter are
located in classified explosion hazard areas, the meter and transmitter housings shall be
selected with rating to meet the requirements for use in those areas. Non-metallic transmitter
housings shall not be acceptable.
H. The transmitter shall provide pulsed DC coil drive current to the flow tube and shall convert the
returning signal to a linear, isolated 4-20 mA DC signal. The transmitter shall utilize "smart"
electronics and shall contain automatic, continuous zero correction, signal processing routines
for noise rejection, and an integral LCD readout capable of displaying flow rate and totalized
flow. The transmitter shall continuously run self-diagnostic routines and report errors via
English language messages. s 1�
I. The transmitter's preamplifier input impedance shall be a minimum of 10 -10 ohms which shall
make the system suited for the amplification of low-level input signals and capable of operation
with a material build up on the electrodes.
J. The transmitter shall provide an automatic low flow cutoff below a user configurable low flow
condition (0-10%). The transmitter's outputs shall also be capable of being forced to zero by an
external contact operation.
K. Each flow tube shall be factory calibrated and assigned a calibration constant or factor to be
entered into the associated transmitter as part of the meter configuration parameters. Manual
calibration of the flow meter shall not be required. Meter configuration parameters shall be
stored in non-volatile memory in the transmitter. An output hold feature shall be provided to
maintain a constant output during configuration changes.
L. The transmitter shall be capable of communicating digitally with a remote configuration device
via a frequency-shift-keyed, high frequency signal superimposed on the 4-20 mA output signal.
The remote configuration device shall be capable of being placed anywhere in the 4-20 mA
output loop. The remote configuration device shall be as specified under Section 17700. A
password-based security lockout feature shall be provided to prevent unauthorized modification
of configuration parameters.
M. Accuracy shall be 0.50% of rate over the flow velocity range of 0.3 to 10.0 m/s. Repeatability
shall be 0.1% of rate; minimum turndown shall be 100:1. Minimum required liquid conductivity
shall not be greater than 5 uS/cm. Maximum response time shall be adjustable between 1 and
100 seconds as a minimum. Transmitter ambient temperature operating limits shall be -10 to
+50 degrees C. Power supply shall be 115 VAC, 60 Hz.
N. Flow tubes shall be 150-lb flange mounted unless otherwise noted. The cables for
interconnecting the meter and transmitter shall be furnished by the manufacturer. Transmitter
shall be mounted integrally on flow tube, wall, or 2-inch pipe mounted as shown in the Drawings
and/or as specified.
O. Magnetic flow meter systems shall be as manufactured by Rosemount, Model 8705 flowtube
with the Model 8712D transmitter.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-29
Comm.#60492

2.30 RADAR LEVEL TRANSMITTER
A. Provide a radar level transmitter in the locations as indicated on the equipment schedule or as
shown on the drawings.
B. Unit shall be a non-contacting 2-wire radar transmitter,frequency(6 GHz), for installation on the
top of tanks utilizing a stilling well for measurement of liquids and slurries with foam, vapor,
turbulence, and deposits on the antenna.
C. Approvals
1. NEMA 4X
2. Factory Mutual (FM) Explosion Proof Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D and
Intrinsically Safe for Class I, Division 1, Groups A thru G.
3. Process And Environmental Conditions:
4. Ambient temperature: -40 to 176 F
5. Relative humidity: 0 to 100%
6. Process temperature: -40 to 302 F
7. Process pressure: Full vacuum to 145 PSI
8. Unaffected by pressure and temperature changes.
9. Unaffected by pH, density, and dielectric changes.
10. Good for coating, viscous, or crystallizing liquids.
11. Measuring range:from 0 to 98 feet.
D. Electrical
1. Powered 14 to 42.4 VDC.
2. Dual compartment transmitter housing isolates the electronic circuitry from the field
wiring. Housing is polyurethane coated aluminum.
3. '/z"-14,NPT cable gland or conduit entry.
E. Antenna And Process Connections
1. 5401 Cone Antenna is available 2"thru 8", 150#and 300#ANSI flanged.
2. Tank seals are PTFE with 0-rings of Viton, Kalrez 6375, EPDM, or Buna-N.
F. Outputs
1. HART with 4-20 mA loop proportional to level, distance, volume, or other variables.
2. Provide integral digital display for process variables and diagnostic information.
G. Software Functionality
1. Transmitter shall be capable of simultaneous HART digital communication over the
4-20 mA loop.Transmitter shall perform continuous diagnostics, be capable of
self-test functions, and be able to give specific diagnostic information.
2. Configuration capabilities shall allow user to input and store information including
range values, engineering units, antenna size and type, tank seal, o-ring material, tag
and serial numbers.
3. Rosemount Radar Master software allows for full configuration capabilities via a
Personal Computer.
H. Performance
1. Accuracy: +1-0.4 inch., Repeatability: +1-0.4 inch at 5 meter distance.
2. Optional integral digital display.
I. Performance features:
1. Condensation Resistant Antenna, less sensitive to coating.
2. Dual transmitters and receivers, more reliability.
3. Circular Polarization, to reduce wall and tank obstacle echoes.
4. Dynamic Gain Optimization, to handle tough conditions at all tank levels.
J. The Radar Level Transmitter shall be a Rosemount model 5401 with Integral digital display,
Transient Protection Terminal Block and375 HART Handheld Communicator or AMS Intelligent
Device Manager Software for configuration, calibration, diagnostics, and documentation.
2.31 PRESSURE INDICATING TRANSMITTERIELECTRONIC
A. Provide pressure transmitters in the locations as indicated on the equipment list or as shown on
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-30
Comm.#60492

the drawings.
B. The pressure signal shall be input to the PLC and be utilized for control, monitoring, trending
and reporting by the SCADA System.
C. Purpose:To sense variations in pressure and produce a standard current output signal linear
with the pressure.
D. Sensing element: Resonant wire.
E. Indicator: LCD with Engineering Units, Integrally mounted.
F. Static pressure limit: 2000 psig (min) unless otherwise required.
G. Power supply: do(from receiver over signal leads).
H. Output: 4-20 mAdc. Digital process variable superimposed on 4-20 mA signal, available to any
host that conforms to the HART protocol.
I. Accuracy:±0.15% of span.
J. Five-Year Stability of 0.125%.
K. 100:1 Rangeability.
L. Zero and span value can be set anywhere within the range limits of the transmitter.
M. Overpressure limit:The transmitter shall be able to withstand 1,500 PSI without damage.
N. Pressure connections: 1/2" NPT.
O. Body material:Type 316 stainless steel.
P. Wetted parts:Type 316 stainless steel.
Q. Electronic housing: NEMA 4or 4X.
R. Provide Type 316 stainless steel diaphragm seal for process wastewater applications.
S. Provide Rosemount Model 3051 C.
2.32 ULTRASONIC LEVEL TRANSMITTER
A. Provide the ultrasonic level transmitters in the locations as indicated on the equipment list or as
shown on the drawings.
B. Provide a microprocessor based echo-time measuring type consisting of a transmitter and
transducer.
C. Transducer:
1. Internal temperature sensor.
2. Range of the transducer: 1'to 50'.
3. KYNAR transducer housing.
4. 1" NPT conduit connection.
5. Operating ambient temperature shall be-4 F to 149 F.
6. 6-degree beam angle.
7. Adequate cable to run to transmitter location.
8. Acceptable product: Milltronics Echomax XPS-15.
D. Transmitter:
1. Rack, handrail, or panel-mounted unit as located on the contract drawings.
2. Suitable for operation from a 100-230 VAC 15% @ 50/60 Hz power supply or a 12-30 VDC
power supply, depending on application.
3. NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure.
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-31
Comm.#60492

4. Operating ambient temperature shall be-58 to 302F.
5. Outputs:
a. 4-20mA into 750 ohms (isolated).
b. 1 form C, SPDT multi-purpose relay rated at 5A1250 VAC non-inductive.
6. Programming: Enter all parameters and commands via a hand-held infrared keypad or
optional software.
7. Multi-field backlit LCD indicator, with parameters displayed during setup and with eight
digits for totalizer.
8. Range: 1 to 50', depending on transducer.
E. Provide stainless steel mounting brackets as indicated on the drawings and aluminum or
stainless sun shields for all outdoor installations.
F. Provide additional sensor as required for differential level applications.
G. Acceptable products: Milltronics HydroRanger 200 for level and flow applications.
2.33 MICROPROCESSOR BASED TOXIC AND COMBUSTIBLE GAS TRANSMITTER
A. Provide a gas detection monitor for Hydrogen Sulfide and combustible gases with a 4-20mA
output.
•
B. Draeger Polytron 2 XP Tox Microprocessor Based Toxic Gas Transmitter, Model
4543070
C. Sensor: Electro-Chemical
D. Sensor Model : See 2.27.B
E. Measuring Range: See Sensor
F. Ambient Conditions: -40 to+ 150 degree F(during operation)
G. Transmitter Output: 4 to 20 madc Analog Output: HART Digital Output
H. Power: 24 vdc
I. Enclosure: IP67(NEMA 4X)1 NEMA 7 Explosion-Proof
J. Display: LCD Back-Lit
K. Diagnostics: Sensor&Transmitter Standard (Display and Output)
L. Alarms:Three Internal Relay Alarms<Optional
M. Approvals: UL, CSA, Class I, Div. 1, Groups B,C,D
N. Draeger Polytron 2 Hydrogen Sulfide DragerSensor, Part Nrimber: 6810435
O. Measuring Range: 0-5 to 0—100 ppm (field adjustable)
P. Temperature:-40 to +140 Degree F(continuous): short duration to 150 degree F
Q. Expected Sensor Life: Greater than 36 months
2.34 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
A. Provide variable speed AC drives for motors as indicated on the equipment list or as shown on
the drawings.
B. Provide free standing, NEMA 12 (except in Rotary Drum Filter or Disinfection Building areas
which require NEMA 4X), gasketed, 316 stainless steel enclosures with 3-point locking latch.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950 -32
Comm.#60492

C. Drives shall operate from an incoming power source of 480 V AC,three phase +1-10%, 47-73
hertz
D. Provide incoming AC 3 phase power as indicated on electrical drawings with top entry as default
if not indicated.
E. Provide outgoing motor power and control leads for bottom or top exit from enclosure.
F. Provide incoming AC power with a fusible disconnect switch. Provide a lockable disconnect
handle through the door to permit removing and applying AC power without opening the
enclosure. Incoming fuse AIC rating is 65K amps.
G. Provide single source power. Multiple power sources to VFD are not acceptable.
H. Provide an input line reactor, minimum of 3%, mounted and wired in the enclosure.
I. Provide Input MOV protection, volts phase to phase and phase to ground with jumpers to
remove the phase to ground unit when applicable.
J. Provide Input EMI line filter for reducing electrical noise on input power lines and common mode
capacitors on all units with jumpers for removal when used on ungrounded systems to aid in
controlling common mode noise.
K. Provide Common Mode Choke on output to motor to limit fast rising edges of electrical noise.
L. Provide drive with IGBT inverter section with controlled turn on times to minimize motor
insulation voltage stress due to reflective wave.
M. Provide microprocessor-based inverter logic isolated from power circuits.
Ni. )common for ail horsepower
ings.
al
ay
standard with oiceslfo Iprogramm programming and operator keys options.tLCD
Provide Human HMIshall tbe safely
i h
removable under power.
O. Provide separate terminal blocks for control and power wiring. Power terminal blocks shall be
rated a minimum of 90°C and marked for both inputs and outputs (RIL1, SIL2,TIL3 and UIT1,
VIT2,WIT3).
P. Provide drive with a removable Human Machine Interface (HMI)with integral display. Provide
unit with a 7 line by 21-character backlit LCD display with graphics capability. HMI to display
drive operating conditions,fault/alarm indications and programming information with full text
support in multiple languages, including but not limited to English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish, Portuguese and Dutch.
Q. Provide LCD version IP201 Type 1 drive mounted version that can also be used as a handheld
terminal by connecting via a separate cable, or door mounted using a bezel kit with full control,
digital (up/down keys)speed control.
R. Provide drive with both digital and analog I/O, 24V,AC/DC digital I/O boards.
1. Analog Inputs:
a. Shall be differentially isolated 10V(bi-polar)/20mA analog inputs, 11 bit plus sign,
10V common mode noise rejection.
b. Shall be differentially isolated 10V(bi-polar)/20mA analog inputs, 11 bit plus sign,
160V common mode noise rejection.
c. Provide user-programmable Inputs for a variety of uses including frequency
command, process loop inputs and others, programmable for function, scaling
(including invert), offset, signal loss detect and square root.
2. Analog Outputs:
a. Provide differentially isolated bipolar 10V(bi-polar)120 mA analog output, 11 bit plus
sign, user programmable to be proportional to one of 14 process parameters including
output frequency, output current, output power and others.
b. Programming is available to select either absolute or signed values of these
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-33
Comm.#60492

•
parameters.
3. Digital inputs:
a. Provide inputs configurable as sink or source, individually programmable for functions
from-a list of 29 that include Start(3-wire control), Run (2 wire control), Stop, External
fault, Speed select, Jog, Process PI functions and others. 24 V Inputs shall draw
11.2 mA each and require a 20 V minimum for"ON"state and a maximum of 5 V for
"OFF"state. 24 VDC shall be provided internally by drive.
b. Provide two (2)relay outputs,form C(1 N.O-1 N.C) Contact output ratings are 250V
AC130V DC, 2.0 Amp Maximum, resistive or inductive and require 10mA minimum
clearing current,. Both relays are programmable to 26 different conditions including
Fault,Alarm,At Speed, Drive Ready, PI Excess Error and others.Also available are
timers for each output that can control the amount of time, after the occurring event,
that the output relay actually changes state.
S. The drive shall be able to follow a speed reference signal from the following:
1. Digital MOP from TB
2. Jog from TB or HMI
3. HMI speed reference
4. Any Analog Input signals (Qty 2)
5. Any Preset Speeds (Qty 7)
6. Any Communication adapter
T. Provide drive with over speed protection in the event that the output frequency exceeds the
maximum reference by a specified amount.
U. Provide drive with ability to apply a trim signal to all reference signals for finer resolution and
accuracy.Trim source and amount shall be programmable.
V. The drive shall be capable of sensing the following reference loss conditions;
1. Remote potentiometer wiper loss
2. 2-10V DC signals below 1 volts (reset at 1.5 volts)
3. 4-20 mA signals below 2 mA(reset at 3 mA)
W. In the event of loss of an analog input reference signal, the drive is user programmable to the
following:
1. Fault the drive
2. Alarm and maintain last reference
3. Alarm and go to preset speed
4. Alarm and go to minimum speed
5. Alarm and go to maximum speed
6. Alarm and maintain last output frequency
X. Store the last eight fault codes with respective times are stored in the fault buffer.
Y. In addition, provide separate parameters to store information about the drive's condition at the
time of the last fault such as operating frequency, output current, do bus voltage and 27 other
status conditions are stored at the time of fault. Maintain Information in the event of a power
loss. Provide a power-up marker at each power up time to aid in analyzing fault data.
Z. Provide DC Bus regulation to reduce the possibility of drive overvoltage trips due to
regenerative conditions.The drive's reaction to a Bus voltage increase is programmable to one
of 5 options.
1. Disabled:faults the drive on Overvoltage Fault
2. Adjust Frequency: adjusts the drive's output frequency to maintain bus voltage at a
predetermined regulation level.
3. Dynamic Brake: dissipates the excess energy on the bus through the internal DB chopper
and connected resistor.
4. Both—DB 1st: begins by actuating the dynamic brake. If more response is needed, the
drive will then adjust the output frequency.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-34
Comm.#60492

5. Both—FRQ 1st: begins by adjusting the output frequency. if more response is needed,,the
drive will then actuate the dynamic brake
6. Two bus regulation levels are available and are accessible through the digital inputs.
AA. Provide drives with a built in 7thH IGBT for use as a dynamic braking chopper.
AB. Provide drives with the capability of determining the speed and direction of a spinning motor and
adjusting its output to"pick-up"the motor at the rotating speed without causing a drive fault.
AC. Provide the drive capable of responding to a loss of AC input power by adjusting the output
frequency to create a regenerative situation in the motor.This regenerated energy recaptures
the mechanical energy and converts it to electrical energy to power the drive logic during the
power outage.This allows the drive to retain control of the motor during the power outage.
Performance is based on the amount of system inertia and the length of the outage.The
amount of voltage drop required to trigger inertia ride through and the level at which regulation
occurs are both adjustable. Inertia Ride Through can be enabled or disable via programming.
AD. Provide the drive with Class 10 motor overload protection investigated by UL to comply with
N.E.C.Article 430 that is speed sensitive and programmable.
AE. Provide the drive capable of"riding through"a power outage of at least 2 seconds in duration.
AF. Provide the drive with internally mounted communications interface cards that provide drive
connectivity to and compatibility with the Ethernet fiber optic network.
AG. All internal power and control wiring shall be labeled with permanent wire markers. Wiring shall
be segregated according to power and control signal levels. Panduit or wire ties shall be used
to secure wires.
AH. Provide door-mounted devices as follows:
1. White lamacoid nameplate with black letters
2. 30.5 mm, Start PB, Stop PB,Jog PB, and Auto/Manual SS
Al. Provide variable frequency drives as manufactured by Rockwell Automation Allen-Bradley,
Power Flex 700 Series or Square D or Danfoss equivalent.
2.35 CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE
A. Provide a console workstation for Control Room at existing WWTP.
B. Provide products as manufactured by Evans Console Corporation Axiom Series or approved
equal.
C. Provide slide out CPU (processor) racks, 2-drawer file cabinets, pencil drawers and keyboard
drawers as indicated on plans.
D. Provide 19" standard data rack as part of system. Provide with front and rear access.
E. Provide six(6) internally mounted, UL listed, 120V, 15-amp, 6 receptacle power bar with 6'-0"
grounded power cable. Provide three in each console.
F. Provide console workstations with continuous cable management.
PART 3--EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES
3.01 Control Panels, PLC Control Panels,Variable Frequency Drives
A. SCADA System PLC Control Panels and Variable Frequency Drives
Control Panels, PLC Control Panels, Network Patch Panels with construction,
features, software and hardware as specified previously and shown on the drawings shall
be provided to monitor and control at the specified locations:
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-35
Comm.#60492

1. Influent Pump Station PLC: NEMA 12 freestanding enclosure, Redundant Allen-Bradley
ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor configuration, PanelView 1000 Plus OiT, Ethernet
communication via fiber optic and CAT5 cabling to local OIT(Operator Interface Terminal)
and VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be provided with VFD Ethernet communication via
fiber optics and CAT5 cabling with back-up RF telemetry to SCADA LAN/Main Control
Room.
2. Headworks Building PLC: NEMA 12'freestanding enclosure,Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
• 1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000 Plus OIT, Ethernet communication via fiber optics
and CAT5 cabling to local OIT and VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be provided with
VFDs.. Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA LAN/Main
Control Room.
3. Oxidation Ditch No. 3 (Equalization Basin) PLC: NEMA 12 freestanding enclosure,
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000 Plus OIT, Ethernet
communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to local OIT and VFDs. VFD Ethernet
interface shall be provided with VFDs. Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5
cabling to SCADA LAN/Main Control Room.
4. Electrical Building PLC: NEMA 12 freestanding enclosure,Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000 Plus OIT, Ethernet communication via fiber optics
and CAT5 cabling to local O1T and VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be provided with
VFDs. Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA LAN/Main
Control Room.
5. Disinfection Building SCADA PLC (by Sodium Hypochlorite System Vendor): NEMA 4X
freestanding enclosure, Allen-Bradley ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000
Plus OIT, Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to local OIT and
VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be provided with VFDs. Ethernet communication via
fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA LAN/Main Control Room.
6. Sludge Digestion Building SCADA PLC: NEMA 12 freestanding enclosure,Allen-Bradley
ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000 Plus OIT, Ethernet communication via
fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to local OIT and VFDs. VFD Ethernet interface shall be
provided with VFDs. Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA
LAN/Main Control Room.
7. Rotary Drum Filter SCADA PLC(by Rotary Drum Vendor): Located in Sludge Digestion
Building, NEMA 4X freestanding enclosure,Allen-Bradley ControlLogix 1756-L61
processor, PanelView 1000 Plus OIT, Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5
cabling to local O1T and VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be provided with VFDs.
Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA LAN/Main Control
Room via Sludge Digestion PLC.
8. Oxidation Ditch No. 1&2 North PLC: NEMA 12 freestanding enclosure,Allen-Bradley
ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000 Plus OIT, Ethernet communication via
fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to local OIT and VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be
provided with VFDs. Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA
LAN/Main Control Room.
9. Oxidation Ditch No. 1&2 South PLC: NEMA 12 freestanding enclosure,Allen-Bradley
ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor, PanelView 1000 Plus O1T, Ethernet communication via
fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to local OiT and VFDs.VFD Ethernet interface shall be
provided with VFDs. Ethernet communication via fiber optics and CAT5 cabling to SCADA
LAN/Main Control Room.
10. VFD's:Alen-Bradley PowerFlex, 480VAC, 3ph.
B. SCADA System HMI Workstation and Software
SCADA System Computer and Software as previously specified shall be provided to monitor
and control the processes and equipment as shown on the drawings and Equipment list.
SCADA System HMI Computers shall be provided at the specified locations.
1. Existing WWTP Control Room
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950 -36
Comm.#60492

•
•
C. Instrumentation-Refer to Appendix A for Instrument List and coordinate with civil for process
settings. -
Instrumentation with construction,features, software and hardware as specified, shall be
provided to monitor and control at the specified locations as shown on the drawings and
on the Instrument List.
D. Equipment-Refer to Appendix B for Equipment List and coordinate with civil for process
operation. Refer to section 11000 for process descriptions.
Provide I/O List for the monitoring and operation of the equipment with construction,
features,software and hardware as specified,to provide monitoring and control at the
specified locations as shown on the drawings or on the Instrument List.
E. PLC I/O as shown on the P&ID drawings.
Provide Il0 List for the monitoring and operation of the Influent Pump Station and the
Wastewater Treatment Plant.The operation and construction,features,,software and
hardware as specified,shall be provided to monitor and control at the specified locations
as shown on the drawings or on the Instrument List.
PART 4--EXECUTION
4.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to electrical drawings and specifications for additional requirements.
B. The SCADA System Supplier shall furnish all Ethernet cables and all associated fiber optics
cables and parts including WIC fiber optics cable interface boxes, fiber optics connectors,fiber
optics cable termination kits, etc.
C. The SCADA System Supplier shall furnish all cables required for interconnections between the
computer system and all peripherals.
D. The SCADA System Supplier shall install all required terminations and make all final
control/signal cable connections at field devices and at PLC/RTU control panels.
E. Contractor shall install all signal and control cabling, including fiber optic cables. Coil cables
and label with wire numbers to match O&M manual schematics.
F. Electrical schematics of the instruments submitted for approval to the Engineer shall indicate
where the surge protection will be provided for that particular instrument. For all surge
- protection, provide Equipment Data Sheets and identify the items on the drawings and bill of
materials.
G. Interconnection information between system components and equipment found in other
sections of these Specifications shall be complete with all necessary interconnection information
including terminal strip numbering, process item description, etc. Notes that refer to
equipment manufacturer's drawings for proper interconnection will not be acceptable.
H. Indicator lights on the Control Panel and HMI Graphics shall conform to the following color
convention: ,
Lens or Screen Color
Status/Alarm Red
Running or Open - en
Ready, Stop, Off or Closed Green
- Failure or Alarm AmbBlue or White.
Generic Status 1
__ '1. The control panels shall be supplied complete including all necessary equipment to provide a.
complete and functioning system. All control by the SCADA System shall be distributed to the
16950-37
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009
Comm.#60492

Y �
local PLC and shall be capable of operating in an automatic mode completely independent of
the HMI.
J. Running status shall be provided from auxiliary contacts provided with the motor contactors
and/or Variable Frequency Drives. Auto status shall be defined as H-O-A switch in the Auto
position. Ready status shall be defined as in auto mode with all interlocks satisfied (no failure
conditions present). Failed status shall be defined as motor overload, over temperature, seal
water failure, VFD failure,failure to run, etc.
K. Where setpoints, operating limits, and other control settings are provided by the functional
descriptions, these settings shall be initial settings only and shall be used for assistance in the
initial startup of the System and/or Pump Station. All such settings shall be fully adjustable and
based on actual operating conditions, the System Supplier shall make all necessary
adjustments to provide smooth, stable operation.
L. All setpoint control shall be by PID control algorithms. All PLC controlled equipment shall be
provided with individual PID instructions in the PLC and all associated variables/parameters
shall be cascaded or repeated for each PID instruction set as required. All setpoints, sequence
times, sequence orders, dead bands, PID tuning parameters, internal timers, range limits shall
be accessible and alterable, with proper code or password, from local Operator Interface
Terminal "OIT"or the SCADA System Computer. Engineer and Owner shall confirm the
desired operator adjustable parameters before the final factory staging of the System. It is the
responsibility of the System Supplier to coordinate these items.
M. Device Identification Legend
1. XXX-YZZ(A):
a. XXX indicates"Device Description"
b. Y indicates "Area/Process Number(Loop)"
c. ZZ indicates "Device Type Number"
d. (A) indicates "Device Number extension for multiple units"
2. Example: Flow Control Valve for Train 2 Aeration Basin Zone 4--FCV-201 D
a. FCV= Flow Control Valve
b. 2= Aeration Process#2 (Loop 200)
c. 01 = Device Type Number 1
d. D = Fourth like unit or I/O
4.02 INFLUENT PUMP STATION AND WWTP FUNCTION AND CONTROL
A. Refer to P&lD Diagrams and Schematics for further information and I/O. Refer to number 2.
below for operational sequences.The following control functions shall be available at both the
local PLC and at the HMI Workstation unless noted otherwise.
1. PLC-1: Influent Pump Station Control Panel: Provide new Control Panel complete including
but not limited to Redundant Allen-Bradley ControlLogix 1756-L61 processor configuration,
PS, I/O, etc.with a PanelView Plus 1000 OIT and Ethernet fiber converter for
communications with the SCADA network via a self healing ring Ethernet fiber optics data
highway to the new WWTP and temporary dialup connection to the existing WWTP. Provide
control functions including but not limited to the following:
a. General Station Information
1) Indicate gas alarm
b. Pumps#1, #2,#3, #4,#5 and#6
1) Provide remote start/stop control of pump motor. Pumps#1,#2 and#3 (125
HP)will have VFD's,#4, #5 and#6 (200 HP)will have soft start controllers.
2) Indicate pump motor running.
3) Indicate pump/motor failures specific to type, OL, high motor winding temp,
moisture,VFD failure, softstartfailure, fail to start, etc.
4) Indicate wet well level (4-20mA)
5) Indicate High and Low Wet Well Level Alarm (visual and audible)
6) Indicate High/high and Low/low Wet Well Level Alarm via backup float switches
O HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950-38
Comm.#60492

(visual and audible)
7) Indicate generator status and faults, utility power voltage and status and switch
gear status, etc.
2. The Six(6) Pumps shall be locally controlled manually/automatically at the Pump Station
Control Panel and remotely controlled manually/automatically from any Plant HMI
Workstation:
a. Automatic Level Control Mode:
1) The PLC shall start and stop one of the three(3) 125 HP VFD pumps as the
Lead Pump and start and stop a second as a Lag Pump respectively controlling
the speed of the pumps to maintain the wetwell level setpoint. The need for 2nd
Lag Pump shall stop the first 125 HP pump and the second shall vary in speed to
maintain the wetwell level to the level setpoint. The 3th Lag shall be started
respectively based on preset level setpoints entered at either of the HMI's or
OIT and is compared to the actual wetwell level signal from the ultrasonic level
transmitter. The final sequence of starts and stops,what pumps will operate
together, minimum start speeds etc. will be determined by the pump
characteristic curves. i.e. Lag pump with the lead pump will deliver slightly more
flow than the lead pump at maximum speed etc. Submit final function operation
after the specified process design meeting.
2) The 125 HP lead pump and 200 HP pumps shall alternate after each run cycle
and at a predetermined schedule that is adjustable from the Pump Station setup
screen on the OIT or any Plant HMI Workstation with proper security levels.
3) In the event that a pump failure alarm (O.L., O.T., O.V., Out of phase, pump
failure, etc.)occurs during a start or while in operation, an alarm shall be
indicated and logged. The pump shall be locked out of the sequence until the
alarm is manually cleared and reset by the operator. The PLC shall choose the
next ready pump in the sequence as the lead or lag pump respectfully. The time
and event shall be logged, etc.
4) If a pump's auto status PLC input is not detected then the PLC shall select the
next ready pump.
5) If a pump's auto status input and the aux. run contacts input is not detected then
the pump shall be indicated as"Out of Service"on the O1T and Plant HMI
Workstations. The time and event shall be logged.
b. Manual Control Mode from any HMI Workstation:
1) The System shall allow for the pumps to be started in Hand from the any of the
Plant HMI Workstations with proper security. If Hand control from the HMI is
selected the control output from the PLC shall call for the pump to start. Hand
status shall be displayed on the HMI's. Run or Fail status shall be displayed on
all HMI's.The HOA selector switch on the Local Pump Station Control Panel will
be in the Auto position for this control.
c. Provide a HMI faceplate secure with admin access only for Pump Control System
setup.
d. All setpoints shall be adjustable from the OIT at the Control Panel or any Plant HMI
Workstation. Final functional automatic operation shall be determined by plant
operations. The system shall accommodate plant operations preferences for how the
Pump Station is controlled.
e. Provide PLC programming for a plant wide standardization communication data table
for addressing all discrete and analog signals.
B. The SCADA System shall provide the following minimum features:
1. Graphical presentation of all processes and equipment monitored by the system.
2. Graphical overview screen for entire plant, each process in the plant and remote tanks,
pump station, etc. Direct link from overview to each sub-screen for all remote locations,
plant process or equipment.
3. Main graphic screen menu showing all graphical screens and sub-screens with clickable
link to each.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950.39
Comm.#60492

4. Historical and live trends of all analog variables. Single click selectable for time span.
Trend groups shall be selectable.
5. Display Daily Runtime and Total Runtime in hours and tens of hours for all monitored
motors.
6. Display Daily Flow Totalizer and Total Flow Totalizer for each monitored flow signal with a
minimum of six(6)digits being displayed and multiplier as specified.
7. Alarm summary and history screen with silence of audible alarm and acknowledge of
alarms.
8. Password protection for entering vital set points.
9. Paging from HMI for critical alarms. Setup screen to set preferences and phone numbers,
etc.
C. Reports:
1. The exact design of reports, trending, control sequences, load control operation,
monitoring and associated outputs necessary will be coordinated during the development
of the required system design and submittals after bid award.
D. The System shall provide the following features:
1. Password protection for entering in vital set points.
2. Silence of audible alarm.
3. Acknowledge of alarms.
4. Single contact closure output for remote indication of alarms.
5. Single contact closure output alarm for remote indication of PLC failure.
6. Graphically depict the wetwell level,flow, pumps, VFD's, etc.
END OF SECTION
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 16950 -40
Comm.#60492

I
Building
Room Furniture Type Quantity By Owner/Contract
112 Lockers 14 Contract
Laboratory Building Bench 1 Contract
Laboratory Building 112 6 Contract
Laboratory Building 107 Lockers
107 Bench 1 Contract
Laboratory Building Laboratory Building 109 Vertical File Cabinets 11 By Owner10 By Owner
Laboratory Building 105 Vertical File Cabinets 4 Contract
Laboratory Building 105 Flat Files(size?)Laboratory Building Contract
113 24"Metal Adjustable Shelf 6'Tall 1 Laboratory Building 102 Conference Table 1 Contract
Laboratory Building
102 Chairs 19 Contract
Laboratory Building 100A Inset Walk-Off Mat(size?) 1 Contract
By Owner
Laboratory Building 101 Bookcase
101 Modular Furniture 2 Contract
Laboratory Building Modular Furniture 2 Contract
Laboratory Building 117 Contract
Laboratory Building 115 Adjst.Chemical Resistant Shelves 3 Contract
115 18" Peg Board 1
Laboratory Building 118 30" Peg Board 1 Contract
Laboratory Building Laboratory Building 1 By Owner
118 Weight Bench
1 By Owner
Laboratory Building 118 Cabinet
119 30" Peg Board 1 Contract
Laboratory Building 30" Peg Board 1 Contract
Laboratory Building 120 Laboratory Building 122 Adjst.Chemical Resistant Shelves 1 Contract
Contract
Sludge 106 Modular Furniture
106 12"Adj Met.Shelves 3 Contract
Sludge Sludge 106 24"Adj Met.Shelves 5 Contract.

Building Room Equipment Type Quantity By Owner/Contract
Laboratory Building 110 Refrigerator 1 Contract
Laboratory Building 105 Copier 1 By Owner
Laboratory Building 105 Fax 1 By Owner
Laboratory Building 115 Ice Machine 1 Contract
Laboratory Building 115 Laboratory Refrigerator 2 Contract
Laboratory Building 118 Water Unit 1 By Owner CI
Laboratory Building 118 Lab Equipment 2 By Owner CI
Laboratory Building 118 Furnace 1 By Owner CI
Laboratory Building 118 Oven 2 By Owner CI
Laboratory Building 118 Dishwasher 2 Contract
Laboratory Building 119 Equipment 2 By Owner
Laboratory Building 120 Refrigerator 1 By Owner
Laboratory Building , 120 Dishwasher 1 Contract
Laboratory Building 120 Incubator 1 By Owner CI

H S M M
Project No. 60492
Project HICKORY NE VVWTP
Phase
Title ADDENDUM#3
ADDITION OF BUTTERFLY VALVE IN BLOWER AREA
Date
Dept CIVIL Rev Date
Des By MRB •
Ckd By SES
Sketch SK-2 _ Sheet No. Of 1
12" BFV
r
•
1 �
ti /0
m - I 1-
uJ
1
U1
W
SECTION 2---N\,
SCALE: 3/16"=1 '-0" CU746] CU747
Ref Drawing: CU747
w1/41,1znJECIS\600005ERIE5\61059\BIOIDNG\SK3-2.0WG 61059 03/27/2009 14.28.22 RF:NGNEKiAG NONE

T
e•i
HSMM
Project HICKORY NE VVVVTP Project No. 60492
Title ADDENDUM#3 Phase
VAVLE AND FLOOR BOX Date
Des By MRB - Dept CIVIL Rev Date
Ckd By SES _ Sketch SK-3 Sheet No. 3 Of
• Z?(<
CONTAINMENT WALL
4" FD W/
FRP GRATE
5'—O"
7
12"X4" TEE
4" PVC �,-4
64 .
VIM! • - LP 4"-90'
4" BV & FLOOR BOX
SEE NOTE 10, SH CU719
12" PVC
SECTION
SCALE: 3/8 11--0" CU719 CU723
• Ref Drawing: CU723

NCDENR.
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H, Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director et
tat , pus
March 30, 2009 M y,
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.Q. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603
�\)j (//�� Y r{IFfFpI,1"w•A..wt
4Iv Q-S`W�1'{ ace
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Approval of Addenda Nos. 2 Through 3
Project No. CS370389-18
Hear Mayor Wright;
Reference is made to Addenda Nos. 2 through 3, received March 26, 2009 and March 30,
2009, respectively, from the engineer for revisions to the subject project.
The proposed addenda, as described in the attachments, have been reviewed by this
office, and are hereby approved, and eligible for funding in accordance with the loan offer and
conditions thereof.
The approval of these addenda does not constitute any change in the amount of your loan
for this project.
It is the responsibility of the recipient and the consulting engineer to insure that the
project plan documents are in compliance with Amended N.C.G.S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of addenda do not imply approval of a restrictive
specification for bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement.
actions.
Adequate time must be allowed for the potential bidders and this office to receive and act
on addenda prior to the receipt of bids for subject project.
A copy of the approved addenda is attached for your files, and one (l) copy retained for
our files.
ti Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 O61
9,728 Capital Blvd Raleigh,North Carolina 27604
73.3 690O 1 FAX [phone] Customer Service:1.877.623.6748 NorlhCaroJ.tna
ncwaterq[paliN org Naturally
,Adty Aft motive Ac�tioP Employer

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
Page 2
March 30, 2009
Should you have any questions regarding this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Steve Tsadwa, El, at [phone].
Sincerely,
Seth Robertson, P.E., Supervisor
Design Management Unit
Construction Grants & Loans Section
st/sr
Attachment
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, 1C, Spartanburg, SC 29306
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office (NC Permit 0020401)
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Mark Hubbard, P.E.
Shamim Haeri
Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
SRF File

•
zRECEW Et)
AECOM
OM
John B White Sr Blvd,Suite 1-C,Spartanburg,South Carolina 29306 R � 2009
1 0
T 864.597.O580 F 864.597.0583 trnrnFf.aecon,.com n fiatc��r t�'�n/�+�{�'! p{ �1 W
CA,?o ,,,, PROJECT: The City of Hickory
F Ess'f,�9i�'�.,. Northeast Wastewater Treatment
Plant Improvements
SEAL
32288 5 BID DATE: April 7, 2009
;� i .
K •• ADDENDUM DATE: March 20, 2009
'',,,,,,,,, COMMISSION NO. 60492
ho1G1
ADDENDUM NO. 2
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated
Jun-08 as noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure
to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
This Addendum consists of 13 pages including attachments (Attachment#1,Attachment#2, Electronic file
distribution form, Section 00411, SK-1).
The following information shall modify the contract documents, and the work shall be accomplished in
accordance with such stated modifications. It is suggested that this addendum be stapled to•the back of the
front cover of the project manual.
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
1. Add attached Section 00411 —Printing Scale Acknowledgement Form
SPECIFICATIONS
2. Section 01400--Quality Requirements
Delete Part 3.03, Paragraphs B&C and replace with the following:
B. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed
by the same agency on instructions by HSMM of NC, Inc. Payment for retesting shall be the
responsibility of the contractor. APPROVED
3. 02200—Site Preparation NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
Delete Part 3.4,Paragraph A, Sentences 2&3: DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY
2. Within area of new construction...
3. Outside area of new construction... DATE
4. Section 02300—Earthwork
Correct first sentence of Part 1.01, E, 1 to read as follows:
1. Investigation: Sub-surface investigations titled Report of Subsurface Exploration— •
Hickory Northeast WWTP Improvements, dated January 10, 2006, have been made.

Addendum#2
3-20-09
Page 2 of 2
Delete Last sentence of Part 1.01, E, 1: "However, where a treatment is not covered in the specification,
the recommendations made in the report shall be considered binding.
5. Section 02532—Site Sanitary Sewerage System
Part 1.04—Definitions, add the following:
B. Gravity Sewer:Any pipeline not connected to the suction or discharge manifold of a pump.
C. Force Main (Pressure Sewer):Any pipeline directly connected to the suction or discharge
manifold of a pump.
6. Section 11331 —Automatic Bar Screen
Add the following Part 2.17:
2.17 SIDE FRAME ODOR CONTROL ENCLOSURES
A. The bar screen shall be provided with removable enclosures, encompassing both the
upstream and downstream portions of the bar screen side frame.
B. The upstream side shall consist of 316 stainless steel removable enclosures, bolted directly
to the bar screen frame.A 12-gauge 316 stainless steel bolted access panel shall be
located on the front(upstream)side of the lower side frame enclosure. Inspection doors
shall be furnished, one each side, on the lower side frame enclosure. The inspection doors
shall be hinged and shall be equipped with a single latching mechanism.The downstream
enclosure shall consist of a 12-gauge 316 stainless steel panel bolted directly to the bar
screen frame.All fasteners, hinges and latches shall be 316 stainless steel.
7. Section 16131 —Conduit
Add part 2.08 Ductile Iron Conduit as follows:
2,08 DUCTILE IRON CONDUIT
A. Description: minimum pressure Class 150 DIP conforming to ANSUAWWA C1511A21.51,
push on joints conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11
B. Fittings: push on joints conforming to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10
DRAWINGS
8. Sheet D1001 --P&1D Legend and Abbreviations
Remove references to sheets D1642, D1661 and DI662 from sheet DI001.
9. Sheet CU602, CU642 &CU662
Add sketch SK-1 (attached) to each sheet.
GENERAL COMMENTS AND QUESTIONS.
10. See attached sheet for general comments and responses to questions. Information provided on the
attached sheet is for general information and/or clarification and does not modify the contract
documents.
END OF ADDENDUM
AECOM

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#1 to Addendum #2
March 20, 2009
General Information
1. CD's containing electronic versions(PDF) of the drawings will be made available to all
planholders upon request. These electronic files are full size(true scale)scans of the bid
drawings. Planholders requesting electronic files must sign and submit the attached electronic
distribution release form. Once AECOM receives the form, the CD's will be mailed via standard
ground shipping to the planholder. if the planholder wishes to receive the CD's more quickly,
they must make arrangements, at their expense,for quicker delivery methods.
Note: CD's will only be provided to planholders that have purchased plans. Non-planholders
must pay the$2000 purchase price to receive a printed set and CD.
Questions and Answers
Responses in italics
1-1) After reviewing all of the"site" related plan sheets, the only sheets that we have located that
shown both the existing and new facilities on the same sheet are the Boring Location Plans
included with the Subsurface Exploration Report. Could these 3 plan sheets be provide in full
scale to the bidders so that we are better able to see exactly how the existing and new facilities
overlap each other?Also, it will be helpful if the Boring location information remains on these
drawings as we have not been able to locate this information on any of the full size plan sheets
provided.
Additional drawings will not be provided.
1-2) Practically every site plan sheet includes a note disclaiming responsibility for the location of
underground utilities and further-indicates that the"Contractor shall determine the exact location
of all existing utilities before commencing work. Contractor agrees to be fully responsible for any
and all damages that result from his failure to exactly locate and protect any and all underground
utilities."On a project of this nature, it is completely unfair and unreasonable to place this
responsibility solely on the Contractor. There is no practical way for the Contractor to"determine
the exact location of all existing utilities before commencing work"on this project. Additionally, the
Subsurface Exploration Report indicates that'most of the existing buried pipelines and other
utilities were left in the ground during the 1987 rebuild of the plant." Under these conditions, it will
be practically impossible to locate and protect any and all underground utilities. On the larger
projects that we have been associated with, it is quite common for an allowance to be provided to
cover the costs for"Unforeseen Utility conflicts". The Contractor must be able to reasonably rely
on the information provided, related to the size and location of the existing utilitieslfacilities,
especially since a significant amount of new work will be installed while maintaining the services
of the existing utilitieslfacilities.We cannot adequately stress the importance of fair and balanced risk sharing, on a complex project of this nature, in avoiding potential claims and disputes. For
this reason,we strongly recommend that the referenced plan note on many of the plan sheets be
deleted and that an allowance be established to cover the unpredictable costs associated with
"Unforeseen Utility Conflicts".
Section 00700 of the specifications,Article 10, identifies the procedures for changes in work.
Subsurface conditions are specifically addressed under Article 4 of this same specification.
1-3) We previously submitted a question, requesting, in part, that an allowance be established for soil
and concrete testing.After reviewing the Subsurface Exploration Report it has become quite clear
that the Geotechnical Engineer will have to have a significant presence on-site to evaluate the
Page 1 of 4

subsurface conditions as the earthwork is performed. A Contractor has no way of predicting just
how much time the Geotechnical Engineer will have to be on-site because the existing
subsurface conditions are, for the most part, unknown. Therefore, please establish an allowance
to cover the cost for the soil and concrete related 3`d party inspection and testing.
A testing allowance will not be included. Additional information on testing requirements was
provided in addendum#1.
1-4) Please reference Specification Section 02300, Section 1.01, E., 1. This Section references a
Report of Subsurface Exploration for the Catawba VWV['P, dated August 29, 2007.The
Subsurface Exploration Report included with the bidding documents for this project is titled:
Hickory Northeast WWTP improvements, dated January 10, 2006. Please correct this reference.
Corrected. See item 4 in addendum#2.
1-5) We previously requested that plan sheets for all existing facilities that have to be demolished be
made available so that the bidders have adequate information to estimate the cost of this work.
Perhaps this question will be mute once this additional information is received but, we would like
to confirm the specific limits of existing facility demolition, Obviously, if an entire structure/facility
has to be completely demolished in order to accommodate construction of new
structures/facilities then the entire structure/facility would be demolished: however, if an entire
structure/facility does not have to be removed to accommodate new construction, specification
section 02200,3.04,A,3 indicates a removal limit to 2' below finished grade.Additionally, on plan
sheet CS001, Demolition Note 3 seems to indicate that the existing Influent Pump Station is to be
demolished in its entirety. It will be quite costly to demolish what we would presume to be a
massive concrete structure extending deep into the ground with the newly constructed facility in
very close proximity. For this reason, please consider allowing this structure to be demolished as
indicated in the previously referenced specification section (2' below grade)and backfilled.Also,
the Site Demolition Plans indicate piping to be demolished; however, specification section
02225,3.03,G indicates that unused underground piping may be abandoned in place. Please
clarify the requirements for existing underground pipe demolition.
See item 3 in addendum#2. For bidding purposes, assume complete removal of all structures
indicated to be demolished. After bidding, partial demolition and associated cost savings will be
evaluated on a case by case basis upon approval of the state. Unused underground piping shall
be demolished in accordance with Section 02225, 3.03, G.
1-6) Referencing the same specification section as the previous question, there is a statement that
reads as follows with regard to the Geotechnical Report: "The report is furnished as a matter of
convenience and courtesy and there is no implied or expressed warranty as to the correctness of
the report as to the existing subsurface conditions. However,where a treatment is not covered in
the specification,the recommendations made in the report shall be considered binding."We are
unclear as to exactly what is intended with this statement. For example, as referenced in one of
the previous questions, does this mean that since the Geotechnical Report"suggests"
undercutting the Chlorine Contract Basin by 5', that whether or not this work is shown on the
bidding documents (i.e. plans and specifications), the Contractor is supposed to include the price
for undercutting this structure in his bid? If the recommendations made in the Geotechnical
Report are required then, in order to avoid confusion, they should be included in the bidding
documents. Technically, for this example, it could be argued that the Geotechnical Report and
the bidding documents conflict. Which requirements should prevail? Therefore, in an effort to
avoid potential conflicts and disputes,we request that if there is anything in the Geotechnical
Report that the structural engineer specifically wants included as part of the work, then please
include those specific requirements in an addendum.
See item 4 in addendum#2. Requirements set forth in the contract documents will prevail. Any
requirements stated in the Geotechnical report that are required by the structural engineer will be
added to the contract documents by addendum. See Section 00700, Part 4.02, 4.03&4.04 for
Page 2 of 4

•
more information.
1-7) Are Pipe lines GCE2, GCE3, SSF, SSP, and SSE considered gravity drains that do not require
thrust restraint or are they considered a process pipe that requires the full length of the line to be
restrained? If they are considered a gravity drain, then is restraint required at the wallpipes as
detailed(PEIC/RJ)?
See item 5 in addendum#2 related to pipe definitions. Restrained joints at wallpipes are required
as indicated on the plans for gravity sewers.
1-8) Also, there is a 14"Tapping Gate Valve at RAS3 shown on dwg. CU403. Does this valve have
an ID number?
This valve does not have an ID number because it is temporary and will be removed during
phase 4 construction. It was the design intent to provide ID numbers for only permanent valves
that are labeled with permanent ID tags.
1-9) Reference Document: Drawing D1001. P&ID Drawing List references drawings D1642, D1661 and
D1662, Said drawings are either not furnished, shown and/or are shown as not in contract on
Index Sheet Drawing G003. Please advise.
Corrected. See item 8 on addendum#2. Referenced drawings are not in contract.
1-10) Reference Document: Drawing ES301-CE. Said drawing requires the installation of 36"ductile
iron pipe duct bank electrical installations. Is there information, such as a specification,
manufacturer,vendor, etc. available to assist in adhering to the requirements and/or intent?
Corrected. See item 7 on addendum#2. Due to phased construction some electrical banks are
protected by DIP in order to provide support for these conduits in areas where excavation and
pipeline installation may undercut the electrical lines.
1-11) Reference Document: Specification Section 01600 Product Requirements.Will the acceptance
and utilization of General Electric and/or Eaton (Cutler Hammer) electrical switchgear products
(switchboards, panelboards, transformers, motor control, disconnect switches, etc.) be allowed
for use on said project? Please advise.
Submittals for Equipment/suppliers not included in item 4 on attachment#1 of addendum#1 will
not be reviewed for pre-approval during bidding. However, this does not preclude vendors from
submitting products for approval during construction phase.
1-12) Please refer to specification 02225 3.02 D....lf hazardous materials are discovered stop work....
Does the contractor have further responsibility with these potential hazardous materials or will the
owner be responsible for the appropriate remediation?
See section 00700--Modified Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Part
4.06 for information regarding hazardous materials.
1-13) Have there been any environmental assessments done to date to identify the potential hazardous
- materials. if so can we get a copy of those reports?
•
No environmental assessments have been performed to identify potential hazardous materials.
Page 3 of 4

1-14) Can we get a copy of the power point presentation file that was shown at the pre bid meeting
(depicting the phases of the project)?
Due to inconsistencies between the power point presentation and the bidding documents, the
power point presentation will not be provided. However, a written description of the phasing
sequence (attachment#2) is included with this addendum.
1-15) Can we get a list of the plan holders?
A list of plan holders is available upon request. Please send requests to Crystal Ferguson by
• email(Crvstal.Ferqusont aecom.com)or by telephone[phone].
1-16) Refer to 1400 3.03E &C....payment for retesting charged to the contractor....
Modified. See Item 2 on addendum#2.
1-17) Could an allowance be established for the contractor to pay for testing services?
No allowance will be provided on the bid form. See addendum#1 for clarification on testing.
1-18) Refer to 01700 1.03A....E& 0 insurance....what limits of coverage are required by the
Surveyor?
See section 00900—Special Provisions, Part 1.15-Insurance
1-19) As the contractor cannot determine an exact quantity of sludge to be disposed in the various
structures to be demolished could a quantity of sludge be established and paid for on a unit cost
basis?
The contractor shall be responsible for estimating the amount of sludge to be removed and
associated costs. Access to the site for measurement and sampling of sludge is available by
contacting the engineer.
Removal of materials within structures indicated to be demolished that are not part of the current
treatment system(not in service, or abandoned)shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor will be responsible for proper removal and disposal of all materials, including
sludge, within these structures.
Structures indicated to be demolished that are a part of the current treatment system will be
dewatered by the plant operating staff to a level approximately 1'from the bottom of the structure.
The sidewalls,of the structure will be washed down by plant staff The contractor will be
responsible for removal and disposal of any remaining sludge in these structures and connecting
piping.
1-20) The drawings(particularly CU702)show the bar screens to have full stainless steel covers with
access doors, however these are not mentioned in Section 11331 that I could see. I presume
these are for odor control, but we need to know if they are,in fact, required.
Yes, they are required. See item 6,Addendum#2.
Page 4 of 4

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Phasing Sequence
Attachment#2 to Addendum #2
March 20, 2009
To facilitate construction of the new plant while maintaining 6.0 MGD of treatment capacity, the
construction will. be divided into four phases. During the first phase, one (1) 3 MGD oxidation
ditch will be erected north of the existing digesters and AB #2. The oxidation ditch was sized to
be approximately 270 feet long by 64 feet wide with a sidewall depth of 23 feet. After placing this
unit online, the existing aerobic digesters, primary clarifier #2, and the existing control and
administration building on the west side of the site would be demolished in order to make room
for the remaining oxidation ditch.
Also included in phase 1, will be the construction of a new influent pump station that will house
the influent screens along with the influent pumps. The pump station will have a rated capacity of
16 MGD, expandable to 30 MGD. The new influent pump station will have an Odor Control
Scrubber to prohibit excess odor from affecting residential areas surrounding the WWTP. influent
piping around the plant would be upgraded to include approximately 750 linear feet of paralleled
20-inch and 30-inch force mains that would replace an existing 14-inch force main. The gravity
sewer lines that come in from the north and west side of the plant, will be collected in new 24"
and then 36" lines and cross Cloninger Mill Road to the new influent pump station. Additionally,
approximately 350 linear feet of 42-inch gravity sewer will be installed to reroute the effluent line
around the new influent pump station.
Additional construction that will take place during phase 1 will include a vortex grit chamber, a grit
washer, disinfection building, a new chlorine contact chamber, new cascade post aerator, and a
new electrical building.
•
The proposed project would also include the construction of an administration and laboratory
building. The original plans proposed construction of these buildings adjacent to the WWTP
south of Falling Creek; however, after the collection of additional information, the proposed
building will combine the laboratory and administration and be constructed on the north side of
the existing WWTP site. The new building will be one story and have a floor plan of
approximately 6,100 square feet.
Summary Phase 1
Demolition . Construction
Control &Admin Building Oxidation Ditch#3 •
Primary Clarifier#2 Headworks Building
All Existing Digesters Lab/Control Building
Electrical Building _
Influent Pump Station/Force Mains
Chlorine Contact Chamber
Disinfection Building/Tank Farm
Cascade Aeration
Influent Gravity Sewer
Once phase 1 is completed and the new oxidation ditch is operational, the original headworks,
primary clarifier#1 and aeration basin #1 can be demolished. After this demolition is complete,
one new 3 MGD oxidation ditch, WAS storage (digesters #1 and #2), thickened sludge storage
(digesters #3 and #4), and the sludge building (includes sludge thickeners, RAS/WAS pumps,
RDT's and sludge transfer pumps) can be completed. The construction of a maintenance area on
the existing VWVTP site will be included as a portion of the sludge building.
Page 1 of 2

Summary Phase 2
Demolition Construction
Aeration Basin#1 Oxidation Ditch#2
Primary Clarifier#1 Sludge Digestion#1 -#4
Old Headworks Building Sludge Building
Old Lab/Control Building Temporary RAS Wetwell
Old Influent Pump Station
During Phase 3, the remaining aeration basin#2 of the existing plant will be demolished and two
new 100'diameter clarifiers will be constructed.
Summa Phase 3
Demolition Construction
Aeration Basin#2 Clarifier#1
Clarifier#2
Install Equip. in Chlorine Contact Chamber
Phase 4 will consist of demolishing the existing clarifiers, existing chlorine contact chamber and
chlorine storage area, existing sludge building, and sludge loading station. Finish grading, paving
all gravel areas, fencing, and landscaping will also be part of phase 4.
Summary Phase 4
Demolition Construction
Old Clarifiers Paving and Finish Grading
Old Chlorine Contact Chamber Finish Fencing and Landscaping _
Old Chlorine Storage Building
Old Sludge Building
Old Sludge Loading Station
The total footprint for the proposed project would be approximately 135,000 square feet, and will
comprise less than 5 acres. The construction and demolition associated with the proposed
project would take place within the boundaries of the current Hickory NE WWTP property or in the
area of the existing influent pump station. This is an area of approximately 10 acres. The
disturbance of no more than 3 acres would be necessary to allow construction of the laboratory
and administration building on the WWTP site.
•
Page 2 of 2

Subject: Electronic Files
Disclaimer, Waiver and Release, Indemnity
and License Agreement("License Agreement")
City of Hickory, NC
NE Wastewater Treatment Plant '
Project No. 60091375
Dear Plan Holder:
Pursuant to a request from Plan Holder(hereafter referred to as"Contractor"), HSMM AECOM will
provide the following electronic drawing files for Contractor's or Contractor's subcontractor's
convenience, or both (hereinafter collectively referred to as 'Contractor"), and to facilitate Contractor's
administration of the above-referenced project, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this
License Agreement. Except as may be noted below, HSMM AECOM's electronic files are compatible
with (i)Adobe®Reader®, (ii)for use on 1BM-compatible PC's. HSMM AECOM makes no
representations as to the compatibility of these files with Contractor's hardware or software beyond the
specified release of the referenced hardware and software specifications.
File Name File Date
Hickory NE WWTP Bid Plan Drawing Set 2/10/09
By receiving and using these electronic files, Contractor understands, covenants, and agrees that:
1. Data contained on these electronic files are part of HSMM AECOM's and its consultant's
instruments of service and shall not be used by Contractor or anyone else receiving these data through
or from Contractor for any purpose other than in-connection with the above-referenced project. Any
other use or reuse by Contractor or by others will be at the user's sole risk and without liability or legal
exposure to HSMM AECOM, it consultants, or the Owner. Contractor agrees to make no claim and
hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature
whatsoever against HSMM AECOM, its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, affiliates,
subsidiaries, agents, consultants, successors and assigns, and insurance carriers, and the Owner, that
may arise out of or in connection with Contractor's use of the electronic files.
2. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend, and hold HSMM
AECOM, its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries, agents, consultants,
successors and assigns, and insurance carriers, and the Owner, harmless against any and all liabilities,
losses, damages, claims, causes of action, suits of any nature,judgments, fines, penalties,violations of
federal, state or local laws or regulations or directives promulgated thereunder, personal injury, wrongful
death, property damage, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'fees and costs of
defense)to the extent arising out of or resulting from Contractor's use or transfer of the electronic files,
or HSMM AECOM's enforcement of this Agreement. The indemnification obligations of Contractor
under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of HSMM AECOM and HSMM AECOM's
consultants arising out of their negligent acts, errors or omissions in the performance of their
professional services to the Owner.
3. These electronic files are not Contract Documents. Differences may exist between these
electronic files and corresponding hard-copy Contract Documents. Neither HSMM AECOM (nor its
consultants) nor the Owner makes any representations regarding the accuracy or completeness of the
electronic files provided to Contractor. In the event that a conflict arises between the signed and sealed
hard-copy Contract Documents prepared by HSMM AECOM (or its consultants)and the electronic files,
the signed and sealed hard-copy Contract Documents shall govern. Contractor is responsible for

,
determining if any conflicts exist. The use of electronic files prepared by HSMM AECOM shall not in
any way relieve the Contractor of its duty to fully comply with the Contract Documents nor negate the
Contractor's responsibility for coordination of other trades, taking field measurements, verifying field
conditions, or for the proper checking and coordination of dimensions, details, member sizes and gages,
and quantities of materials as required to facilitate complete and accurate fabrication and erection.
[HSMM AECOM does not advocate using electronic copies of the design professional's design
documents in connection with performing earthwork calculations,preparing shop drawings, or similar
bidding or construction-related activities. The conventional process of performing such calculations or
preparing such drawings automatically results in an independent check of dimensions by the
responsible party that might be circumvented by using electronic copies of the design professional's
design documents. Files of text, data, graphics, or other information are accordingly furnished
hereunder solely of the convenience of the Contractor, who should exercise due care in their use.]
4. Because information presented on the electronic file can be modified, unintentionally or
otherwise, HSMM AECOM reserves the right to remove ail indicia of ownership and/or involvement from
each electronic display. Notwithstanding the removal of indicia of ownership, HSMM AECOM's
copyright interest in such files and the information contained therein shall not be abridged or abated by
such action. These files are full size scans of the original bid documents and have not been edited.
5. These files are provided as part of the license fee of$2,000 that was submitted for the contract
documents. This form shall be remitted to HSMM AECOM prior to delivery of the electronic files.
Contractor may use its standard business forms (such as purchase orders) in connection with the
transfer of the electronic files, but use of such forms shall be for convenience purposes only, and any
typed provision in conflict with the terms of this Agreement and all pre-printed terms and conditions
contained in or on such forms shall be deemed stricken and null and void, and are not a part of this
Agreement. HSMM AECOM expressly rejects any and all additional and/or inconsistent terms and
conditions offered by Contractor at any time and irrespective of HSMM AECOM's (i) acceptance of
payment of the required license fee, (ii) delivery of electronic files to the Contractor or its agent, (iii)or
both.
6. Under no circumstances shall delivery of the electronic files for use by Contractor be
deemed a sale by HSMM AECOM, and HSMM AECOM makes no warranties, either express or
implied, of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. In no event shall HSMM
AECOM be liable for any loss of profit or any consequential damages as a result of Contractor's
use or reuse of these electronic files.
7. All information added to the drawings by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or
Materialman, or any other party performing part of the work, shall be clearly distinguished from the
original files by distinctive presentation. Any such information that represents a proposed change to the
original design shall be further distinguished from other information that has been added.
8. The laws of the State in which the project is located shall govern the rights, obligations, duties,
and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement, and the interpretation of this Agreement and all other
matters relating to this Agreement. By execution of this Agreement, the Contractor waives any and all
defenses of forum non conveniens, improper venue, or lack of personnel jurisdiction of such courts.
9. Breach of this Agreement by the Contractor may give rise to HSMM AECOM's need to pursue
equitable relief, in the court designated in Paragraph 8, to prevent a threatened or continual breach of
this Agreement which could cause, or is causing, HSMM AECOM irreparable damages_ HSMM
AECOM may pursue such equitable relief, whether it be for injunction, specific performance, or other
equitable remedy, without posting a bond and without having to prove actual injury as a condition for the
relief requested.
The parties mutually understand, covenant, and agree that:

10. To the best of HSMM AECOM's knowledge, information and belief, no licensing or copyright
fees are due to others on account of the transfer of the electronic files, but to the extent any are,
Contractor shall pay the appropriate fees and hold HSMM AECOM harmless from such claims as may
arise.
11. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all
simultaneous or prior oral or written agreements. The Contractor acknowledges that it is not entering
into this Agreement on the basis of any representations not expressly set forth herein. All modifications
of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by both HSMM AECOM and the Contractor.
12. The waiver of either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing to be
effective and shall not be construed as a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or the
waiver of the provision itself.
13 If any part of this Agreement shall be deemed unenforceable by a court of competent
jurisdiction, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
Please indicate your acceptance of these terms and conditions in the space below and return one fully
executed copy of this document to HSMM AECOM for our files. Upon receipt of your acknowledgment
and acceptance, and payment in full of the required license fee, we will provide the requested electronic
files within ten business days.
Sincerely,
Scott E. Snyder, PE
Project Manager
Acceptance for
Signature:
Title:
Date:

1 4-.
SECTION 00411
PRINTING SCALE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM
This form shall be signed and submitted with the bid form. Failure to include signed form will result in
bidder being classified as non-responsive.
Printing Scale Notice:
Due to an error in the printing process, full size 30"x42"sets that were distributed during the bidding
period were printed to approximately 98%of the scale of the full size originals.As a result, the
planholders were notified of this error during the Pre-Bid meeting and in Addendum#1.
By signing this form, the bidder acknowledges they fully understand that the written drawing scales
indicated on the plans may not accurately reflect the true printed scale and that only graphic scales
should be used. The bidder also acknowledges that the scale factor was accounted for when calculating
estimated quantities used to determine the bid price.
Bidder:
By:
Name:
• (Print or Type)
Title:
(SEAL)
ATTEST:
Name:
(Print or Type)
Title:
•
©I-ISMM of NC, Inc. 2008 00411 - 1
Comm.#60492

HSMM
Project HICKORY NE WWTP Project No. 60492
Title ADDENDUM#2 Phase
VALVE IDENTIFICATION TAG DETAIL Date 03/20/2009
Des By MRB Dept CIVIL Rev Date
Ckd By SES Sketch SK-1 Sheet No. 1 Of 1
111
BRASS CHAIN 5" LONG MIN.
SO
AIL BRASS "S" HOOK
N LINE 1: PROCESS ABBREVIATION
O O - LINE 2: VALVE NUMBER
VALVE ID TAG
N
r
T L////l////////J
•: d®, I� BRASS "S" HOOK
INSTALL 3/1 6" EYE
BOLT THROUGH SIDE 5" BRASS CHAIN
WALL OF VALVE BOX
I
AND SECURE TIGHTLY BRASS "S" HOOK
WITH WASHER AND NUT. AAAA
00 ID TAG
BURIED SERVICE
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE 1 VALVE IDENTIFICATION TAG FOR EACH VALVE LISTED IN THE VALVE
DESIGNATION AND LOCATION CHART. ABOVE GROUND VALVE TAGS SHALL BE
ATTACHED TO THE VALVE HANDLE OR HANDWHEEL. BURIED SERVICE VALVES
SHALL HAVE TAGS SECURED TO THE INSIDE OF THE VALVE BOX AS SHOWN.
2. TAGS SHALL BE MADE OF 19 GAUGE BRASS.
3. CHAIN SHALL BE #1 6, GENERAL PURPOSE, SINGLE JACK, BRASS.
4. LETTERING SHALL BE STAMPED (RAISED). LINE 1 LETTERING SHALL BE 1/4"
HIGH MIN. LINE 2 SHALL BE 1/2" HIGH MIN.
5. EYE BOLT, WASHER, AND NUT SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL.
DETAIL -
VALVE IDENTIFICATION TAG
NO SCALE CU6
CU642
2
Ref Drawing: CU662
IC\PROJEC1S\NOOOO ERIES\E1O59\910DON\9c1 OWG 61054 W/1B/2004 15.6326 BRODERICK.WITHEW
OF,NONE RAC.NONE

RECEIVED
AECOM
•
MAR 3 2009
AECOM
m WW
1460 John B White Sr Blvd,Suite 1-C,Spartanburg,South Carolina 29306 11i� TRU�i�O GRANTS'+�
T 864.597.0580 F 864.597.0583 www.aecom.co
LOAN SECTION
,�,.�`'0., CAR0 ��. � PROJECT: The City of Hickory
=p9"�oFnT a 4:,'.� Northeast Wastewater Treatment
a Plant Improvements
SEAL
o 32288 BID DATE: April 7, 2009
' J‘ z. Changed to April 20, 2009
I •••�'�
4, ••E•�••••S ,,, ADDENDUM DATE: March 30, 2009
.3/34°1 COMMISSION NO. 60492
ADDENDUM NO. 3
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated
Jun-08 as noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure
to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
This Addendum consists of 1 page.
The following information shall modify the contract documents, and the work shall be accomplished in
accordance with such stated modifications. It is suggested that this addendum be stapled to the back of the
front cover of the project manual.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Section 00100—Advertisement for Bids
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
Sealed bids for construction of the City of Hickory I Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant will be received by
the City of Hickory(Owner) at 1441 9th Ave NE (PS Complex), Hickory, NC, 28603, until 2:00 p.m. (local time)
Monday April 20, 2009. At that time and place, bids will be opened and read aloud in public.
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Final date for submitting questions during bid period—April 1st. Any questions submitted after this date
will not be answered.
2. Final Addendum will be issued 7 days prior to bid--April 13. APPROVED
END OF ADDENDUM NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DIVISION OF !WATER QUALITY
3 3o 24. J (5'

NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H.Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director IP ,rSecret`hry""
March 24, 2009 , Ww
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.Q. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603
SUBJECT: City of Hickory L. >
Northeast WWTP
WWTP Improvements
Approval of Addendum No. 1.
Project No. CS370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright:
Reference is made to Addendum No. 1, received March 23, 2009, from the engineer for
revisions to the subject project.
The proposed addendum., as described in the attachment, has been reviewed by this
office, and is hereby approved, and eligible for funding in accordance with the loan offer and
conditions thereof.
The approval of this addendum does not constitute any change in the amount of your loan
for this project.
it is the responsibility of the recipient and the consulting engineer to insure that the
project plan documents are in compliance with Amended N.C.C.S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of addenda do not imply approval of a restrictive
specification for bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement
actions.
Adequate time must be allowed for the potential bidders and this office to receive and act
on addenda prior to the receipt of bids for subject project.
A copy of the approved addendum is attached for your files, and one (1) copy retained for
our files.
1633 Mail Service Center-Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 One
Location:2728 Capital Blvd,Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 NarthCar�lina
Phone:[phone]\FAX:[phone] Customer Service:1-877-623-6'748
Internet:www,ncwaterqualiryr.org Naturally
An Equal Opportunity t Affirmative Action Employer j vs v I�;J

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
Page 2
March 24, 2009
Should you have any questions regarding this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Steve Tsadwa, E.L at [phone].
Sincerely,.
F
Seth Robertson, RE., Supervisor
Design Management Unit
Construction Grants & Loans Section
stisr
Attachment
cc: Scott Snyder, RE., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, IC, Spartanburg, SC 29386
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office (NC Permit 0020401)
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Mark Hubbard, P.E.
Shamim Haeri
Steve Tsadwa, EL
SRF File

AECOM
AECOM
1460 John 13 White Sr Blvd,Suite 1-C,Spartanburg,South Carolina 29306
T 864.597.0580 F 864.597.0583 www.hsmm.com
CAR04 '•.� PROJECT: The City of Hickory
�.��,pF`;•F Ess•;o•., Northeast Wastewater Treatment
=�:Qo a9�7�. %; Plant Improvements
_ SEAL
32288 BID DATE: April 7, 2009
;" "�?a��`,�,' ADDENDUM DATE: March 20, 2009
<<uretitt%%% COMMISSION NO. 60492
ADDENDUM NO. 1
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated
Jun-08 as noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Form of Proposal.
Failure to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
This Addendum consists of 22 pages including attachments (Attachment#1, Revised Bid Form, Section 09910).
The following information shall modify the contract documents, and the work shall be accomplished in
accordance with such stated modifications. It is suggested that this addendum be stapled to the back of the
front cover of the project manual.
RECEIVED
• BIDDING REQUIREMENTS
1. Section 00410—BID MAR 23 20^4
Replace existing bid form with new bid form attached. vON sT UCTIaN GRANTS&
Modifications to bid form include: LOAN SECTION
a. Part A, Paragraph 3, corrected spec section number discrepancies. See item number 4 on
Attachment#1 for itemized description.
b. Part A, Paragraph 4. the following was added:
11345 Rotary Drum Thickener System
16950 SCADA System, Pump Control
System & Instrumentation
(System Integrator)
c. Part B, modified the basis of award section to read as follows:
THE BASIS OF AWARD SHALL BE THE SUM OF THE PART A AND THE SELECTED
ALTERNATES FROM PART B.
SPECIFICATIONS
•
2. Section 02300—Earthwork
Delete first sentence of Paragraph 3.08, A"Indelkte �l r_ tFig l�ontory selected ° and replace
with the following '
® GAROLINC/ ENVIRONMENTAL.
MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DIV/SION OF WATER QUALITY
DATE 3 2 4 elzo .-14 :F.

Addendum#1
3-10-09
Page 2 of 3
A. Independent Testing Laboratory selected and paid for by contractor, approved by owner,
shall be retained to perform construction testing and act as the Owner's representative on
site based on the following:
3. Section 11260—On Site Hypochlorite Generation and Bisulfite System
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 2, Disinfection Feed System Hypochlorite Tanks, a and replace it with
the following:
a. Hypochlorite/Hydrogen fill: one (1)4" conically gusseted flanged nozzle (Commercial Hypo
Tank ONLY).
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 2, Disinfection Feed System Hypochlorite Tanks, c and replace it with
the following:
c. Dilution air Inlet: one (1) 6"flanged nozzle (0.8% Hypochlorite Storage Tanks ONLY).
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 2, Disinfection Feed System Hypochlorite Tanks, d and replace it with
the following:
d. Dilution Air Vent Outlet: one (1) 6" flanged nozzle with gooseneck vent with screen. (No
gooseneck required for Hypochlorite Tank No. 3)
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 2, Disinfection Feed System Hypochlorite Tanks,f and replace it with the
following:
f. Hypochlorite Outlet: one (1) 3" conically gusseted flanged connection (0.8% Hypochlorite
Storage Tanks ONLY).
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 2"Odor Control System Hypochlorite Tanks:"
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 3 and replace it with the following:
•
3. All hypochlorite tanks shall have one (1) 24" ID FRP side manway with cover and neoprene
sponge gasket.
Delete Paragraph 2.06, C, 4"All hypochlorite tanks shall be furnished......"
4. Section 11500—Process Piping and Accessories
Add Paragraph 2.01 G as follows:
G. Ductile Iron Grooved Piping System
1. Pipe: Conform to ANSI/AWWA C606
a. Thickness Class: not less than Class 53
b. Rigid radius groove dimensions shall be utilized where flexibility is neither
required nor desired.
2. Pipe Ends:
a. Pipe ends shall be factory grooved according to AWWA C606.
3. Fittings: Conform to ANSI A21.101 AWWA C-110 for center-to-end dimensions.
b. Couplings: Manufactured in two or more segments of cast ductile iron,
conforming to ASTM A-395, Grade 65-45-15, and A-536, Grade 65-45-12.
c. Gaskets: Conform to ASTM D2000
d. Mechanical Coupling Bolts: Conform to ASTM B-633, ASTM A-183
AECOM

Addendum#1
3-10-09
Page 3 of 3
e. Flange Adapters: For use with AWWA grooved end pipe and fittings, for mating
to ANSI Class 125 flanged components.
5. Section 11700—Liquid Chemical Odor Control System Equipment
Delete Paragraph 2.7, C, 3, a, 2 and replace it with the following:
2. Fill: Odor Scrubber Unit#1: one (1) 1" PVC Flanged Bulkhead Fitting, Odor Scrubber Unit
#3: one (1) 3/4" PVC Flanged Bulkhead Fitting.
6. • Section 09900—Paints and Coatings
Modify Paragraph 1.01, D to read as follows.
D. Products identified in this section shall be applied only to materials and surfaces pertaining
to the Laboratory Building and Electrical Building. All other surfaces on structures and
equipment not specified herein shall be painted with specialty coatings as specified in
Section 09910—Specialty Paints and Coatings. For Laboratory and Electrical Building, see
Schedule-Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section.
7. Section 09910—Specialty Paints and Coatings
Add attached section (10 pages). Update table of contents.
GENERAL COMMENTS AND QUESTIONS;
8. See attached sheet for general comments and responses to questions. Information provided on the
attached sheet is for general information and/or clarification and does not modify the contract
documents.
END OF ADDENDUM
AECOM

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#1 to Addendum #1
March 13, 2009
General Information
1. Contractors should contact the HSMM Spartanburg office staff(864-597-0580) in order to arrange
site visits. Requests must be made by 2 pm of the previous day. Access will be at the
convenience of the Hickory WWTP staff and will be unguided. •
2. Review of procedures for addressing questions during bidding.
a. The Owner, Owner's Representatives other than Engineer, and City officials shall NOT
be contacted for any project related questions during bidding or construction. All
questions shall be directed to the Engineer.
b. All technical questions that may modify the contract documents shall be submitted in
writing. Questions may be mailed, faxed or emailed (preferred)to the attention of Scott
Snyder(Scott.Snvder(a�aecom.com ). For e-mailed questions, CC Dave Shaw and Matt
Broderick(David.Shawaaecom.com , Matthew.BroderickCa7aecom.com ).
c. Final date for prequalification— March 24.
d. Final date for submitting questions during bid period—March 27.
e. Final Addendum will be issued 7 days prior to bid—March 31.
3. Copies of Hickory NE WWTP existing plans from the 1987/1988 upgrade are available for
reference to existing structures. Copies can be obtained from Imaging Technologies-7092
Howard Street, #K, Spartanburg, SC 29303—864-585-8388.
4. Pre-Qualification/pre-submittal will be reviewed for the following (companies in parentheses are
currently approved):
a. Self priming centrifugal type pumps—sludge pumping equipment(Gorman-Rupp)
b. Adjustable frequency drives (Allen-Bradley)
c. Submersible sewage type pumps—influent pump station (Fairbanks-Morse)
d. Clarifier equipment(E1MCO)
e. On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite generation system equipment(US Filter)
f. Rotary Drum Thickener System (Parkson)
g. Oxidation ditch system equipment(such as submersible propeller mixers-EIMCO)
h. Automatic bar screen equipment(Vulcan)
i. Aerobic digestion system equipment(Enviroquip)
j. Chemical odor control equipment(US Filter)
k. Carbon Adsorber odor control equipment(US Filter)
I. System Integrator (Lord & Company)
Submittals must be consistent with the appropriate equipment/supplier requirements in the
specification section as well as Section 01300. Submittals for Equipment/suppliers not
included in the above list will not be reviewed for pre-approval during bidding. However, this
does not preclude vendors from submitting products for approval during construction phase.
5. Problems with spec numbers in-Bid form vs. TOC
a. Part A, 4 indicates the following
i. 11210—Return Sludge Pumps—Should be 11211 —Sludge Pumping Equipment
ii. 11211 —Adjustable Frequency Drive
Page 1 of 4

This is a little misleading. All specification sections with variable speed driven
pumps should be referenced since Section 16425 requires that all drives be the
same manufacturer
iii. 11212—Influent Pumping Equipment—Should be 11210
iv. 11277—Submersible Propeller Mixers—Should be 11370—Oxidation System
Equipment
v. 11375--Aerobic Digestion System—Should be 11380
6. Section 11377— Positive Displacement Blowers and Appurtenances section does not include
specifications for flow and pressure requirements. These details are provided in 11380 since the
blowers are required for this equipment.
7. Index of Drawings list at the end of the specifications has an incorrect drawing number under the
electrical section of the headworks building. EP701-HB should be E701-HB
8. Due to an error in the printing process, full size 30"x42"sets that have been distributed were
printed to approximately 98% of the scale of the full size originals. As a result, the planholders
shall verify measurements using only graphic scales. Planholders were notified of this error
during the Pre-Bid meeting.
Questions and Answers
Responses in Italics
1-1) After reviewing the front-end documents along with Division 1 of the specifications, we have been
unable to locate any specific direction as to how to maintain the treatment process, during the
phased demolition/construction process. We do note that the plans are organized in a"phased"
order and that they denote what existing facilities are to be demolished and what new facilities
are to be constructed in each phase; however, at this early stage of our plan review,we are not
sure if all of the incidental and temporary work, necessary to maintain the treatment process, is
noted on the plans as well or that this information is complete and comprehensive. For example,
during Phase 1 all of the existing digesters are to be demolished; however, the new sludge
facilities are not being built until Phase 2.What is the intent with regard to processing sludge
during this interim period and is this indicated on the plans?Additionally, typically on a project
such as this, a lot of consideration must be given to the need for temporary process lines/facilities
and/or electrical systems required to maintain the existing treatment process during the times
when existing facilities are demolished and new facilities are built. Since we have not found any
dialog or narrative in the specifications addressing these matters, is all of the information
necessary to main the treatment process (temporary/interim provisions) indicated on the
drawings?
It is the intent of the plans and specs to provide most of the details for the phased work. For
example, the temporary RAS wetwell and associated piping shown on CL141 and CU141 in
Phase 2. Exact startup of new equipment and decommissioning procedures of existing process
equipment will require coordination between the contractor and plant personnel to maintain the
treatment process during construction.
•
1-2) In order to be able to estimate the demolition work for all of the existing concrete structure and
other facilities, we will need for the plans of the existing facilities to be made available. Will this
information be provided to all bidders who request it?
See item#2 under the General Information section of this document.
1-3) The Bid Form (specification section 00410) includes 2 main Parts, Part A and Part B. Part A
includes 3 subparts; the first, subpart A.1, is for the Lump sum Base Bid, which includes all Base
Bid work except the cost for the Laboratory Building and Testing. Part B of the Bid Form is where
the additional costs for the"preferred" equipment items are to be provided. The subtotal of Parts
Page 2 of 4

A and B are to be added together to arrive at the Total Bid, which is indicated to be the"Basis of
Award". Since the prices for all of the"breakout" items are to be included in the Total Bid price,
which will be used as the Basis of Award, we request that consideration be given to the following -
Bid Form revisions:
• Part A.2 is the "Additive Alternate" price for the Laboratory Building. The price for this facility
will include multiple subcontract and supplier prices, many of which we will not have until very
late in the bidding process (30 minutes or less prior to the bid). Having to provide this
breakout price, with the bid,•will significantly distract the bidders from providing the Owner
with their best overall price and will require the bidders to shut down the bid process, in order
to determine the breakout price for the Laboratory Building, well in advance of when this
would have to be done if the breakout information was not required to be provided at the hour
of Bid. Additionally, since the Laboratory Building price is included in the Total Bid price,
which will be the"Basis of Award"we are unsure why this breakout information would be
required to be provided with the bid. In order to provide the Owner with our best price, we
request that we be allowed to provide the price breakout information, for Part A.2, a
reasonable period of time after the bid, but prior to Contract Award. Your consideration of this
request is appreciated and, if accepted, will result in a better price for the Owner.
The "additive alternate"for the Laboratory Building was required by the State to be included
on the bid form. Clarification has been provided in the revised bid form attached with
Addendum#1 to indicate what is to be included in the Laboratory building price.
• Part A.3 is an Additive Alternate price for"Testing".We have been unable to find specific
information defining exactly what testing is to be included in this breakout price. If this
Additive Alternate is intended to cover the costs for an independent 3`d Party testing firm to
perform soil and concrete related testing, then we request that an Allowance be established
to cover the cost for this testing. Specification section 02300, 3.08 specifically indicates that
an Independent Testing Laboratory will be selected and paid for by the Owner. Specification
section 03300, 3.07 is unclear as to what party is responsible for concrete related testing
costs. If the intent with the Additive Alternate for"Testing" is to indicate that the Owner is not
going to contract directly with an independent testing firm, to provide soil and concrete
inspection and testing services, then an allowance should be established for these costs. It is
impossible for a Contractor to accurately budget the costs for independent 3`d party
inspection and testing services because a"testing"firm will only price these services based
on unit rates ($/each or$/hour)with no projections or guarantees as to what the final amount
billed will be for the testing firm's field and laboratory services. Therefore, if an allowance is
not provided, the Contractor will have to make his best"guess"as to what amount needs to
be included in his lump sum bid for these services. If the guess is high, the Owner pays too
much for these services. If the guess is low, the Contractor loses money for providing these
services. An allowance is the only fair way to handle the cost for soil and concrete testing
services, in that the Contractor is reimbursed through the allowance for the direct 3rd party
charges. This way the Owner only pays for the direct services received. Therefore, please
either maintain the specification provisions noted in section 02300, 3.08 and add these
provisions to section 03300 or establish an allowance for these unpredictable costs.
The "additive alternate"for the Testing was required by the State to be included on the bid
form. Clarification has been provided in the revised bid form attached with Addendum#1 to
indicate what is to be included in the Testing price. An allowance will not be provided. The
contractor will be responsible for costs associated with testing.
Page 3 of 4

1-4) Will other systems integrators be allowed to be prequalified?
Yes. Vendors must submit prequalification package to the engineer no later than close of
business on Tuesday, March 24th.
1-5) Will you consider bids with equipment that has not been prequalified?
Equipment listed under Section A, part 4 of the bid form that has not been listed in the
specifications or prequalified will classify the bid as being non-responsive.
Page 4 of 4

SECTION 00410
BID
FROM:
BIDDER: DATE:
ADDRESS: TELEPHONE: ( 1 •
N.C. STATE LICENSE NO.
TO: CITY OF HICKORY, N.C. (Owner)
1441 9th Ave NE(PS Complex),
Hickory, N.C. 28603
PROJECT: CITY OF HICKORY NORTHEAST WASTEWATER
TREATMENT PLANT IMPROVEMENTS
Hickory, N.C.
Commission No. 60492
The undersigned, as bidder, hereby declares that the only person, or persons interested in this
bid as principal(s) is, or are, named herein, and that no other person has any interest in the bid or in the
contract to be entered into; that this bid is made without connection with any person, company or parties
making a bid; and that it is in all respects fair and in good faith without collusion or fraud.
The bidder further declares that he has examined the site of the work and informed himself fully in
regard to all conditions pertaining to the place where the work is to be done; that he has examined the
contract documents relative thereto; and that he has satisfied himself as to the work to be performed.
The bidder further proposes and agrees, if this bid is accepted, to contract with the Owner in the
attached form of agreement, to furnish all material, taxes, equipment, tools, apparatus, means of
transportation, and labor necessary to complete construction of the project, in full and complete
accordance with the contract documents, to the full and entire satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner, at
the prices and amounts listed below.
The bidder further agrees to commence work on the date stipulated in the notice to proceed and
to fully complete the project within 1,100 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The bidder also agrees to
pay as liquidated damages, the sum of $5,000.00 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter the
project remains incomplete.
Unit Prices and/or lump sum amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of
discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern. In case of error in extension, the unit price shall
govern rather than the amount.
The prices and amounts listed below 'include all labor, materials, taxes, tools, equipment,
transportation, removal, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work in place.
•
Addenda Received: No.
Date
©HSMM of NC, Inc. 2008 00410- 1
Comm.#60492 (Rev. Addendum#1)

PART A — Base Bid
1. Lump Sum Base Bid for all work included in the Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant
Improvements, complete as indicated by the Contract Documents, but not including the alternate
bid items listed below, shall be as follows:
Total Lump Sum Amount(in numbers): $
2. Additive Alternate—Laboratory Building
Construct the Laboratory Building including; the building structure, site work, utilities, mechanical,
electrical, furnishings, or other work associated solely with this structure. Quantities shall be
measured to a point 5 feet outside of the building. Bid price shall not include the cost of installing
the SCADA system or related equipment listed in section 16950 of the specifications. The bid
amount entered below shall be the lump sum amount to be added to the Base Bid.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
3. Additive Alternate—Testing
Testing shall be paid for on a lump sum amount to be added to the Base Bid. Testing shall
include costs associated with a 3 party testing agency performing concrete and soils testing
during construction. The Contractor shall be the responsible party for payment.
Alternate Bid Amount (in numbers): $
Subtotal Part A(Items Al through A3) iri words:
Dollars ($ ).
4. BASE BID EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
The Bidder, as part of the procedure for the submission of Bids on this project, has included in the
Base Bid Amount listed above in Part A the following list of Equipment/Materials Manufacturers to be
used in the performance of work to be done on said Project. The list of manufacturers and all
equipment/materials furnished shall be based on requirements of the Contract Documents and
selected from the list of pre-approved equipment and material manufacturers provided to the Bidder.
SECTION EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS MANUFACTURER
11211 Return Sludge Pumps
16425 Adjustable Frequency Drive '
11210 Influent Pumping Equipment
11226 Final Clarifier Equipment
11260 On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite
Generation System
11345 Rotary Drum Thickener System
©HSMM of NC, Inc. 2008 00410-2
Comm. #60492 (Rev. Addendum#1)

11370 Oxidation System Equipment
11331 Automatic Bar Screen
11380 Aerobic Digestion System
11700 Chemical Scrubber Odor Control
System Equipment
11710 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control
System Equipment
16950 SCADA System, Pump Control
System & Instrumentation
(System Integrator)
It is understood that, if awarded a Contract, the Contractor will not make any additions, deletions, or
substitutions to this list without the consent of the Owner.
Failure to provide the above information for each item will result in the bid as submitted being deemed
non-responsive and consequently rejected.
PART B - PREFERRED EQUIPMENT ALTERNATE ITEMS
The Lump Sum Bid Amounts entered below shall be the difference between the installed price of the
preferred equipment and the base bid equipment listed in Part A. If the preferred manufacturer is listed
as the Base Bid on the List of Equipment/Material Manufacturers, enter zero below.
1. Provide Gorman-Rupp for Self Priming Centrifugal Type Pumps (Sludge Pumping
Equipment)
Self Priming Centrifugal Type Pumps are specified in Section 11211. Provide Gorman-Rupp self
priming submersible pumps in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of
Equipment/Material Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
2. Provide Allen Bradley Adjustable Frequency Drive
Adjustable Frequency Drives are specified in Section 16425. Provide Alien Bradley equipment in
lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material Manufacturers. •
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
3. Provide Fairbanks Morse for Submersible Sewage Type Pumps (Influent Pump Station)
Submersible Sewage Type pumps are specified in Section 11210. Provide Fairbanks Morse
submersible pumps in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of
Equipment/Material Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
4. Provide EIMCO Clarifier Equipment •
©HSMM of NC, Inc. 2008 00410-3
Comm.#60492 (Rev. Addendum#1)

Clarifier Equipment is specified in Section 11226. Provide EIMCO equipment in lieu of the
manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
5. Provide US Filter On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite Generation Equipment
•
On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite Generation Equipment is specified in Section 11260. Provide US
Filter equipment in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of
Equipment/Material Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
6. Provide EIMCO Oxidation Ditch System Equipment
Oxidation Ditch System Equipment is specified in Section 11370. Provide EIMCO equipment in
lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
7. Provide Vulcan Industries Automatic Bar Screen Equipment
Automatic Bar Screen Equipment is specified in Section 11331. Provide Vulcan Industries
equipment in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material
Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
8. Provide Enviroquip, Inc.Aerobic Digestion System Equipment
Aerobic Digestion System Equipment is specified in Section 11380. Provide Enviroquip, Inc.
equipment in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material
Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
9. Provide US Filter Liquid Chemical Odor Control Equipment
Liquid Chemical Odor Control Equipment is specified in Section 11700. Provide US Filter
equipment in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material
Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
10. Provide US Filter Carbon Adsorber Odor Control Equipment
Carbon Adsorber Odor Control Equipment is specified in Section 11710. Provide US Filter
equipment in lieu of the manufacturer named in the base bid in the List of Equipment/Material
Manufacturers.
Alternate Bid Amount(in numbers): $
©HSMM of NC, Inc. 2008 00410-4
Comm. #60492 (Rev.Addendum#1)

•
THE BASIS OF AWARD SHALL BE THE SUM OF PART A AND THE SELECTED ALTERNATES
FROM PART B.
The undersigned further agrees that in case of failure on his part to execute the said contract and
bonds within 10 consecutive calendar days after written notice has been given of the award of the
contract, the check and/or bid bond accompanying this bid and the monies payable thereon will be paid
into the funds of the Owner as liquidated damages for such failure; otherwise, said check or bid bond will •
be returned to the undersigned.
The bidder further proposes and agrees hereby to commence the work with adequate forces and
equipment within 15 consecutive calendar days after being notified by the Owner or Engineer to proceed,
and to complete the work within the specified time.
ATTACHED HERETO is a certified check on the
Bank of
and/or bid bond with the Company
for the sum of Dollars
($ ), made payable to the Owner as a bid guarantee.
Address:
Firm
By:
Title: _
(SEAL if bid is by a corporation)
©HSMM of NC, Inc, 2008 00410-5
Comm. #60492 (Rev. Addendum#1)

SECTION 09910
SPECIALTY PAINTS AND COATINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Work consists of all field painting of items and surfaces as specified herein, noted on the plans and
required for protection or appearance. The following buildings, structures and equipment shall be
painted using the systems specified herein; Influent Pump Station, Headworks & Grit Chamber,
Oxidation Ditches, Digesters, Clarifiers, Disinfection building, all process equipment, and any other
items and surfaces not specified in section 09900—Paints and Coatings.
B. Where shop painting of equipment and other items is specified under other sections,all work shall be
in accordance with applicable requirements in this section.
1.02 SURFACES TO BE PAINTED
A. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the following surfaces shall be painted: exposed interior and
exterior concrete block walls of buildings, including concrete bond beams; exposed ceilings and
soffits of precast concrete roof decks; steel doors, frames and windows; exposed structural steel,
including steel joists and exposed underside of metal decking; exposed and submerged
miscellaneous steel items; interior and exterior woodwork,including wood doors;exposed plaster and
drywall in buildings; stucco; exposed and submerged ferrous metal pipe,fittings,valves and stands;
pumps, motors and other equipment, including submerged items; electrical boxes,cabinets, panels
and enclosures;galvanized piping, conduit and ductwork in painted rooms and spaces; shop primed
surfaces in metal buildings; surfaces specifically noted to be painted; surfaces not specifically
excluded;and other minor items as directed by the Engineer to obtain complete and satisfactory paint
coverage.
1.03 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED
A. Unless specifically noted otherwise or as directed by the Engineer, the following surfaces shall not be
painted: concrete; exterior masonry below grade; brick; galvanized, aluminum, stainless steel and
other non-ferrous metals; rubber; plastics; prefinished surfaces; factory finished surfaces except
required touchup; surfaces normally painted that are not exposed in the finish work; and other
surfaces specified not to be painted.
1.04 ACCEPTABLE SYSTEMS AND MANUFACTURERS
A. Paint products/systems specified are not intended to limit competition, but to establish a standard of
quality desired. Equivalent systems by other manufacturers will be considered by the Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials specified herein are manufactured by the Tnemec, Induron, or Sherwin Williams
Company.
•
1. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted on approval of the Owner's
Representative. Request for substitution shall include manufacturer's literature for each
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev. Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09910-1

product giving name, generic type, descriptive information, performance and test data, and
'evidence of satisfactory past performance. No request for substitution shall be considered
that would decrease film thickness and/or number of coats or offer a change in the generic
type of coating specified.
2. No substitution will be considered unless request for approval has been submitted by the
bidder and has been received by the Architect/Engineer at least ten days prior to the date of
bids. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The
Owner's Representative's decision of approval or disapproval of the proposed substitution
shall be final.
B. All paint material shall be delivered to the job site in their original containers bearing the
manufacturer's name, brand and complete application instructions.
C. All paint material shall be stored in a secure weathertight area where directed by the Engineer.
Storage area shall be maintained in a safe, neat and clean manner,free from fire,explosion or other
hazards.
D. Contractor shall submit a complete paint schedule to the Engineer for review prior to ordering any
paint material. The schedule shall list all surfaces to be painted; manufacturer's name;generic type
and complete paint system for each surface, including trade or brand name; number of coats and total
dry film thickness. Manufacturer's product data sheets shall be included with the paint schedule.
E. The Contractor shall provide a compository list of areas where colors have to be selected and shall
submit a color chart for Owner's selection. No paint material shall be ordered prior to the selection.
PART 3 EXECUTION
1.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. All surfaces to be painted shall be clean, dry, smooth and free of dust, dirt, grease, mildew, oil, rust,
scale, loose or peeling paint, and other foreign matter. No paint shall be applied to masonry or
concrete surfaces when the moisture content exceeds 8 percent.
1. Ferrous Metal: All grease, oil, dirt and other contaminants shall be removed by solvent or
detergent cleaning prior to blast cleaning or power tool cleaning. All rough edges, weld
seams and sharp corners shall be ground to a smooth curve. Prime coat shall be applied
within eight hours after cleaning.
a. Submerged Surfaces shall be blast cleaned to a near-white metal finish, removing
nearly all mill scale, rust, rust scale and other foreign matter, in accordance with
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Specification SP-10.
b. Nonsubmerged Surfaces in High Humidity,Chemical or Severe Environment shall be
blast cleaned to a commercial finish, removing most dirt, rust, rust scale, mill scale
and other foreign matter, in accordance with SSPC Specification SP-6.
c. Exposed Surfaces Subject to Normal Conditions shall be cleaned by power tools to
remove loose rust, rust scale, mill scale, paint and other loose foreign matter, in
accordance with SSPC Specification SP-3.
2. Concrete Block surfaces shall be sound, clean and free of mortar, loose particles, loose or
chalking paint, mildew, fungus and other foreign matter. All nibs shall be removed and
cracks shall be filled and sealed. Damaged mortar areas shall be restored and surfaces shall
be dry just prior to painting.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev.Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 •
09910-2

3. Concrete surfaces shall be clean and free of all form oils,curing compounds,loose or peeling
paint and other foreign matter. All nibs shall be removed and cracks shall be filled and
sealed. Prior to painting, submerged surfaces shall be sweep blasted to slightly roughen
smooth concrete and to remove laitance. Concrete shall be completely dry and properly
cured prior to painting. -
4. Wood surfaces shall be sanded to a fine finish, thoroughly clean and free of foreign matter,
with all nailholes, splits, cracks and other defects properly filled and sealed. Surfaces shall
be lightly sanded between coats.
5. Plaster and Drywall surfaces shall be sanded smooth to remove nibs, loose particles and
peeling paint. Cracks shall be speckled smooth and sealed. Plaster shall be completely dry
and cured prior to painting.
6. Galvanized Metal shall be thoroughly dry and solvent cleaned to remove oil,grease and other
foreign matter. Rust shall be removed by wire brush.
7. Aluminum surfaces shall be prepared for painting by solvent cleaning, steam cleaning or
chemical pickling.
8. Surface preparation for field touch-up of ferrous metals shop-primed shall be as follows:
a. Immersion: Remove all oil, grease, dirt, dust and foreign matter from the surface.
Weld slag, weld spatter, rough edges and sharp corners of weld seams shall be
ground smooth. All rusted,abraded and unpainted areas shall be blast cleaned to a
Near-White Finish as outlined in Steel Structures Painting Council's Specification
SP-10.
b. Non-Immersion: Remove all oil, grease, dirt, dust and foreign matter from the
surface. Follow cleaning with Steel Structures Painting Council's Specification SP-3
Power Tool cleaning.
1.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. All painting shall be done by competent, experienced workmen in a proper and workmanlike manner
and in accordance with the paint manufacturer's published safety precautions. All paint material shall
be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications, including mixing and thinning
instructions,drying time requirements and spread rate recommendations. No surface preparation or
painting shall be done under unfavorable weather conditions unless the work is adequately protected,
and then only with written approval of the Engineer. All marred or damaged factory finished surfaces
shall be touched up with matching paint. All exposed surfaces as specified, including sides and
edges,shall be painted. Hardware, accessories, plates, light fixtures and similar items in contact with
painted surfaces and not to be painted shall be removed, masked or otherwise protected during
surface preparation and painting. Equipment nameplates shall not be painted.
1. Application of paint shall be by brush, spray or roller as recommended by the manufacturer.
All paint material shall be applied to completely cover surfaces evenly with uniform color and
sheen, and free from runs,sags,wrinkles,shiners,streaks and brush marks. Each coat shall
be applied smooth, worked out evenly and allowed to dry thoroughly before the next coat is
applied.
2. Equipment and Tools shall be maintained in good working order. Spray equipment shall be
thoroughly cleaned before and after use with the manufacturer's recommended cleaning
solvents.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 - (Rev. Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09910-3

•
•
3. Protection and Cleaning: Suitable protective coverings shall be used as required to protect
the finished work and adjacent unpainted surfaces, equipment, shrubbery and other items
during application of paint. After painting is completed,all spillage, drops,smears and other
defects shall be removed from walls, floors, glass and other surfaces, and the entire area
thoroughly cleaned up. Upon completion of painting, all surfaces shall be left in perfect
condition and shall be adequately protected until project acceptance. Painted surfaces
damaged or marred prior to project acceptance shall be repainted to the Engineer's sat-
isfaction at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.03 COLOR CODING
A. All exposed piping, conduit, valves and operators shall be safety color coded based on the following
Tnemec colors. •
Water Generic Color Tnemec Color
Raw Water olive green 110GN Clover
Settled or Clarified aqua 10GN Aqua Sky
Finished or Potable dark blue 11SF Safety Blue
Wastewater
Sewage Plant Effluent clay 07RD Terra Gotta
Backwash Waste light brown 68BR Twine
Reclaimed Water light purple R0715 Light Purple
Sludge dark brown 84BR Weathered Bark
Sewer(sanitary or other) dark gray GR28 Fossil
Chemical
Alum. Or Primary orange 04SF Safety Orange
Cogulant
Ammonia white 11WH White
Carbon Slurry black 35GR Black
Caustic yellow with green band 02SF Safety Yellow!
02SF Safety Green
Chlorine (Gas and yellow 02SF Safety Yellow
Solution)
Fluoride light blue with red band 25BL Fountainbleu/
06SF Safety Red
Lime Slurry light green PA30 Daiquiri Ice
Ozone yellow with orange band 02SF Safety Yellow/
04SF Safety Orange
Phosphate Compounds light green with red band PA30 Daiquiri Ice/
,06SF Safety Red
Polymers or Congulant orange with green band 04SF Safety Orange!
Aids 14SF Safety Purple
Potassium Permongonate violet 14SF Safety Purple
Soda Ash light green with orange band PA30 Daiquiri Ice!
04SF Safety Orange
Sulfuric Acid yellow with red band 02SF Safety Yellow/
06SF Safety Red
Sulfur Dioxide light green with yellow band PA30 Daiquiri Ice!
02SF Safety Yellow
•
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev. Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09910-4

Other
Compressed Air dark green 91GN Balsam
Gas red 28RD Monterrey Tile
Other Lines light gray 32GR Light Gray
Hoists/Trolleys yellow 02SF Safety Yellow
Fire Protection red 065F Safety Red
1.04 PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. The following schedule lists prime coats and finish coats(including intermediate coats)for the various
surfaces. The paint covering shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommended spread rate per
gallon. The total dry film thickness of each paint system shall be not less than the thickness specified
in mils or as recommended by the paint manufacturer. Film thickness shall include all prime and
finish coats, except filler for concrete block and primer-sealer for plaster and drywall. Paint shall be
applied in the number of coats specified or required to obtain the specified thickness, but at least two
field coats shall be applied to all new surfaces unless otherwise specified.
1. Types of Exposure: The following definitions shall apply to painting work.
a. Submerged: Surfaces submerged in or in direct contact with water, sewage or
sludge, as applicable, such as tanks, basins, wetwells, etc.
b. High Humidity, Chemical or Severe Environment: Interior and exterior surfaces
subject to splash or intermittent contact with water, sewage or sludge, or subject to
corrosive fumes, chemical contact or moisture; such as in pump stations, chemical
rooms, chlorine rooms and storage areas, equipment rooms, laboratories, filters,
pipe galleries, toilets, powerhouses, etc.
c. Normal: Surfaces not otherwise specified.
2. Shop Primed Metal: In general, surfaces of steel, iron and equipment are specified to be
shop primed. Any such surface not shop primed shall be properly cleaned and field primed
with the specified primer. Shop primed metal surfaces shall be touched up in the field with
the specified primer before application of finish coats. Surfaces where prime coats are not
compatible with finish coats shall be given a barrier coat like Tnemec Series 50-330 Poly-
Ura-Prime or Induron Induramastic 85, as approved by the Engineer prior to application of
finish coats.
3. Existing Painted Surfaces to be repainted shall be touched up with the manufacturer's
recommended primer and given two coats of finish paint, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev.Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09910-5

DRY DRY DRY MIN.TOTAL
FILM FILM FILM DRY FILM
MANUFACTURER SHOP COAT MILS SECOND COAT MILS THIRD COAT MILS THICKNESS
1. Ferrous Metal, Submerged (Non-Potable Water Service):
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning
Induron PE-54 Epoxy 3.0-4.0 PE-54 Epoxy 4.0-5.0 PE-54 Epoxy 4.0-6.0 11.0-15.0
Tnemec Series 66-1211 Epoxoline Primer 3.0-4.0 Series 66-Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0-5.0 Series N69 Hi-build Epoxoline 4.0-6.0 11.0-17.0
II
Sherwin-Williams Not recommended Shelcote II Epoxy 6.0-7.0 Shelcote II Epoxy 6.0-7.0 12.0-14.0
2. Ferrous Metal, Submerged (Potable Water Service):
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning
Induron PE-54 Epoxy 3.0-4.0 PE-54 Epoxy 4.0-5.0 PE-54 Epoxy 4.0-6.0 11.0-15.0
Tnemec Series 20-1255 Pota Pox 3.0-4.0 Series 20-11WH Pota Pox 4.0-5.0 Series 20-15BL Pota-Pox 4.0-5.0 11.0-14.0
Finish
Sherwin-Williams Not Recommended Potable Water Epoxy 6.0-8.0 Potable Water Epoxy 6.0-8.0 12.0-16.0
3. Ferrous Metal,•Nonsubmerged, High Humidity or Chemical Environment, Interior
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning
Induron Armorguard P14 Epoxy Primer 3.0-4.0 Armorguard Epoxy 4.0-5.0 Armorguard Epoxy 4.0-5.0 11.0-14.0
Tnemec Series 66-1211 Epoxoline Primer 3.0-4.0 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0-5.0 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0-5.0 11.0-14.0
Sherwin-Williams Recoatable Epoxy Primer 4.0-6.0 Surface Tolerant Epoxy 4.0-6.0 Surface Tolerant Epoxy 4.0-6.0 12.0-18.0
4. Ferrous Metal, Nonsubmerged, Severe, Exterior:
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning
Induron Armorguard P14 Epoxy Primer 3.0-4.0 Armorguard Epoxy 4.0-6.0 Indurethane 5500 2.0-3.0 9.0-13.0
Tnemec Series 20-1255 Pota Pox 3.0-4.0 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0-5.0 Series 1074 Endure-Shield 2.0-3.0 9.0-13.0
Sherwin Williams Recoatable Epoxy Primer 4.0-6.0 BM and Finish Epoxy 4.0-6.0 H.S. Polyurethane 3.0-4.0 11.0-16.0
5. Ferrous Metal, Nonsubmerged, Normal, Interior and Exterior:
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning
Induron Armorlux Primer 2.0-2.5 Armorlux 2500 Enamel 1.5-2.0 Armorlux 2500 1.5-2.0 5.0-6.5
Tnemec Series 10-1009 Tnemec Primer 2.0-2.5 Series 2H-Hi-Build Tnemec- 1.5-2.0 Series 2H Hi-Build Tnemec- 1.5-2.0 5.0-6.5
Gloss Gloss
Sherwin-Williams Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer 2.0-3.0 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 6.0-9.0
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev.Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09900-6

DRY DRY DRY MIN.TOTAL '
FILM FILM FILM DRY FILM
MANUFACTURER SHOP COAT MILS SECOND COAT MILS THIRD COAT MILS THICKNESS `
6. Mill (Bituminous) Coated Pipe:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
Induron Aquanaut Acrylic Gloss Enamel 2.0-4.0 Aquanaut Acrylic Gloss Enamel 2.0-4.0
(Interior)
Aquanaut Acrylic Gloss Enamel 2.0-4.0
(Exterior)
*Note: Spot test of 1st coat to check for discoloration.
7.0-10,0
Tnemec Series 66-1211 Epoxoline Primer 2.0-3.0 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 2.0-3.0 Series 73 Endura-Shield Ill 3.0-4.0
(Exterior Only)
Sherwin Williams Epoxy Mastic Alum. II 4.0-6.0 Surface Tolerant Epoxy 4.0-6.0 Surface Tolerant Epoxy 4.0-6.0 12.0-18.0
7. Concrete Block, Interior, Normal:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
Induron Polyfill Epoxy Block Filler *(75-100 Armorguard Epoxy (175 S.F. Armorguard Epoxy (175
(Fill all voids) S.F./Gal.) IGal.) S.F.
/Gal.)
Tnemec Series 130 Envirofill Masonry Filler (60-80 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline (175 S.F. Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline (175
(Fill all voids) S.F./Gal. /Gal.) S.F.
/Gal.)
Sherwin-Williams Mod. Epoxy Masonry Filler/ (60-80 Tile-Clad II Epoxy, B 62 (175 S.F. Tile-Clad II Epoxy, B 62 (175
Sealer S.F./Gal.) Series /Gal.) Series S.F.
/Gal.) ,
8. Concrete Block, Interior, High Humidity or Chemical Environment:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
Induron Polyfiil Epoxy Block Filler *(75-100 Armorguard Epoxy (175 S.F. Armorguard Epoxy (175
(Fill all voids) S.F./Gal.) /Gal.) S.F.
/Gal.)
*Specify only if needed
Tnemec Series 130 Envirofill Masonry Filler (60-80 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline (175 S.F. Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline (175
(Fill all voids) S.F./Gal.) /Gal.) S.F.
/Gal.)
Sherwin-Williams Mod. Epoxy Masonry Filler! (60-80 Surface Tolerant Epoxy (175 S.F. Surface Tolerant Epoxy (175
Sealer S.F./Gal.) /Gal.) S.F.
IGal.)
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev. Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09900-7

DRY DRY DRY MIN.TOTAL
FILM FILM FILM DRY FILM -
MANUFACTURER SHOP COAT MILS SECOND COAT MILS THIRD COAT MILS THICKNESS
9. Concrete Block, Exterior:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
Induron AC403 Acrylic Elastomeric Coating (60-80 AC403 Acrylic Elastomeric (60-80
S.F./gal) Coating S.F./gal)
Tnemec Series 181 Tneme-Crete (80-100 Series 181Tneme-Crete (80-100
S.F. per S.F. per
gal. per gal. per
coat) coat)
Sherwin-Williams Sher-Crete (60-80 Sher-Crete ' (60-80
S.F./Gal.) S.F./Gal.)
10. Concrete Walls and Ceilings, Interior:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and•dry. •
Induron Polyfill Epoxy Block Filler *(75-100 Armorguard Epoxy (150 S.F. Armorguard Epoxy (150 S.F.
(Fill all voids) S.F./Gal.) /Gal.) /Gal.)
*Specify only if needed
Tnemec Series 130 Envirofill Masonry *(60-80 Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxline (175 S.F. Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline (175
Filler S.F./Gal.) /Gal.) S.F.
/Gal.)
*Specify only if needed
Sherwin-Williams Mod. Epoxy Masonry Filler/ *(60-80 Tile Clad II Epoxy, B62 Series (175 S.F. Tile Clad 11 Epoxy, B62 Series (175
Sealer S.F./Gal.) /Gal.) S.F.
/Gal.)
*Specify only if needed
11. Walls and Soffits, Exterior:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
lnduron AC403 Elastomeric Coating (60-80 AC403 Elastomeric Coating (60-80
S.F./gal) S.F./gal)
Tnemec Series 181 Tneme-Crete (80-100 Series 181 Tneme-Crete (80-100
S.F./gal. S.F./gal.
per coat) per coat
Sherwin-Williams Sher-Crete (60-80 Sher-Crete (60-80
S.F./Gal.) S.F./Gal.)
12. Wood, Interior, Normal:
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev.Addendum#1)
Comm.#60492 09900-8

•
DRY DRY DRY MIN.TOTAL
FILM FILM FILM DRY FILM -
MANUFACTURER SHOP COAT MILS SECOND COAT MILS THIRD COAT MILS THICKNESS -
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
Induron AC 301 Wood Primer 1.5-2.0 Armorlux 2500 Enamel 1.5-2.0 Armorlux 2500 Enamel 1.5-2.0 4.5-6.0
Tnemec Series 10-99W Primer 1.5-2.0 Series 1029 Enduratone 1.5-2.0 Series 1029 Enduratone 1.5-2.0 4.5-6.0
Sherwin-Williams Wall and Wood Primer-Low VOC 2.5-3.5 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 7.5-10.5
13. Wood, Exterior, Normal:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
lnduron AC 301 Wood Primer 1.5-2.0 Armorlux 2500 Enamel 1.5-2.0 Armorlux 2500 Enamel 1.5-2.0 4.5-6.0
(Thinned 15-20%)
Tnemec Series 10-99W Primer 1.5-2.0 Series 1029 Enduratone 1.5-2.0 Series 1029 Enduratone 1.5-2.0 4.5-6.0
Sherwin-Williams Wall and Wood Primer-Low VOC 2.5-3.5 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 6.5-9.5
14, Plaster and Drywall:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry. •
Induron AC 210 Acrylic Primer 2.0-2.5 AC 240 Acrylic Semi-Gloss 1.5-2.0 AC 240 Acrylic Semi-Gloss 1.5-2.0 5.0-6.5
Finish Finish
Tnemec Series 10-99W Primer 2.0-2.5 Series 1029 Enduratone 1.5-2.0 Series 1029 Enduratone 1.5-2.0 5.0-6.5
Sherwin-Williams Wall and Wood Primer-Low VOC 2.5-3.5 Industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 industrial Enamel-Low VOC 2.0-3.0 6.5-9.5
15. Galvanized,Aluminum and Other Non-Ferrous Metals:
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning.
Induron Armorguard Epoxy 4.0-5.0 Indurethane 5500 2.0-3.0 6.0-9.0
(Pretreat surface wl Vinyl Wash
Primer)
Tnemec Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0-5.0 Series 73 Endura-Shield 2.0-3.0 6.0-8.0
Sherwin-Williams Bild and Finish Epoxy 4.0-6.0 H.S. Polyurethane 3.0-4.0 -
7.0-10.0
16. Wood, Interior, Stain or Natural Finish:
Surface Preparation: Surface shall be clean and dry.
Induron 1 coat stain of approved shade 1 coat transparent fast-drying sealer
(omit if natural finish) and 2 coats clear satin varnish
Tnemec 1 coat stain of approved shade 1 coat transparent fast-drying sealer
(omit if natural finish) and 2 coats clear satin varnish
Sherwin-Williams S-W Oil Stain of approved shade N.A. S-W Oil Base Satin Varnish 1.0-2.0 S-W Oil Base Satin Varnish 1.0-2.0 2.0-4.0
(omit if natural finish) -
© HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev.Addendum#1)
Comm.#60492 09900-9

•
3.5 SYSTEM INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. After application of each coating in the specified system and its surface has cured, measure its
thickness with a properly calibrated Nordson Microtest Dry Film Thickness Gauge, or equivalent.
Follow standard method for measurement of dry paint thickness with magnetic gauges as outlined in
Steel Structures Painting Council's SSPC-PA2-73T.
B. Make as many determinations as needed to ensure the specified thickness values in each typical
area. To all surfaces having less dry film thickness than specified, apply additional coat(s)at no extra
cost to Owner to bring thickness up to specifications.
C. Structural metals in immersion service that receive a protective coating system shall be checked with
a non-destructive holiday detector that shall not exceed 671/2 volts. All pinholes or defects shall be
repaired in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations and then retested.
D. Masonry,drywall or other non-metallic surfaces shall be continuously checked with wet-film thickness
gauges during application to ensure proper dry film thickness will be attained. Also square feet
coverages need to be modified to verify proper coverage rates.
E. Painting contractor shall permit Owner's Representative and/or paint and coating manufacturer(as
required by Owner) to inspect his work for conformance to this specification. Owner reserves the
right to reject all work which does not comply with this specification.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion, painting contractor shall clean up and remove from site all surplus materials,tools,
appliances, empty cans, cartons, and rubbish resulting from painting work. Site shall be left in a neat,
orderly condition. All leftover paint and coatings shall be removed and disposed of according to local,
state or federal guidelines.
B. Remove all protective drop cloths and masking from surfaces not being painted. Provide touch-up
around same areas as directed by Owner's Representative.
C. Remove all misplaced paint splatters or drippings resulting from this work.
3.7 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Final inspection of painting will include an examination of overall appearance and measurement of dry
film thickness. All defects or deficiencies shall be promptly corrected to the satisfaction of the
Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Rev. Addendum#1)
Comm. #60492 09900-10

NC NR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H, Sullins Dee Fr
Governor Director Scf
February 18, 2009
The Honorable RudyWright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398 .E W
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398 DWQ-Surfcce Wafer PiOieCli©n
SUBJECT: City Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
A to C No. 020401A01
Transmittal of Approved Plans and Specifications
Project No. CS370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright::
Enclosed is a copy of the plans and specifications, which were approved on February 18,
2009. The subject documents have been stamped "approved" for your records. A copy is also
being forwarded to your engineer and to the Mooresville Regional. Office. The Permittee should
retain these documents for the life of the facility.
Should you have questions regarding this matter, call me at [phone].
Sincerely,
Seth Robertson, P.E., Supervisor
Design Management Unit
tit: sr
Enclosures
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, IC, Spartanburg, SC
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Steve Tsadwa, E.l,
SRF File
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 (7C1�
Location:2728 Capital Blvd.Raleigh,North Carolina 27604
IlL �C cL[C) 1�Il aPhone 919.733-69Q©1 FAX [phone] l Customer Service: 1,877-623-6748
Internet;wrww,ncwaaterqualily,org Naturally J,�
An Equal Opportunity°AlEVrrnahve,AcnfcYn Ennpinl+er

To: Construction Grants & Loans Section
ATTN: Ken Pohlig
Date: July 28,2008
AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT
NPDES PERMIT
STAFF REPORT AND RECOMMENDATIONS
County: Catawba
Permit No.NC0020401
WWTP Improvements
Authorization to Construct No: 020401A01
PART I - GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Facility and address: City of Hickory Northeast WWTP
Post Office Box 398
Hickory,N.C. 28603-0398
2. Date of investigation:N/A
3. Report prepared by: Samar Bou-Ghazale, Env. Engineer II
4. Persons contacted and telephone number: N/A
5. Directions to Site: The WWTP site is located on the right (west) side of SR 1400
(Cloninger Mill Rd.,N.E.) approximately 0.15 mile southeast of the jet. of SR 1400 and
Hwy 127 in northern Catawba County.
6. Discharge point(s). List for all discharge points:
Latitude: 35° 48' 00" Longitude: 81° 18' 05"
Attach a U.S.G.S. map extract and indicate treatment facility site and discharge point on
map.
U.S.G.S. Quad No.: D 13 SE
7. Site size and expansion are consistent with application?
Yes X No If No, Explain:N/A

8. Topography(relationship to flood plain included): Hilly, 5-12% slopes. The \VWTP site
does not appear to be located in a flood plain area.
9. Location of nearest dwelling: There is one dwelling within 100 feet from the W\VTP.
Several dwellings are located within 500 feet of the site.
PART II. - DESCRIPTION OF DISCHARGE AND TREAT LENT WORKS
1. Existing Treatment Facilities: `1 he existing \ '1l T facilities consist of a parshall flume
with an ultrasonic flow transmitter followed by dual influent bar screens (one mechanical
and one manual), an aerated grit, four (4) rectangular and one circular primary clarifiers,
eight (8) aeration basins, t\\o circular secondary clarifiers, a sludge pumping station,
gaseous chlorine disinfection, de-chlorination (sulfur dioxide), diffused post aeration, two
gravity belt thickeners and stand-by power generator.
2. Proposed Treatment Facilities: The proposed treatment facilities will consist of the
following:
a, Replacement of the existing aeration basins with an extended biological
aeration process.
b. Renovation of the sludge handling process to include more storage and the
use of a rotary drum filter.
c. Replacement of the existing chlorination/de-chlorination equipment with on-
site generation of Sodium hypochlorite and sodium bi-sulfite.
d. Enlargement of plant processes to provide improved hydraulic capacity
during peak flows..
These above upgrades are considered essential due to the inadequacy of the
processes to handle the peak flows seen during large rain events.
3. Sludge Handling and Disposal Scheme: Residuals are transported to the City's Regional
Composting Facility for treatment and disposal (WQ0004S6.3). The permittee has
available (if necessary) the County landfill as a back-up disposal location.
4. Treatment Plant Classification (attached completed rating sheet): Class IV
5. SIC Code(s): 4952 Wastewater Code(s): 01)55,09 'SITU Code(s): 04003
PART III - EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The City of Hickory is applying for an authorization to construct in order to expand the

,
cr
plant and to replace many of the existing facilities. The planned improvements include new
clarifiers, oxidation ditches, digesters, chlorine contact chamber, post aeration chamber, grit
collector, return sludge building, electrical building, an influent pump station building,wet well
and other auxiliary structures.
To facilitate construction of the new plant while maintaining 6.0 MGD treatment
capacity,the construction will be divided into four phases.
The first phase will consist of the construction of 3 MGD oxidation ditch, a new influent
pump station, a vortex grit chambers, a grit washer, disinfection building, a new chlorine contact
chamber, a new cascade post aerator, a new electrical gear and a new laboratory and
administration building. The second phase will consist of the demolishing of the original
headworks,primary clarifiers and aeration basin and the construction of a new 3 MGD oxidation
ditch, WAS storage, thickened sludge storage, and the sludge building (includes sludge
thickeners, RAS/WAS pumps, and sludge transfer pumps) can be completed. During phase 3,
the remaining aeration basin of the existing plant will be demolished and two new 100 ` diameter
clarifiers will be constructed. Phase 4 will consist of demolishing the existing clarifiers, finish
grading, and paving all gravel areas.
The proposed additions will enhance solids production as the new treatment process is
designed to meet more stringent discharge limits that may be required in the future. Also,the
proposed additions will enable the WWTP to handle the peak flow and provide more efficient
removal of biosolids
Pending review and concurrence by Construction Grants &Loans Section, it is
recommended that the authorizations to construct be issued.
Z ._____,2
Si f Report Preparer
. rt ) e,tv"._______
Wa er Quality Regional Supervisor
Vi.-8/7. -1,1"
Date

(�rC01A r R Michael F.Easley,Governor
'G Q
0 6 William G.Ross Jr.,Stwretary
North Canino Department of Environment and Natural Resources
p t Colon It Sullins:- ~tor
Division of Wata-Qu "oy
June 30, 2008
Mr. Mick Berry, City Manager
City of Hickory NC ENR MR" '
76 North Center Street
Hickory, North.Carolina 28601 D Q_Surface Viller Protection
SUBJECT: Acknowledgement of Request for an
Authorization to Construct No: 02040I A01
City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP
WWTP Improvements
NPDES Permit No. NC0020401.
Dear Mr. Berry:
The Construction Grants and Loans Section received your request for an Authorization to
Construct and the supporting documentation on June 19, 2008. We will notify you and your
engineer upon completion of our review. Your project has been assigned to Steve Tsadwa,
He can be reached at [phone].
If you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact me at [phone].
Si erely,
. V
Ken Pohlig, P.E., Acti u erviso
Construction Grants and. Loans Section
Design Management. Unit
swc/dr
cc: James H. Tyndall, P.E., HSMM of NC, Inc., 1460 John B. White Sr. Blvd.,
Spartanburg, SC 29306
Mooresville Regional Office
WQ Central Files
Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
Steve Coffey, P.E.
ATC File No: 02040 i A01
Construction Grants and Loans Section 1633 Mail Service Center R {�I]C
Raleigh NC 27699-1633 OQ C i—. tJsl
Phone:[phone] I FAX [phone] i Internet:www.nccgl.net /�
An Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer—5t?°ro Recycledf 10%Post Consumer Paper atltraI1,

W A T 5,� Mich el l.Easley,Governor
0 6 William G.Ross Jr.,Secretary r
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources „
Coleen H.Sullins,Director
Division of Water Quality
June 30, 2008 � , >
MEMORANDUM 11 �,��.
TO: Rob Krebs, Regional Water Quality Supervisor
Mooresville Regional. Office, Division of Water Quality
FROM- Steve Tsadwa, Project Review Engineer
Design Management Unit NC fit\ ' IRO
D t -Slr pater P of
SUBJECT: Request for an Authorization to Construct
Town of Hickory, Northeast WWTP, Plant Improvements
NPDES Permit No. NC0020401
Plans, specifications and supporting documents have been received for the subject
project. It is requested that comments and recommendations, including the items listed below, be
received by July 25, 2008 from the Regional Office Staff:
CAMA
Compliance With NC Well Construction Standards
Groundwater Comments
_X_Recommendations for inclusion in the Authorization to Construct
Recommendations for inclusion in the Non Discharge Permit
Schedule for Issuance of the NPDES Permit
SOC, or Other Schedules Which Must be Met
Standby Power Needs
Status of Stormwater Permit
Plan documents are submitted as follows for your reference, review, and comments on the above items:
X _Plans and Specifications
Subsurface/Soils Report
Power Outage Information.
Other
If you have any questions, please contact me at(919) 715-6230.
Attachment
swc
cc: Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
Steve Coffey, P.E.
ATC File No: 020401 A01
Construction Grants and Loans Section One
1633 Mail Service Center Raleigh NC 27699-1633 `T
Phone:[phone]/FAX [phone] lnternet:www.nccgl.net North orth Carolina
An Equal Opportunity/Affirmative ActionNaturally
ppo Employer 50%Recycleci�lQ°6 Post Consumer Paper

rpIf:'7l
North Carolina Division Of Water Quality-
Construction Grants & Loans Section • 20,90
dUN 1 9 200
Authorization To Construct (ATC) Application-Fo .Ir '� , � ,
(To Be Used On and After August I, 2007) � J SEG
Date: 06/12/2008
PermitteelOwner Name: City of Hickory Professional Engineer of Record: James C. Tindall
Contact Person: Mick Berry Engineering Firm: HSMM of NC Inc.
Address: 76 N. Center Street Address: 1460 John B. White Sr. Blvd.
Hickory, NC 28601 Spartanburg, SC 29306
Telephone Number: [phone] Telephone Number: [phone]
Please Note: The following items and information must be Information Is
submitted to be considered a complete application Provided Remarks/Explanation
package. If any applicable item is missing the package will
be returned as incomplete.
Letter of request for ATC from Permittee/Owner or ® See Tab 1
authorized agent with written authorization.
2 Brief description of the proposed project. ® See Tab 2
3 Complete copy of the NPDES permit or public notice of ® See Tab 3
a draft NPDES permit.
4 Design capacity in Million Gallons per Day (MGD). ® 6 MGD
If new or expanding design capacity is greater than or FNSI approved by CG&L. Waiting on
5 equal to 0.5 MGD, include a copy of Finding Of No ❑ approval by State Clearing house.
Significant Impact(FNSI).
Two sets of plans: signed, sealed, and dated by a NC Two sets included wl Revision "A"as
6 Professional Engineer and stamped "Final Drawing -
Not Released For Construction". noted on plans.
7 Two sets of technical specifications: signed, sealed, ® Two sets included
and dated by a NC Professional Engineer.
Two sets each of process, design, buoyancy, and
8 hydraulic profile calculations: signed, sealed, and dated ® See Separate Calculation Package
by a NC Professional Engineer.
9 Hydraulic profile and a flow schematic with sizes of ® See Tab 5
major components on 8�/z" X 11" paper.
Documentation that a Soil & Erosion Control permit
10 application has been submitted to the Division of Land ® See Tab 4
Resources.
Residuals Management Plan for all new or expanding
11 facilities producing residuals, or when modifying ® See Tab 2
residual facilities.
12 Construction Sequence Plan for all modifications. ® See Tab 2
13 110 volt GFCI receptacle and potable water source
included on plans. See electrical and utility plans

• ,
Please Note: The following items and information must be Information Is
submitted to be considered a complete application Provided Remarks/Explanation
package. If any applicable item Is missing the package will
be returned as incomplete. 121
14 Hydrogeologic information must be provided if a ❑ N/A
potential for groundwater contravention exists.
15 For abandonment of WWTPs: a statement that the ❑ N/A
facility will be properly disconnected.
16 All property lines, construction easements, permanent ® Shown on plans
easements, and ROW shown.
17 All wells within 200 feet of project shown. ❑ N/A
18 Alf houses and places of public assembly within 100 ❑ N/A
feet shown.
Wetlands, watercourses, and drainage features within
19 50 feet of all wastewater treatment or storage facilities ® Shown on plans
shown.
20 Identify on the plans each water body's watershed ® Shown on plans, Sheet V101
classification.
21 Plan sheets for all applicable disciplines. /1 See plans
1
22 Reliability per NCAC 2T .0505 (I). ® See hydraulic profiles in plans
23 identify 100 year flood elevation on plans. ® Shown on plans, Sheet V101
24 North arrow on each plan sheet. ® Shown on plans
25 Horizontal and vertical control. ® Shown on plans
26 Subsurface investigation for new structures. ® See Tab 6
Municipal/Public Facilities, also include the following:
Engineer's Certification signed, sealed, and dated by i
27 the Engineer Of Record stating that the project ! . ® See Tab 1 •
complies with G.S. 133-3.
28 Minority Business Forms for Local Government ® See specifications
Projects.
29 Minority Business Guide. ® See specifications
30 Dispute Resolution with mediation for Local ® See specifications
Governments.
31 Contract Duration included. ® See specifications
Projects funded through CG&L must include the
32 Submittal Checklist, found under Plans & s ® See Tab 1
Specificiations at:
http://www.nccql.net/Enoineerinq/plans.html P r91��j/yp
•
1
f'
? e1 •
G
%Ma •
j

A111417-ii:A,
NC ENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secre;( ry111,
r
February 5, 2009
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398 . . .. £, .', tF u
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Approval of the Plans and Specifications
Project No. CS370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright:
The review for completeness and adequacy of the project construction plans and
specifications has been concluded by the Construction Grants & Loans Section of the North
Carolina Division of Water Quality. Therefore, said plan documents are hereby approved.
Eligibility for Revolving Loan funding is determined as follows:
Eligible
The 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of: an influent pump station
with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each)peak flow, influent magnetic flow
meter, two (2) 6,920 GPM, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513 GPM, 125 Hp pumps; influent pump
station 750 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated at 20 MGD with grit
classifier; flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3 MGD, with each ditch
consisting of 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp submersible mixers, 0.29 MG anoxic
basin with one (1) 7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22 MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp
mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box;
two (2) 100 ft-diameter clarifiers with 16 ft side water depth; a dual channel 0.132 MG (each)
chlorine contact basin, with on-site sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed
dechlorination system; a cascade post-aerator; four(4) RAS 2,100 gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps;
four(4) aerobic digesters (AD), AD1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4
sized at 0.228 MG (each), and four (4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester
blower; two (2) in-line sludge grinders, two (2) 400 gpm progressive cavity feed sludge pumps,
two (2)400 gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners, two (2) progressive cavity discharge sludge
pumps; odor control system; two (2) WWTP 1,500 kW on-site generators; plant SCADA system;
demolition of the existing plant; and associated site work.
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 One
Location:2728 Capital Blvd,Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 Nortilr r()l na
Phone:[phone]\FAX:[phone] Customer Service:1-877-623-6748 �/��������
Internet www,ncwaterquaiity.org
An Equal Opportunity 1 Affirmative Action Employer

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page Number 2
Non Eligible
The following items are deemed non-eligible for Revolving Loan funding:
• any costs associated with the 4,390 square foot Office/Laboratory Building that exceed
$170/square foot,
• any costs associated with choosing the Alternative Owner Preferred Major Equipment Items
(in Schedule A of the Bid Form) above the Base Bid costs.
Issuance of this approval letter does not imply availability of funding. You are encouraged
not to advertise for bids until you have received the funding offer. In the event that received bids
exceed the amount established through the funding offer, and local funds are not adequate to
award contract(s), it will be necessary to consider all alternatives including redesign,
re-advertising, and rebidding.
Neither the State nor Federal Government, nor any of its departments, agencies or
employees is or will be a party to the invitation to bids, addenda, any resulting contracts or
contract negotiations/changes.
Your project is subject to the one-year performance certification requirements. By this,
you are required on the date one year after the completion of construction and initial operation of
the subject treatment facilities, to certify, based on your consulting engineer's advisement,
whether or not such treatment works meet the design performance, specifications and the permit
conditions and effluent limitations.
In accordance with the Federal Regulations, the Recipient is required to assure compliance
with the OSHA safety regulations on the subject project. In complying with this regulatory
responsibility, the Recipient should, by letter, invite the Bureau Chief, Education Training and
Technical Assistance Unit, NC OSHA Division, 1101 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-
1101 at [phone], to participate in the Preconstruction Conference to assure that proper
emphasis is given on understanding and adhering to the OSHA regulations.
It is the responsibility of the Recipient and the Consulting Engineer to insure that the
project plan documents are in compliance with Amended N. C. G. S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of these plans and specifications, and any
subsequent addenda or change order, do not imply approval of a restrictive specification for
bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement actions.
Any addenda to be issued for subject project plans and specifications must be submitted by
the Recipient such that adequate time is allowed for review/approval action by the State, and for
subsequent bidder action prior to receipt of bids.
It is mandatory for project facilities to be constructed in accordance with the North
Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act, and, when applicable, the North Carolina Dam
Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what the contractors' responsibilities
shall be in complying with these Acts.

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009.
Page Number 3
Prior to entering into any contract(s) for construction, the recipient must have obtained all
applicable project Permits from the State, including an Authorization to Construct and/or Non
Discharge Permit.
While rejection of all bids is possible, such action may be taken only with prior State
concurrence, and only for good cause.
A goal of 8% of the contract price is established for Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)
participation in this project, and a goal of 5% of the contract price is established for Women's
Business Enterprise (WBE) participation in this project. The Recipient and Bidders shall make a
good faith effort to assure that MBE's and WBE's are utilized, when possible, as sources of
goods and services. The good faith effort must include the following affirmative steps: (a)
including small, minority, and women's businesses on solicitation lists; (b) assuring that small,
minority, and women's businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (c) dividing
total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit
maximum participation by small, minority, and women's businesses; (d) establishing delivery
schedules, and (e) using the services of the Small Business Administration and the Minority
Business Development Agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce, Please note that the
solicitation efforts should include documentable follow-up phone calls.
The Recipient shall comply with the provisions of 40 CFR, Part 7, Subpart C -
Discrimination Prohibited on the Basis of Handicap.
Attached is one (1) copy of the Project Bid Information (Authority to Award) which is to
be completed within 2.1 days after bids have been received, and submitted to the State for review.
Upon review and approval of this information, the State will authorize the Recipient to make the
proposed award.
Do not proceed with construction until the Authorization-to-Award package and the EEO
and MBE documentation/certification have been reviewed, and you are in receipt of our
approval, if a Federal loan is desired for project construction.
Two (2) copies of any change order must be promptly submitted by the Recipient to the
State. If additional information is requested by the State, a response is required within two (2)
weeks, or the change order will be returned without further or final action.
One (1) set of the final approved plans and specifications will be forwarded to you. One
(1) set of plans and specifications identical to the approved set must be available at the project.
site at all times.
Upon completion of the project construction, the Recipient shall submit a letter confirming
that the project has been constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by
the State. "As-built" plans will need to be submitted with any changes clearly documented on
the plans if the above confirmation cannot be made,.

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page Number 4
If there are any questions concerning this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Seth Robertson, P.E. at (919) 7I 5-6206.
Sincerely,
a-IA-41..4j hit
Daniel. M. Blaisdell, RR, Section Chief
Construction Grants & Loans Section
Attachment
st:sr
cc: Scott. Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, IC, Spartanburg, SC
OSHA Bureau Chief, Wanda Lagoe
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
Daniel. Blaisdell, P.E.
Mark Hubbard, P.E.
Sharnim Haeri
Seth Robertson, P.E.
Steve Tsadwa, Ed.
CIG
SRF

or
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Colcen H. Sullins rat, k � mFree ;r nary* , �,.
Governor Director Secretary , R
February 5, 2009
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398 Nw`
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT:, Authorization to Construct
A to C No. 020401 A01
City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Dear Mayor Wright:
A letter of request for an Authorization to Construct (ATC) was received June 19, 2008,
by the Division of Water Quality (Division), and final plans and specifications for the subject
project have been reviewed and found to be satisfactory. Authorization is hereby granted for the
construction of the 6.0 MGD Wastewater Treatment Plant, with discharge of treated wastewater
into Lake Hickory in the Catawba River Basin.
This authorization results in the design and permitted capacity of 6.0 MGD, and is
awarded for the following construction:
The 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of: an influent pump
station with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each) peak flow, influent
magnetic flow meter, two (2) 6,920 GPM, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513 GPM, 125 Hp
pumps; influent pump station 750 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated
at 20 MGD with grit classifier; flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3
MGD, with each ditch consisting of 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp
submersible mixers, 0.29 MG anoxic basin with one (1) 7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22
MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp
submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; two (2) 100-ft diameter clarifiers with 16 ft
side water depth; a dual channel 0.132 MG (each) chlorine contact basin, with on-site
sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed dechlorination system; a cascade
post-aerator; four(4) RAS 2,100 gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps; four (4) aerobic digesters
(AD), AD 1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4 sized at 0.228 MG
(each), and four (4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester blower; two (2)
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 0C
Location:2728 Capital Blvd,Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 1 r� h Caf[� i11a
Phone:[phone]\FAX:[phone]\Customer Service:1-877-623-6748 1�i
Internet:www.ncwaterquality.org Naturally f
An Equal Opportunity\Affirmative Action Employer

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
'1141
February 5, 2009
Page 2
in-line sludge grinders, two (2)400 gpm progressive cavity feed sludge pumps, two (2)
400 gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners, two (2) progressive cavity discharge sludge
pumps; odor control system; two (2) WWTP 1,500 kW on-site generators; plant SCADA
system; demolition of the existing plant; and associated site work.
This ATC is issued in accordance with Part III, Paragraph A of NPDES Permit No.
NC0020401 issued April 19, 2006, and shall be subject to revocation unless the wastewater
treatment facilities are constructed in accordance with the conditions and limitations specified in
Pennit No. NC0020401.
The sludge generated from these treatment facilities must be disposed of in accordance
with G.S. 143-215.1 and in a manner approved by the North Carolina Division of Water Quality.
In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of
nuisance conditions, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective action, including those as may
be required by this Division, such as the construction of additional or replacement wastewater
treatment or disposal facilities.
The Mooresville Regional Office, telephone number [phone], shall be notified at
least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of operation of the installed facilities so that an on site
inspection can be made. Such notification to the regional supervisor shall be made during the
normal office hours from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State
Holidays,
Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this permitted facility, a
certification must be received from a professional engineer certifying that the permitted facility
has been installed in accordance with the NPDES Permit, this Authorization to Construct and the
approved plans and specifications. Mail the Certification to: Construction Grants Sc, Loans,
DWQ/DENR, 1633 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1633.
Upon classification of the facility by the Certification Commission, the Permittee shall
employ a certified wastewater treatment plant operator to be in responsible charge (ORC) of the
wastewater treatment facilities. The operator must hold a certificate of the type and grade at
least equivalent to or greater than the classification assigned to the wastewater treatment
facilities by the Certification Commission.
The Permittee must also employ a certified hack-up operator of the appropriate type and
grade to comply with the conditions of T15A:8G.0202. The ORC of the facility must visit each
Class I facility at least weekly and each Class II, III and IV facility at least daily, excluding
weekends and holidays, must properly manage the facility, must document daily operation and
maintenance of the facility, and must comply with all other conditions of T15A:8G.0202.
A copy of the approved plans and specifications shall be maintained on file by the
Permittee for the life of the facility.

pry
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page 3
During the construction of the proposed additions/modifications, the permittee shall
continue to properly maintain and operate the existing wastewater treatment facilities at alltimes,
and in such a manner, as necessary to comply with the effluent limits specified in the NPDES
Permit.
You are reminded that it is mandatory for the project to be constructed in accordance
with the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution.Control Act, and when applicable, the North
Carolina Dam Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what the contractor's
responsibilities shall be in complying with these Acts.
Prior to entering into any contract(s) for construction, the recipient must have obtained all
applicable permits from the State.
Failure to abide by the requirements contained in this Authorization to Construct may
subject the Peermittee to an enforcement action by the Division of Water Quality in accordance
with North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C.
The issuance of this ATC does not preclude the Permitter from complying with any and
all statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances which may be imposed by other government
agencies (local, state, and federal) which have jurisdiction.
One (1) set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you in a separate
transmittal. If you have any questions or need additional information, please contact Seth
Robertson, P.E. at telephone number [phone].
Sincerely,
zt-4—' Coleen H. Sullins
st:sr
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, IC, Spartanburg, SC
Catawba County Health Department
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office, Surface Water Protection
DWQ, Technical. Assistance and Certification Unit
DWQ, Point Source Branch, NPDES Program
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Seth Robertson, P.E.
Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
SRF File

City of Hickory
A To C No. 020401A01
Project No. CS370389-18
Issued February 5, 2009
Engineer's Certification
I, , as a duly registered Professional Engineer in
the State of North Carolina, having been authorized to observe(periodically/weekly/full time)
the construction of the modifications and improvements to the City of Hickory Northeast
WWTP, located at 76 N. Center Street, Hickory, Catawba County, hereby state that, to the best
of my abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the following construction:
The 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of: an influent pump
station with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each) peak flow, influent
magnetic flow meter, two(2) 6,920 GPM, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513 GPM, 125 Hp
pumps; influent pump station 750 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated
at 20 MGD with grit classifier; flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3
MGD, with each ditch consisting of 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp
submersible mixers, 0.29 MG anoxic basin with one (1)7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22
MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp
submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; two(2) 100-ft diameter clarifiers with 16 ft
side water depth; a dual channel 0.132 MG (each) chlorine contact basin, with on-site
sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed dechlorination system; a cascade
post-aerator; four(4) RAS 2,100 gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps; four(4) aerobic digesters
(AD), AD1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4 sized at 0.228 MG
(each), and four(4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one(1) 60 Hp digester blower; two (2)
in-line sludge grinders, two (2)400 gpm progressive cavity feed sludge pumps, two (2)
400 gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners, two (2) progressive cavity discharge sludge
pumps; odor control system; two (2) WWTP 1,500 kW on-site generators; plant SCADA
system; demolition of the existing plant; and associated site work; in conformity with
the project plans, specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and
approved by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
I certify that the construction of the above referenced project was observed to be built within
substantial compliance and intent of the approved plans and specifications.
Signature _Registration No.
Date
i
Send to: Construction Grants & Loans
DENR/DWQ / •
1633 Mail Service Center -. -
Raleigh, NC 27699-1633
i

�.
©� �ij f� .Michael F.Easley,Governor
W'illi:un G.Ross 1r,Scctetatsy
CO North Carolina f)eparloienr of Environment and Natural Resumes
>
© -c• Coleen N.Sullins,17irt for
Division of Water Qualit
June 24, 2008
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
t` 3. 0 7.1'f.T.
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398 NC DENR MRO
DWQ-Surface Water Protection
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
201. Facilities Plan.
Project No.: CS3 70389-1.8
Dear Mayor Wright:
This is to inform you that the Finding of No Significant Impact (FNSI) and the
Environmental Assessment have been submitted to the State Clearinghouse. The documents will.
be advertised for thirty (30) calendar days in the N.C. Environmental Bulletin. Advertising the
FNSI is required prior to a local unit of government.receiving financial support from the State
Revolving Loan program. You will he informed of any significant comment or public objection.
when the advertisement period is completed.
A copy of the documents is transmitted for your record. The documents should be made
available to the public.
If there are any questions, please contact me at [phone].
Sincerely,
Daniel M. Blaisdell, P.F., Chief
Construction Grants and Loans Section
J M H/dr
Attachment (all cc's)
Cc: HSMM — James Tindall, P,E.
Seth Robertson, P.E.
Jennifer 1_1,.E
DWQ— 'egional Office
PMBIDMU/FEUISRF
Construction Grants and Loans Section
1633 Mail Service Center Raleigh NC 27699-1633 T�1One
Phone:[phone] FAX [phone]/Internet.www.nccgt.net 1 V nith Cil`I'nli lea
An Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.—50%Recycledil0%Post Consumer Paper Naturally

10* \ <. . . ' ;"- .«y\\
\ + org# , <: < ,
\ \ � r < ° / 10,0k
> y \
� » x
\ : <
YY % 4 °
. ,

1
1
FINDING OF NO SIGNIFICANT IMPACT
AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
CITY OF HICKORY
201 FACILITIES PLAN
RESPONSIBLE AGENCY: NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT
AND NATURAL RESOURCES
CONTACT: DANIEL M. BLAISDELL, P.E., CHIEF
CONSTRUCTION GRANTS AND LOANS SECTION
DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY
1633 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1633
[phone]
June 24, 2008

f
(This page intentionally left blank.)

FINDING OF NO SIGNIFICANT IMPACT
Article I, Chapter 113A of the North Carolina General Statutes requires an action to be subject to
the requirements of the North Carolina Environmental Policy Act (NCEPA) if it involves the
expenditure of public funds and if a potential impact is anticipated to the environment. The
project has been evaluated for compliance with the NCEPA and is determined to be a major
agency action, which will affect the environment.
Project Applicant: City of Hickory
Project Description: The City of Hickory will replace its existing 6.0 MGD Northeast
Wastewater Treatment Plant with a new 6.0 MGD facility. The
City will also upgrade its influent pump station to satisfy a
collection system permit requirement.
Project Number: CS370389-18
Project Cost: $31,337,660
State Revolving Loan $17,500,000
Fund:
Local Funds: $13,837,660
The review process indicated that significant adverse environmental impacts should not occur if
mitigative measures are implemented, and an environmental impact statement will not be
required. The decision was based on information in the 201 Facilities Plan and reviews by,
governmental agencies. An environmental assessment supporting this action is attached: This
FNSI completes the environmental review record, which is available for inspection'at the State
Clearinghouse.
No administrative action will be taken on the proposed project for at least 30 days after
notification that the FNSI has been published in the North Carolina Environmental Bulletin.
Sinc rely, .
ka.m,a-1lJ 4/4 /�
Coleen H. Sullins, Director
Division of Water Quality

(This page intentionally left blank.)

•
J ..
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
A. Proposed Facilities and Actions
The existing City of Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant(WWTP) was originally
constructed in 1968 and expanded to 6.0 million gallons per day (MGD) in 1988. The proposed
project will replace the existing treatment facility with a new 6.0 MGD treatment facility. In
addition, the project will satisfy a collection system permit requirement to upgrade the influent
pump station.
The project will consist of the following: an influent pump station including two (2) 3,792
gallons per minute (gpm)pumps feeding a 20-inch diameter force main and two (2)7.,4'14 gpm
pumps feeding a 30-inch diameter force main; new headworks including mechanical bar screen
and vortex grit removal system; two (2) 3 MGD oxidation ditches;two(2)100 ft diameter final
clarifiers; sludge return pumps; chlorine/dechlorination facilities; sludge storage and thickening;
post aeration; electrical building; and laboratory with controls building. The project will be
completed in,phases and also will include the demolition of the existing plant.
Funding Status: The estimated total cost of the project is $30,837,660. The city is eligible for
$17,500,000 in State Revolving Loans and is preparing to fund the remainder with local funds.
B. Existing Environment
Topography and Soils. Catawba County is located in the Piedmont physiographic:iroyiiice. The
average elevation in the county is 1,165 feet above sea level. Elevations within the project area
for the Northeast WWTP range from 953 feet to 1,016 feet above sea level. The topography of
the Northeast WWTP is relatively flat with some areas of relief that have slopes ranging from
approximately two percent to twenty percent. The dominant soils within the project vicinity are
Leveled clayey land, Pacolet soils, Pacolet gravelly fine sandy loam,and Chewacla loam.
Leveled clayey land is land on upland areas that has been altered to such an extent that the
original soils are unrecognizable. In some places, the surface layer, subsoil, and part of the
underlying material have been removed. Other areas have fill that is six to eight feet thick. This
type of soil is used mainly for parking lots, playgrounds, and industrial sites and is the type of
soil on which the Northeast WWTP is located. Pacolet soils are upland soils that are well-
drained and occupy fairly long, narrow bands located along drainage ways or are located
between milder and steeper slopes. Slopes of this soil type range from ten to 25 percent. Pacolet
gravelly fine sandy loam is a well-drained soil in long narrow bands on the upper slopes of
uplands. In the project vicinity, slopes for this soil range from six to ten percent. Chewacla
loam is somewhat poorly-drained soil located on floodplains. Because it is along streams in
strips up to two miles long and 200 to 600 feet wide, it frequently floods. Slopes for this soil
type range from zero to two percent.
Surface Water. The project is located within the Catawba.River Basin. Surface waters within
the project area include Falling Creek and Lake Hickory. Both of these water bodies are located
in Sub-basin 03-08-32. Falling Creek is classified as a Class C water while Lake Hickory(from
NC Highway 127 to Oxford Dam) is classified as a WS-V and B. Class C waters are freshwaters
1

that are protected for secondary recreation, fishing, aquatic life, including propagation and
survival, and wildlife. Secondary recreation includes wading, boating, other uses not involving
human body contact with water, and activities involving human body contact with water where
such activities are infrequent, unorganized, or incidental. Class B waters are freshwaters that are
protected for primary recreation, secondary recreation, fishing, aquatic life, including
propagation and survival, and wildlife. Primary recreation includes swimming on a frequent or
organized basis. WS-V waters are freshwaters protected as water supplies which are upstream of
and draining to WS-1V waters. While no categorical restrictions on watershed development or
wastewaters are required, the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission may
apply appropriate management requirements to protect downstream water quality. Neither
Falling Creek nor Lake Hickory is listed as impaired.
Water Supply. Lake Hickory serves as the sole water supply for the area. Water withdrawn
from the lake is treated at the Hickory Water Treatment Plant, which has a rated capacity of 32
MGD.
C. Existing Wastewater Facilities
The City of Hickory owns and operates two WWTPs in Catawba County, and the City has
recently purchased the Catawba WWTP. As a result, sewer service is available within the
Hickory city limits and to some areas outside the city limits. The Northeast WWTP serves a
drainage basin that is approximately 19,200 acres in size and will likely begin serving
approximately 2,500 residents in Alexander County who are experiencing septic system
problems. However, this additional service will not necessitate expansion of capacity and is
therefore not included in this project.
The City of Hickory's collection system consists of more than 1,250 inch-miles of pipe, which is
broken down into the following: 142 miles of 8-inch diameter pipe, 4.7 miles of 24-inch
diameter pipe, and 0.8 mile of 18-inch diameter pipe. Portions of the collection system have
been in place since the early 1990's. The collection system that feeds to the Northeast WWTP
includes three interceptors and 39 pump stations. These pump stations range in age from two to
twenty-three years.
Approximately 60 percent of the flow to the Northeast WWTP enters via gravity sewer. The
remainder enters the WWTP via the influent pump station, which has a maximum pumping
capacity of 3,186 gpm when all three pumps are running. As it is currently configured, the
influent pump station can overload during peak influent periods.
The Northeast WWTP was upgraded and expanded in 1988 to a capacity of 6 MGD. The
average daily flow is 3.97 MGD while a peak flow of 15 MGD is estimated during peak wet
weather. Once wastewater enters the Northeast WWTP via the gravity sewer and influent pump
station, it passes through a mechanical bar screen before being pumped to the plant. Influent is
routed to one of two grit chambers, and the grit chamber effluent is split into two separate and
parallel treatment trains. The older treatment train consists of the original plant components with
some upgrades and modifications that were made in 1988. This train treats 58 percent of the
flow. The newer treatment train, constructed in 1988, is designed to handle 42 percent of the
flow. Treatment is carried out using conventional activated sludge techniques. Primary
2

,
clarification is accomplished via a rectangular clarifier in the older train and a circular clarifier in
the newer train. Wastewater is then sent to one of two aeration basins before being directed to a
splitter box. Once through the splitter box, it travels through one of two circular secondary
clarifiers. Following secondary clarification, it is dosed with chlorine in a chlorine contact
chamber and then dechlorinated before post aeration and discharge into Lake Hickory.
The NPDES permit limits for the Northeast WWTP (NC0020401) are:
Parameter Limit
Flow 6.0 MGD
BOD5 (monthly average) 30.0 mg/L
TSS (monthly average) 30.0 mg/L
Fecal Coliform (monthly average) 200 Count 100 mL
Total Residual Chlorine (daily maximum) 28 µg/L
D. Need for Proposed Facilities and Actions
The current average daily flow for the Northeast WWTP is 3.97 MGD. However, the WWTP
has experienced significant peak flows during rain events. This peak flow hydraulically
overloads the secondary clarifiers, which causes solids to wash out of the system. This hydraulic
overloading can be attributed to both inflow and infiltration. As a result, the Division of.Water
Quality (DWQ) has issued five notices of non-compliance with their NPDES permit since'-'
August 23, 1999. Additionally, extended rain events have hydraulically overloaded'thetnfluent
pump station, resulting in three spill events since 1998. The DWQ has issued a compliance
schedule within the City's System-Wide Wastewater Collection System Permit. The schedule
was set to address hydraulic capacity problems at the WWTP's influent pump station. On June
27, 2005, the City requested and was subsequently granted an extension in the compliance
schedule so that the necessary pump station modifications could be completed as a part of the
proposed project.
Also, the Northeast WWTP currently contains two parallel treatment trains. Neither treatment
train can adequately treat the present average daily flow on its own. Therefore, it is infeasible to
take one side of the WWTP offline for the needed maintenance and replacement of old
equipment to ensure efficient operation.
The Northeast WWTP does not contain sufficient unthickened sludge storage space or any
thickened sludge storage space. When a tanker truck arrives for loading, the gravity belt
thickeners at the WWTP must be started for loading and then shut down, which is an inefficient
operation. Additional storage space for thickened and unthickened sludge would allow for the
thickening process to be run when needed.
Last, NCDENR issued a letter on September 1, 2004 stating that Lake Hickory is showing signs
of nutrient enrichment. Currently, this nutrient enrichment may be attributed to non-point source
discharges. However, the State may regulate point source discharges as a way to lower the
overall impact. As currently configured, the Northeast WWTP is incapable of achieving nutrient
removal.
3

The Northeast WWTP needs to be rehabilitated and expanded to eliminate overflows that are
caused by inflow and infiltration and rain events and to replace equipment that has exceeded its
useful lifespan. Also, this project will enable the construction of additional sludge storage space
and will allow the Northeast WWTP to meet any future nutrient removal requirements.
E. Alternatives Analysis
An alternatives analysis was performed on the need for rehabilitation and reconstruction of the
Northeast WWTP. The following alternatives were considered: (a) No-Action Alternative,
(b) Optimization of Existing Facilities, (c) Land Application, (d) Downtown Sewer System
Construction, (e) Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility, (f) Water Reuse System, and
(g)Northeast WWTP Upgrade.
No-Action Alternative: This alternative would consist of the Northeast WWTP operating in its
current configuration with no improvements. The WWTP would continue to operate with an
average influent flow of 3.97 MOD, Additionally, the influent pump station, which has a
capacity of 4.7 MGD would continue to hydraulically overflow during extended rain events.
Last, the plant equipment that is in need of repair would continue to deteriorate due to the
inability to take one of the treatment trains offline to complete the necessary repairs and
rehabilitation. The No-Action Alternative was rejected because it would not fulfill the purpose
and need for the project.
Optimization of Existing Facilities Alternative: Under this alternative, treatment processes at the
Northeast WWTP would be optimized to perform at the most efficient level possible. Both the
WWTP and its influent pump station are unable to contain peak flows during extended or
significant rainfall events. Also, this alternative would not allow for needed repairs and
improvement of the facility to meet potential future effluent limitations. Therefore, this
alternative was rejected because it does not meet the purpose and need for the project.
Land Application Alternative: This alternative would consist of land-applying treated effluent in
one of three ways: rapid infiltration, overland flow, or slow-rate infiltration. Rapid infiltration
would not be possible due to the need for rapidly permeable soils. The dominant soil type in the
area of the Northeast WWTP has moderate or slow permeability. Overland flow requires slopes
ranging from two to eight percent. Soils within the project area contain slopes predominantly
greater than eight percent. Land application using slow-rate infiltration would require 1,400
acres of contiguous land to accommodate treated effluent, adequate buffers, and storage ponds.
Also, the Northeast WWTP would still need to be upgraded. Implementing this alternative
would result in approximately $63,000,000 of construction costs and an annual operation and
maintenance cost of$2,050,000. Due to the lack of available land in the project area and the
costs, this alternative was rejected.
Downtown Sewer System Construction Alternative: This alternative would consist of
eliminating stormwater from the collection system of the City of Hickory's downtown. The area
of the downtown sewer system is a five- by five-block area with portions of the system in place
for over 100 years. Implementing this alternative would require rerouting of traffic and
demolition of sidewalks throughout the downtown area, which could impact business owners.
4

.
Also, it would increase the potential for damage to-other nearby underground utility lines. The
Northeast WWTP would still need to be upgraded. The costs for implementing this alternative
and upgrading the Northeast WWTP would be $46,000,000 with an annual operations and
maintenance cost of$1,207,800. Due to the high cost of implementing this alternative,
complications with installation, and potential disruptions to downtown business owners, this
alternative was rejected.
Regional Wastewater Treatment Facility Alternative: Under this alternative, a regional
wastewater treatment facility would be constructed at the Henry Fork WWTP, and the Northeast
WWTP would be abandoned. To transfer wastewater from the Lake Hickory basin to the
regional WWTP, approximately 59,000 linear feet (l.f.) of 42-inch force main would have to be
constructed. The force main would have to pass through congested areas of the city and could
potentially impact prime agricultural lands, archaeological areas, and scenic or recreational
lands. Also, the 201 Facilities Plan for the Hickory-Newton Complex that was published in 1980
concluded that the use of a regional WWTP was not economically advantageous. This
alternative was rejected because implementing it would not be reasonable or economically
feasible.
Water Reuse System Alternative: This alternative would consist of reusing all effluent from the
Northeast WWTP, which would still need an upgrade to provide reuse-quality effluent. Because
no capacity exists to be able to utilize this option and because the treatment process issues at the
WWTP would not be addressed, this alternative was rejected. •,
Northeast WWTP Upgrade Alternative: This alternative would consist of upgrading.the existing
Northeast WWTP as described in Section A. This would entail significant renovations on
existing City of Hickory property with minimal additional land disturbance. Construction costs
for this alternative would be approximately$30.8 million while annual operation and
maintenance costs are estimated to be $1.125 million. This alternative is the preferred alternative
because it fulfills the purpose and need for the project for the least construction and operation
and maintenance costs and environmental impact.
F. Environmental Consequences and Mitigative Measures
Topography and Soils: Construction of the project will occur on existing City of Hickory
property. The large unit operations and pipe installations will require cut areas in the existing
topography. The project will not impact the 100-year floodplain, as the entire site is above the
100-year floodplain. During construction, approximately 183,000 cubic yards of soil will be
moved. Some soil erosion may occur. Once construction is complete, the soils will be
compacted and graded to restore pre-construction topographical contours where possible.
Additionally, construction will be in accordance with a NCDENR-approved and county-
approved Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan and other provisions of the Sedimentation
Pollution Control Act of 1973 (SPCA). Also, the contractor must install silt fencing and
overseed disturbed soil after construction and use other Best Management Practices (BMPs) for
erosion and sediment control.
Land Use: Land use will not be impacted by the proposed project.
5

Wetlands: In a letter dated November 5, 2004 (Action ID No. 200530320), the U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers stated that the proposed project will not impact any wetlands.
Important Farmlands: The proposed project will not impact important farmlands.
Public Lands and Scenic, Recreational,and State Natural Areas: Public lands and scenic,
recreational, and state natural areas will not he impacted by the proposed project.
Cultural Resources: in a letter dated April 21, 2004 (No. ER 04-09.10), the North Carolina State
Historic Preservation Office (SHPO) stated that no historic resources would be impacted by the
proposed project.
Air Quality: Construction of the project will temporarily impact air quality due to the generation
of dust and exhaust emissions. Also, debris generated during clearing activities to allow for the
construction of a laboratory and office space on the existing WWTP site may be disposed of by
open burning. Once the project is constructed, a positive impact to the air quality surrounding
the Northeast WWTP will occur due to the installation of a new modular design, three-stage,
once-through Odor Control Scrubber. To minimize nuisance dust, the contractor must ensure
that any dirt and debris is either swept off the road or dampened. The roadway will be swept
daily if dirt has accumulated due to construction.. All trenches must be closed and covered at the
end of each workday, as required by construction documents, If any material cleared during
construction is disposed of by open burning, the burning must be conducted in compliance with
G.S. 113-60.21 through G.s. 11.3-60.31 and all other applicable federal, state, and local
ordinances.
Noise Levels: Noise levels will increase in the vicinity of the Northeast WWTP during
construction of the project. However, once the project is complete, noise impacts will be
negligible. To minimize noise impacts, construction will occur only during daylight hours,
Monday through Friday. Additionally, the contractor must comply with local noise ordinances
and become familiar with any restrictions.
Water Resources: The construction of the proposed project will increase the protection of
surface and groundwater resources by reducing the amount of sanitary sewer overflows and
upsets, which have typically occurred during significant rainfall, at the Northeast WWTP. The
project will protect and enhance the quality of surface waters in the area through the elimination
of solids washout and the discharge of an improved effluent into Lake Hickory. However, some
erosion may occur during construction of the project and impact Falling Creek adjacent to the
project area. Construction will be in accordance with a NCDENR-approved and county-
approved Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan as well as the SPCA. The plan will include
temporary or permanent vegetation to be planted within 15 days of ground-disturbing activities
that will provide long-term erosion control. Additionally, the contractor must minimize the
amount of disturbed area during construction and utilize BMPs for erosion and sediment control.
Forest Resources: Clearing of approximately three acres will occur on the site of the Northeast
WWTP, which is City of Hickory land. This clearing will occur to accommodate the office
building and laboratory on the existing WWTP site. The contractor will minimize clearing and
6

will avoid clearing large trees. Clearing debris will be used to create wildlife habitat, or the
woody products will be sold as sawtimber, pulpwood, or wood chips. Also, landscaping will be
utilized to enhance the site. The landscaping will improve the aesthetics and neighborhood
acceptability through the planting of new trees.
Shellfish or Fish and Their Habitats: The proposed project will not impact shellfish or fish and
their habitats. The contractor will be required to restore a forested buffer along the greater length
of Falling Creek, which will enhance shellfish and fish habitat by improving shade and
temperature control. Also, the discharge of a higher-quality, better-controlled effluent will
improve these habitats.
Wildlife and Natural Vegetation: Since project construction will occur at a previously disturbed
site, minimal impacts to wildlife and vegetation will occur. The dwarf-flowered heartleaf
(Hexastylis naniflora)grows on the south side of Falling Creek; however, no construction will
occur in this area. In a letter dated April 12, 2005 (Log No. 4-2-04-191), the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service concurred. Adherence to the NCDENR-approved Erosion and Sedimentation
Control Plan and the SPCA will limit sedimentation into Falling Creek. Additionally, the
contractor will avoid clearing large trees when possible.
Introduction of Toxic Substances: As part of the construction process, substances such as fuels,
lubricants, antifreeze, etc. will be used and may be introduced into the environment through
spillage or other events. All construction activities will be performed in accordance with
federal, state, and local rules and regulations to avoid environmental impacts. Additionally,
chlorination will be in use at the plant; however, dechlorination facilities will be designed and
operated in an effort to remove all chlorine residuals from the treated effluent.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service reviewed the proposed project and concluded that the
requirements of Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act have been fulfilled. The North
Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission (WRC), Division of Environmental Health, and DWQ
Mooresville Regional Office and NPDES Unit concur with the proposed project. The North
Carolina Department of Cultural Resources is not aware of any properties of architectural,
historical, or archaeological significance that would be affected by the project. Other state
agencies did not submit objections to the project.
G. Public Participation, Sources Consulted
A public hearing was held on April 15, 2008 on the proposed project. The current user charge
for residents within the City of Hickory is $23.19 at 5,000 gallons per month. The proposed
project will result in an increased charge of$2.06 monthly for a total of$25.25 at 5,000 gallons
per month for users within the city limits. No opposition to the plan was presented at the public
hearing.
7

Sources consulted about this project for information or concurrence included:
) City of Hickory
2) North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
-Wildlife Resources Commission
-DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
-DWQ NPDES Unit
-Division of Air Quality
-Division of Environmental Health
-Division of Water Resources
-Division of Forest Resources
-Office of Legislative and Intergovernmental Affairs
3) North Carolina Department of Cultural Resources
4) North Carolina State Clearinghouse
5) U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
6) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
8

''''''''41 V-1.* ' ' 1.'.' : i''' /-,..!r . 7'. ,',''' ' ' ''•‘` %.1 .'. 2 \''\:Ayk
' P ' •V - ' - ‘:,0,....\I i" ,. d . 1 .?
I. IF a . .4
, ., ,. .„.... ii, ,
. , _ ,, •
, ..
,,, , ,,__ fi , . ..„ ," rr., .. .. ..,..... , ....., .
. , .. , ,4 ,,,,,---;- 1 .0.:41, if...!,:-'-_-: ,, ...;:fr... ' '4;1-, ,„:::: -:, ,, , . .t:fil. iig,,i,H 1X,- ----'' f .-1.' t - --ill.?
,.4 1,., 'C 41 . , 70 Cc:° (,',-..-.‘i,' . . "S"d°Pr41‘%""44V -. ' ' .' VT ' ' t ly
At 'I * - • / /7"i : - ..k
• k
� IS
... - :... wi. ''., . � �
„„,,., ...,, ._, _.,.
ciiirilir
N. ' ... 7.1. 9 , 44 4° II,.
di 'a,:..,2,, I IT. (IP 4ek , _
N 0 RTH EAST WWTP
le •-,,,.............
....,.....- ....-.. „.- -..:
' --.'-'' .dMiNalliliAAk A hilk.4 1
�Si-• t1J+ .'r 3 4 1' t n e
,..-...."--.3_
mr'r':,--7 Lo
I i . • .... Ntr '
f + l t rc3E3�C
'r 1 C"' 'J ,,A., gliii, -;'1.0,,Z r IL. -
r.
ii/ i 0.3
h ',g
{y. 0p .. r e'er 4 't, rko. \!! § ., g �,.r ', •.E'.
`' r 1. L "1'( !
"`" „� LOCATION MAP 'DWG.
jj
.. - ��rk. SCALE: 1"=4000' N0.
COMM. NO.: 60402A NORTHEAST HICKORY WW'IP
Moan .sum. mamaHOMMRY, NORTH CAROUNA • .
-
FNT£d. RAY.mMMIMI•uaT1mr, sac,
lei c Evaxs sr_ no-ias sum 23 DATE: 2/2/2005
04.3) 80-4401vm _ FIGURE 1 OF2
•
V lrwwcrsVaams[mesVoauP rtfrom LOCA'ONSPA ale 50402A ax/./Me. 15 Ce3S wUE.GONNA
MON-r.U.etb RI'NON(VG:lecicoRttna.0.3714a7nr

or „liti: .
:. 7PirA
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen l i, Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
June 2, 2010
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory t
P.Q. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-039$ ,
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Transmittal of Approved Plans and Specifications
Project No. CS370389-1 8
Dear Mayor Wright:
Enclosed is a copy of the plans and specifications, which were approved on June 1, 20 10.
The subject documents have been stamped "approved' for your records. A copy is also being
forwarded to your engineer and to the Mooresville Regional Office. The Permittee should retain
these documents for the life of the facility.
Should you have questions regarding this matter, call me at [phone].
Sincerely,
(,,-----) \
f4
Seth Robertson, P.E., Supervisor
Design Management Unit
st: sr
Enclosures
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, Suite IC,
Spartanburg, SC 29306
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
Steve Tsadwa
SRF File
16:3 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,No^h Carchina 278,92-1633
oca ion 2728 Capital£vd Raleigh,North Carolina 604 One
©'and t 973a 6900,,FAX 9'9 h15 6229 Costumer SK ri.te: t-i7 6:23 6746 NorthCarol t n.a
i , V et t6i��iL ElIIy
leaI k4W N'.n w��erg��-l��ty�E4 /�

or
NCQENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen ft Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
June 1, 2010
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor ,SUN ' �
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Approval of the Plans and Specifications
Project No. CS370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright:
The review for completeness and adequacy of the project construction plans and
specifications has been concluded by the Construction Grants & Loans Section of the North
Carolina Division of Water Quality. This includes Addenda Nos. 1 through 3, received April 20,
2010. Therefore, said plan documents are hereby approved. Eligibility for Revolving Loan.
funding is determined as follows:
Eligible
Modifications to the existing 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of: an
influent pump station with dual mechanical automatic bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each) peak
flow, parshall flume in combination with ultrasonic level sensor, three (3) 6,400 gpm pumps with
VFDs, 650 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated at 20 MGD with grit
classifier; flow splitter; dual 3 MGD oxidation ditch, each consisting of a 0.25 MG anaerobic
basin with four (4) 4.8 Hp submersible mixers, a 0,29 MG anoxic basin with two (2) 7.7 Hp
submersible mixer, a 2..22 MG oxidation ditch basin with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface
aerators and two (2) 1 8.2 Hp submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; a 100-ft diameter
clarifier with 16 ft side water depth; renovation of two (2) existing 90-feet diameter clarifiers to
center feed with a spiral rake; an additional single channel 0.067 MG chlorine contact basin;
modifications to chlorine and sulfur dioxide feed and storage equipment; replacement of
existing course bubble post aeration system piping and blowers; conversion of existing Aeration
Basin #2 to sludge holding/digestion system with two (2) 6,50() scfm multi-stage centrifugal
blowers; two (2) gravity belt thickeners rated at 400 gpm and two (2) 200 gpm progressive cavity.
thickened sludge pumps; five (5) 1,700 gpm, RAS pumps with VFD; two (2) 550 gpm
progressive cavity WAS pumps; three (3) 550 gpm progressive cavity sludge transfer pumps;
caustic feed system; odor control system consisting of carbon adsorption system, ozone odor
1533 Mail SerrlGe Center,R lee h,North Cj dina 7699-1613 One 4. 1t 11d
r 7
Location r728 Capital Blvd Raei fr,North Carolina 2 604 �`tl-, I
Phone [phone] FAX 9l9 I15 b719'Customer Service:1,Ei77 E?_16748 L (D1 111
Intee+ d�wrw novalwr(,t,-t y r ry f �/ tli//e l
f/a+{i

441111
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
June 1, 2010
Page Number 2
control system, and biotilter odor control system; a 2,000 kW WWTP on-site generator; plant
SCADA system; decommissioning of select portions of the existing plant equipment; and
associated site work, electrical work, and yard piping.
Nn rle
The following items are deemed non-eligible for Revolving Loan funding:
• any costs associated with the 4,390 square foot.Office/Laboratory Building that exceed
170/Square foot,
• any costs associated with choosing the Alternative Owner Preferred Major Equipment Items
(in Schedule A of the Bid Form) above the Base Bid costs.
Issuance of this approval letter does not, imply availability of funding. Please note that
CG&L is moving the CWSRF program to a priority based system away from the readiness-to-
proceed model that we have been operating under. Part of this program change includes
adhering to a schedule for submittal of applications through contracting. This approach will
hopefully move projects much quicker from an application for funding through contracting. Part
of this program change is moving existing projects, including the subject project, to this same
type schedule, In order to maintain assurance of funding an Authority to Award must be
obtained by August 1, 2011 and all contracts must be executed by September l., 2011.
If any of these milestones are not met, you must reapply under the new, competitive
priority system if you wish to seek SRF funding for this project. The new priority system
accepts applications twice per year and projects will be funded based on priority and availability
of funds. We encourage you to try to complete these milestones well before the due date to build.
in contingency time.
In the event that received bids exceed the amount established through the funding offer,
and local funds are not adequate to award contract(s), it will be necessary to consider all
alternatives including redesign, re-advertising, and rebidding.
Neither the State nor Federal Government, nor any of its departments, agencies or
employees is or will be a party to the invitation to bids, addenda, any resulting contracts or
contract negotiations/changes.
if the Recipient does not maintain the court-sanctioned schedules which extended the
compliance date for complying with the final effluent limits established in the NPDES Permit,
then project costs incurred will not be eligible for Revolving Loan payments.
Your project is subject to the one-year performance certification requirements. By this,
you are required on the date one year, after the completion of construction and initial operation of
the subject treatment facilities, to certify, based on your consulting engineer's advisement,

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
June 1, 2010 .
Page Number 3
whether or not such treatment works meet the design performance, specifications and the permit
conditions and effluent limitations.
In accordance with the Federal Regulations, the Recipient is required to assure compliance
with the OSHA safety regulations on the subject project. In complying with this regulatory
responsibility, the Recipient should, by letter, invite the Bureau Chief, Education Training and
Technical Assistance Unit, NC OSHA Division, 1101 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-
1101 at [phone], to participate in the Preconstruction Conference to assure that proper
emphasis is given on understanding and adhering to the OSHA regulations.
It is the responsibility of the Recipient and the Consulting Engineer to insure that the
•
project plan documents are in compliance with Amended N. C. G. S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of these plans and specifications, and any
subsequent addenda or change order, do not imply approval of a restrictive specification for
bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement actions.
Any addenda to be issued for subject project plans and specifications must be submitted by
the Recipient such that adequate time is allowed for review/approval action by the State, and for
subsequent bidder action prior to receipt of bids.
It is mandatory for project facilities to be constructed in accordance with the North
Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act, and, when applicable, the North Carolina Dam
Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what the contractors' responsibilities
shall be in complying with these Acts.
Prior to entering into any contract(s) for construction, the recipient must have obtained all
applicable project Permits from the State, including an Authorization to Construct and/or Non-
Discharge Permit.
While rejection of all bids is possible, such action may be taken only with prior State
concurrence, and only for good cause.
A goal of 8% of the contract price is established for Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)
participation in this project, and a goal of 5% of the contract price is established for Women's
Business Enterprise (WBE) participation in this project. The Recipient and Bidders shall make a
good-faith effort to assure that MBE's and WBE's are utilized, when possible, as sources of
goods and services. The good-faith effort must include the following affirmative steps: (a)
including small, minority, and women's businesses on solicitation lists; (b) assuring that small,
minority, and women's businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (c) dividing
total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit
maximum participation by small, minority, and women's businesses; (d) establishing delivery
schedules, and (e) using the services of the Small Business Administration and the Minority

.411111141
The. Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
June 1, 2010
Page Number 4
Business Development Agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce. Please note that the
solicitation efforts should include documentable follow-up phone calls.
The Recipient shall comply with the provisions of 40 CFR, Part 7, Subpart C -
Discrimination Prohibited on the Basis of Handicap.
Attached is one (1) copy of the Project Bid information which is to be completed within 21
days after bids have been received, and submitted to the State for review. Upon review and
approval of this information, the State will authorize the Recipient to make the proposed award.
Do not proceed with construction until the Authority to Award package and the EEO and
MBE documentation/certification have been reviewed, and you are in receipt of our approval, if
a Federal loan is desired for project construction.
Two (2) copies of any change order must be promptly submitted by the Recipient to the
State. If additional information is requested by the State, a response is required within two (2)
weeks, or the change order will be returned without further or final action.
One (1) set of the final approved plans and specifications will be forwarded to you. One
(1) set of plans and specifications identical to the approved set must be available at the project
site at all times.
Upon completion of the project construction, the Recipient shall submit a letter confirming
that the project has been constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by
the State. "As-built" plans will need to be submitted with any changes clearly documented on
the plans if the above confirmation cannot be made.
if there are any questions concerning this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Seth Robertson, R.E. at [phone].
Sincerely/
Daniel M. Blaisdell, P.E., Section •Chief
Construction Grants & Loans Section

The Honorable Rudy Wright; ay r
June 1, 2010
Page Number
Attachment
st:r
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AE(701k1, 1460 John . White, Sr. Blvd, IC. Staartarthitrg, SC
OSHA Bureau Chief, Wanda Lagcle
DNVQ Mooresville Regional ()face
Mark Iuihhar P.P
Steve Ta . a
C1G
SRF

A •
ti
Yrws��
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
rune 1, 2010
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.G. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT: Authorization to Construct
A to C No. 02040 I A02
City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Dear Mayor Wright:
A letter of request for an Authorization to Construct (ATC) was received November 18,
2009, by the Division of Water Quality (Division), and final plans and specifications for the
subject project have been reviewed and found to be satisfactory. Authorization is hereby granted
for the construction of modifications to the existing 6.0 MOD Wastewater Treatment Plant, with
discharge of treated wastewater into Lake Hickory in the Catawba River Basin.
This authorization results in the design and permitted capacity of 6.0 MGD, and is
awarded for the following construction:
Modifications to the existing 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting
of: an influent pump station with dual mechanical automatic bar screens rated at 15 MOD
(each) peak flow, parshall flume in combination with ultrasonic level sensor, three (3)
6,,400 gpm. pumps with VFDs, 650 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system
rated at 20 MGD with grit classifier; flow splitter; dual 3 MGD oxidation ditch, each
consisting of a 0,25 MG anaerobic basin with four (4) 4.8 Hp submersible mixers, a 0.29
MG anoxic basin with two (2) 7.'7 Hp submersible mixer, a 2.22 MG oxidation ditch
basin with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and two (2) 18.2 11p submersible
mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; a 100-ft diameter clarifier with 16 ft side water depth;
renovation of two (2) existing 90-feet diameter clarifiers to center feed with a spiral rake;
an additional single channel 0.067 MG chlorine contact basin; modifications to chlorine
and sulfur dioxide feed and storage equipment; replacement of existing course bubble
post aeration system piping and blowers; conversion of existing Aeration Basin #2 to
sludge holding/digestion system with two (2) 6,500 scfm multi-stage centrifugal blowers;
two (2) gravity belt thickeners rated at 400 gpm and two (2) 200 gpm progressive cavity
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,With Carolina 2'699.1633 One 7afcr 28 Capital Blvd Raleigh,Norm Carolina 27604
none,91) -6900 FAX.[phone] Customer Service. 1.8i 623-6748 Olt h C ctlo f V n i
h ternet www.rie ater uat org l'atiyal

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
June 1., 2010
Page 2
thickened sludge pumps; five (5) 1,700 gpm, RA.S pumps with VFD; two (2) 550 gpm
progressive cavity WAS pumps; three (3) 550 gpm progressive cavity sludge transfer
pumps; caustic feed system; odor control system consisting of carbon adsorption system,
ozone odor control system, and biofilter odor control system; a 2,000 kW WWTP on-site
generator; plant SCADA system; decommissioning of select portions of the existing plant
equipment; and associated site work, electrical work, and yard piping, in conformity with.
the project plans, specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and
approved by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources,
This ATC is issued in accordance with Part III, Paragraph A of NPDES Permit No.
NC0020401 issued April 19, 2006, and shall be subject to revocation unless the wastewater
treatment facilities are constructed in accordance with the conditions and limitations specified in
Permit No. NC0020401,
The sludge generated from these treatment facilities must be disposed of in accordance
with G.S. 1.43-215.1 and in a manner approved by the North Carolina Division of Water Quality.
In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of
nuisance conditions, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective action, including those as may
be required by this Division, such as the construction of additional or replacement wastewater
treatment or disposal facilities.
The Mooresville Regional Office, telephone number (704) 663-1.699, shall be notified at
least forty-eight(48) hours in advance of operation of the installed facilities so that an on site
inspection can be made. Such notification to the regional supervisor shall be made during the
normal office hours from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State
Holidays.
Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this permitted facility, a
certification must be received from a professional engineer certifying that the permitted facility
has been installed in accordance with the NPDES Permit, this Authorization to Construct and the
approved plans and specifications. Mail the Certification to: Construction Grants & Loans,
DWQIDENR, 1633 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1633.
Upon classification of the facility by the Certification Commission, the Permittee shall
employ a certified wastewater treatment plant operator to be in responsible charge (ORC) of the
wastewater treatment facilities. The operator must hold a certificate of the type and grade at
least equivalent to or greater than the classification assigned to the wastewater treatment
facilities by the Certification Commission,
The Permittee must also employ a certified back-up operator of the appropriate type, and
grade to comply with the conditions of T15A:8G.0202. The ORC of the facility must visit each
Class I facility at least weekly and each Class II, III and IV facility at least daily, excluding
weekends and holidays, must properly manage the facility, must document daily operation and
maintenance of the facility, and must comply with all other conditions of T1.5A.:8G.0202.

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
June 1, 2010
Page 3
A copy of the approved plans and specifications shall be maintained on file by the
Permittee for the life of the facility,
During the construction of the proposed additions/modifications, the permittee shall
continue to properly maintain and operate the existing wastewater treatment facilities at all times,
and in such a manner, as necessary to comply with the effluent limits specified in the NPDES
Permit.
You are reminded that it is mandatory for theproject to be constructed in accordance
with the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act, and when applicable, the North
Carolina Dam Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what the contractor's
responsibilities shall be in complying with these Acts.
Prior to entering into any contract(s) for construction, the recipient must have obtained all
applicable permits from the State.
Failure to abide by the requirements contained in this Authorization to Construct may
subject the Permittee to an enforcement action by the Division of Water Quality in accordance
with North Carolina General Statute 143-215,6A to 143-215,6C.
The issuance of this ATC does not preclude the Permittee from complying with any and
all statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances which may be imposed by other government
agencies (local, state, and federal) which have jurisdiction,
One (1) set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you in a separate
transmittal. if you have any questions or need additional information, please contact Seth
Robertson, P.E. at telephone number [phone],
Sincerely'',
/ ,.,
r .r s�
1lColeen H. Sullins
st:sr
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd„ 1C, Spartanburg, SC
Catawba County Health Department
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office, Surface Water Protection
DWQ, Technical Assistance and Certification Unit
DWQ, Point Source Branch, NPDES Program
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E,
Seth Robertson, RE.
Steve Tsadwa, E.Q.
SRF File

City of Hickory
A To C No, 020401A02 1111
Project No. CS370389-18
Issued June 1, 201.0
Engineer's Certification
1, , as a duly registered Professional Engineer in
the State of North Carolina, having been authorized to observe (periodically/weekly/full time)
the construction of the modifications and improvements to the City of Hickory Northeast
WWTP, located at 76 N. Center Street, Hickory, Catawba County, hereby state that, to the best
of my abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the following construction:
Modifications to the existing 6,0 MOD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting.
of: an influent pump station with dual mechanical automatic bar screens rated at 15 MOD
(each) peak flow, parshall flume in combination with ultrasonic level sensor, three (3)
6,400 gpm pumps with VFDs, 650 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system.
rated at 20 MOD with grit classifier; flow splitter; dual 3 MOD oxidation ditch, each
consisting of a 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with four(4) 4.8 Hp submersible mixers, a 0.29
MG anoxic basin with two (2) 7,7 Hp submersible mixer, a 2.22 MG oxidation ditch
basin with two (2)200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and two (2) 18.2 Hp submersible
mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; a 100-ft diameter clarifier with 16 ft side water depth;
renovation of two (2) existing 90-feet diameter clarifiers to center feed with a spiral rake;
an additional single channel 0.067 MG chlorine contact basin; modifications to chlorine
and sulfur dioxide feed and storage equipment; replacement of existing course bubble
post aeration system piping and blowers; conversion of existing Aeration Basin #2 to
sludge holding/digestion system with two (2) 6,500 scfrn multi-stage centrifugal blowers;
two (2) gravity belt thickeners rated at 400 gpm and two (2) 200 gpm progressive cavity
thickened sludge pumps; five (5) 1,700 gpm, RAS pumps with VFD; two (2) 550 gpm
progressive cavity WAS pumps; three (.3) 550 gpm progressive cavity sludge transfer
pumps; caustic feed system; odor control system consisting of carbon adsorption system,
ozone odor control system, and biofilter odor control system; a 2,00() kW WWTP on-site
generator; plant SCADA system; decommissioning of select portions of the existing plant
equipment; and associated site work, electrical work, and yard piping, in conformity with
the project plans, specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and
approved by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
I certify that the construction of the above referenced project was observed to be built within
substantial compliance and intent of the approved plans and specifications.
Signature Registration No.
Date
Send to: Construction Grants & Loans
DENR/DWQ
1.633 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1633

A17,A,
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Su°fins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
April 22, 2010
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
Post Office Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603
SUBJECT: Engineering Amendment Approval
City of Hickory
201 Facilities Plan Update
Northeast Wastewater Treatment
Addendum No. 2
Project No.: CS370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright:
The Construction Grants and Loans Section of the Division of Water Quality has
completed its review of the subject City of Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Addendum
No. 2 amendment. The amended project reduces the scope of the originally-approved project
while maintaining the 6-MGD capacity, and now includes the following modifications to the
approved project:
An influent pump Aation with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each)peak
flow; influent 3-ft Parshaf l flume; three (3) 250-Hp submersibles; VFD-operated pumps; vortex
grit removal system rated at 20 MGD; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3 MGD; one (1)
new 100-ft diameter clarifier; modification to the existing chlorine contact basin to include a new
chlorine feed point, and volume added for a total of 0.067 MG; replacement of existing piping
and blowers for the coarse bubble post-aeration; two (2) gravity belt thickeners rated at 400-gpm
feed with associated pumping; odor control system; and plant SCADA system.
1633 Mail Ser,,te Center,Hcs�Erh.North tro 2i899-1 . One
Location:2728 Capital BLvtci,Ras gh Nor rso na 27604
Phone [phone],FAX:913 r 10 6 slorN.0 Ser 1.877 E323-6748 Nt)rthCrar[7l Civil
Internet ww .ncw 0erquallnorrg ; aturaII jf
Equal Opporttonity Aoon E'mp;,-

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
April 22, 2010
Page Number 2
The subject City of Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Addendum No. 2 is hereby
approved.
If you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact Michael Leggett of our
staff at [phone].
Sincerely,
Daniel M. Blaisdell, P.E.,Chief
Construction Grants & Loans Section
mwl:dr
cc: Scott Snyder, RE, -AECOM
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
Kim Colson, RE.,Assistant Chief
Seth Roberson, RE,DMU Supervisor
Jennifer Haynie, FEU Supervisor
FEU/S RF

Yi�arrwr�
NC©ENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural,Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freethan
Governor Director Secretary
March 5, 2010. MAR 8 '10
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory r . :
Post Office Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT: Acknowledgement
City of Hickory, N.C.
201 FacilitiesPlan Update
Northeast Wastewater Treatment
Addendum 2
Project No.: CS370389-18
Dear Mayor. Wright:
I am writing to acknowledge receipt of the Northeast Wastewater Treatment Addendum
No 2 on February 26, 2009. The Facilities Evaluation Unit has initiated the project review, and
we will notify you and your engineer upon completion of our review.
If you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact me at (919)-715-6208.
Sincerely,
Michael Leggett, El
Facilities Evaluation Unit.
mwl:dr
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E, - AECOM
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
FEU/ SRF
1633 Mail Service Center,Rale'h,North Carolina 27099•1633
Lo(,ation 2728 Cep toe Blvd Raleigh,North Car©iov A 276604 T�Tl�llc y 1
Phone [phone]CN FAX 919 '15 6229 Ct�starner Service 9_a;' W 2'1 t`��'48 h101� C"at��)l t nd
Internet:www ncuraterc reality orb /Vattavil!

"4
,p 4.

Av a
ii,
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
February 03, 2010
Kevin Greer
City of Hickory
1441 9rn Avenue SF
Hickory, NC 28601
SUBJECT: Amendment
201 Facilities Plan Update for
City of Hickory, N.C.
Northeast Wastewater Treatment
Project No. CS370389-18
Dear Mr. Greer:
The Construction Grants and Loans Section has completed its technical and environmental
review of the subject Engineering Amendment. A copy of the comments resulting from this review
is attached for your reference. These comments are also being sent directly to your consulting
engineer, AECOM, by copy of this letter. A revised Engineering Amendment that incorporates
responses to these comments should be submitted for our review and approval as soon as possible.
Providing thorough and complete responses to these review comments in a timely manner is
necessary to avoid delay of the project approval.
IT you have any questions concerning technical review issues, please contact Michael Leggett at
[phone]. You may also contact me at [phone].
Sincerely,
e"
.Jennifer M. Haynie, Supervisor.
Facilities Evaluation Unit
mwI:dr
Attachment
cc: AECOM— Scott Snyder, P.E.
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
FEU/SRF
1633 Mail Service C error,Raleigh North Cambria< 69rl 163 3
LoCationi 2728 Capital Blvd. rnvvti3h North C r oh:r 27604 011t
Phone:[phone] VAX:9197,15 6229 r Customer Se.vu e '1-677-823-6748 NorthCaro11 na
Internet www ncwatert4wa9ty org Naturally

Technical Review Comments
Addendum 2
201 Facilities Plan Update
for City of Hickory, N.C.
Northeast Wastewater Treatment
February 03,2010
Note: Please provide a response to all comments on a "comment for comment" basis. Where
appropriate, add or revise narrative in the text of the Engineering Amendment that addresses
the issues discussed in the comments. In addition,the comments and responses may be
included as a part of the Amendment(e.g. in an Appendix). A copy of the guidelines for the
preparation of engineering amendments can be found at:
http: wwjjccg ..net/1:1'41gi -teet:ingld b20 I engam.htm
I) Summary,Conclusion, Recommendation - Provide an expanded discussion within this
section providing more details related to the engineering report approval, design originally
proposed, reasons for the amendment, and changes requested to the engineering report. The
submitted amendment does not provide sufficient background and details for the proposed
project and changes.
II) Project Description
I) Provide within the appendix figures highlighting the original design for the system. This
should be used in conjunction with the revised figures to visually indicate the changes being
proposed.
2) Provide a discussion in regards to the original phasing of the project. Does the amendment
propose any changes in regards to the construction phasing for the Northeast WWTP? The
approved ER indicated that the expansion would result in construction being divided into
four phases in order to maintain 6.0 MOD of treatment. Provide a similar phasing
breakdown for the engineering amendment incorporating the changes, if any.
3) Per Construction Grants& Loans guidelines, an updated detailed cost estimate should be
provided in the amendment. Highlight the potential cost savings associated with the design
changes.
4) For each design change to the permitted facility, include a discussion that explains in detail
the changes being considered. Provide more detail that explains that the changes will meet
the constraints set forth in the approved engineering report (flow capacities, speculative
limits, reliability, etc). Confirm the ability of the other units to handle the changes proposed.
III) User Fee Analysis - Provide an expanded user fee analysis for the amendment. Provide all
relevant information contained within the existing approved engineering report and provide
verification that the changes with the project will not change the user fees presented within
the approved ER. It is understood that the modifications are required to reduce the cost of the
project, however the amendment should function as a stand-alone document with all relevant
information and data.
Page I of

r
• DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY
January 12, 2010
Memo To: Steve Tsadwa, EI, Project Review Engineer
Design Management Unit
Construction Grants and Loans
From: Rob Krebs
Prepared By: MichaelParkerJ
Subject: City of Hickory
Authorization to Construct Modification
Northeast WWTP Improvements
ATC No. 020401A01
Catawba County
Per your request,this Office has reviewed the subject ATC modification request and
supporting documents submitted by the City of Hickory(the City)to allow for a change in
WWTP improvements planned for the subject facility. The reason for the modification is due to
the bids for this project coming in above the City's proposed budget. Our comments and/or
recommendations concerning this report are as follows.
•
In 2008, the City submitted a ATC request which incorporated a number of WWTP
improvements that not only allowed for improved peak inflow control,but provided for nutrient
removal_in anticipation of future nutrient limitations due to nutrient enrichment of the receiving
waters. On February 5,2009, an ATC was issued that authorized a number of WWTP upgrades,
however,bids submitted for this work came in well above the City's budget for this project. The
City then went back to their engineers and looked at areas where they could reduce the scope of
the overall project,but maintain the integrity of the needed process upgrades. This redesign
included using a number of existing structures rather than constructing new facilities and
downsizing (and even eliminating) some proposed structures.
Based on our review of the proposed ATC modifications, it would appear that the City
• can still accomplish their goal of being able to provide future inflow control as well as supplying
the treatment processes necessary should nutrient removal be implemented in future discharge
permits. Therefore,pending a final technical review and approval by CG&L, it is recommended,
that the modification to the subject ATC be approved.
Haatclatc 101northeast

AVA,
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
November 20, 2009
MEMORANDUM
TO: Rob Krebs, Regional Water Quality Supervisor
Mooresville Regional Office, Division of Water Quality
FROM: • `teve Tsadwa, EL, Project Review Engineer
Design Management Unit
SUBJECT: Request for an Authorization to Construct
City of Hickory, Hickory— Northeast WWTP
NPDES Permit No. NC0020401
Plans, specifications and supporting documents have been received for the subject
project. It is requested that comments and recommendations, including the items listed below, be
received by December 21., 2009 from the Regional Office Staff:
CAMA
Compliance With NC Well Construction Standards
Groundwater Comments
_X Recommendations for inclusion in the Authorization to Construct
Recommendations for inclusion in the Non Discharge Permit
Schedule for Issuance of the NPDES Permit
SOC, or Other Schedules Which Must be Met
Standby Power Needs
Status of St.ormwater Permit
Plan documents are submitted as follows for your reference, review, and comments on the above items:
_X Plans and Specifications
Subsurface/Soils Report
Power Outage Information
Other
If you have any questions, please contact me at [phone].
Attachment
swc
cc: Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
Steve Coffey, P.E.
ATC File 020401A112
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633
Location:2728 Capital B .Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 One
Phone:919-733•6900\FAX:[phone] Customer Service:1-8 7-623-6746 No 'Carolina
Internet:www.ncwaterquuality,org aurally
y
An Equal€pportunity 1 Affirmative Action Employer �¶ s

1-1 . ,
North Carolina Division of Water Quality
I ' Construction Grants & Loans Section
Authorization to ConstructIATC)9,M)
! ,-
Application ZUUy
a81i
4 �crl
For gECTIM
City of Hickory, N.C.
NORTHEAST
WASTEWATER TREATMENT
HICKORY, NC
NOVEMBER 2009
AECOM Commission No. 60102850
AECOM
AECOM USA,INC.
10 PATEWOOD DRIVE,BUILDING VI,
SUITE 500
GREENVILLE,SC 29615
NC LICENSE: F-0652
I
I

lIr .ram ♦ LG' - •
1 '
AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT (ATC) APPLICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TAB 1 - LETTER OF REQUEST FOR ATC
- AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT (ATC) APPLICATION FORM
- PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST
- ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION
TAB 2 - PROJECT DESCRIPTION
- CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE PLAN
- CLOSURE PLAN
- RESIDUALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
TAB 3 - SPECULATIVE LIMITS
- COPY OF NPDES PERMIT
TAB 4 - NCWRC LETTER(NO OBJECTION TO.ISSUE FNSI)
- APPROVAL OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
- AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT
- SOIL AND EROSION CONTROL APPROVAL LETTER
- NCDOT DRIVEWAY PERMIT APPROVAL
•
- NCDOT RIGHT-OF-WAY ENCROACHMENT APPROVAL
TAB 5 - HYDRAULIC PROFILE AND FLOW SCHEMATIC
•
Page 1 of 1

H icoRy City of Hickory
Post Office Box 398
Hickory, NC 28603
A,34Z Uk4,44 ,
L Phone: [phone]
% mlia
Fax: [phone]
Email: mberrya.ci.hickory,nc.us
Office of the City Manager
November 9, 2009
NC Division of Water Quality
Construction Grants & Loans Section
1633 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, N.C. 27699-1633
Attention: Daniel M. Blaisdell, RE.
Re: City of Hickory
Northeast Wastewater Treatment
Plant Improvements
HSMM Commission 60492
Dear Mr. Blaisdell:
On May 14, 2008 the City of Hickory received notification from Scott Smart with the
Division of Water Quality, that the 201 Facilities plan for the "Northeast Wastewater
Treatment Plant Improvements" project had been approved.
The City of Hickory originally submitted this project for approval on June 19, 2008 and
received an Authorization to Construct permit number 020401A01. The City received
bids on this project and the Lowest Responsible Bid received was in excess of the City's
proposed budget. The City of Hickory and our engineers have been working to modify
the plans for the Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements and this package
is a modification to the existing package that was granted permit number 020401A01.
The City of Hickory requests that the department provide authorization to construct the
revised proposed facility upgrades. The "authorization to construct" application, plans,
specifications, calculations, and other required supporting documentation are enclosed
with this submittal for review. Please advise if any additional information is required.
Sincerely,
The City of Hickory
Mr. Mick W. Berry
City of Hickory City Manager
Enclosures: As noted
PC: Mr. Charles Hansen, PE, Public Services Director
Mr. Kevin Greer, PE, Assistant Public Services Director
Mr. Keith Rhyne, ORC, NEWWTP

0lo4CcIAD2_,
North Carolina Division Of Water Quality
Construction Grants & Loans Section
Authorization To Construct (ATC) Application Form
(To Be Used On and After August I, 2007)
Date: 11/09/2009
Permittee/Owner Name: City of Hickory Professional Engineer of Record: Scott E. Snyder
Contact Person: Mick Berry Engineering Firm: AECOM USA, Inc.
Address: 76 N. Center Street Address: 10 Patewood Drive, Building VI, Suite 500
Hickory, NC 28601 Greenville, SC 29615
Telephone Number: [phone] Telephone Number: [phone]
Please Note: The following items and information must be Information Is
submitted to be considered a complete application Provided Remarks/Explanation
package. If any applicable item is missing the package will
be returned as incomplete.
1 Letter of request for ATC from Permittee/Owner or
authorized agent with written authorization.
2 Brief description of the proposed project.
3 Complete copy of the NPDES permit or public notice of ® Included as part of ATC 020401 A01
a draft NPDES permit.
4 Design capacity in Million Gallons per Day(MGD). ® 6 MGD
If new or expanding design capacity is greater than or
5 equal to 0.5 MGD, include a copy of Finding Of No
Significant Impact(FNSI).
Two sets of plans: signed, sealed, and dated by a NC Two sets included wl Revision "A" as
6 Professional Engineer and stamped "Final Drawing - ® noted on plans.
Not Released For Construction".
Two sets of technical specifications:signed, sealed, ® Two sets included
and dated by a NC Professional Engineer.
Two sets each of process, design, buoyancy, and
8 hydraulic profile calculations: signed, sealed, and dated ® See Separate Calculation Package
by a NC Professional Engineer.
9 Hydraulic profile and a flow schematic with sizes of El See Tab 5
major components on 8'/4" X 11" paper.
Documentation that a Soil &Erosion Control permit
10 application has been submitted to the Division of Land ® See Tab 4
Resources.
Residuals Management Plan for all new or expanding
11 facilities producing residuals, or when modifying ® See Tab 2
residual facilities.
12 Construction Sequence Plan for all modifications. ® See Tab 2
110 volt GFC1 receptacle and potable water source El See electrical and utility plans
13 included on plans.

Please Note: The following items and information must be Information Is
submitted to be considered a complete application Provided Remarks/Explanation
package. If any applicable item is missing the package will
be returned as incomplete.
14 Hydrogeologic information must be provided if a ❑ N/A
potential for groundwater contravention exists.
For abandonment of WWTPs: a statement that the Closure plan included for structures
15 facility will be properly disconnected. being taken out of service.
16 All property lines, construction easements, permanent ® Shown on plans
easements, and ROW shown.
17 All wells within 200 feet of project shown. ❑ N/A
All houses and places of public assembly within 100 N/A
18 feet shown.
Wetlands, watercourses, and drainage features within
19 50 feet of all wastewater treatment or storage facilities ® Shown on plans
shown.
20 Identify on the plans each water body's watershed ® Shown on plans, Sheet V101
classification.
21 Plan sheets for all applicable disciplines. ® See plans
22 Reliability per NCAC 2T .0505 (I). ® See hydraulic profiles in plans
23 Identify 100 year flood elevation on plans. ® Shown on plans, Sheet V101
24 North arrow on each plan sheet. ® Shown on plans
25 Horizontal and vertical control. ® Shown on plans
26 Subsurface investigation for new structures. ® Included as part of Specifications
Municipal/Public Facilities, also include the following:
Engineer's Certification signed, sealed, and dated by
27 the Engineer Of Record stating that the project ® See Tab 1
complies with G.S. 133-3.
28 Minority Business Forms for Local Government ® See specifications
Projects.
29 Minority Business Guide. ® See specifications
30 Dispute Resolution with mediation for Local ® See specifications
Governments.
31 Contract Duration included. ® See specifications
Projects funded through CG&L must include the
32 Submittal Checklist, found under Plans & ® See Tab 1
Specificiations at:
htto://www.ncccl.net/Enoineerinc/plans.html
1
1

NORTH CAROLINA DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY
CONSTRUCTION GRANTS & LOANS SECTION
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST FOR PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF PROJECTS
FUNDED THROUGH CG&L
March 2008
• Complete all applicable sections.
• The completed checklist must be included for a submittal to be considered complete.
• For any project that requires review under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA)
a permit cannot be issued, nor can plans and specifications be approved for funded
projects, prior to the completion of a State Clearinghouse advertisement period for a
FNSI, EIS, etc. However,we are willing to receive documents that are otherwise
complete and initiate review of the plans and specifications after the FNSI,EIS, etc. has
been submitted to the Clearinghouse.
• Any submittals that are incomplete will be returned.
Contact Information
Date: 11/13/2009
Owner: City of Hickory Address: 76 N. Center Street
Contact Person: Mr. Mick Berry Hickory,NC 28601
Telephone Number: 828-323-7400
Engineer of Record: Scott E. Snyder
Engineering Firm: AECOM USA, Inc. Address: 10 Patewood Dr.B1dg VI,
Telephone Number: 864-234-3000 Suite 500, Greenville, SC 29615
Background Information
Provide a brief description of the existing and proposed systems:
See project description in attached documentation
Provide the existing and speculative/anticipated NPDES permit limits, if applicable:
See NPDES permit# NC0020401 for existing permit limits and the attached letter
(Goodrich to Hunt, 9/1/04) for speculative limits.
Other pertinent/supporting information to expedite review and approval:
Modification to existing permitted project (ATC # 020401A01).

2
A. Applications/Fees .
Permits and Forms Fees Application Provided (®)
Authorization to Construct
ATC Application August 2007 No Fee El
Pump Stations,Force Mains, Gravity Sewers, Pressure Sewers
PSFGSA 03/08 $480
PSSA 03/08 $480 0
,, WSCAS 12/07 0
r Irrigation Systems Application Modification
Major Permit $1,310 $395
I Minor Permit $810 $245
' WWIS 12-06 0
HRIS 12-06
Reclaimed Water Systems
Major Permit $1,310 $395
Minor Permit $810 $245 _
RWCS 12-06 0
RWDS 12-06
RWNCS 12-06 0
B. Plan Submittal
Provide information as applicable. (®) Notes
Two sets of plans: signed, sealed, and dated by a NC El
Professional Engineer and stamped "Final Drawing
-Not Released For Construction". _
All property lines, construction easements, El
permanent easements, and ROW shown.
All wells within 125 feet shown.
For earthen-lined treatment units, or irrigation, or 0 N/A
disposal sites all wells within 500 feet.
For WWTP all houses and places of public assembly El
' within I00 feet shown.
For lagoons and irrigation projects all houses and D N/A
places of public assembly within 400 feet shown.
For sewer/pipeline and WWTP all wetlands,
watercourses, and drainage features within 50 feet
shown.
For irrigation projects all wetlands, watercourses, 0 N/A
and drainage features within 500 feet shown.
Petroleum contamination addressed N/A
Sewer extensions in area designated on State 0 N/A .
Registry of Natural Heritage Areas.
Sewer extensions in area dedicated as an NC Nature 0 N/A
Preserve.

3
C. Specifications (Contract Documents) Submittal
Provide information as applicable. ' (a) Notes
Two sets of technical specifications: signed, sealed, IN
and dated by a NC Professional Engineer.
_ Advertisement for Bids
1 El
' Information for Bidders
Bid Form ® Plant work lump sum
(gravity sewer broken out by unit price for various
depths, if applicable)
Bid Bond El
-- Agreement El -
' El
Payment Bond
Performance Bond El
Notice of Award with Owner and Contractor El
signature lines,not Engineer. _
_ Notice to Proceed with Owner and Contractor
1 i signature lines, not Engineer. _
t_ r Change Order Form
General Conditions El
Special Conditions El
Technical Specifications El
SRF Special Conditions, if applicable El
STAG Special General Conditions, if applicable 0
Minority Business Forms for Local Government 181
Projects
Minority Business Guide
Dispute Resolution with mediation for Local El
Governments
Contract Duration
Construction Sequence
Subsurface Investigation, if applicable
NCDOT Encroachment Agreement ® Submitted 11/13/09
Railroad Encroachment 0 N/A
Petroleum contamination addressed 0 N/A
Scope of work matches approved Engineering Report ® Addendum under review

4
II
D. Supplemental Documentation
Provide information as applicable. (®) Status if not included
STAG checklist,if applicable N/A
Executed Interagency Agreements, if applicable N/A
Updated Cost Estimate ® Included in 201
Engineer's Certification signed, sealed, and dated by
the Engineer Of Record stating that the project
complies with G.S. .133-3.
Reports,if applicable
Agronomist Report 0 N/A
g �
Soils Report
Hydro geologic Report 0 N/A
Water Balance 0 N/A
Other related permits, if applicable
401 Water Quality Certification 0 N/A
404 Permit N/A
CAMA Permit
CAMA Consistency Determination 0 N/A
Dam Safety Permit D N/A
DOT Encroachment Agreement 0
Railroad Encroachment 0 N/A
Section 10 Permit 0 N/A
Sedimentation and Erosion Control Permit ® Submitted modification 11/13/09
E. Design Calculations
Provide information as applicable. (®) Status if not included
Two sets each of process, design, buoyancy, and
hydraulic profile calculations: signed, sealed, and
dated by a NC Professional Engineer.
Designed in accordance with NCAC 15A 2T Rules. El
Downstream sewer receiving capacity.
Net positive suction head, if applicable. El
System head calculations curve plotted on pump
curve.
Impeller size specified.
Water hammer analysis if force main is greater than 0 N/A
2500 feet.
Pump run time.
Pump cycle time. El
Pump station handles peak flow with largest pump El
out of service.
Hydraulic profile at average daily flow.
Hydraulic profile at peak hourly flow with largest
train out of service.

5
Design calculations for all unit processes. _
Influent flow equalization. ❑ N/A
Influent pumping. El
1 El
_Bar screens.
_Grit removal. El
Flow monitoring.
Primary clarification. ❑ N/A
Aeration basins, including anoxic and anaerobic El
zones.
Blowers. El
Secondary clarifiers. El
Return activated sludge pumping.
Waste activated sludge pumping.
Internal recycle pumping.
Effluent filters. 0 N/A _
Disinfection.
Dechlorination. El _
Sludge digestion.
Residuals holding. El
Residuals dewatering. El
Buoyancy calculations for all below grade structures. DK
Standby power sizing calculations. El
_ If the answer to any of the following questions is "Yes" a Residuals Management Plan must
be included with the plans and specifications:
1. Is a new treatment facility proposed? Yes ❑ No®
2. Is an increase in treatment capacity proposed? Yes ❑ No®
3. Is a modification to a treatment facility being proposed that
would increase the residuals yield? Yes El No❑
4. Is a modification to the residuals train being proposed? Yes ® No❑
\\�\�k�'c a R o�i'
`mo(-7-1-_, - c.X,, 'o•.•0 2.y
Signature
r •
Date 111 r 31 c�`} Registration No. 03 :�� �d Sf %its' %. GINE��' ��
11b31a7

ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION
For
- Compliance with North Carolina General Statute 133-3
I, Scott E. Snyder , as a duly registered Professional Engineer
(please print)
in the State of North Carolina, am familiar with NCGS 133-3, and have reviewed the plans and
specifications associated with the subject project:
Permit Number: NPDES Permit No.NC0020401
Project Name: Hickory Northeast WWTP Upgrade
Location: City of Hickory,North Carolina
I hereby certify that all plans and specifications associated with this project are in compliance
with NCGS 133-3.
Send to: Construction Grants & Loans
DENR/DWQ
1633 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,NC 27699-1633
~ SEA: Imo,—:
. .032288.t.. • = i
• •
Signature �-�� \ �'�,`�NGlNE�4' �
Date NC/0 `t Registration No. tea- D 3 Z 2 5-43' 1»t 11 l 111s
In accordance with NCGS 133-4,any person,firm,or corporation violating the provisions of NCGS 133-3
shall be guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor and upon conviction, license to practice his profession in this State
shall be withdrawn for a period of one year and he shall only be subject to a fine of not more than five hundred
dollars ($500.00).

North Carolina General Statute 133-3
§ 133-3. Specifications to carry competitive items; substitution of materials.
All architects, engineers, designers, or draftsmen, when providing design services, or writing
specifications, directly or indirectly, for materials to be used in any city, county or State work,
shall specify in their plans the required performance and design characteristics of such materials.
However, when it is impossible or impractical to specify the required performance and design
characteristics for such materials, then the architect, engineer, designer or draftsman may use a
brand name specification so long as they cite three or more examples of items of equal design or
equivalent design, which would establish an acceptable range for items of equal or equivalent
design. The specifications shall state clearly that the cited examples are used only to denote the
quality standard of product desired and that they do not restrict bidders to a specific brand, make,
manufacturer or specific name; that they are used only to set forth and convey to bidders the
general style, type, character and quality of product desired; and that equivalent products will be
acceptable. Where it is impossible to specify performance and design characteristics for such
materials and impossible to cite three or more items due to the fact that there are not that many
items of similar or equivalent design in competition, then as many items as are available shall be
cited. On all city, county or State works, the maximum interchangeability and compatibility of
cited items shall be required. The brand of product used on a city, county or State work shall not
limit competitive bidding on future works. Specifications may list one or more preferred brands
as an alternate to the base bid in limited circumstances. Specifications containing a preferred
brand alternate under this section must identify the performance standards that support the
preference. Performance standards for the preference must be approved in advance by the owner
in an open meeting. Any alternate approved by the owner shall be approved only where (i) the
preferred alternate will provide cost savings, maintain or improve the functioning of any process
or system affected by the preferred item or items, or both, and (ii) a justification identifying these
criteria is made available in writing to the public. Substitution of materials, items, or equipment
of equal or equivalent design shall be submitted to the architect or engineer for approval or
disapproval; such approval or disapproval shall be made by the architect or engineer prior to the
opening of bids. The purpose of this statute is to mandate and encourage free and open
competition on public contracts. (1933, c. 66, s. 3; 1951, c. 1104, s. 5; 1993, c. 334, s_ 7.1;
2002-107, s. 5; 2002-159, s. 64(c).)

NORTHEAST WASTEWATER TREATMENT
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Existing Conditions:
The City of Hickory's Northeast WWTP was upgraded and expanded in 1988 to a capacity of 6 MGD.
The plant currently receives an average daily flow of 3.97 MGD, and a calculated peak flow of 15.0
MGD following significant rainfall. The peak flow is based on a peaking factor of 2.5 and the addition
of infiltration/inflow.
Wastewater enters the plant via two (2) gravity sewer lines and an influent pump station. The IPS
handles approximately forty percent of the influent wastewater. Wastewater entering the IPS passes
through a mechanical bar screen before being pumped to the plant.
Wastewater influent to the plant passes through a mechanical bar screen prior to being routed to one
of two (2) grit chambers. Grit chamber effluent is split into two separate and parallel treatment trains.
The oldest treatment train consists of original plant components with some upgrades and
modifications made in 1988. The newest treatment train was constructed in 1988, and is designed to
handle 42% of the plant flow.
Following grit removal, initial treatment is carried out utilizing conventional activated sludge
techniques. Primary clarification is accomplished via rectangular clarifiers in the oldest treatment
train, and a circular clarifier in the newer train. Wastewater is then treated in one of two aeration
basins, where aeration is accomplished using coarse bubble diffusers. Aeration basin effluent is
directed to a splitter box before being sent to one of two (2) circular secondary clarifiers, both of which
were installed in 1988.
Wastewater is dosed with chlorine following secondary clarification in a rectangular chlorine contact
chamber. Effluent from the contact chamber is subsequently dechlorinated using sulfur dioxide prior
to post aeration. The final step in liquid treatment prior to discharge is post aeration, where the liquid
is aerated using coarse bubble diffusers.
Primary and secondary thickened waste activated sludge is dewatered on two gravity belt thickeners
prior to hauling via tanker trucks to the Regional Compost Facility located in Newton, NC.
As stated by NCDENR personnel in a letter dated September 1, 2004, Lake Hickory is showing signs
of nutrient enrichment. While this nutrient enrichment is likely attributed to non-point source
discharges, it is possible the State may regulate point source discharges as a way to lower the overall
impact. The plant as currently configured is incapable of achieving nutrient removal.
Proposed Design:
It has been projected that wastewater treatment capacity requirements over the next twenty years will
approach 6 million gallons per day (MGD). In order to ensure the ability to handle inflow entering the
plant and prevent solids washout, treatment process upgrades are necessary. The process upgrades
Page 1 of 7

will also ensure regular compliance with State discharge limitations. These upgrades are considered
essential due to the inadequacy of the processes to handle peak flows seen during large rain events
and the extended length of time current equipment has been operating.
The most cost effective manner to provide inflow control and plant upgrades, as determined in the
201 plan, is through sweeping process changes. The major process changes proposed are:
1. Replacement of the existing influent pump station with a new influent pump station that will
receive all of the flow to the treatment plant and will control flow through the plant with
variable speed pumps.
2. Replacement of the existing aeration basins with an extended biological aeration process.
3. Addition of clarifier capacity and renovation of existing clarifiers to prevent potential effluent
problems.
4. Renovation of the sludge handling process to include more storage and the replacement of
existing dewatering equipment.
5. Upgrades to the existing chlorination/dechlorination chemical storage area and feed
equipment.
6. Enlargement of plant processes to provide increased hydraulic capacity.
Based on the approved 201, the City contracted with AECOM (formerly known as HSMM) to design
and permit upgrades to its existing treatment plant. The proposed project was given an Authorization
to Construct No. 020401A01 on February 5, 2009. As part of this permitted project, the NE WWTP
upgrades would include:
Influent pump station with dual mechanical bars screens rated at 15 MGD(each) peak
flow, influent magnetic flow meter, two (2) 6,920-gpm, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513-gpm,
125 Hp pumps; influent pump station 750-kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal
system rated at 20 MGD with grit classifier;flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each
rated at 3 MGD, with each ditch consisting of 0.25-MG anaerobic basin with two (2)4.8
Hp submersible mixers, 0.29-MG anoxic basin with one (1) 7.7 Hp submersible mixer,
2.22-MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and one (1)
18.2 Hp submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; two (2) 100-ft diameter clarifiers with
16-ft sidewall depth; a dual channel 0.132-MG (each) chlorine contact basin, with on-site
sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed dechlorination system; a
cascade post-aerator;four(4) RAS 2,100-gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps; four(4) aerobic
digesters (AD), AD1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4 sized at
0.228-MG (each), and four(4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester
blower; two (2) in line sludge grinders;two (2) 400-gpm progressive cavity sludge fed
pumps; two (2)400-gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners; two (2) progressive cavity
discharge sludge pumps; odor control system; two (2)WWTP 1,500-kW on-site
generators; plant SCADA system; demolition of the existing plant; and associated site
work.
Page 2 of 7

This project was bid on April 20, 2009 and the low bid was higher than the approved project
funding. In order to meet the approved project budget, modifications to this approved project are
needed to reduce scope while maintaining the needed process upgrades.
Changes to the permitted design include the following:
i. Influent pump station with dual mechanical bars screens rated at 15 MGD(each)
peak flow, influent magnetic flow meter, two (2) 6,920-gpm, 200 Hp pumps, two
(2) 3,513-gpm, 125 Hp pumps;influent pump station 750-kW on-site generator
Influent pump station maintains dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD
(each). Influent flow will now be measured using a 3-ft parshall flume in
combination with an ultrasonic level sensor. Flow will be pumped through a 24-
inch DIP force main approximately 1,080-ft long by three (2 operating, 1 standby)
250-Hp submersible, VFD-operated pumps. IPS will also have a 650-KW on-site
generator.
ii. vortex grit removal system rated at 20 MGD with grit classifier;flow splitter;
No change to this unit.
iii. two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3 MGD, with each ditch consisting of 0.25-
MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp submersible mixers, 0.29-MG anoxic
basin with one (1) 7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22-MG oxidation ditch with two
(2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp submersible mixer;
clarifier flow splitter
No changes to oxidation ditches.
iv. two (2) 100-ft diameter clarifiers with 16-ft sidewall depth;
One new 100-ft diameter clarifier with 16-ft sidewall depth will be constructed;
two (2) existing 90-ft diameter clarifiers with 12-ft sidewall depth will be renovated
to center feed with spiral rake,
v. a dual channel 0.132-MG (each) chlorine contact basin, with on-site sodium
hypochlorite generation system;a bisulfate feed dechlorination system
The existing chlorine contact basin will have a new chlorine feed point and
volume added to meet contact time requirements. New basin is 0.067-MG.
Chlorine gas and SO2 will be maintained for disinfection processes with minor
modifications to storage and feed equipment.
vi. a cascade post-aerator
Coarse bubble post-aeration of the current system will be maintained with
replacement of existing piping and blowers.
vii. four(4) RAS 2,100-gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps
RAS pumping will be by five (four operating, one spare) 1,700-gpm (each), 50-Hp
pumps operating on VFD's.
viii. four(4) aerobic digesters (AD), AD1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and
AD3 and AD4 sized at 0.228-MG (each),
New aerobic digesters will not be constructed. Instead, aeration basin#2 will be
converted to sludge holding/digestion after the two new oxidation ditches are
operational. This provides approximately 0.85-MG of storage for sludge.
Page3 of7

ix. and four(4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester blower;
Two (2)250-Hp multi-stage centrifugal blowers
x. two (2) in line sludge grinders; two (2) 400-gpm progressive cavity sludge feed
pumps; two (2) 400-gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners;two (2)progressive
cavity discharge sludge pumps;
Dewatering will be performed using two (2) gravity belt thickeners rated at 400-
gpm feed rate. Two (2)40-Hp progressive cavity sludge wasting pumps; three
(3)40-Hp progressive cavity sludge transfer pumps; and two (2)20-Hp
progressive cavity discharge sludge pumps.
xi. odor control system;
Odor control will be provided at the influent pump station, the headworks, the
RAS wetwell, the thickened sludge holding tank and the dewatering building.
! xii. two (2) WWTP 1,500-kW on-site generators;plant SCADA system;demolition of
the existing plant;and associated site work.
One 2,000-kW on-site generator will be provided for the main WWTP site. In
addition, plant SCADA system; associated site work; and decommissioning of
select portions of the existing plant equipment per the proposed closure plan will
be part of the project.
PROPOSED DESIGN
As stated by NCDENR personnel in a letter dated September 1, 2004, Lake Hickory is showing signs
of nutrient enrichment. While this nutrient enrichment is likely attributed to non-point source
discharges, it is possible the State may regulate point source dischargers as a way to lower the
overall impact. As a result of the information contained in this letter, the proposed preliminary design
for Hickory's Northeast WWTP upgrades has been based on possible recommendations by NCDENR
for point source dischargers.
Based on the anticipated limits, current plant configuration, and the need to efficiently handle inflow at
the plant the following design criteria were used for preliminary design calculations. A site plan for
the proposed layout is presented in Figure 5 in Section 9, and the proposed flow diagram is
presented in Figure 6.
1. Flow
Average Daily Flow 6.0 MGD
Peak Hourly Flow : 15.0 MGD
2. influent Parameters
BOD 265 mg/I
TSS : 320 mg/1
TKN 35 mg/I
Page 4 of 7

3. Effluent Parameters
BOD : 30 mg/I
TSS 30 mg/I
NH3-N (Future) : 1.0 mg/I
4. Influent Pumping Station with DIP Force Main
24" Force Main
a) Number of Pumps : 3 Installed
b) Capacity of 1 Pump 6,400 gpm @ 96'TDH
c) Capacity of 2 Pumps 11,700 gpm @ 105'TDH
d) Motor : 250 HP
3 1 e) Speed : Variable (1200 rpm max)
5. Mechanical Bar Screen (@.WWTP
a) Type : Climber
b) Number : 2
c) Capacity/Unit : 15 MGD
d) Screen Openings 3/8-Inch
e) Screen Width : 5/16-Inch
6. Grit Chamber
a) Type : Vortex
b) Number 1
c) Capacity of Each Unit 20 MGD
7. Aeration
a) Type : Oxidation Ditch
b) Number 2
c) Basin Volume : 2 @ 2.76 MGD = 5.52 MGD
d) SRT : 14 Days
e) MLSS : 4,000 mg/I
0Waste Activated Sludge 10,591 Lbs.TSS/Day
g) Aerators/Basin
• Type Low Speed, Dual impeller
• Nameplate HP 2 @ 200 = 400
• Number : 2
• Motor Speed : Variable
8. Final Clarifiers
a) Number : 3
b) Diameter : 2 @90' and 1 @100'
c) Side Water Depth 2@12' and 1@16'
d) Overflow Rate .
Flow split will be designed to have each of the two 90' clarifiers receiving
approximately 75% of the flow designated to the 100' clarifier_
100' -Average Flow- 306 gpd/SF
100' - Peak Flow-764 gpd/SF
90' -Average Flow-283 gpd/SF
90'- Peak Flow-708 gpolSF
Page 5 of 7

e) Solids Loading Rate : 100'-Average Flow—17.3 Lbs./Day1SF
100'- Peak Flow—33.4 Lbs./Day/SF
90' -Average Flow— 16.1 Lbs./Day/SF
, 90' - Peak Flow—31.9 Lbs./Day/SF
f) Mechanism Spiral Blade
g) Concentration of Underflow : 1%
9. Sludge Return Pumps
' a) Number : 5—2 per OD and one spare
b) Type Centrifugal
c) Capacity/Unit Two pumps—2700 gpm @ 75.2'TDH
d) Motor : 50-Hp
e) Speed Variable (1200 max)
WAS Pumps
i a) Number : Two (2)
b) Type : Progressive Cavity
c) Capacity/Unit : 550 gpm @ 30.5' TDH
I d) •Motor : 40-Hp
e) Speed : Variable(1200 max)
10. Chlorination
a) Chemical Chlorine Gas
b) Number of Units 1 active, 1 standby
c) Size for : 500 ppd Chlorine Equivalent
d) Storage Provided Four(4)—Ton Cylinders
11. Dechlorination
a) Chemical : SO2
b) Number of Units : 1 active, 1 standby
c) Size for 250 ppd
d) Storage Provided Four(4)—Ton Cylinders
12. Sludge Storage
Waste Activated Sludge
a) Number of Tanks : 4
b) Volume : 4 © 0.21 MG
c) Aeration Coarse Bubble
Transfer Pumps
a) Number : Three (3)
b) Type Progressive Cavity
c) Capacity/Unit : 550 gpm @ 30.5' TDH
d) Motor : 40-Hp
e) Speed : Variable (1200 max)
Page 6 of 7

13. Sludge Thickening
a) Type Gravity Belt Thickener
b) Number of Units 2
c) Size : 2-meter Belts rated @ 400 gpm
d) Solids Concentration : 5%
e) Polymer Feed 4-10 LbsiTon Dry Solids
f) Sludge Transfer Pumps
• Number : 2
• Capacity/Pump 200 gpm
• Type Progressing Cavity
• Speed : Variable
14. Post Aeration
a) Type : Coarse Bubble Diffuser
b) Design Effluent •DO : 6.0 mg/L
Justification
Modifications have been made to reduce the scope/cost of the original project to stay within the funding
limits of the City of Hickory without sacrificing the treatment capacity or performance required by current
known regulatory requirements. Cost savings are realized through the re-use of existing structures and
reduction in scope. Replacement of pumps within the existing RAS pump station has been detailed
rather than the construction of a new pump station as an example of re-use of existing structures and
maintaining chlorine gas disinfection rather than switching to on-site generation of sodium hypochlorite
has been detailed as a reduction in scope.
Page 7 of 7

Construction Sequence
1. Construct temporary bypass for influent to AT#2 around primary clarifier#2.
2. Decommission primary clarifier#2 and associated piping.
3. Clean and demolish (remove entirely) existing primary clarifier#2 and digesters
a. Provide temporary bypass of any lines currently in use if needed
4. Construct:
a. New entrance road
b. New Influent Pump station,force main and influent gravity lines
c. New headworks structures(Splitter#1, Grit removal system,splitter#2)
d. New Oxidation Ditches#1 and#2,Splitter#3
e. New Clarifier#3
f. New Electrical Building
5. Renovate existing RAS sludge pump station and connect to new oxidation ditches
a. Note—Temporary bypass RAS pumping will be required
6. Start up new influent pump station, grit chamber, OD's, clarifier#3 and associated piping and
appurtenances.
7. Renovate Existing Clarifier#1.
8. Start Up clarifier#1.
9. Renovate Existing Clarifier#2.
10. Start up clarifier#2.
11. Renovate AT#2 for Sludge Holding
12. Renovate Existing Belt Press Building
13. Decommission:
a. Influent PS
b. Headworks
c. Primary clarifier#1
d. AT#1

Residuals Management Plan
Waste activated sludge will be handled using a combination of existing aeration basin#2 for sludge
holding and stabilization and dewatering process equipment. Aeration basin#2 is divided into four
sections and provides approximately 850,000 gallons of storage capacity. This capacity can be used for
either unthickened or thickened sludge.
Sludge generation from the facility is estimated at 10,591 lbs TSS/day(see Section 4.0 of calcs).
At average flow, design RAS, the clarifier RAS is expected to be around 9.7 gIL. If sludge is wasted from
the RAS line, then at this concentration, there is approximately 130,918 gallons of WAS.
Currently this WAS is thickened using gravity belt thickeners (100% redundant system) to approximately
4%-6% and sent to a composting facility for processing. At 5%, aeration basin #2 provides more than 30
days of storage for sludge for this facility(see Section 5 of the calculations for complete info).
Normal operations will utilize some of this space for unthickened sludge storage which will then be
processed through the dewatering facility and pumped back to another storage section for holding prior to
transport offsite.
The City of Hickory NE WWTP does not land apply any bio-solids. Since 1995 the generated bio-solids
have been transported via city owned and operated tank trucks to the Regional Compost Facility(permit#
WQ0004563) located at 3200-20th Avenue, SE, in Newton, NC. This facility is contract operated by
Veolia Water who prepares and submits the annual 503 report. Veolia Water is permitted to process 20
dry tons per day of wastewater residuals and currently averages less than 13 dry tons per day. Biosolids
are mixed and pumped to a blend tank, where wood amendments are added to increase the feed solids
content prior to polymer addition and dewatering.The filtrate from the centrifuge is treated on site in a
biological pretreatment plant and the effluent is discharged to a city sewer system.
Design of this facility allows for on-site product curing and maturation, eliminating the need for off-site
hauling. Quality of the product is tested to ensure its classification as a Class A/Exceptional Quality
wastewater residual.This facility is responsible for the marketing and bulk distribution of 25,500 cubic
yards of compost produced annually.
The composting facility is designed to handle the bio-solids from multiple facilities and therefore has
sufficient capacity to handle variations in volume due to seasonal changes.
In the most recent permit renewal for the Regional Compost Facility(2005/2006), the facility was
permitted to be able to process 20 dry tons per day of wastewater sludge and indicated an average daily
volume of 12.33 dry tons per day in 2005 with 4.77 of that coming from the NE WWTP. Based on
calculated solids generation from the new oxidation ditch system of 10,591 ppd (5.3 dry tons per day)
there will only be an increase of 0.53 dry tons per day of volume. This is also within the permitted limits of
the residual acceptance from the NE WWTP as indicated on the residuals source-generating facility
information forms in the permit package. In the information provided for the Hickory NE WWTP, the
Regional Compost Facility has indicated a maximum volume of residuals from this facility of 2,309 dry
tons per year(6.32 dry tons per day).
The contingency plan for an extended shut down of the Regional Compost Facility is disposal of solids at
the Catawba County Landfill.
With a contingency plan in place, adequate capacity at the regional composting facility, and multiple City
owned tanker trucks for sludge hauling, there should be more than sufficient storage capacity for the
normal operations of this facility. However, if needed, the entire basin volume can holdover 30-days of
thickened sludge. In addition, the existing aeration basin#1, which will be out of service after this
upgrade, can provide over 1,200,000 gallons of storage capacity as an emergency temporary holding
basin.

Typical usage of these basins will be to use one or more basins for unthickened sludge storage and to
transfer thickened solids back to a smaller partitioned portion of one of the basins in order to minimize
odor concerns from thickened sludge.
This partitioned thickened sludge storage basin will be essentially a day tank for thickened solids to be
stored prior to transfer to a truck for off-site disposal. Typical operating procedures for the plant will be to
thicken sludge and haul it to the composting facility 5-days per week and this basin has been sized to
handle the appropriate volume. See Sections 5 and 12 of the calculations for additional details of the
basin storage and sizing.

Closure Plan
Primary Clarifier#2
• Liquids and solids will be transferred to other existing process units for proper treatment via a
combination of temporary portable pumping and utilization of the plant drain.
• Wash down walls and equipment to remove residue—visual inspection by owner's
representative.
• Remove equipment and dispose of properly.
• Flush and plug any piping to abandon in place.
• Break apart and totally remove and dispose of concrete basin.
Existing Digesters
• Liquids may be transferred to the headworks of the plant for proper treatment via temporary
portable pumping or other approved methods.
• Solids should be sampled and profiled for disposal at an approved landfill site such as the
Catawba County Regional Landfill.
• Wash down walls and equipment to remove residue—visual inspection by owner's
representative.
• Remove equipment and dispose of properly in both the digester and electrical building
structures.
• Flush and plug any piping to abandon in place.
• Break apart and totally remove and dispose of concrete structures.
Decommission of Existing Equipment: Includes but not limited to: influent pump station, existing
headworks, primary clarifier#1, and aeration basin #1
• Liquids and solids will be transferred to other existing process units for proper treatment via a
combination of temporary portable pumping and utilization of the plant drain.
• Wash down walls and equipment to remove residue-visual inspection by owner's
representative.
• Maintain drain lines open to plant drain to prevent buildup of rainwater in structures.
• Structures to remain in place until future plant upgrade.
Influent Pump Station Closure:
• All liquids will be transferred to the new pump station at a rate that will not overload the pump
station or receiving sewers/treatment facility.
• Once empty of liquids, any equipment(mixers, pumps, piping)will be cleaned (wash down to
remove residue per visual inspection) and removed for proper disposal.
• After the equipment has been removed, any residual solids in these basins will be removed and
disposed in an approved method.
o Solids removal
N Solids will be removed by mixing with an absorbent material such as cement kiln
dust in order to both reduce odors and vectors and to tie up any remaining free
liquids so that the material will be able to pass the paint filter test.

• Once the residual solids have been removed, holes will be punched through the bottom of these
vessels in order to allow future precipitation to drain.
• Partial demolition of the sidewalls of the structures will take place in order to bring the wall
down to at least three foot below grade.
• Once the units have holes punched for drainage,they will be filled with clean soil to reduce
potential safety hazards for the property. Demolition of structures and walls may be used as fill
provided that proper compaction is achieved to maintain finished grading to avoid ponding.
• Follow requirements of Section 02316—Fill and Backfill and 02900—Seeding for stabilization of
area.

=l! Q • State of Borth Carolina
SEP•
C- • f'CZ Dula - l G William G.Ross,Jr.,Secretary
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
rl t. .� 'i Alan W.Klimek, P.E.,Director
Division of Water Quality
•
September 1, 2004 •
-
f •
Mr. Johnathan P. Hunt
HSMM
181 East Evans Street, Suite 23 BTC-105
Florence, South Carolina 29506
•
•
( Subject: Speculative Limits -
City of Hickory/ Hickory Northeast WWTP
NPDES Permit NC0020401
Catawba County
Dear Mr. Hunt:
This Ietter is in response to a request for speculative effluent limits for the potential
expansion of the Hickory Northeast wastewater treatment plant. Your letter dated April 22, 2004
' indicated a potential expansion of the Hickory Northeast plant from 6 MGD to 9 MGD.with
discharge into Lake Hickory in the Catawba River Basin.
f
Environmental Assessments of New Projects and Expansions •
Any entity proposing to construct new or expanded wastewater treatment facilities using
public funds or public (state) lands must first prepare an environmental assessment (EA) when
. wastewater expansions equal or exceed 0.5 MGD. Please contact the Division's State
Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) coordinator, currently Alex Marks, at (919) 733--5083, ext. '555
for further information on EA requirements. DWQ will not accept a permit application for a .
project requiring an environmental-assessment until the Division has,approved the EA and sent a
Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) to the state Clearinghouse for review and comment. .
Engineering Alternatives Analysis (EAA)
In accordance with the North Carolina General Statutes, the most practicable wastewater
treatment and disposal alternative with the least adverse impact on the environment is required to
be implemented with any expansion. Therefore, a detailed engineering alternatives analysis,(EAA)
must be prepared_ The NPDES Unit requires the EAA as part of the.Environmental Assessment. The
EAA must justify requested flows and provide an analysis of potential wastewater treatment
alternatives. Alternatives to a surface water discharge, such as a spray/drip irrigation. . -
wastewater reuse, or inflow/infiltration reduction, are considered to be environmentally
preferable. Permit applications for new or expanding flow will be returned as incomplete if all EAA
requirements are not adequately addressed. You may also wish to refer to the NPDES Unit
website for more information regarding requests for expansion,
http://h2o_enr_state.nc.us/NPDES/.
Speculative Effluent Limits
Based on the available information, limits for the proposed discharge of 9MGD flow into
Lake Hickory cannot be given at this time. Although the lake is not currently listed as impaired,
historic monitoring data has indicated elevated dissolved oxygen and pH values, which suggest the •
possibility of algal blooms (a condition of nutrient enrichment). As part of its FERC relicensing,
Duke Energy is developing an extensive dissolved oxygen/nutrient response model for the chain
lakes along the Catawba_ This model should be completed towards the end of 2005. In addition
to this model, USGS developed a CQUAL W2 model in the early 1990's. •
North Carolina Division of Water Quality [phone]
1617 Mail Service Center FAX[phone]
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617 On tfie Internet at http://hzo.enr.state.nc.us/

• Mr. Hunt
Page 2
The Division of Water Quality recommends that the City and its consultants contact USGS
and Duke Energy to determine if the framework of these models may be used toassess the impact
of an expanded discharge into Lake Hickory, It may be possible for Hickory to use the framework
of the USGS model, along with more recent data, to evaluate the localized impact of the discharge
to the lake. You or the City may wish to contact Brian Jacobsen, Environmental Modeler,
Modeling and TN ?L Unit, at (919) 733 — 5083, ext. 552, for more information regarding the types
of models and potential uses. The Division also suggests that a dilution model be developed for
the expanded flow, This will determine the dilution of the discharge, which in turn will help
determine potential toxicant limits and whole effluent toxicity testing dilution.
If you have any questions about the information presented in this letter, feel free to contact
Ms. Susan A. Wilson at [phone], extension 510.
Sincerely.
David A. Goodrich, Supervisor
Point Source Branch
Surface Water Quality Section
cc: Winston-Salem Regional Office/ WQS
Alen Marks, SEPA Coordinator
Brian Jacobsen, 'DAD',Unit
Central Files
NPDES Unit Files
Mr, B. Gary McGee City of Hickory
P.O.. Box 398
Hickory, NC 28603

f - '. \0F W A7F� r . lvEcltael F.Easley,Governor
Q ii •ff lJ F !J 15 1 i;) William G Ross Fr..Secretary .
Uj -' , ' `'i North Carolina Department of Euvircmm®i an@Natural Resources
i t -r;' data��Klimek,P E.birecltrr
I . = —,�, Jj Lttt:C3 {iAa -. r [P. (• \// r.•• -.7'. .au of Water Quality
PUBLIC SEFV10ES April 2006:: :t r y (}}' f
' i, • [I= f t
1 APR 2 7 2606 IL ''
1 Mr. Mick W. Perry, City Manager . _._ . ,
i City of Hickory C1 OF
HOMYP.O. Box 398 Ci -Y_.;;,FFiCi• . . .
Hickory, North Carolina 28603
I .
Subject: NPDES Perniit Issuai1ce
Permit No. NC0020401
1 Hickory-Northeast WWTP
Catawba County •
• ,
Dear Mr. Perry:
f
. Division personnel have reviewed and approved your application for renewal of the
subject permit Accordingly, we are forwarding the attached NPDES discharge permit. This
E permit is issued pursuant to the requirements of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1 and the Memorandum of Agreement between North Carolina and the U.S. Environmental. ,
Protection Agency dated May 9, 1994 (or as subsequently amended). •
( . -
The permit authorizes the City of Hickory to discharge up to 6.0 MGD of treated
wastewater from the Northeast WWTP to the Catawba River (La.ke Hickory), a rla•as WS-V and •
B water in the-Catawba River Basin. The permit includes discharge limitations or monitoring
requirements for flow, biochemical oxygen deutand (BOD), total suspended solids (TSS),
ammonia, fecal coliform bacteria, total residual chlorine, arsenic, chromium, cyanide, nickel,
phenols, and chronic toxicity.
' - The.following modifications from the August 31, 2005 draft,permit will be included in
the final permit:
f i
■ The daily maximum limit for phenols of 25.2 ugh will be changed to a weekly
average limit for protection against chronic toxicity effects instream.
I-.
■ The daily m m aximu limit for arsenic will be revised from 373 ugh to a weekly •
average limit of 252 ug%1. This revision is based on the new North Carolina.human.
{ health standard for arsenic as a carcinogen for protection of streams classified for
usage as a water supply (WS). The human health and WS standard for arsenic is
' 10.ug/1 and was adopted in April 2003 during the last triennial review of North
Carolina's water quality standards. The Hickory NE WWTP discharges to the
i Catawba River (Lake Hickory, which has a class of WS-V and B from.Highway 127
downstream to Oxford Dam). The stream classification of B is for primary _
recreation, including frequent or organized swimming. North Carolina regulation.
NCAC2B 0.0203 states that "all water quality based effluent limitations ...for
NO` Carolina
_ tial1,/
North Carolina Division of Water Quality 1617 Mail Service Center Raleigh,NC 27699-1617 Phone[phone] Customer Service
Internet•www.ncwaterclualitv.org Location: 512 N.Salisbury St Raleigh,NC 27604 Fax [phone]
An Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer-50%Recycled/10%Post Consumer Paper

, Letter to Mr. Perry •_
' Page 2
.1
1- - . direct or indirect discharges of waste ...wall be developed by the Division such that
the water quality standards and best usage of receiving waters and all downstream
I waters will not be impaired".
1 The August 31, 2005 draft permit had an arsenic limit calculated from the
. freshwater standard of 50 ug/l. The use of the lower arsenic standard of 10 ug/1
r . in the caicnnlations will produce a more stringent effluent limit for protection of
hi,man health against this carcinogen.
i The weekly average limit for cyanide should not have been included in the draft
permit and will be deleted. Only the daily makimum limit for cyanide of 22 ug/I for
the protection of water quality against acute toxicity effects will remain.
= The weekly average limit for nickel will be revised based on the North Carolina
water quality standard for nickel in streams classified for usage as a water supply
- (WS). The water supply standard'is 25 ughl, and the draft permit had a nickel limit
calculated from the freshwater standard of 88 ug/l. The new nickel weekly average
limit will be 186 ugh and the daily max dawn.limit of 261, ugh will a Iso be
included for protection against•acute toxicity effects. The water supply standard of
25 ugh for nickel should have been applied in all previous Northeast WWTP •
permits but was inadvertently omitted during effluent limits calculations.
The arsenic, cyanide and nickel limits are based on analyses of submitted effluent
data that indicated there was reasonable potential to exceed the water.quality
standards. •
• The limits for total chromium will be corrected to a weekly average limit of 373 ug/I
and a daily maximum limit of 1022 ug/l. The draft permit included only a daily
maximum limit of 373 ug/I. The limits are based on an analysis of submitted
effluent monitoring data that indicated there is reasonable potential to exceed the
water quality standard. ,
A total residual chlorine limit of 28 ugh has been added to reflect the Division's
current policy for protection against chlorine toxicity instream. The limit for total
_ residual rblorine shall become effective upon completion of the installation of a
disinfection system but no later than thirty six (36) months from permit issuance
- • (June 1, 2009) due to the extensive plant upgrades and renovations. The City
must submit a detailed schedule of construction and timelines for the renovations.
If a Method different than chlorination/dechlorination is used, the total residual
chlorine limit will not be applicable.
= The special condition requiring a nutrient dptimi7ation study will be removed since
Hickory's upgraded treatment plant will be designed to include Biological Nutrient
Removal facilities. Although the Division has agreed to remove the nutrient
optimization study based on the•City's future commitment to biological nutrient
removal and the City's aggressive pretreatment program-(ref. Hickory letter dated
April 5, 2006), the Division still encourages Hickory to investigate potential
treatment modifications to reduce nutrients during the transition.

i_etter to Mr. Perry -
'I `Pane 3
I .
J - The following items listed in the draft permit of August 31st will remain the same:
I—I
a, • The deletion of the daily maximum limit for toluene from the permit based on an
I.. analysis of submitted effluent monitoring data that indicated there is no
reasonable potential to exceed the water quality standard. Toluene will continue to
be monitored in the Pretreatment Program's Long Terra Monitoring Plan.
<< • The deletion of.monthly monitoring for selenium and lead based on an analysis of -
submitted effluent monitoring data that indicated there is no reasonable potential
to exceed the water'quality standard. Selenium and Iead will continue to be
monitored in the Pretreatment Program's Long Term Monitoring Plan. -
, I .
• Regarding the City' s comments on the 7910 flow used for the Hickory Northeast
_f WWTP, historically the Division has used the minimum instantaneous release from the darns
i 1 as equivalent to a 7910 flow in the Catawba chain Iakes. North Carolina regulation 15A .
I__ NCAC 2B .0206 (b) states "In rases where the stream flow is regulated ...where there are
f acute toxicity concerns, an alternative flow such as the instantaneous minimum release may
be used on a rase by rase basis." A review of files and notes indicated that the Division used
•
a 7g 10 flow of 0.8 cfs when the discharge was into Falling Creek because the outfall's
location did riot receive the"flow through" benefit from the Catawba River. In 1988, after the
-� relocation into the main.tem of the Catawba River, a 7010 of 60 cfs was used in the
f wasteload allocations for the Hickory NE WWTP as the -minimum instantaneous release from •
-- the Rhodhiss Dam. This flow included 7910 flows from two rivers upstream of the Northeast
I .. plant since the minimum instantaneous release from the Rhodhiss Dana is actually 40 cfs.
While the City of Valdese is located upstream of Hickory and has a higher 7910 flow .
f used in its allocation, it is also upstream of the Rhodhiss Dam The estimated 7910 flow
used at Valdese is based on the minimum instantaneous release from Lake James Dam and
the flow from several large tributary rivers between the Lake James dam and the Valdese
discharge point. However, since there is a dam between the two dischargers that regulates
the flow downstream of Valdese, the same 7010 flow estimate of 228 cfs, cannot be used for
Hickory.
There are ongoing discussions in the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC)
relicen sing process that may have some effect on the flows used in the Catawba Lakes. Since
_._ the relicen sing has not been completed and all pertinent information has not been received,
we cannot at this time vary from existing Division procedure on 7910 flows in the Catawba
chain lakes. We may reevaluate this issue upon completion of the relicensing process and
during the next renewal cycle. The City can submit to the Division any historic stream flow
data and darn release information that has been compiled and it will be reviewed when the
issue of Catawba River flows is addressed. -
If any parts, measurement frequencies or sampling requirements contained in this
permit are unacceptable to you, you have the right to an adjudicatory hearing upon .
written request within thirty(30) days following receipt of this letter. This request must
be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina _
General Statutes, and filed with the office of Administrative Hearings, 6714 Mail Service
. .Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-6714. Unless such a demand is made, this permit
shall be final and binding.

d •
ol.CI Lv IY!=. 1 Clly
Wage 4
•
Please take notice that this permit is not transferable. The Division may require
modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit. This permit does not-affect the
- legal requirements to obtain other permits.Which may be required by the Division of.
Water Quality, or permits required by the Division of Land Resources, Coastal Area
Management Act, or any other Federal or Local governmental permits may be required.
If you have any questions or need additional information, please contact Ms.
Jacquelyn Nowell at telephone number (9 1 9) 733-5083; extension 512.
.1
• Sincerely,
s Alan W.-Klimek, P.E.
-1
. Attachments
cc: Mooresville Regional Office/Surface Water Protection •
EPA/Region IV Attn: Marshall Hyatt
Aquatic.Toxicology Unit
PERCS/Jon Risgaard e-copy
NPDES Permit File •
•
• Central Files -
• 1
•
•
• i

•-
4 STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA •
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES •
1 DIVISION OF WATER QUALITY
PERMIT .
TO DISCHARGE WASTEWATER UNDER THE
( NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
•
•
. In compliance with the provision of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, other lawful standards
and regulations promulgated and adopted by the North Carolina Environmental Management
Commission, and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, . •
•
City of Hickory
•
•
- is hereby authorized to discharge wastewater from a facility located at
Hickory— Northeast WWTP
310 Cioninger Mill Road
Hickory
Catawba County
f . to receiving waters designated as Catawba River (Lake Hickory) in the Catawba River
Basin
in accordance with effluent limitations, monitoring requirements, and other
conditions set forth in Parts I, II, III and TV hereof.
This permit shall become effective June 1, 2006. •
This permit and authorization to discharge shall expire at midnight on April 30, 2010.
Signed this day April 19, 2006.
W. Klimek, P.E., Director •
�• 'lion of Water Quality
•
•
Authority of the Environmental Management Commission

Permit Number NC0010401
J .
q SUPPLEMENT TO PERMIT COVER SHEET -
All previous-NPDES Permits issued to this facility, whether for-operation or discharge are '
hereby'revoked, and as of this issuance, any previously issued permit bearing this number
{ is no longer effective_ Therefore, the exclusive authority to'operate and discharge from this
J facility arise s under the permit conditions, requirements, terms, and provisions included
herein.
1 . Cityof Hickory. is hereby authorized to: -
ii. ' 1. Continue operation of a 6.0 MGD wastewater treatment plant consisting of the
. following treatment units:
• Influent sampler
1 • • .Parshall flume
. • Dual influent bar screens •
l • • Grit chamber .
( • • Four rectangular and one circular.primary clarifiers •
4 • Eight aeration basins (total volume—2,000,000 gallon) .
• Two circular secondary clarifiers
- - Chlorine disinfection -
1 • Dechlorination . -
- Post aeration .
• Two gravity belt thickeners .
• One sludge holding tank
iThe facility is located at the Cityof HickoryNortheast WWTP Clon
inger 310 Clo ger Mill
Road, Hickory, Catawba County, and;
1
1 2. Discharge treated wastewater from said treatment works at the location specified on
the attached map through outfall 001 into Catawba River (Lake Hickory), which is
classified WS-V and B water, in the Catawba.River S_ asin_ .
1

-
41___ i if r - ram°' 1 _ l '��l �Ci ylT �
!f f.& '1l,„,L, . Cr` '' " rr> �f �' 1'R: 4}'\i-e t' ,, ems• ": — c, Y' _ .
�7 J �l<- ' i- r -` � .c I-� Cry � '(-- �A e B e C:�'"emu? , .`f'� -a. r ? r ;/ ' ' x 4
? \ ' `= f rk - ;_I a E :4a� - i 1 met'-' fir" . . ' -i V ti p\.
iy ��/ l s.; �^ b.•¢3�`5 � '�j � - -,..lJ _t = -"''r�+. z " ro^,; � 1
s.
'41 te.,4 's"+-..� k ( " =� n..----.- '_�'e '7*-.' •r . mow .:., r_s- a
k---.-'-f-."-L---' 1''., -.--"-:- .,;;• ,-,;3;-:'-.4:;'r•.."7. :, ,'''' ',i,_-1:A--101--1;47/'''..'--‘,"•'s'4 J .W VL t•''' '''''tlf/ r-,-- ._ -4,.:;:'-4'' -41- ,--"-. 4.
e4 _T,i,-. _ 17,..„4,t __,,,f-je--,.- 0:. ,,..*;
‘1/4
f lip x `iy 7'-c� t� i1
. c-f'
` - "'\i _ram-..�. - - - 'Y'�:$ -, m ti.' ,+ a d
!J ate. .fi `. F mk-S 'k;_ 1..,==`!._' rk. re _ , /��-'P'154-'s.17.-TA..'"- - .-.M
'"�' 'a`..' 7 � f ~1a +k iF N} /(r 1 , Al/ `J, _3
y d •
� '-'''„.`�'` Gn r 1 i?d3 4. -,,! /f jI" n _ 1blf„ Y 55... , G} f{ �,.„.„,liN ,"4,-4z.,-1,.-3 • 1
•
�y F /� f --_ P �'L '�r s.I �r4�s%.r-.���f-l ter' '�',- �•�..�! +l.. - y te•r--!" P`.434 '.s'z� ,
;Jo
•C`g; '1 r� � ??-e . y {7.4.;�4 : r3 P r :r R:-'�' ��------- ,zti , ',T - s f r"
Ir .Th a 7 -r✓.. �r J r,! -, ' -,614'" -. ._._..,r -V i 'o_ . ... 0C�i x"• .r •vt.i. 3. *w9•. +b ..� F t¢an„.1 ,: fit'vo-- .r./�,R `A J{" �i 4
..may ty �• A .� ?aesr :� E }'a, • v J! ( 4 ,..Er -r g- 'a > 1
, �� >�- S.. „'w frir¢,'. \ .'7 a-�-'.-� sr u • -,cr1 i +l i h, tx.. iC w-r a'' _
, -n`w'�--p - .z�' - , ft'617 f- r- Alf {,ss r 5�,- —+--,, .^`z'i,'-'�E n a q 5 - !
� . � °,+, �lG ,�C /b �51 ?*s t r sue!
j L
'' ,fir f v ,414-:: i �-i x c wy:�= . r ;_ii k•••••..2 n3 '� r } gs, w•-
r
s'.I rr Ms"^-ti' „w'r `��•2., a .. �. • '?•z E Or'sv rr 'L'�^' '- �'.. •..y. -- fx r
--- •
i >� RF- r"f. 1-T F `4%.r0s»�-.��- , n c 7r rJ ri. h_ f,V `'" h1 1,. rri r.ar* ,ram u i
X*.;s`f3r 6,f*Ut
f rgrfr"�'4-, ,s S �° �-:e _ '74 ?�F,Ye`" .-':F 71,,.,_ 'V+ ? -. � '3.- 1^'r�)\3
•
�h. ,[' �i' fl'�r "" �"`' ti- .e -y 7r'- ;b « - 5 v..:'., --w`' "' ..�.- W,-,r-• ••f'"-
. '> s .. '� :y �4 a'S : it-'; y ,, 1; ' `" f ff' - ` 1
'�- ".�..-. � , •" rLP - 4 '`." 1,, i' 'ma`s-'''-•_ • :: ' ` �`Pi �
rr y _ !rg �i+ y ., �-- 'yiy-rr--� 'w,f '-,: r" .-. . V "i .�,� �.
- rJr t C -. C7 .�'5 "sE r, sF 4r z.� ty'"`1 ,r~- -mac
tr 1r � i -t yr/ `�. `' rl .- �„ .
e riLx�� �Ttr t �" r�. ��re�- x e u -� rk r �� �. {! ✓ 4 z
•n. "lc.i. / \� \-S 4, ' a"'�V•.,� ur„w f �-0 l l 1 ' -S' `;N� f1
•.�. � / �• . LocatiQII r 1 ."`.� . r --,.q IX?t
: _....._ .,,..__ , iscti
,� `%''1 1;tip _�, ,�i-c ,
.. ik �'i.,.�� a r. t 1 s 7�„ Kr�N` � „� 1 2•Est; ..r,� f i' , -�I' 14-
cam ':.' i f�a"'ti'.,. ti �'--'F^s i �' _ � t 7 r� r� y c� t.1.x•s--�_ a fit.,,. , 4 �,S.' �_ � -.7- r n`, zr )j,�,!r' a„..*- "'• ' \ ---r ;•°73;fa
.� "ohs "lt • L ✓ . 1 t ,a" wee, r\m � "4,,,- ,' z N-' .
0.
.'r-� .�/^ :N ti. ''1 7 •i VTh S V+ f f ti-_ .l 'h \
i` l y gr-,� _ `�inl s 1� J ffSsi �� ^d"'mot 4.x -�'=-f- f`r'.f r l5 f ""z z,'
r ;! U v rr -1 ., 1(if.
. 1 / `^' ,- F J er- {' ``:'k,-� r "'-{ 6 . !
_,,,,,.
..z„ }� N '�^--� x 1 ` � gF v-ll , i_�_/ ^r--- , r
F '- _ r c .gat -� r rIY r- {h i _ . _
W, �' s ' ., tits : •}�� i f r ,1 -1
Facility Information Facility z -
Ini3hid� 35'47'54" Su�$a_ 03-08-32Location.
_„ter = : °"= 1
ode_ 81'18'00" Location L ,)
D 13 SE(Beetb h ) N�
"tream Glass- WS-IV 8;1311 j' �]
e�iving,ShPau Cata�claRre A JOI y! ! f Czkyofa-1- ryNcr;h�siW7T
meted Flow: 6.0 MGD 1�•f LT +I NC00?040I
Catawba Cot y

Tt
Permit Number NCO020401
i
( A. (L)EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND NIONITORING REQUIREMENTS
During the period beg"xarairag on the effective date of the permit and lasting until expiration, the
Permittee is authorized to discharge treated wastewater from o fi allts) 001. Such discharges shall 1.be
limited and monitor by the Permutes as specified below:
I
¢
tt
e .
�:
ij
,i ° a + : , -. � w w : IL c-,- 1
ofizektriwili
d� s ate?
" `' @ %, t fi qFkr Continuous
Record s ,i or
I BOO,5-day„20 O2 S0,0 n L 45.0 ram Daily Composite'
Total Suspended Solidsr 30.0 mat 445.11 rrt•rl Dai Com,osite
. Fecal Califon 2001100mi 4110/1000ml Daily Grab
DissolvedOxygen' Dail Grab
�
Temperature Dail Grab
Total Residual�,I�Pcrire� ,. . r�.. Daily Grab.ff
1 Lail Grab
I I- Week Garr.+site
Total Arsenic , Weekly Composite Total Chromium37
5 ig Weekly Composite
ii=Total Cyanide 22 .La illEnall Grp
Total Nickel 186 I-t tL 261 p.L. =MIComposite IMIlliall
Phenols 25.2 . Weekly Grab ,11111111111111111
I Total Co..it MEI Scnkb Composite
Total Silver Month Coma. its 1
Total Zinc
2/Month Composite E
Total Nitrrogen
(NO2- +NO3-N±TKN) Monthly Composite
Total Phosphorus Monthly Composite P
Chronic Toxici Quarter! ' Com.osite
Dissolved Ggn Variable Grab
.
Fecal Coliforme
Variable Grab U,
Temperature6
Variable Grab U,0
Gonduc' ' Vaiiahle Grab U, D
Footnotes:
1, Sample Location:1-influent. E.—Effluent, Lit Upsti-eam at NC Hwy 227 bridge, D, One mile downstream of
the outfall. "
2, The monthly average efiliient BOD5 and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the
respective influent value(i.e. 8 06 Removal).
3. Limitationymenitoring:r"egrrirc exit applies only it eldor ne is added for disinfection, ee A(t) Special
Condition to Supplement to Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Requirements.
4. The pH of the effluent shall/rot be leas than 6.0 rim greater'than 9,0 (on the stand:1rd units scale),
. Chronic`I'ra cit r(C'eriorlapirnia) at 13%. danuaiy,April, ,July, October(see A, (2)).
S. di i l.
Variable"i� week rr
follows S throughe l collected dfiu ��se tires per eel ng� .iraca 1 through September 50
and
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible!coin in other than ce amounts.

•
• Permit Number NC0020401
•
SUPPLEMENT TO EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
•
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
•
A. (2.) CHRONIC TOfCITY PERMIT LIMIT (QRTRLY) •
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit observable inhibition of reproduction or
- significant mortality to Ceri, daphnia dubia at an effluent concentration of 13%.
( The permit holder shall perform at a rainimuni,-quarterly monitoring.using test procedures
outlined in the "North Carolina Ceriodaphnia Chronic Effluent Bioassay Procedure,"Revised
February 1998, or subsequent versions or."North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent
Toxicity-Test Procedure" (Revised-February 1998) or subsequent versions. The tests will be
performed during the months of January, April, July and October. Effluent sampling for
• this testing shall be performed at the NPDES permitted final effluent discharge below all . •
treatment processes.
•
•
If the test procedure performed as the first test of any single quarter results in a
f failure or ChV below the permit limit, then multiple-concentration testing shall be _
performed at a minimum, in each of the two following months as described in "North
Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure" (Revised-February
1998) or subsequent versions. •
The chronic value for multiple concentration tests will be determined using the geometric
• mean of the highest concentration having no detectable impairment of reproduction,or
survival and the lowest concentration that does have a detectable impairment of
reproduction or survival. The definition of"detectable impairment," collection methods,
exposure regimes, and further statistical methods are specified in the "North Carolina Phase
II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure" (Revised-February 1998) or subsequent
versions.
All toxicity"testing results required as part of this permit condition will be entered on the
Effluent Discharge Monitoring Form (hill-1) for the months in which tests were performed, .
using the parameter code TGP3B for the pass/fail results and THP3B for the Chronic Value.
- Additionally, DWQ Form AT-3 (original) is to be sent to the following address:
}
Attention: North Carolina Division of Water Quality
Environmental Sciences Section. •
1621 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1621
Completed Aquatic Toxicity Test Forms shall be filed with the Environmental Sciences
Section no later than 30 days after the end of the reporting period for which the report is
made.
Test data shall be complete, accurate, include all supporting chemical/physical
measurements and all concentration/response data, and be certified by laboratory
supervisor and ORC or approved designate signature. Total residual chlorine of the effluent
toxicity sample must be measured and reported if chlorine is employed for disinfection of the
waste stream. •

- a
Permit Number.NC0020401
Should there be no discharge of flow from the facility during a month in which toxicity
monitoring is required, tote permittee will complete the information located at the top of the
aquatic toxicity (AT) test form indicating the facility name, permit number, pipe number...
county, and the.month✓year of the report with the notation of"No Flow" in the comment
area of the form. The report shall be submitted to the Environmental Sciences Section at
the address cited above.
Should the permittee fail to monitor during a month in which toxicity monitoring is required,
monitoring will be required during the following month.
Should any test data from this monitoring requirement or tests performed by the North
Carolina Division of Water Quality indicate potential impacts to the receiving stream, this
permit may be re-opened and modified to include alternate monitoring requirements or
limits. .
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions as specified in the cited document, such as
minimum control organism survival, minimum control organism reproduction, and
appropriate environmental controls, shall constitute an invalid test and will require
immediate follow-up testing to be completed no later than the last day of the month
following the month of the initial monitoring.
A.. (3.,) TOTAL RESIDUAL CHLORINE
The limit for total residual chlorine shall become effective upon completion of the installation
of a disinfection system but no later- than 36 months from the issuance'of the pennit (June
I, 2009). If a method different than chlorination/dechlorination is used, the total residual
chlorine limit will not be applicable.

I. . Permit Number NC0020401
f .
1 A.(4.) EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN .
The perraittee shall perform an annual Effluent Pollutant Sran for all parameters listed in the table
i ' below(in accordance'With 40 C.F1- Part 136). The annual effluent pollutant scan samples shall
represent'seasonal (summer, winter, fall, spring) variations over the 5-year permit cycle.Unless
i otherwise indicated, metals shall be analyzed as "total recoverable." Additionally, the method detection
1 . level and the minimum level shall be the most sensitive as provided by the appropriate analytical
procedure.: •
Ammonia(as N) Trans-1,2-dichloroethylene Bis(2-chioroethyl)ether
Chlorine(total residual,TRC) 1,1-dichloroethylene Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether '
Dissolved oxygen 1,2-dichloropropane Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate . '
Nitrate/Nitrite 1,3-dichloropropyiene 4-bromophenyl phenyl ether 1
Kjeldahl nitrogen Ethylbenzene Butyl benzyl phthalate
Oil and grease • Methyl bromide 2-chloronaphthalene
_ Phosphorus Methyl chloride 4-chlorophenyl phenyl ether
Total dissolved solids Methylene chloride Chrysene
• Hardness 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane Di-n-butyl phthalate
f ' Antimony Tetrachloroethylene Di-n-octyl phthalate !
Arsenic Toluene Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene • •- €
Beryllium . 1,1,1-trichloroethane 1,2-dichlorobenzene -
- Cadmium 1,1,2-trichloroethane 1,3-dichlorobenzene ' ' '
i
I Chromium • Trichloroethyiene 1,4-dichlorobenzene
Copper. Vinyl chloride 3,3-dichlorobenzidine I
Lead Acid-extractable compounds: Diethyl phthalate
j • Mercury • P-chlorb-m-cresol Dimethyl phthalate • - i
Nickel 2-chlorophenol 2,4-dinitrotoluene I
Selenium 2,4-dichiorophenol 2,6-dinitrotoiuerle
f Silver 2,4-dimethylphenol 1,2-diphenylhydrazine
Thallium. 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol Fluoranthene l
Zinc 2,4-dinitrophenol Fluorene • !
( - Cyanide 2-nitrophenol Hexachlorobenzene
Total phenolic compounds 4-nitrophenol Hexachlorobutadiene
Volatile organic compounds: Pentachlorophenof Hexachlorocyclo-pentadiene
Acrolein Phenol Hexachioroethane
Acrylonitrile 2,4,6-trichlorophenol lfdeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
Benzene Base-neutral compounds: Isophorone
-. Bromoform Acenaphthene Naphthalene
Carbon tetrachloride Acenaphthylene , . Nitrobenzene
Chlorobenzene Anthracene N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine
Chlorodibromomethane Benzidine N-nitrosodimethylamine
Chforoethane Benzo(a)anthracene N-nitrosodiphenylarnine
2-chloroethylvinyl ether Benzo(a)pyrene Phenanthrene
Chloroform 3,4 benzofluoranthene Pyrene
Dichlorobromomethane Benzo(ghi)perylene 1,2,4-trichforobenzene
'- 1,1-dichloroethane Benzo(k)fluoranthene
1,2-dichloroethane Bis (2-chloroethoxy)methane `

Permit Number NC0020401
Test results shall be reported to the Division in DWQ Form- DMR-PPA1 or in a form approved
by the Director, within 90 days of sampling. A copy of the report shall be submitted to Central
Files at the following address: Division of Water Quality, Surface Water Protection Section,
1 617Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 2 7699-1 6 1 7
rvl
1

MY/LWuorsleA
•soiaaira aqp Aq reAosdde loud sarrabas
potpatu siq jo asp. -ssa1.111. .r ow, ust€.ssar cup !Due airs renba 3o aq isnm puce pound znoq-kz due p
lrede:salnucsttuc oz ueg2 za3zaS.2 on go s[e4 2t zs tralel aq 1[pfs sa[dnxes cpmr..5 au --4uansad c•{_Ereip. ssaM -
Araa sajz;r g luarrEa al-awl saop$rrzrs ur pasn aq Irmo Seta poq trr srgj -[eazazue arup iuersuoo -0
rr poisad an0g-17Z r=no pa a[[oD amnloa.Ieriba;o saldmns qmg;o sagas r :0umlo.&luelsaoa famu 1uausuop (') .
so`oszaSES 11:a7$Ea 1 ag31z:211013 JLrzp Poi pazaadxa
aril go i;Z/L tr q1 sarizx3 on az pang uopaaloo ardarus naann7aq IE.a.ra} rroire2 3asasd aril puz `razgEloa
puce xapioaai mop E 3o asn dq paurmalap aq Ilpgs sleAraitrr ardtzzs uaataiaq =wtriaznszam mo13 -rarod
$uiidurEs_aip 2uissed suor[eS 3o aagtanu Iasasd -e dq patrrursalap saran-es F.raq srearaiur austr aria gum .
. pound moq tz E Saco paiDarro3 atxmroa Ienba 3o sardu s q'jo sarSas E :ausnron 11:z;1suon/amp aIri -ieh (£)-
ro czonar[oo
uId I riprAipm3o aurp ag1 Ie pasnsearamop jo a3zx aria o1-[euousodoJd paurgtuo3 pue a2Ssrpsip 3o popad
snot( tZ z Saco sEzatalui ausR Ira az= pa3aa[[oa sardrrres cFrfl;o sarras s :amnioa argeaerilamu iuelsuo] (z) .
map 3o aier aq3 03 Ieuopiodozd pouad mogy,Z z iaao paiaa[[oa a[dtues snonuuuoa`at.Stxs a:snontmuoJ (t)
:sporpata Supsorio3 alp dq pawuigo aq dt sardzuas a rsodmo3
-.Eluafitinoing zo L[[enuear paloar[oa aq desuc sarduses -szseq dq-asto -e uo (-33a `saidmzs gzz2 uaamiaq Fealarra
azaR atp `Lizssaaau s3onbrz 3o azrs puce zaqusnu agnads) pogiam az dosdde ;sots aq3 ar u asap der ioloairc
xairaaissm o aAptnwsardaz atriums viol r Err 3[nsa=.o3 se miarem t;g3ns
au•-poszari alders.age�urZnp a�retpsip �3 ELT pis I 00.zssar.-3E jo saidtues q2 2arurqu;oa so 3ui[dr es snoua_uuoa dq pod aaoq-tz z ra.ao par�arrm ardtitres y
- . ardtuzs a3podmoa
• - -ragmaaaQ tr�noitr3 aagoiap 1
Fat tea:uraida rto dsenrra nad louu 2 rF;no o a o•a .
q s �`� • - r�d� `mom =�°- o [j
• uqui ues=o3 pasn aq Szar Sep Srptrapea ags Ewa. =dos diciuuosaas regz popacLinoq-kZ aaproa.sum
SUE razsacl srg33o sasodrnd zip; `iaaana.oH -dzp 3arau atp 3o I14.2p3p 1pun Lrp auo 3u zghmpiur raw;pod arg,
• • 4C_: pif?i - •
• -4NE3;ER ao3 apom 2rnlmado so pagsi[gEzsa so pau2tsap a iou sr
i=, `tcraz:ds nopallon at<t.`utpzzpur d: zg nraur z:3o uow od Arm ttroa suzzaSrs:ais 3o zrois aeip umotrs[airy
- sszdAa 1
•
-
- -sanrea renpieipuci3°iagtzrrzuc aq3 dq pap1elp sant-mi.I npt pta aq1 Jo uouz=mrans arty ,
- - azajAz auamg3py
. -sa22-egas?p rims Jo mar auaamoa2 arrp caironoa
- to .
�3 3o asea ag3 uj.:aead zeptrarm aril 2urrnp paStastaru 3z�rnrrod x 30 �,sa�eLpstp dj_r�' „ r�3° tsz;atu,ana =re
a ssay;i v-..-
$as-1a`IcZI sfl££°papwtcre sa`331j as rm uear<}agl se umou-q osre`Sy[03iuoJ aorirzrr°cr ia3z:E]ie?apa,.4.?g.L.. ,
u �-a o SO- J
v -
•sAep sepwrn a;ezedas aaigi no s[aam sad sauna aargt pa3aaj[oa axe said Eyes
• sivaaauudmt s uaamiaq sdzp Sepw[ +rra;;sea[1t ippc,t}3uom Sad aprm3 pazaarroa aSs
saidures
• suo9YugaU -yi uouaas
snmi aa S aG IN IOd SNOLLUQMOD QNV,I.s • _ 1
. n1, a
2iJo I22ud
s;uata=E1:1 g aFimd Sg I Lh . - • .
- 1

NPDES Pe.wilt Requirements
Pg 2 of'I 6
In accordance with (4) above,influent grab samples shall not be collected more than once per hour.
Effluent grab samples shall not be collected more than once per hour except at wastewater treatment systems
having a detention time of greater than 24 hours. In such cases, effluent grab samples may be collected at
intervals evenly spaced over the 24-hour period that are equal in number of hours to the detention time of the
1 system in number of days. However, the interval between effluent grab samples may not exceed six hours nor
the number of samples less than four during a 24-hour sampling period
Continuous flaw measurement
f Flow monitoring that occurs without interruption throughout the operating hours of the facility. Flow shall be
monitored continually except for the infrequent times when there may be no flow or for infa ent maintenance
activities on the flow device.
Discharge
The discharge of a pollutant measured during a calendar day far airy 24-hour period that reasonably represents the
calendar day for purposes of sampling. For pollutants measured in units of miss,the "daily discharge"is calculated as
the total mass of the pollutant discharged aver the day. The "daily disc lame" concentration comprises the mean
concentration for a 24-hour sampling period as either a composite sample concentration or the arithmetic mean of all
grab samples collected during that period. (40 CFR 122 3)
Daily Maximmn
The highest"daily discharge" during the calendar month
Daily ampling
Parameters u g daily sampIM.g shall be sampled 5 out of every 7 days per week u less otl; se speed in the
permit The Division expects that sampling shall be conducted on weekdays except where holidays or other
disruptions of normal operations present,weekday sampling. If sampling is required for all seveii days of the week
for any permit parameter(s),that requirement will be so noted on the Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Page(s)_
{
DWQ or"the Division"
The Division of Water Quality,Department of Environment and Natural Resources_
EMC
The North Carolina Environmental Management Comm;tsiori
Facility Closii e
The cessation of wastewater treatment at a permitted facility,or the cessation of all activities that require coverage
tinder the NPDES Completion of facility closure will allow this permit to be rescinded.
Geometric Mean
The Nth root of the product of the individual values where N = the number of individual values. For purposes of
calculating the geometric mean,values of"0"(or"< (detection lever) shall be considered=L
Grab Sample
Individual samples of at least 100 nil collected over a period of time not exc-eding 15 minutes. Grab samples can be
collected manually. Grab samples must be representative of the discharge (or the receiving stream, for instieans
samples).
Hazardous Substance
Any substance designated under 40 CFR Part 116 pursuant to Section 311 of the Clean Water Act
Instantaneous flow measurement
A measure of flow taken at the time of sampling, when both the sample and flow will be representative of the total
discharge.
Version 612a2003

£Of1Z/OZ/9 uorslaA
•
1(Z)(E) i zz i 2T33 Ot'3 tpoq so`sizad Z u6 4a asoux sou go suauzaosudun Eq so`tropapo
. go Lap sad 000`05$ parrs azotu sou Jo saupauad jeep ol soafgns aq fretps uossad a `uonEpota 4Vziaff2a171
a atJ CoP-*Ltrd] ltianbasgns so puooas-a Jo aseo atp3 tri -tp2oq so `mod I tretp moat sou g0 luatauosutl,ist
so `non ota o d sad os o sau d o3 Fafgns sr's'y amigo (8)(q)Z(x'so (£)(i)ZOt'
aI 3 Sep OOO SL$ OOS`L$� � �� uonaas
uorloas pp pa&osdda n1 2osd suat�razzazd E at pasodtzrr 2natnaxmbas due xo `1�y aq3 3o Z0�
sapun puss! irosad a ur.suotpas tpns.go Luz $ugwmapdr*7 uonEsnuti ro uotltpuoo titre so r ail::3o cps
so `8I£ '80£`LO£`90£`ZO£`IO£suotloas salapta Bs Isu°Tits nossaddu-a 1 1 saptaosd soysa3av, D aqL 7
Re
(a) jiyyzi -.FED GO -uonapota tpaa so;Lap.sad O00`gzs paaa- o3 zou ttlenad Iwn a of 4D fgns sr y aril 3O
(8)(q)zzOt so (£)(a)zot saopas spun paaoxdda turs2osd luauaIrailasd a trr pasodtzn ztrausazmbas Auz so `Zos•
uouaas xapan panssr lr�ad a ur suonoas tpns due uatt idtIIr uon dolt so uotnpUO3 3r�ad Etta zo '-'v
ag13o Sof ro 8 t£`8O£`LO£`90£tog`IO£uouoas sa3aiore otpm uossad Eyre lEga saptnozd 3.w salElA=I]atps 6i4 .
at:Rusaxtnbas aril alaxodsooui o1 pag pots - -
uaa iaLouSsag un ad a T traaa so xo asn a nts afeelas xog spJEQuels zO suorzrq_triozd so spiepu-ess
q � �3. � dsrp
asag3 tisriqiusD 1.vta suouainaai pap zxr papp_oid aazu aril IInpt-'n ' sa1Ez& ueap aqz go (p)cotuaupas '
saptm pati?qta.sa Iasodslp so asu agpris a22nl2s zoj sp1Epums-gm.pde slual171odaprgs so;lay zam&treaJ
LAP gsrc' didtaoo Ins aaxld aril
ag13o (E)LOc LIooaat saprrn pagsRgazsa SaDA[C�[OSd a0 sPa-SP ss 3mn
uog=_dda uas aiamd a jo Iert p zo`uon pOUT so
`aouensspr prim trOpE30aaz uO11.iu4u S ad zo;:uoti.7E IXTZIIICODX0j1:10 xo; SpUll.072 sr par soy zalaim.asap DT.4o
trap-crop.z sasnapsuoa aouatpdruoviou urtusad Loy -.Fad s 3o suon{puoo fir qu&Ipdauoa ssnus aaa q . !ztsad a
Lidawp of_Ana -1
- suorltpuoa piaaaa --a riop.oas. - 1
• 1U a ns go uEaus npatrroa$atp `uuo}i[oo
•
• pas;3o asEo atg try 7.faan,.�P aIE'aril arFmp•paznsaaus stresnjod a 3o „saoxempstp EFT. je 3y CEatu onarugiue 9L .. ;
(lsuszi aonuxsuaouoo)a$rsa:24 am
uonasado?adosduir so ssapI io`agaan:z* • :
suatmaasi asEnb?pcur 'sapling ;uatusaa?1 panz9pap 'dpxadosdtat `soxra Iauopesado
anLtuanard Jo �� �pTNE3• lm Srtnsaa . •
dq pasneo aouer[dialO uou apnpat 1ot'r swop sasdn icj 's1pa 1 1t1 as auu 2 UO ao pu SU at}1 U!t U Ppar'uy
q r ague dtnoarTau dzzxoduzas pua IEuorlualurari ursnao aal3 ad $1 p Iq • 1�( 1
��r xa3aa uEap atp 3o (L)(()Los•uouoa$sapurn oFoi sr pazsii atrxznpiod daq ..
aUElnUod ntoo1 •
1
- udtzonpozd is sLepap Lq past-rep ssoi ortnouaoa sapnpxa ac9attrap Elsadaid araaas •ssadfq .
s sans-nosax�Eu go ssoi zuatreossad ptr�Fprrpsa$etut p q�xo 1
ago aorsasgE aTil trysno�o of pasoadga aq Ljgatioseas lavaqar `dizadozd of aaEp ,[sdtid[ 1�?S:
-
`algEsad°�auroaaq of tuaga asn� gorgm satsrNa3 luarmEa?1 at[z oz a Etuep do3d•asaa
S
- -salsanb rapt:car=a sa O tza 1 saIdts=es na po a .0 a'IL-., j
• (lsmtp uOp�tsaJUO ) a$eraay tp3a1
6urfEna sa1r66.Jo uotsps.K1 atpgo zolaaXICj arts, 1
uoTi3tzy uznssf z? d
•-salretpos_rp tens go quarts of Aatuoan atpl`tusoJI[oo
tpsrp dpTePu lingo uza�attatu�3t�E.arI1; 1
Fa;}o ages arts Tit "zpluo�sepuapro atg z1p pasnsza�1csalt�uod a jo „ (s C uouanrsaauoo)aaesaA Lptpluoyrj •i,
9L Io£ a ra> 1
saaatnasrrtba�i stuuad S3Qdt I _
1

- NPDFS Permit Requiremea '
1 -Par 4of-16'
i
d Any person who knmvirrgly violates such sections, or such conditions or limitations is subject to rcrrinal
• penalties of$5,000 to. .50,009 per day of violation, or imprisonment for not more than 3 years, or both In
the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a knowing violation, a person shall be subject to criminal
penalties of not more than $/00,000 per day of violation,or imprisonment of not more than 6 years,or both_
j [40 CPR 12241 (a) (2)] ,
1 e_ Any person who knowingly violates section 301,302,303,306,307,308,318 or 465 of the Act,or any permit
condition or limitation implementing any of such sections in a-permit issued under section 402 of the Act,
1 and Who knows at that time that he thereby places another person in imminent danger of death or serious
bodily injury, shall,upon conviction, be subject to a fine of not more than $250,000 or imprisonment of not
{ .
_ more than 15 years, or both In the case of a second or subsequent conviction for a knowing endangerment
violation a person shall be subject to a fine of not more than$500,000 or by imprisonment of not more than
30•years, or both.An organization? as defined in section 309(c)(3)(B)(ii) of the(.WA, shall,upon conviction • -
of violating the limrnirieat danger provision,be subject to a fine of nor more than$1,000,000 and can be fined
[ . •up to$2,000,000 for second or subsequent convictions_[I0 CFIt 122.41 (a) (2)]
( f Under state law, a civil penalty of not more than $25,000 per violation may be assessed against any person
who violates or fails to act in accordance with the terms, conditions, or requirements of a permit: [North
Carolina General Statutes§143-215_6A]
i . . : .. .. . ... . . .. . .
. g Any person_may be assessed an acituiristratrve penalty by the Administrator for vioktiag section 301, 302,
[ • 08,306, 307,_3 .•318 or 405 of this Act, or any pit condition or limitation impleraenriag any of such
f sections in a permit issued under section 402 of this Act.Admire strative penalties for Class I violations are
not to exceed$10,000 per violation,with the maximum amount of any Class I p=alty assessed not to exceed
•
- $25,000. Penalties for Class II violations are not to exceed $10,000 per day for each.day clni-ing which the
, violation continues, with the•nmaximuna amount of any Class II penalty not to exceed $125,000. f40 CFI
12241 (a) (3)]
2 Duty to.hitigate
The Permitree shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any discharge or•,sludge use or disposal in
1 violation of this permit which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment
• [40 CFR 12241 (d)]. -
: • ..
' '•" -3. ,Civil4nd Criminal l iabiity ••
' Except as provided iii permit conditions on 'Bypasst ig" (Part II. C. 4), "Upsets" (Part IL C. ) and "Power
Failures" (Part IL C 7), nothing in this. permit shall be construed to relieve the Permittee from any
• • izespiibll onsii ies, liabi}iiies, or penalties for noncompliance•pursuant to NCGS 143-2153, 143-21.5_6 or Section 309
Cif the Federal"Act;33 USC 1319. Furthermore, the Permit-tee is responsible for consequential damages,such as -
. ..fish kill ,even tiibugh the responsibllity for effective compliance may be temporarily suspended
4. Oil and Hazardous Substance T.iahllity
Noti?ing in this permit shall be construed to preclude the institution of any legal action or relieve-the Permitree
front`any-responsi�bilities,liabilities, or penalties to which the Permittee is or may be subject to under NCGS 143-
215.75 et seq.'or Section 311 of the Federal Act, 33 USG 1321• Furthermore, the Permittee is responsible for
consequential damages; such as fish k•,llls, even though the responsbhity for effective compliance may be
tempo±werly suspended. • .
5. Property Rights .
'The issuance of this permit does not convey any property rights in either real or personal property, or any
• exclusive privileges, nor does it authorize any injury to private property or any invasion,of personal rights, nor
- any inftingemeut of Federal, State or local laws or regulations [40 C.rii 122.41 (g)].
• C. Onshore or'Offshore Construction -
`'This permit does not authorize or approve the construction of any onshore or offshore physical structures or
'facilities or the-Undertakinng of any work in any navigable waters. _
- Version 6/2 012 0 0 3 .

1SPDES Permit Requirements
I Page 5 of 16
•
1 - 7. " Severabaity
I The provisions of this permit are severable. If any provision of this permit, or the application of any provision of ti,
_ permit to any circumstances,is held invalid, the application of such provision to other xhtstances, and the remaind
1 - of this permit,shall not be affected thereby[NCGS 150E-23]_
8. Duty to Provide Information
The Permittee shall famish to the Permit Issuing Authority,within a reasonable time,any information which the
I ' - • Permit Issuing Authority may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying,revoking and reissuing,or
•
( • term`rnariitt, this permit or to determine compliance with this permit The Permittee cT 1 also furnish to the
• ' Permit issuing Authority upon request,copies of records required by this permit[40 CFR 12241 (h)].
- 9. ''Duty-to Rea ' l -
( PPy
If the Pefauttee wishes-to continue an atiivlEy regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit,the
' Perraitteenaust apply for and obtain a new permit[40 CFR 122-41 (b)]•
_,l 10. Expiration of Permit
The Permittee is.not authorized to discharge .after the expiration date. In order: to receive automatic
authorization to discharge beyond the expiration date, the Permittee shall submit such infommation, forms, and! fees as are'requixed agency
by the authorized to issue permits no later.than 180 days prior to the expiration dare. .
Any Perxrrittee that has not requested renewal at least 180 days prior to expiration, or any Permittee that.does not
have a permit after the expiration and has not requested renewal at least 180"days prior to expiration,w27l•subject
• the Petniittee to enforcement procedures as provided in-NCGS 143-?.I5.6 and 33 USC"1251 et.seq.
f •
11. Sigaatorv"Requireinerats" -
. • All applications,reports, or information submitted to the Permit Issuing Authority shall be'signed and certified
I [40 CFR 122.41 (k)]-
a AM permit applications shall be signed as follows: • - =
(1) For a corporation: by a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of this Section,a;aponsible
( • corporate officer means: (a) 2 president, secretary, treasurer or vice president of the corporation in
charge of a principal bn,ciness function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision
,nakg functions for the corporation,or(b) the manager Of one or more manufacturing,production,or -
operating facilities,provided,the meager is authorized to rake management dedsions:whidi govern the
operation of the regulated facility including having the explicit or implicit duty of making Major capital
investment recommendations,and initiating and directing other cornprehensiie measures to assure long
term environmental compliance with environmental laws and regulations; the manager can ensure that .
the necessary systems are established or actions taken to gather_complete and accurate inforissation for
permit application requirements;and where authority to sign documents has been assigned.or delegated
to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures
(2) For a partnership or sole proprietorship: by a genes partner or the proprietor;respectively;or
(3) For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: by either a principal executive officer or
razing elected official [40 CFR 122 27].
b.- All reports required by the permit and other information requested by the Permit Issuing Authority shall be .
- signed-by a person described in paragraph a_ above or by a rl„ly authorized representative of that person. A
person is a duly authorized representative only if -
by a person described above;
1_ The authorization is made in writing
2. The authorization spPnfied either an individual or a position having responsibility for the ove'll
operation of the regulated facility or activity, such as the position of plant manager,operator of a well or
well field, superintendent, a position of equivalent responsbfity, or an individual or position having
ov-*all responsibility for environmental matters for the company_ (A duly authorized representative may•
thus be either a named individual or any individual occupying a named position.);and .
• 3. The written authorization is submitted to the Permit Issuing Authority[40 CFR 122.22]
Version 6120/2003

I - - - - NPDES Permit Requirements'
• FGofib
c. Changes to authorization: If an authorization under paragraph (b) of this section is no longer accurate
because a different individual or position has mponsibility for the overall operation of the facility; a new
authorization satin the requirements of h of this section must be submitted to the Director
paragraph {b)
prior to or together with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized
' representative f40 cI R 177 77.1 .
yperson signing .
d Certification. Ana document undue paragraphs a or b_ of this section shall make the
foil swing.CerriEcalOil f40 C.F.R.177 77J:
'•'i certify, tinder penalty of law,.that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or
supervision in accordance a system designed to assure that quated personnel property gather and evaluate
the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons
directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the hest of my knowledge and
belief,true, accurate, and complete., I am aware that there are significant penalties for submfifing false information
including the possibfliiy of fines and imprisonment far knowing violations: - •
1 12 Permit Actions
s - lid.;.permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request by the
. Petmittee for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination,:or a notification of planned
J ;,':,:changers or anticipated noncompliance does not stay anypermit.condition [40 CFR 122_41 M.
.1 : Permit Modification,Revocation and Reissuance, or•Termination . • • .
The issuance of this permit does not prohibit the permit issuing authority from reopening and modifying the
permit,revoi;-ing•and reissuing the permit,or terminating the permit as allowed by the laws,rules, and regulations
contained in Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, Parrs 122 and 173; Title 15A of the North Carolina
J : ., . Adrninisttative Code,Subchapter 2H.0100;and North Carolina General Statute 143-2L51 et.aL • .
•
i - 14. Annual Administering and Compliance Monitoring Fee Reeuirernenrs
The Permittee must pay the•annual arTrninistering and compliance monitoring.fee-within thirty days after being
f ...haled by the Division. Failure to pay the fee in a timely-mariner in accortlancc with I5A NCAC 2H.0105 (b) (4)
may causethis Division to initiate action to revoke the permit.
- .. : :Section.C. -Operation and Maintenance of Pollution Controls - . •
.1. Certified Operator . . • .
on classification of the permitted facilitybythe Certification Commission; the Permittee shall.employ a
�• • P
_ ceirgfied t'ater•pollution control treatment system operator in responsible charge (ORC) of the water pollution
. control treatx ent system. Such operator must hold a certification of the grade equivalent:to or greater than the
classification assigned to the water pollution control treatment system by the Certification Commission. The
Permittee must also employ one or more certified Back-up_ORCs who poss,s a currently valid'certificate of the
. ,type;of the system_ Back-up ORCs must possess a grade equal to(or no more than one grade Iess than) the grade
of the system [15A NCAC SG.02011.
The ORC of each CThcs I facility must -
A Visit the facility at least weekly -
➢ Comply with all other conditions of.15A NCAC 8G_0204_
The ORC of each Cuss II,III and/facility must: - - -
Visit the facility at least daily, excluding weekends and holidays
,. ➢ Properly manage and document daily Operation and maintenance of the facility
>: Comply with all other conditions of 15A NCAC 8G-0204.
Once the facility is classified, the Pernaittee shall submit a Ietter to the Certification Commission designating the
operator in responsible charge;
a. Within 60 calendar days prior to wastewater being introduced into a new system -
Version 6/20/2003

NPDE.S PPrnit Requirements
Page 7 of 16 . .
• b:• r3iin-120 calendar days of A Receiving notification of a. change in the classification of the system requiring.the designation of a
new ORC and back-up ORC -
I A A vacancy in the position of ORC or back-up ORC.
_ 2 Proper Operation and Maintenance. . The Petmittee shall at all times provide the operation and maintenance resources necessary to operate the existing . ,
-facilities at optimum efficiency. The Permittee shall at all times properlyoperate and maintain all facilities and
systems.of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the Permittee to
• achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit Proper operation and maintenance also includes adequate
laboratory controls and appropriate quality assurance procedures_ This provision requires the Petmitcee to install
and operate backup or auxiliary facilities only when necessary to achieve compliance-with the conditions of the
permit[40 CFR 12241 (e)]. •
f • .
3- Need to Halt or Reduce not a Defense
•' It'vl?a1rnor be a-defense for a Permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or
::reduce the pemikted activity in order to maintain compliance with the condition of this permit [4-0 CFR 12243
•f • . (c)]-• ' �{, '
4.;_'-$vpassing-of Treatment Facilities
• ' ' a..- Bypass trot exceeding limitations [40 CFR 122.41 (m) (2)]
• ' -The Peir itree may allow amp bypass to occur which does not cause effluent limitations to be exceeded,but
' only jilt also is for esseritial maintenance to assure efficient operation_:These bypasses are not subject to the
( - ' provisions of Paragaphs b.and c. of this section. . _ . -
b_ Notice[40 CFR 122.41 (m)'(3)J- .
i (I) Anticipated bypass. If the Petmitree knows in advance of the need for a bypass,-it shall submit prior
•
. ••• notice, if`possible at Ieast tea days before the date of the bypass; including an evaliiation of the
. -- . anticipated quality and effect of the bypass_
• •� (2] Unanticipated bypass_ The Permitter
Gl,all submit notice of an unanticipated bypass as required in Part
IL E 6. (24hour notice). .
c Prohibition of Bypass
(I) Bypass from the treatment facility is prohibited and the Permit Issuing Authority may take enforcement -
• action against a Permittee for bypass,unless:
. (A) Bypass was pnavoidable to prevent loss of life,personal injury or severe property damage;
(B) There Were no fPlc-ihle''alternatives to the bypass, such as the.use of auxiliary treatment fades,
retention of untreated wastes Or maintenance during normal periods of equipment doc6ntime. This
condition is not satisfied if adequate backup equipment should have been installed in the exercise of
reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred airing normal periods of
equipment downtime or preventive maintenance;and
(C) The Petmittee submitted notices as required under Paragraph b.of this section. -
•
ass from the collection system is prohibited and the Permit Issuing Authority may take enforcement
Byp action against a Permitted for a bypass as provided in any current or future system-wide coIlection system
permit associated with the treatment facility. .
(3) The.Permit Issuing Authority may approve an anticipated bypass,after considering its adverse effects,if
the Permit Issuing Authority determines that it wall meet the three conditions listed above in Paragraph c.
(1) of this section_ .
5_ Upsets ( )]: upset constSiutes an *** aa*ve defense to an action
a Effect of an upset [40 CFR 1Z•41 ( )n 2
brought for noncomp,ance with such technology based permit effluent limitations if ive theew orecl leif m thatf
. paragraph b_ of this condition are met_ No det ination made doting
Version 6/20/2O03 -

NPDES Per-rnit Requ r seats
P,-:£c$of i'�
{ noncompliance was caused by upset, and before an action for noncompliance is fmaladnsiraa t .tive action
subject to judicial review
b. Conditions necessary for a demonstration of upset A Peitr.ee who wishes to establish the
affittrnarive defense of upset shall demonstrate, through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs,or
other relevant evidence than
I (1)An upset occurred and that the Permittee can identify the cause(s) of the upsets.
(2)The Permittee facility was at the time being properly operated;and
(3)The Permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in Part H.E. 6- (b) (B)of this permit
t (4)The Permittee complied with any remedial rzzeasures required under Part II.B.2 of this permit
Id Burden of proof[40 CFR 122.41 (n) (4)]: The Permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an
upset has the burden of proof in any enforcement proceeding.
6. Removed Substances
Solids,sludges, filter h, or other pollutants iewoved in the course of treatment or control ofwastefvarers
shall be utilized/disposed of in accordance with NCGS 143-2 51 and in a manner such as to prevent any pollutant
from such materials from entering waters of the State or navigable waters of the United States. The Perur%ttee
shall comply with all eeisting Federal regulations governing the disposal of sewage sludge_ Upon promulgation of
40 CFR Parr 503, any permit issued by the Permit I.ssiing Authority for the utilization/;disposal of sludge may be
reopened and modified, or revoked and reissued, to incorporate applicable requirements at 40 CFR 503, The
- Per,-,ittee shall comply with applicable 40 CFR 503 Standards for the Use and Disposal of Sewage Sludge (when
promulgated).within the tine provided in the regulation, ecru if the permit is not modified to incorporate the
requirement The Po:nuttee shall notify. the Permit Issuing Authority of any significant change in its sludge use
or disposal practices.
hr 7. Power;Failures
The Prrrnittee is responsible for maintaining adequate safeguards (as required by ISA NCAC 2Fi.0124 —
Reliability) to prevent the discharge of untreated or inadequately treated„wastes during electrical power failures
either by means of alternate power sources,standby generators or retention of inadequately treated effluent
Section D. Manitori a and Records
L Representative Sampling
Samples coIl_ected,ard measurements taken,as required herein, shall be characteristic of the volume and nature of
the'permitted discharge. Samples collected at a frequency less than daily shall be Taken on a day and time that is
characteristic of the discharge over the entire period the sample represents. All samples shall be taken at the
monitorirng,points specked in this permit and, unless otherwise specified, before the effluent joins or is diluted
by any other r astestreasu, body of water, or substance. Monitoring points shall not be d without
notifcatiorn to and the approval of the Permit Issuing Authority[40 CFR 1??41 (j)].
2. Reporting
Monitoririgresults obtained during the previous month(s) shall be snrntrtanzed for each month and reported on a
monthly Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR) Form (MR I, LI, 2, 3) or alrerrLative forms approved by the
Director,postmarked no later than the 2Sth day following the completed reporting period_
The first DMR is due on the last day of the month following the issuance of the permit or in the c se of a new
facility, on the last day of the month following the commencement of disc Duplicate signed copies of
these,and all other reports required herein, shall be submitted to the following address:
NC DENR / Division of Water Quality /Water Q nfir Section
AA.l-IF;NTION: Central Files
1 617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-16I7
VerP 6(2012083

€ NPDES Peunit Requirements
Page 9 of 16
1
j - 3. Flow Measurements
I Appropriate flow measurement devices arad methods consistent with accepted scientific practices shall be selected
and used to ensure the.accuracy and reliability of measurements of the volume of monitored discharges- The devices'Rb-•aTl be installed,calibrated and maintained to ensure that the accuracy of the measurements is consistent .
1 - •
with the accepted capabsiity of that type of device. Devices selected shaTL be capable of measuring'floWs with.a
f maximum deviation of less than.10/o from the true discharge rates throughout the range of expected discharge
volumes_ Flow measurement devices shall be accurately caiihrated at a minimum of once per year and maintained
to ensure that the accuracy of the measurements is consistent with the accepted capability of that type of device
The Director shall approve the flow measurement device and monitoring location prior to installation.
Once-through condenser cooling Water flow monitored by pump logs,or pump hour meters as specified in Part I '
• - of this permit and based on the manufacturer's pump curves shall t be subject to this requiremt.en
.4. Tesst:Procedures
Test.procedures for the analysis of pollutants shall conform to the EMC regulations (published pursuant to
1 NCGS I43-215.63 et seq.),
the Water and Air Quality Reporting
A , and to regulations published pursuant to
Section 304(g), 33 USC 1314, of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (as Amended),azid 40 LFK 136; or in
•
the case of sludge use or disposal,approved under 40 CFR 136,unless otherwise specified in 40 CFR 503,unless
other test procedures have been specified in this permit [40 CFR 12241].
To fried the intent of the monitoring required by this permit, all test procedures must produce minimum
detection and reporting
levels that are below the permit discharge requirements and all data generated must be
i reported down to the minimum detection or lower reporting level of the procedure_ If no approved'methods are
determined capable of achieving minimum detection and reporting levels below permit'discnarge'retr
then lire mflst sensitive(method with the lowest possible detection and reporting level) approved'method must
be used '
V 5. Penalties for Tampering • wis or knowingly renders inaccurate,any
The-M tampers'Clean Water Act provides that any person who falsifies, p •
I Monitoring device or method required to be maintained under this pemfit:shall,upon•conviction,be punished by
a fine of not more than$10,000 per violation, or by imprisonment for not mare than two years per violation,or
_ by both. If a conviction of a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this
f paraikah,punishment is a fine of not more than$20,000 per day of violation, or by imprisonment of not more
• - than 4 years,-or both [40 CFR 122.41]- .
6. Records Retention
Except for records of monitoring information required by this permit related to the Petmittee's sewage sludge
use and dispbsal activities,which shall be retained fora period of at least flue pears (or longer as required by 40
CPR 503),the Pennittee shall retain records of all monitoring information,including:
y all calibration and maintenance records ' instrumentation
p all originalsm chart
t recordings for continuous monitoring instrum.e
copies of all reports required by this permit
copies of all data used to complete the application for this permit
These records or copies shall be maintained for a period of at least 3 years from the date of the sample,
measurement,report or application. This period may be extended by request of the Director-at any time [40 CFR
122.41)_ -
7. RecozdinRis the Permittee shall record
For each measurement or sample taken pursuant to the requirements of this permit,
the following information [40 C.l•'1t 122_41]:.
•
a The daze;exact place,and time of sampling or measurements; _
b. The individuals)who performed the sampling or measurements;
c. The dare(s)analyses were pe ormed;
d. The individual(s)who performed the analyses, .
Version 612012003 -

•
j NPDFS Permit Reat iremen.ts ' •
I - ?agc 10 c<16
e- The analytical techniques or methods-used;and
f. The results of such analyses_
i 8_ Inspection and Entry .
The Permittee:shall allow the Director, or an authorized representative(including an authorized contractor acting
Ias a representative of the Director),upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required
by law, to;
•
a_ Enter upon the Pemiittee's premises where a regulated-facility or activity is located or conducted, or where
! records must be kept under the conditions of this permit;
1 b_ Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be lrept under the conditions of this,
pit . •
I - Inspect at reasonable ernes-any facilities, equipment(including-monitoring and control equipment),practices,
I ' or operations regulated or required under this permit and
! d Sample or monitor at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise
I authorized by the Clean Water Act,any substances or parameters at any Iocation [40 c_.t'R 1.12-41 ®).
i
Section E ..Reporting Requirements
L Change in Discharge
I • • All discharges authorized herein shall be consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit. The discharge
I •of aimy.pollutant identified in this permit more frequently than or at a level in excess of that authorized shall
1 constitute a violation of the permit. .. . . - _
t
2 Planned Changes .. . .
} The Permitter shall give notice to the Director as soon as possible; of any planned physical,alterations or
additions to the permitted facility[40 CFR. 12141 (1)]. Notice is required only where
a_ The alteration or addition to a permitted facility may meet one of the criteria for new sources at -0 CFR
f 179 99(b);or • . .
I?_ The.alteration or addition could significantly change the nature or increase the entity of pollutants
. i discharged.. This notification applies.to pollutants subject neither to effluent limitations in the permit;nor to
_ . ._ notification requirements tinder 40( K 12242,(a) (1).
,c. The alteration or.addition results in a significant change in the Perrnittee's sludge use or disposal practices,
and such alternation, addition or change may justify the application of permit conditions that are different
from or absent in'the exsiing penzia.it,including notification of additional use or disposal sits not reported - -
during the permit application process or not reported pursuant to an approved land application plan.
3• Anticipated Noncompliance
The Perrnittee shall give advance notice to-the Director of any planned changes to:the permitted farility or other
activities that might result in noncompliance with the permit[40 CFR 122.41 (I) (2)1
4. Transfers -
This permit is not transferable to any person except after notice to the Director. The Director may require
modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit to document the change of ownership..Any such action
may incorporate other reguireineats as may be necessary under the Clean Water Act [40 CFR 122.41 (1) (3)1-
5. Monitoring Reports
Monitoring results shall be reported at the intervals specified elsewhere in this permit[40 CFR 122.41_(I) (4)1.
a_ Monitoring results must be reported on a Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR)_(See Part IL D. 2) or forms
provided by the Director for reporting results of monitoring of sludge use or disposal practices_
b_ If the Petmittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit, the-results of such
monitoring shall be included in time calculation and reporting of the data submitted on the DMR.
Version 6/20/2003

NPDES Permit Requirements
Page11of16
. 6. Twenty foes Hour Reporting
• a. The-Peimittee shall report to the Director or the appropriate Regional Office any noncompl?ance that
L - potentially threatens public health or the environment Any-information shall be provided orally,'wirl'in 24
• ' hours front the time the Permittee became aware of the circumstances. A written.submission. shall also be
provided'within 5 days of the time the Permit-tee becomes aware of the circumstances. The written
( submission shall contain a description of the noncompliance, and its cause; the period of noncompliance,
•
inc}urling exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is
1 •, expected to continue; and steps taken or planned to reduce, Plrrnlnate, and prevent reoccn rence of the
noncompliance[40 CFR 122.41 (1) (6)]_
f b. The Director may waive the written report on a case-by-case basis for reports under this section if the oral
report has been received within 24 hours.
fc. Occurrences outside normal business hours may also he reported to the Division's Emergency Response
personnel a=[phone], [phone] or(919)733-3300_
i . . -
7 Other Noncorripliance
The Perhitree Shall report all instances of noncompliance not reported-under Part IL E: 5 and 6_of ibis permit At
the time•moz itoring reports are submitted_• The reports shall contain the information listed in Part II_'E 6. of
this permit[40 CFR'122.41 (1) ()1-
8. Other Information -
Where the Perri ittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in. a permit-application, or
submitted-incorrect information inaa permit application or in any report to the erector,it shall promptly submit
such facts or information[40 CFR 122.41 (l) (8)1_
9. Noncompliance Notification •
. 'The Peanittee shall report by telephone to either the central office or the appropriate regional:,office of the
Division as soon as possible, but in no.case more than 24 hours or on the next working day following the
occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a_ Any occurrence at the water pollution control facility which results in the discharge of sigflificant amounts of
wastes which are abnormal in quantity or characteristic, such as the dumping of the contents of a sludge
,digester the known,passage of a slug of hazardous substance through the facility; or any-other unusual .
• - - • Circumstances.
b_ Any process unit failure, due to /mown or unknown reasons, that render the facility incapable of adequate
wastewater treatment such as merhanical or electrical failures of pumps,aerators,compressors,etc.
c_ Any failure of a pumping station, sewer line, or treatment facility resulting in a by-pass directly to receiving
waters without treatment of all or any portion of the influent to such station or facility.
• E
- Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report within 5 daps following first
knowledge of the occurrence-
I0. Availability of Reports ( )(
Except for data determined to be confidential under NCGS 143-2153 a 2) or Section 308 of the Federal Act,33
USC 1318,all reports prepared in accordance with the terms shall be available for public inspection at the offices
of the Division of Water Quality. As required by the Act, effluent data shall not be considered confideiitiaL
Knowingly making any false statement on any such report may result in the imposition of criminal penalties as
provided for in NCGS 143-2151 (b)(2) or in Section 309 of the Federal Act -
11. Penalties for Falsification of Reports
The Clean Water Act provides that any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or
certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under this permit,including
monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance sha11,upon conviction, be punished by a fine of
•
Version 6/20/2003 . . •

} - •
NPDFS Permit Requirements '
1 _ page#2 of,J 6
not more than $25,000 per violation, or by imprisonment for not more than two years per violation, or by both
• [40 CFR 122.4I].
1 •
12. Annual Performance Reports - -
Pen-mittens who own or operate facilities that collect or treat municipal or domestic-waste shall provide an annual
. report to the Permit Issuing Authority and to the users/customers served by the Perrnittee (NCGS 143-215.1 C).
The report shall sdmma**ze the performance of the collection or treatment system,as well as the extent to which
..the facility was compliant with applicable Federal or State laws,regulations and rules pertaining to water quality. .
The report shall be provided no later than sistY days after the end of the calendar Or fiscal year, depenrling upon
1 which annual period is.used for evaluation.
r .
1 PART III
. OTHER REQUIREMENTS
Section A_ Construction .
_I The Perruittee shall not commence construction ofwastewater treatment facilities,nor add to the plant's•treatment
capacity,nor change the treatment process(es)utilized at the treatment plant unless the Division has issued an
1 . Authorization to Construct(AtC)permit Issuance of aft AtC will nor occur until Final Plans and Specifications for
the proposed construction have been submitted by the Petmittee and approved by the Division.
Section E. Groundwater Monitoring ` " •'
The.Permitte.e shall;upon Witten notice from the Director of the Division of Water Quality, conduct groundwater
# . `,monitoringas may be required to determine the compliance of this NPDES permitted facility with the rrent
l . groundwater standards. - f
Section C. Changes in Discharges of Toxic Substances
II -• The,Permitree shall notify the Permit.issuing Authority as soon as it knows or has reason to believe(44 CFR 12142);
r • a That any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in the discharge, on a routine or frequent
• • bats,of any toxic pollutant which is not limited in the permit,if that discharge will exceed the highest of the
t , _ following "notification levels";
(I)•.Qiie hundred.micrograms per liter(I00 µg!L); - .
t Two•hundred mi•Qograrms per liter (200 for acxolein and acrylonitrle; five hundred micrograms
per liter(500 i.eg/L) for 24-dinitrophenol and for 2-methy1-4.6-r4irritrophenol;and one milligram per liter
. (l mg/L)for antimony;
1 (3) Five times the na imum concentration value reported for that pollutantin the peuriit application_ .
b. - That any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in any discharge, on.a non-routine or
,infrequent basis, of a toxic pollutant which is not limited in the permit, if that discharge will emceed the
highest of the following"notification levels"; .
(1) '-Five hundred raicrogiams per liter(50D L); -
(2) One milligram per liter(I mgf L) for antimony,
(3) Ten times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the permit application.
Section B. Evaluation of Wastewater Discharge Alternatives-
The Perri**shall evaluate all wastewater disposal alternatives and pursue the most environmentally sound
alternative of the.reasonably cost effective alternatives_ If the facility is in substantial non-Compliance•with,the terms
and conditions of the NPDRS permit or governing rules,regulations or laws,the Pemuittee shall submit a report in
such form and detail as required by the Division evaluating these alternatives and a•plan of action within 60 days of
notification by the Division.
- `Section E. "Facility Closure Requirements
Time Per�itr,ee±uust.notify the Division at Ieast 90 days prior to the closure of any wastewater treatment system
' covered by this permit The Division may require specific measures during deactivation of die system to prevent -
Version&120I2003

. .
, . 1
• i — NPDES Permit Requirements
/ r:. '41 • P2ge 13 oftG
1 -.1 - . . , . • .
adverse impatts to waters of the State. This pennit cannot be rescinded whileany activities requiring this pc/mit
. . .
I ,continue at the permitted
- T - • . .
•. .
I . • PART W . . .
. - -
. .
i . • • SPECIAL-CONDITIONS FOR MUNCIPAL FACILITIES
1 Section A. Publicly Owned Treatment Works(POTINs) . . .
. .
i . . .
1 All POTWs must provide adequate notice to the Director of the following:. . : • •
, - 1. Any new introduction of pollutants into the POTW from an indirect discharger which would be subject to
section 301 or 3.06 of L.N.VA if it were diret.tly discharging those palltatant and
_I •• 2_ Any substantial change in the volume or character of pollutanis being iritroduCed by an indirect discharger
as influent to that POTW at the time of issuance of the permit
3. For purposes of this paragraph,adequate notice c17.21/include information on (1)the quality and quantity of
I - • effluent introduced into the POTW,and (2) any anticipated impact of the change on the Vanity or quality .
of effinent to be discharged from the POTW.
I !. . - • •
. .
.Section B_ Municipal Control of Pollutants from Industrial Users.
. • . •
. . . .
. 1. Effluent limitations are .listed in Part j of this pit Other pollutants attributable to inputs:front .
..... .
industries using•the municipal system may be present in the Perruirtee's discharge. At such time as
I sufficient information becomes available to.establish limitations for such pollutants, this permit may be •
' revised to specify effluent limitations for any or all of such other pollutants in:.accordance with best
. practicable technology or water quality standards. - •
. .
. .
I • .
2 Under no circomstauces shall the Petmirt ee allow introduction of the following wastes in the waste
. . , . . treatment system: - . •
Pollutants which create a fire or explosion hazard in the POTW, hacker-Tit,-but not burned to,
, . wastestreams 'with a dosed cup flas hp pint of less'than 140 degrees Falarcnhp"t or 60 degrees .
Centigrade g the test methods specifier'in 40 CFR 261.21; • .
b. Pollutants which will cause corrosive structural damage to the POTW, but in no case,Discharges
. with pH lower than 5.0,unless the Works is specifically'designed to acconnuao4t41Disc12a-tg't:5;
c. Solid or viscous pollutants in amounts which will cause obstruction.to the'flaw- in the POTW -
resulting in Interference; . . . -
. . ,
.
[ . a Any pollutant,inclnrling oa.ygrzu demanding pollutants(SOD, etc)relerrsed in a Discharge at a flow
. - rate and/or pollutant concentration which will cause interference with-the POTW;•
e. Heat in amounts which'will inhibit biological activity in the POTW resulting in Interference,but in
. .
. no case heat in such quantities that the teraPerature at the POTW Treatment Plant exceeds 40°C
. .
(104°F)unless the Division,upon request of the POTW,approves alternate ntropetanire Emits;
f. Petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable cutting oil, or products of mineral oil origin in amounts that will
rqrrse interference or pass through;
g. Pollutants which result in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes -within the POTW in a
quantity that may cause acute woricer health and safety problems; -
la. - Any trucked or Emiled poilutints,Except at discharge points des;gnateri.by the PO_LW_ •
3. With regard to the effluent requirements listed in Part I of this permit, it may be necessary for the
Permittee to supplement the requirements of the Federal Pretreatment Standards (40 CFI, Part 403) to
ensure compliance by the Permittee with all applicable effluent linritations. Such actions by the Permittee
may be necessary regarding some or all of the industries discharging to the municipal system..
4. The Perrairtee shall require any industrial discharges sending influent to.the permitted system to meet
Federal Pretreatment Standards promulgated in response to Section 307(b) of the Act Prior to accepting
wastewater from any significant industrial user, the Permittee shall either develop, and submit to the
Version 6/2012003 .

NPDES Permit Reclrxirelnents
•
Y3age74of16
Division a Pretreatment Program for approval per I5A NCAC 2H .0907(a) oz modify an existing Pretreatment Program per EA NCAC 2H.0907(b). -
5. " This permit slraf be modified, or alternatively,revoked and reissued,to incorporate or modify an approved
. POl'W Pretreatment Program.:or to include a compliance schedule for the development of a P011.ti Pretreatment Program as required under Section 402(b)(8) of the Clean Water Act and implementing
•
. regulations or by the requnreraents of the approved Stare pretreatrrrent program,as appropriate.
Section C. Pretreatment Programs
i .
•
.3 • Under authority of sections 307(b) and(c)and 402(b)(8) of the Clean Water Act and implementing P $regulations 40
" C. R. Part 403, North Carolina General Statute 143-2153 (14) and implementing .regulations 15A NCAC 2H
-.0900,and in accordance with the approved pretreatment program, all,provisions and r,
referenced in the Pretreatment Program Submittal are an enforceable part of this permit.eguilions contained and
a
. .. The Permittee shall•operate its approved pretreatment program in accordance with Se•
ction 402(b)(8) of
. . ,Water Act, the Federal Pretteatmen.t Regulations 40 CFR Park,403, the State Pretreatment R the Clean
•. R��3-�tions .15h NCAC 2H .0900; and the legal authorities, policies, procedures, and financial provisions- contained in its
pretreatment program submission and Division approved modifications uteri of Such operation shall include
. but is not limited"to the implementation of the following conditions and requirements:
.. • 1. Sewer Use Ordinance(SUO)
. The`:Permittee shall tain'adequate legal authority to implement its approved pretreatment program.
•.'2 Iri'dusuiai Waste Survey(1W51 • .
' - The-•Permittee shall.update its Industdal Waste Survey. (ITS) to include all users of the'sewer collection
system at least once every five years.
3: 1lfovitoiirsg Plan .
-- _ 'The'Peimittee shralI implement a Division approved Monitoring Plan for'the collection of facility specific
`: .. •: '. data-to.be-used in a wastewater treatment plant Headworks' ' - .. .Analysis (HWA) for the•development of
r - . . 'specific pretreatment local limits. Effluent data from the Plan shall be reported on the DMRs (as required
- by Part g Section D,and Section E5): -
4. Headivozks Analysis (HWA)'and Local Limits •
The•Permittee`shall obtain Division approval of a Headwarks Analysis (iWA) at least once every fir
.Years, and as e
. . _ • :required bp. the:Diviston Within 180 days of the.effecmre date of this permit (or any
.' sul sequeiir permit modsific-ation) the Petmittee shall submit to the Division a written technical evaluation
- •of the need.to'revise local limits (i.e., an updated HWA or documentation of why one is not needed) (40
_ . • i 'CFR 122421 The Permittee sllall'develop,in accordance with 40 CFR 403.5(c) and 15A NCAC 2H•A909,
' • - specific'Local limits to implement the prohibitions listed in.40 CFR 403.5(a) and (b) and 15A NCAC 2H
.0909:' , . .
. . 5- Industrial User Pretreatment Permits (fUP) &Allocation Tables
'. In accordance with NCGS 143-2154,the Permittee shall issue to all significantinclustnai users,permits for
operation of pretreatment eciuipiaent and discharge to the Permittee's-treatment works. These permits
shah contain limitations, sampling protocols, reporting requirements, appropriate standard and special
conditions, and compliance schedules as necessary for the installation of 'treatment and control
. technologies to assure that their wastewater discharge will meet all applicable pretreatment standards and
reciairemeats. The Permitted shill maintain a current Allocation Table (AT)which strrnrn2ri7es the results
of the Headworks Analysis (HWA) and the limits from all Industrial User Pretreatment Permits (TUP),
Permitted MP-loadings for each parameter cannot exceed the treatment capacity of the POTW as
determined by the HWA
Version 6/20/2O03

NPDES Permit Requirements
I , '1 _ - Page hofib ,
• 6. Atithoziration to Construct(A to Q .
The Pesmittee aHia1l a Stare that an Authari7ti031 ro Construct permit (AtC) is issued to all applicable
_ industria1 users for the construction or modification.of any pretreatment facility. Prior to the issuance of .
• an AtC, the proposed pretreatment facility and treatment process must be evaluated for its capacity to
;I comply with all Industrial User Pretreatment Permit(IUP)limitations.
• 7. PO'IW Inspection&Monitoring of their SlUs and ntonito activities as described in its Division
The=Permittee shall conduct inspection, surveillance,
. approved pretreatment program in order to determine;independent of information supplied by industrial
users,compliance with applirahle pretreatment standards. The Pertaittee must
a, sect all Significant Industrial Users(S.1-Us)at least-once per calendar year;and
b. Sample all Significant Industrial Uses (SIUs) at least. twice per-calendar year for all permit •
f ` limited pollutants, once rig the period from Janitaiy I through June 30 and once during the •
period from July 1 through December 31,except for organic compounds which shall be sampled
•
• once per calendar year,
• ' S_ �SIU Self Monitoring and Reporting • •
. tie Permittee shall i.eq-ail.c. all industrial users to comply'with the applicable monitoring and reporting
requirements outlined in the Division approved pretreatment prog the iadustry's pretreatment permit,
i - or in 15A NCAC 2H_0908.-
. . 9. Fr,forcement Response Plan (ERP) . . .
The Permittee cull enforce and obtain appropriate remedies for violations of all pretreatment standards -
i pursuanteq),P
tom ed to section 307(b) and (c) of the Clean Water Act(40 GFR�'!(15�eL s o}�-hitxve
• promulgated
• • • discharge standards as set forth in 40 CFR:4035 and 15A NCAC 2H.0909,and local liutiradons.
• . • ••All• aire.�eat actions-shall be consistent with the Enforcement Response Plan (1 approved by the
I?ivi_sion .
10. Pretreatment Annual Reports•(PAR)
( The Permittee shall report to the Division in accordance with 15A NCAC 2H.0908. In lieu of sub
ttiri
annual reports, Modified Pretreatment Programs developed under 15A NCAC 2H ,0904 (b) may
y be
required to meet with Division personnel periodically to discuss enforcement of pretreatment requirements .
and other pretreatment implementation issues. . -
• For all other active pretreatment programs,the Permittee shall submit two copies of a Pretreatment Annual
i • Report(PAR) describing its pretreatment activities over the previous twelve months,to the Division at the
following address.
_ NC DENR/DWQ/Pretreatment Unit •
1617 Mail Service Center
. Raleigh,NC 27699-1617 .
These reports shall be submitted according to a schedule establkhed by the Director and shall contain the
following
a.) Narrative
A brief discussion of reasons for, status of, and actions taken for all Significant Industrial
Users (SIDS)in Significant Non-Compliance(SNC);
b) _PretreatmentProgram Summary(PPS)
A pretreaiment program.summary(PPS) on sprriltc forms approved by the Division; ;
c.) - cant Nora- Hance R rt(SNCR)
The nature of the violations and the actions taken or proposed to correct the violations on
• specific forms approved by the Division;
d) Industrial Data Summary Forms (IDSF)
• Version 61202003 • . '

.( NPDES Permit RegUirethents
1 _ F5.e�=e 16.a16
1 Monitoring data from.samples•collected by both the POTW and the Significant Industrial
User (SIU). These analytical results muse be reported on Industrial Data Summary Forms
. (B)SF) or other specific format approved by to Division;
1 e.) Other Information - . .. -
Copies of the POiW`s allocation tahte,new or modified enforcement.coraplihrce schedules,
public notice-of SIUs is SNC, and:any other•iiiformaiioupon,tequest, which in the
opinion of the Director is needed to -determine compliance with. the pretreatment
/-- .
implementation regetiremeats of this.pen:nig
11. - Public Notice - -
T • The Permittee shall publish annnnalty a'list of Significant Industrial Users.(SIUs) that were in Significant
- -Non_Compliance_(SNC) as defined in the•Permittee's Division approved'Sewer Use Oranance with
J .-, Applicable:,pretreatmeatregzn�e„ts and.stanrlards during the previous twelve month period. This list.
. • . shall be published within four months of the applicable twelve-month period
• . 12. Record Keeping .
I The Permittee shall retain for a minimarn of three years records of monitoring activities and:results,along
• with support information including general records,water quality records,,and records of industrial impact
o
1 n the POTW. -
1111 -
1111 -•'S,' ;,:. ;3 ''Funding and Financial Report ... • -
i '..',: -:','-1 ' --• .. - The.Pemzittee shall maintain adequate funding and staf g levels to accomplish the objectives of its
approved.pretzeallm.entprogram_ : , .
1. - 1
14. •• Modifiction,to Pretreatment Programs ,
' • Modifications _to-'the approved pretreatment program :including but not limited to local limits
• . .rmociifc ons, P01W monitoring of-their-Significant Industrial Users (S Us),-and Monitoring Plan
1 nodi&a ions.-shall be coniidered a permit modification and shall be governed by 15 NCAC 2H.Q114 and
15A NCAC 2H.0907... -
1 . •
,
•
•
•
•
•
Version 6/2012063

)09 FROM:HSMM 8645851504 1u'r`u"`""- - -
•_v8:5SAM FROM-Construction Grants And Loans 919T155229 T-033 P.0Q1/002 F-534
t-: - ,0'; 1 11107-;---seq"ffr'f .";q:'t.,• •
II =tip.• ae• .•'• a.{ ..
•
"-�:1G K�.. ...- z•a _ t.•,--+`
i . - ,
g North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission
it
Richard B.Hamilto
Post-Ir fax Note 7671 a 0 in or .
March 9,2005 t' V I,. y, �•-
Ms. Hannah Stallings
Construction Grants and Loans iiiillEMOINNIIIIII
1 1633 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633
RE: City of Hickory 201 Facilities Plan and Environmental Assessment(EA)Revisions,
1 Catawba County
Dear Ms.Stallings:
1 office for our
• This correspondence is in response to the revised 201 Plan submitted by your
review and comments.. The North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission(NCWRC)is
authorized to comment and make recommendations which relate to the impacts of this project an
1 fish and wildlife through the Clean Water Act of 1977 and the Fish.and Wildlife Coordination
Act(48 Stat.401, as amended; 16 U.S.C. 661-667d)-
Comments have been provided previously for the wastewater improvements proposed for the
City of Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant(WWTP)EA. After receiving this recent
modification,we discussed our concerns with HSMM consultants.
Based on these discussions with HS/V24, it appears that cumulative and seconrinty impacts are
not anticipated from activities proposed in the 201 Plan as effluent flow increases are not being
anticipated or requested. We continue to be concerned about the use of gas chlorine or sodium
hypochlorite for disinfection at the WWTP. Mr.Jonathan Hunt with HSMM provided additional
information on February 25, 2005 about the proposed modification concerning the use sodium
hypochlorite as well as information about ozone and ultraviolet alternatives- HSMM has
concerns about 1) the efficiency of non chemical alternatives due To characteristics of the waste
stream and 2) alternate disinfection byproduct impacts. •
Our review of the additional information on alternative disinfection processes still leads us to .
believe Thar alternatives to chlorination are less clan-,aging to aquatic communities than cblorinc
and de chlorination. Based on our review, it appears that there is little concern for ultraviolet
procedures while more concerns are indicated fot ozone byproducts. When comparing non
chemical disinfection to chlorine,non chemical impacts a produced byar less significiat. Thealte toxicity at of
chlorine and its byproducts is well known. Concerning byproducts
disinfection methods,we recommend that disinfection alternatives be thoroughly evaluated and
compared with sodium hypochlorite byproducts. Alternatives that work in the waste treatment
train should be evaluated for cost effectiveness, safety,and aquatic Impacts_ These comparisons -
should indicate how long-lived(persistence) and how significant these byproducts maybe
14Iailipg Address: Division of Inland Fisheries - 1721 Mail Service Center - Raleigh,NC 27699-1721
Telephone: [phone] ► Fax: [phone]
MAR-10-200S THU 09.28 TEL:[phone] NAME:HSMM P, 1

— •
/08:5EAM FROM—Construction Grznts And Loans Vg7156229 T-933 PA02/002 F-5?4
,yr
Hickory Northeast VV-WTP
2 March 9, 2005
relative to the characteristics of the WWTP effluent. Although,we ere primarily concerned with
protecting the aquatic environment, these comparisons could evaluate human safety and human
exposure to byproducts in receiving basins. Regardless,these comparisons should carefully
analyze and evaluate acute and claroDic impacts to aquatic environments.
In conclusion, we do not desire to postpone WWTP or collection system improvements so we
will not object to the issuance of a Finding of No Significant Impact (PONS°prrovicling that
alternative disinfection processes are fully evaluated and modified if appropriate and cost
effective. Any waste stream issues that preclude alternative disinfection methods should be
improved prior to increasing effluent flows at the ww-rp. Additionally, all National Pollution
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) activities should follow all environmental permit
conditions required or specified by the NC Department of Environment and Natural Resources
and the Division of Water Quality.
Thank you for the opportunity to comment on this EA. If you have any questions regarding
these comments, please contact me at 336-769-9453.
1 Sincerely,
/cove
Ron Linville
Rcgional.Coordinator
Habitat Conservation Progra.m
I
I
I
I
1
IIR-10-ear-JS THU (10:2'8 TEL NAME:HSNM F. 2

Cx.r-Aq l 3/f ?vl. S NCDENAgUA
R
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue - Coleen H..Sullins _Dee.Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
February 5, 2009
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Approval of the Plans and Specifications
Project No. CS370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright:
The review for completeness and adequacy of the project construction plans and
specifications has been concluded by the'Construction Grants &Loans Section of the North
Carolina Division of Water Quality. Therefore, said plan documents are hereby approved.
Eligibility for Revolving Loan funding is determined as follows:
Eligible
The 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment PIant consisting of: an influent pump station
with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each) peak flow, influent magnetic flow
meter, two (2) 6,920 GPM, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513 GPM, 125 Hp pumps; influent pump
station i50 kW oh-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated at20 MGD vvith grit
classifier; flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3 MGD, with each ditch
consisting of 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp submersible mixers, 0.29 MG anoxic
basin with one (1) 7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22 MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp
mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box;
two (2) 100 ft-diameter clarifiers with 16 ft side water depth; a dual channel 0.132 MG (each)
chlorine contact basin, with on-site sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed
dechlorination system; a cascade post-aerator; four(4) RAS 2,100 gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps;
four(4) aerobic digesters (AD), AD1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4
sized at 0.228 MG (each), and four(4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester
blower; two (2) in-line sludge grinders, two (2)400 gpm progressive cavity feed sludge pumps,
two (2) 400 gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners, two (2)progressive cavity discharge sludge
pumps; odor control system; two (2) WWTP 1,500 kW on-site generators; plant SCADA system;
demolition of the existing plant; and associated site work.
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633
Location:2728 Capital Blvd.Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 One
Phone:[phone] FAX:[phone] Customer Service:1-877-623-6748 North Carolina
Internet:www.ncwaterquality.org Nature,
An Equal opportunity 1 Aifirmaive Action Employer �l

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page Number 2
NQflluible
The following items are deemed non-eligible for Revolving Loan funding:
• any costs associated with the 4,390 square foot Office/Laboratory Building that exceed
$170/square foot, •
• any costs associated with choosing the Alternative Owner Preferred Major Equipment Items
(in Schedule A of the Bid Form) above the Base Bid costs.
Issuance of this approval letter does not imply availability of funding. You are encouraged
not to advertise for bids until you have received the funding offer. In the event that received bids
exceed the amount established through the funding offer, and local funds are not adequate to
award contract(s), it will be necessary to consider all alternatives including redesign,
re-advertising, and rebidding.
Neither the State nor Federal Government, nor any of its departments, agencies or
employees is or will be a party to the invitation to bids, addenda, any resulting contracts or
contract negot„iations/changes.
Your project is subject to the one-year performance certification requirements. By this,
you are required on the date one year after the completion of construction and initial operation of
the subject treatment facilities, to certify, based on your consulting engineer's advisement,
whether or not such treatment works meet the design performance, specifications and the permit
conditions and effluent limitations.
In accordance with the Federal Regulations, the Recipient is required to assure compliance
with the OSHA safety regulations on the subject project. In complying with this regulatory
responsibility, the Recipient should, by letter, invite the Bureau Chief, Education Training and
Technical Assistance Unit, NC OSHA Division, 1101 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC '27699-
1101 at (91.9) 807-2890, to participate in the Preconstruction Conference to assure that proper
emphasis is given on understanding and adhering to the OSHA regulations.
It is the responsibility of the Recipient and the Consulting Engineer to insure that the
project plan documents are in compliance with Amended N. C. G. S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of these plans and specifications, and any
subsequent addenda or change order, do not imply approval of a restrictive specification for
bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement actions,.
Any addenda to be issued for subject project plans and specifications must be submitted by
the Recipient such that adequate time is allowed for review/approval action by the State, and for
subsequent bidder action prior to receipt of bids.
It is mandatory for project facilities to be constructed in accordance with the North
Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act, and, when applicable, the North Carolina Dam
Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what the contractors' responsibilities
shall he in complying with these Acts.

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page Number 3
Prior to entering into any contract(s) for construction, the recipient must have obtained all
applicable project Permits from the State, including an Authorization to Construct and/or Non-
Discharge Permit.
While rejection of all bids is possible, such action may be taken only with prior State
concurrence, and only for good cause.
A goal of 8% of the contract price is established for Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)
participation in this project, and a goal of 5% of the contract price is established for Women's
Business Enterprise (WBE)participation in this project. The Recipient and Bidders shall make a
good faith effort to assure that MBE's and WBE's are utilized, when possible, as sources of
goods and services. The good faith effort must include the following affirmative steps: (a)
including small,minority, and women's businesses on solicitation lists; (b) assuring that small,
minority, and women's businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (c) dividing
total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit
maximum participation by small, minority, and women's businesses; (d) establishing delivery
schedules, and (e) using the services of the Small Business Administration and the Minority
Business Development Agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce. PIease note that the
solicitation efforts should include documentable follow-up phone calls.
The Recipient shall comply with the provisions of 40 CFR, Part 7, Subpart C -
Discrimination Prohibited on the Basis of Handicap.
Attached is one (1) copy of the Project Bid Information (Authority to Award) which is to
be completed within 21 days after bids have been received, and submitted to the State for review.
Upon review and approval of this information, the State will authorize the Recipient to make the
proposed award.
Do not proceed with construction until the Authorization-to-Award package and the EEO
and MBE documentation/certification have been reviewed, and you are in receipt of our
approval, if a Federal loan is desired for project construction.
Two (2) copies of any change order must be promptly submitted by the Recipient to the
State. If additional information is requested by the State, a response is required within two (2)
weeks, or the change order will be returned without further or final action.
One (1) set of the final approved plans and specifications will be forwarded to you. One
(1) set of plans and specifications identical to the approved set must be available at the project
site at all times.
Upon completion of the project construction, the Recipient shall submit a letter confirming
that the project has been constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by
the State. "As-built" plans will need to be submitted with any changes clearly documented on
the plans if the above confirmation cannot be 'made.

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page Number 4
If there are any questions concerning this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Seth Robertson, P.E. at [phone].
Sincerely,
•
X9a-
Daniel M. BIaisdell, P.E., Section Chief
Construction Grants &Loans Section
Attachment
•
st:sr
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, IC, Spartanburg, SC
OSHA Bureau Chief, Wanda Lagoe
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Mark Hubbard, P.E.
Shamim Haeri
Seth Robertson, P.E.
Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
CIG
SRF
11 FEB 132009 •:

PROJECT BID INFORMATION
Previously referred to as the "Part B" in State programs
Previously referred to as the "Project Review and Cost Summary" in Federal programs
WARD RECIPIENT INFORMATION
Name Project Number
Address
ID INFORMATION
Attach the following supplemental information and submit with this form:
(a) Tabulations of all bids received (sealed by engineer).
(b) Copies of the bid(s) and bid bond the applicant wishes to accept.
(c) Resolution of tentative award.
(d) Engineer's recommendation of award letter.
(e) Proof of advertisement
(1} MBE/WBE Requirements:
State Programs
■ Include affidavits A, B, C or D as required.
■ Submit certification of subcontract awards to minority business firms
with documentation to comply with G.S. 143-128.2. (Complete attached form)
Federal Programs (SRF and STAG)
• Documentation of Contractor's "good faith" effort to procure MBE/WBE
subcontractors.
• Certification regarding debarment, suspension and other responsibility matters
for each prime and subcontractor.
DDITIONAL INFORMATION
Addenda
All addenda must be submitted to CG&L for approval prior to opening bids. Changes to the
scope of the project may require a permit modification.
Site Certificates (2)
Submit if not previously submitted or if changes have occurred..
Additional Items
• Land Costs (State Loans &Grants Only) Submit form if seeking payment.
• A/E Contracts— Submit for approval if seeking payment.
• Sewer Use Ordinance, User Charge System and Sewer budget (SRF Only) Payments
stop at 90% of total project costs if not approved.
• 4700 Form (SRF Only)
• Submit proof of adequate resident inspection (resume of inspector).

List contractor names below: TOTAL ELIGIBLE
1. $ $
i 2.
1 ' 3.
4.
5.
EQUIPMENTy AND MATERIALS $
` ',,,,,� t`� .ti T..'�" ,�.�+�i. .c. Y �M g Y ,,. $
TECHNICAL SERVICES (attach contract)
LEGAL
ADMINISTRATIVE
CONTINGENCY (5% of construction)
OTHER (specify) b
REAL PROPERTY ACQUISTION COSTS _
CLOSING COSTS QQ+
[}a.1r „'a:r ,;,244c[� , ,riT`a m.: tXk '}" 4 1 �.xT �merkx ,:��+,.i kk0: i�t `.,=�y^ y vk� �,�-. ,
,o w fIrtri.Z IN, #k L :^3s ssg'"eiWrAt,<WA aa'wr 1 .
List funds that are available for this project: AMOUNT
CASH $
GENERAL OBLIGATION BONDS
REVENUE BONDS
OTHER (specify)
FEDERAL LOAN/GRANT (specify agency) b
STATE LOAN
_STATE GRANT �]i]�
=} 5�,�i-.c' -.k 4'�k�lF;fi", )' ;".�, �+.'r SL ��'�y 41 41b�F-M, �Ft4 s ”'=7a d� Kl��r� �k j�-''�i 4
The undersigned representative of the Recipient certifies that the information contained above and in
any attached statements and material in support thereof is true and correct to the best of his or her
knowledge.
Signature of Authorized Representative Name and Title (type or print) Date

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMITTING
PROJECT BID INFORMATION FORM
This information must be submitted as soon as possible after construction bids are opened.
For STAG and State projects send to: For SRF Projects send to:
Don Evans Steve Tsadwa
Construction Grants and Loans Section Construction Grants and Loans Section
1633 Mail Service Center 1633 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1633 Raleigh,NC 27699-1633
Page 1
Enter all requested information such as, Name, Address, and Project Number. Documentation
listed from (a) to(f) must be submitted. Addenda should be submitted before bids are opened
with enough time for CG&L to approve them (7 days). Site information should be attached if
not previously submitted.
Page 2
PROJECT COST SUMMARY
(1) Enter the contractor's company or corporate name. Enter the amount of the
bid or bids the applicant wishes to accept.
(2) If equipment or materials are to be or have been purchased outside the
construction contracts, enter the estimated or actual costs as applicable.
(3) If not previously submitted, attach copies of any engineering contracts or
agreements. Formal agreements are required for disbursement of funds.
(4) Contingency is limited to 5% of the total construction bid amount.
(5) Appraisals and a copy of the Deed are required for disbursement of real
property costs.
(6) Closing costs are not eligible for reimbursement under the SRF. They are 1.5% for
State Grants, 2% for SRF Loans and 2.5% for State Loans.
REVENUE SOURCES FOR PROJECT CONSTRUCTION
(1) Enter the amount of general obligation bonds and revenue bonds authorized
but not yet sold for this project.
(2) Enter the amount of the grant, if any, offered by Federal or State Agency(s)
and list name of agency(s).
(3) Enter the amount of the loan or grant offered.
(4) TotaI funds available must equal or exceed the Total Project Cost.
The form must be signed by the applicant's authorized representative.

J F i }g .,, `� y tlf "^( -W4 0Fa�© t �T 7V1�?}t 51-' F 15� t'tp3�t[g�(a T
_. ,;-�`f ... . .a =1 -,:'Y,.: . ; E.T.(_: .,4 e_..,..,]dr� .4. -. i�?7[S�+5=.�..;y'{ ;ti.'Aa.�vA.vW, 4.`"g
' Att.W a... ***sf' t
THE TOWN DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT IT HAS MET THE REQUIREMENTS OF G.S. 143-128.2 IN
REFERENCE TO MINORITY BUSINESS CONTRACTS FOR THIS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. THE
CONTRACTOR HAS MET THE GOALS ESTABLISHED BY RESOLUTION OF THE TOWN AND THE
FOLLOWING CONTRACTS MEET THE REQUIREMENTS ADOPTED BY THE TOWN: .
signature of authorized representative name of authorized representative
PLEASE LIST CONTRACTORS AND MINORITY SUBCONTRACTORS:
1. CONTRACT: AMOUNT
MINORITY CONTRACT: AMOUNT
$
MINORITY CONTRACT: AMOUNT
$
2. CONTRACT: AMOUNT
$
MINORITY CONTRACT: AMOUNT
MINORITY CONTRACT: AMOUNT
3. CONTRACT: AMOUNT
MINORITY CONTRACT: AMOUNT
$
MINORITY CONTRACT: AMOUNT
CONTINUE IF MORE THAN THREE CONTRACTS

Ar;v:A
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director • - • Secretary
•
February 5, 2009
The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603-0398
SUBJECT: Authorization to Construct
A to C No. 02040IA01
City of Hickory
Northeast WWTP Improvements
Dear Mayor Wright:
A letter of request for an Authorization to Construct(ATC) was received June 19, 2008,
by the Division of Water Quality(Division), and final plans and specifications for the subject
project have been reviewed and found to be satisfactory. Authorization is hereby granted for the
construction of the 6.0 MGD Wastewater Treatment Plant, with discharge of treated wastewater
into Lake Hickory in the Catawba River Basin.
This authorization results in the design and permitted capacity of 6.0 MGD, and is
awarded for the following construction:
The 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of: an influent pump
station with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each) peak flow, influent
magnetic flow meter, two (2) 6,920 GPM, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513 GPM, 125 Hp
pumps; influent pump station 750 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated
at 20 MGD with grit classifier; flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3
MGD, with each ditch consisting of 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp
submersible mixers, 0.29 MG anoxic basin with one (1) 7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22
MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp
submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; two (2) 100-ft diameter clarifiers with 16 ft
side water depth; a dual channel 0.132 MG (each) chlorine contact basin, with on-site
sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed dechlorination system; a cascade
post-aerator; four(4) RAS 2,100 gpm, 40 Hp sludge pumps; four (4) aerobic digesters
(AD), AD 1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4 sized at 0.228 MG
(each), and four(4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester blower; two (2)
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1633 One
Location:2728 Capital Blvd.Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 North Carolina
Phone:[phone] FAX:[phone] Customer Service:1-877-623-6748
Internet:www.ncwaterguality.org Naturally
An Equal Opportunity 1 i*rmative Adion Employer

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page 2
in-line sludge grinders, two (2) 400 gpm progressive cavity feed sludge pumps, two (2)
400 gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners, two (2) progressive cavity discharge sludge
pumps; odor control system; two (2) WWTP 1,500 kW on-site generators; plant SCADA
system; demolition of the existing plant; and associated site work.
This ATC is issued in accordance with Part III, Paragraph A of NPDES Permit No.
NC0020401 issued April 19, 2006, and shall be subject to revocation unless the wastewater
treatment facilities are constructed in accordance with the conditions and limitations specified in
Permit No. NC0020401.
The sludge generated from these treatment facilities must be disposed of in accordance
with G.S. 143-215.1 and in a manner approved by the North Carolina Division of Water Quality.
In the event that the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of
nuisance conditions, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective action, including those as may
be required by this Division, such as the construction of additional or replacement wastewater
treatment or disposal facilities.
The Mooresville Regional Office, telephone number(704) 663-1699, shall be notified at
least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of operation of the installed facilities so that an on site
inspection can be made. Such notification to the regional supervisor shall be made during the
normal office hours from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday, excluding State
Holidays.
Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this permitted facility, a
certification must be received from a professional engineer certifying that the permitted facility
has been installed in accordance with the NPDES Permit, this Authorization to Construct and the
approved plans and specifications. Mail the Certification to: Construction Grants & Loans,
DWQ/DENR, 1633 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1633.
Upon classification of the facility by the Certification Commission, the Pernittee shall
employ a certified wastewater treatment plant operator to be in responsible charge (ORC) of the
wastewater treatment facilities. The operator must hold a certificate of the type and grade at
Ieast equivalent to or greater than the classification assigned to the wastewater treatment
facilities by the Certification Commission.
The Permittee must also employ a certified back-up operator of the appropriate type and
grade to comply with the conditions of T15A:8G.0202. The ORC of the facility must visit each
Class I facility at least weekly and each Class II, III and IV facility at least daily, excluding
weekends and holidays, must properly manage the facility, must document daily operation and
maintenance of the facility, and must comply with all other conditions of T15A:8G.0202.
A copy of the approved plans and specifications shall be maintained on file by the
Permittee for the Iife of the facility.

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
February 5, 2009
Page 3
During the construction of the proposed additions/modifications, the permittee shall
continue to properly maintain and operate the existing wastewater treatment facilities at all times,
and in such a manner, as necessary to comply with the effluent limits specified in the NPDES
Permit.
You are reminded that it is mandatory for the project to be constructed in accordance
with the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act, and when applicable, the North
Carolina Dam Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what the contractor's
responsibilities shall be in complying with these Acts.
Prior to entering into any contract(s) for construction, the recipient must have obtained all
applicable permits from the State.
Failure to abide by the requirements contained in this Authorization to Construct may
subject the Permittee to an enforcement action by the Division of Water Quality in accordance
with North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C.
The issuance of this ATC does not preclude the Permittee from complying with any and
all statutes, rules,regulations, or ordinances which may be imposed by other government
agencies (local, state, and federal) which have jurisdiction.
One (1) set of approved plans and specifications is being forwarded to you in a separate
transmittal. If you have any questions or need additional information, please contact Seth
Robertson, P.E. at telephone number [phone].
Sincerely,
/L9cr,s,‘4_.:j '.
//fi' Coleen H. Sullins
st:sr
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, 1 C, Spartanburg, SC
Catawba County Health Department
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office, Surface Water Protection
DWQ,Technical Assistance and Certification Unit
DWQ, Point Source Branch, NPDES Program
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Seth Robertson, P.E.
Steve Tsadwa, E.I.
SRF File
', FEB 1 3 2009 .�; =:i
icy
it ';, ,14!

City of Hickory
A To C No. 020401A01
Project No. CS370389-18
Issued February 5, 2009
Engineer's Certification
I, , as a duly registered Professional Engineer in
the State of North Carolina, having been authorized to observe (periodically/weekly/full time)
the construction of the modifications and improvements to the City of Hickory Northeast
WWTP, located at 76 N. Center Street, Hickory, Catawba County, hereby state that, to the best
of my abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the following construction:
The 6.0 MGD Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant consisting of: an influent pump
station with dual mechanical bar screens rated at 15 MGD (each) peak flow, influent
magnetic flow meter, two (2) 6,920 GPM, 200 Hp pumps, two (2) 3,513 GPM, 125 Hp
pumps; influent pump station 750 kW on-site generator; vortex grit removal system rated
at 20 MGD with grit classifier; flow splitter; two (2) oxidation ditches each rated at 3
MGD, with each ditch consisting of 0.25 MG anaerobic basin with two (2) 4.8 Hp
submersible mixers, 0.29 MG anoxic basin with one (1)7.7 Hp submersible mixer, 2.22
MG oxidation ditch with two (2) 200 Hp mechanical surface aerators and one (1) 18.2 Hp
submersible mixer; clarifier flow splitter box; two (2) 100-ft diameter clarifiers with 16 ft
side water depth; a dual channel 0.132 MG (each) chlorine contact basin, with on-site
sodium hypochlorite generation system; a bisulfate feed dechlorination system; a cascade
post-aerator; four(4) RAS 2,100 gpm,40 Hp sludge pumps; four(4) aerobic digesters
(AD), AD1 and AD2 sized at 0.469 MG (each), and AD3 and AD4 sized at 0.228 MG
(each), and four(4) 100 Hp digester blowers and one (1) 60 Hp digester blower; two (2)
in-line sludge grinders, two (2) 400 gpm progressive cavity feed sludge pumps, two (2)
400 gpm feed rate rotary drum thickeners, two (2) progressive cavity discharge sludge
pumps; odor control system; two (2) WWTP 1,500 kW on-site generators; plant SCADA
system; demolition of the existing plant; and associated site work; in conformity with
the project plans, specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and
approved by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
I certify that the construction of the above referenced project was observed to be built within
substantial compliance and intent of the approved plans and specifications.
Signature Registration No.
Date
•
Send to: Construction Grants & Loans
DENR/D W Q
1633 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1633

Vv• iK , • 1
Avics/A,
NCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural.Resources
Division of Land Resources
James D. Simons, PG,PE Land Quality Section Michael F.Easley,Governor
Director and State Geologist William G.Ross Jr.,Secretary
June 15,2007
LETTER OF APPROVAL'WITH PERFORMANCE RESERVATIONS
Mr.Tom Carr, Acting City Manager
City of Hickory -
Post Office Box 398
Hickory,North Carolina 28603
•
RE: Project Name: Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade
Acres Approved: 13.5 •
Project ID: CATAW 2007-006 .
County: Catawba, Cloninger Mill Road •
River Basin: Catawba •
• Submitted By: City of Hickory • • •
Date Received by LQS: June 4,2007
.Plan Type: Revised • •
Dear Mr.Carr: .
This office has reviewed the subject erosion and sedimentation control plan and hereby
issues this Letter of Approval with Performance Reservations. A list of the reservations is
attached. This plan approval shall expire three (3) years following the date of approval, if no
Iand-disturbing activity has been undertaken, as is required by Title 15A NCAC 4B .0129.
Should the plan not perform adequately, a revised plan will be required(G.S. 113A-54.1)(b).
Please be advised that Title 15A NCAC 4B.0118(a) requires that a copy of the approved
erosion control plan be on file at the job site. Also, you should consider this letter to give the
Notice required by G.S. 113A-61.1(a) of our right of periodic inspection to insure compliance
. with the approved plan.
North Carolina's Sedimentation Pollution Control Program is performance-oriented,
requiring protection of.existing natural resources and adjoining properties. If, following the
commencement of this project, it is determined that the erosion and sedimentation control plan is
inadequate to meet the requirements of the Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973 (North
•
II ._rs.' 301.
ffic.
,.:0 r^•i ni , {i?_',wt."! .�:_:�� �;r(: `S1-1 - PC one: 704 C: 1��! f F 533 C:.,

Letter of Approval
City of Hickory
June 15,2007
Page 2 of 3
Carolina General Statute 113A-51 thru 66), this office may require revisions to the plan and
implementation of the revisions to insure compliance with the Act.
Acceptance and approval of this plan is conditioned upon your compliance with Federal.
and State water quality laws, regulations, and rules, In addition, local city or county ordinances,
or rules may also apply to this land-disturbing activity. This approval does not supersede any
other permit or approval.
Please be aware that your project will be covered by the enclosed NPDES General
Stormwater Permit NCGQ1000 (Construction Activities). You should first become familiar with
all of the requirements for compliance with the enclosed general permit.
Please note that this approval is based in part on the accuracy of the information provided
in the Financial Responsibility Form, which you have provided. You are requested to file an
amended form if there is any change in the information included on the 'form. In addition, it
would be helpful if you notify this office of the proposed starting date for this project. Please
notify us if you plan to have a preconstru.ction conference.
Your cooperation is appreciated.
Sincerely,
•,)/1:11'
tkUv\ fis
Steven H.Kelly, P.E.
Assistant Regional Engineer
Land Quality Section.
SFIK/ae
Enclosures: Certificate of Approval
Performance Reservations
NPDES Permit
cc: IISIvIM
Inspection Department
Surface Water Protection

Letter of Approval
City of Hickory
June 15, 2007
Page 3 of 3
PERFORMANCE RESERVATIONS •
Project Name: Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade
Project ID: CATAW-2007-006 . . • .•
County: Catawba
1. Please note this approval is made with reservation noted in our letter-dated February 23,2007
concerning Ditches#7 and# 8 to which you provided additional information in your letter received
• by this office on March 9,2007(copy attached). If the design/installation does not perform
adequately, additional measures may be required.

HV � ;�.
ARCMIT CTS onwinS PWiMERS
February 8,2007 •
•
•
Mr. Michael Hedrick
NCDENR—Division of Land Resources
Mooresville Regional Office
610 East Center Avenue, Suite 301
Mooresville,NC 28115 '
Re: Hickory NE WWTP Upgrade
NCDENR Project ID: CATAW-2007-006
HSMM Commission 60492.11
Dear Mr. Hedrick,
•
We have reviewed your letter of Receipt of Erosion Control Plan sent to Mr. Tom Carr dated
February 23, 2007. The letter indicated that additional information was needed regarding the
design of temporary erosion control measures on Sheet CG101. •
•
In response to your comment regarding the adequacy of the-check dams in Area #1, it is our
opinion that the check dams will be sufficient to prevent erosion in Ditches #7 and.#8. Ditch#7
has a calculated ten year flow (Q10) of 0.40 cfs with a disturbed area of 0.15 ac draining into.it.
In Phase 1, this ditch will drain into SDU1 which will also be protected with temporary silt fence
inlet protection providing additional sediment control before it enters the storm drain..Ditch #7'
will then be removed during phase 2 when Oxidation ditches 1 & 2 are installed and the site in
that area is re-graded, Ditch #8 has a calculated ten year flow (Q10) of 0.93 cfs with a disturbed
area of 0.35 ac draining into it. This ditch discharges into the vegetated level spreader at the
lower end of the site. Should the check dams fail to capture an adequate amount of sediment, the
level spreader and vegetative filter strip should provide some additional sediment filtration
before the runoff discharges into the creek. It is our opinion that these measures will be
satisfactory to prevent sediment from leaving the site in this area.
If you have any questions, or if any additional information is need for your review and approval,
please contact me at(864) 597-0580. -
Sincerely,
HSItiIM
n—jj,
David J. DePratter, P.E., HSMM
Project Manager
Copy to: Steve Kelly,NCDENR
Mr. Tom Carr, Acting City Manager, City of Hickory
Project Files
Hayes, Seay, Mottern & MaIlern, Inc. ARCHITECTS ENGINEERS PLANNERS
14E0Jichn B.While,Sr.,Boulevard Spartanburg,SC 29306 Tel.:a64.597.0580 Fax:[phone] w,wv.hsmrn.com

•
NOTICE
UPCOMING IMPLEMENTATION OF
NEW EROSION & SEDIMENTATION
DESIGN GUIDELINE SPECIFICATIONS!
Effective January 1, 2007, the 2006 revisions to the
North Carolina Erosion & Sediment Control Planning
and Design Manual will be implemented.
Until January 1, 2007, design specifications from:either the existing
manual or the revised manual are acceptable. However, the
Sedimentation Control Commission encourages the immediate use of
the revised manual. Specifications are.guidelines, and-are intended to
minimize the time required to design practices for use under typical site
conditions. Unusual conditions may dictate that specifications be
*modified and practices specially designed. Exceptions to these •
guidelines may be made based on best professional judgment.
Current design manual owners may contact the Land Quality Section
for the June 2006 revision packets at no charge. New complete manuals
may also be purchased by a check or money order payable to NC DENR
for$65.00 (in state) or$75 (out of state). For more information, please
contact:.
Ashley Rodgers
Division of Land Resources
Land Quality Section
1612 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1612
[e-mail]
[phone]
The Planning and Design Manual is available online in its entirety at:
http://dlr.enr.state.nc.us/pages/publications.html

o4 . , '
-
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
MICHAEL F.EASLEY LYNDO TIPPETT
GOVERNOR SECRETARY
June 11, 2007
Hayes, Seay, Mattern &Mattern, INC.
1460 John B. White Sr. Blvd'
Spartanburg, S.C. 29306
RE: Driveway Permit Application for access to SR 1400 in Catawba County.
Dear Sirs:
Enclosed, please find an approved driveway permit application for the proposed •
Waste Water Plant in Catawba County.
If you have any questions regarding this correspondence, please contact me at 704-748-
2400.
•
mrlc)a.<. .
Sincerely,
J.B. McSwain, District Engineer
Division 12, District 3
•
cc: Mr. Mike Holder, P.E. Division 12 Engineer
Mr_ Greg Frye Catawba County Maintenance Engineer
City of Hickory Engineering Dept.
Catawba County Planning Dept.
District III Office 1031 E. Gaston Street Lincolton,NC 28092

•
` :APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION_ A CDEPAFTIU�ENOI` '. SPOTATION
Driveway Date of
8/10/2006 ! f ' iSTREET-A jp D} IVE1N Y EC,I=SS-
Permit No. Application ri„ _ 641 Arg � `6
t iGam, : xgPfEgM1T P,FLICATIONT:°°ate-_ .-- 1
:w
County: Catawba }sn
Development Name: Hickory Northeast WWTP
, . H- F �,y,�r 2-a kx, ,.-.'w r,A -'�,., - ta# o . .. 13 iti MBIS r r-� -Zi. 7"�411 a.~''y r:
,;: ...�.�...�-- ,3.,�.,.,� , .�..---�:�..aF��:�r.,�.4,.y���. �L0��1T1�0I!y;AF:.P.,ROPER.,T�!x�� � -��,���� �'` ��-..�.�- . -��
Route/Road: SR1400 (Cloninger Mill Road)
Exact Distance 0.2 ® Miles N S E W
❑ Feet ❑ ® ® ❑
From the Intersection of Route No. Highway 127 and Route No. SR1400 Toward Falling Creek
Property Will Be Used For: ❑ Residential/Subdivision El Commercial 0 Educational Facilities ❑ TND ❑ Emergency Services ❑ Other
Property: ® is ❑ is not within Hickory
5�,'�-a��'"i e;i w y��� ,i;t m'L.�.'�";3;� .tc�r�v�-;gs" y�¢3",y am�1 7 k-}�- y.Ff ��fi'r�i��;f�.r�n� e''.`*,�1r'.$,.5.-,s��.a 1 hc`v_l,.�.�-h���:T4a_�a,�:F r?;�`..31:•,.-�.s�wnS:��S, ,c�::�r.�.'a ^Fn)x City Zoning
Arse a.
4� r PI V 4 t erWiv Fr
=
ffo"
•
• I, the undersigned property owner, request access and permission to construct driveway(s)or street(s) on public right-
of-way at.the above location.
• I agree to construct and maintain driveway(s)or street entrance(s) in absolute conformance with the current"Policy on
Street and Driveway Access to North Carolina Highways" as adopted by the North Carolina Department of
Transportation.
• I agree that no signs or objects will be placed on or over the public right-of-way other than those approved by NCDOT.
• I agree that the driveway(s)or street(s)will be constructed as shown on the attached plans.
• I agree that that driveway(s)or street(s) as used in this agreement include any approach tapers, storage lanes or
speed change lanes as deemed necessary.
• I agree that if any future improvements to the roadway become necessary, the portion of driveway(s).or street(s)
located on public right-of-way will be considered the property of the North Carolina Department of Transportation, and
I will not be entitled to reimbursement or have any claim for present expenditures for driveway or street construction.
• I agree that this permit becomes void if construction of driveway(s) or street(s) is not completed within the time
specified by the "Policy on Street and Driveway Access to North Carolina Highways".
• I agree to pay a $50 construction inspection fee. Make checks payable to NCDOT. This fee will be reimbursed if
application is denied. .
• I agree to construct and maintain the driveway(s) or street(s) in a safe manner so as not to interfere with or endanger
the public travel.
• I agree to provide during construction proper signs, signal lights, flaggers and other warning devices for the protection
of traffic in conformance with the current"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" and
Amendments or Supplements thereto. Information as to the above rules and regulations may be obtained from the
District Engineer.
• I agree to indemnify and save harmless the North Carolina Department of Transportation from all damages and claims
for damage that may arise by reason of this construction.
I agree that the North Carolina Department of Transportation will assume no responsibility for any damages that may
be caused to such facilities,within the highway right-of-way limits, in carrying out its construction.
I agree to provide a Performance and Indemnity Bond in the amount specified by the Division of Highways for any
construction proposed on the State Highway system.
The granting of this permit is subject to the regulatory powers of the NC Department of Transportation as provided by
law and as set forth in the N.C. Policy on Driveways and shall not be construed as a contract access point.
I AGREE TO NOTIFY THE DISTRICT ENGINEER WHEN THE PROPOSED WORK BEGINS AND WHEN IT IS
COMPLETED.
)D4-01 NOTE: Submit Four Copies of Application to Local District Engineer, N.C. Department of Transportation TEB 65-04rev.
61-0341S
cry-

-y 3.... 4 1.. x k 14'=a ij�x s.� i 4t s..,-t a,-'T'�� x t+�4
z a e IG•�ATURES OF APP,LICAN�� �wt,L} �s V4 � y ' „ ,,it -;�
{E•�rs d � �3.F_} F'R.,�:?�` ;�1" �> s��''g?;�zh3�T.e�s,�c _:�4._�.""� r_irS�t�.j'f�a,���`�7'}kr�.: +��t YyY1' -�1x �?,j ��- x.�.r�"y� .�� ��.�N"��.'�� '� :'xs�"r
- '-A Y _ ee.34 �..�'4cti l�c� .-},a '1 _��Y�- _.1.�.. .�".ric�r� �rcF �;.a
PLICANT) A•,7tior%ttd 119en�' WITNESS
i4IPANY .S/y} t o NAME DAvr"d €a�1Q.,
SIGNATURE , 19 / SIGNATURE .�o-� r -.. wtL -
ADDRESS 1 60 at r. 8. t4/1-11 g,-, it✓d ADDRESS /slid 0"4„ 4. 4.44• Sr. g I.,-,
sipere42 .b..,3, -?5 C. . ,Phone No.(174y).5617-O5-3O Iu. aL,4..r// cc 2 9 3
Pfop( �ow`°„� „i . ENS ,� WITNESS
OMPANY Cit of Hickory j r,, - , 5. r e i
C.
IGNATURE r.✓ <'�,.s`t•'�: " •.:•.i �C1r rum ,S. � Gsr
ADDRESS PO Box 398,ckory NC 28603 ,or .t..'•..- u 3'ijL O ` rc,eor -Cif C/crk
Phone No. 323-74' N' ,b • ' _'.,,_ `0-- G , , 398 . ' . o, A 8fv03
�;� 7 4 b Y i •c ."��-t a, ..0:. '. 4`-nlf''t ' r414•a`1414-, -t -'7`w._EkT3' -`',�
,�'- �-�c�''3 "�5 S-� .� `�.ate: - 8V -`� '3'v� r--.. ��:r� .-,� � '�, � ^ss'�
y P ik v"7,;6 rt, �c+z' ,+` i a? ST^ 3 ° .'.•.": f .firs ¢ k 4 t r+ w
�sbti; +rmi�C''oa �-'`v��i"�.4ia'..:.�5 v�.w��r,,�u�2,si_a��_..,.�,�'�,�As4�I �-.: 4�' . .�_ y�S..:��'.r'�x'tiaa��i �"�''�u���=-�.n e .".t`.s�=' 3c�''dt'�.?=r.•3"�'�"�� a�.
'PLICATION RECEIVED BY DISTRICT ENGINEER #!yR ' '
,
at rine)Soa„). -
' SIGNATURE /6 DA4(0
kDPLICATION APPROVED BY LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY(when required)
eal
SIGNATURE TITLE / DATE
,PPLICATION APPROVED BY DISTRICT ENGINEER
•sex !f JO
I SIGNATURE DATE •
•
PECTION BY NCDOT
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
-,MMENTS:

• ,
PUBLIC SETIV=;:ES
•
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
MICHAEL F. EASLEY LYNDO"I PPETT
GOVERNOR SECRETARY •
November 7,2006
COUNTY: Catawba
SUBJECT: Right of Way Encroachment Agreement
SR 1400
City of Hickory
P.O.Box 398
Hickory,NC 28603
- Attached is an approved Right of Way Encroachment Agreement covering the installation of 77' of 20"DIP
sewer force main encased in 36"steel encasement(t=.375).77' of 30"DIP sewer force main,encased_in 547 steel
encasement(t=.500).77' of 4"hypchlorite force main conduit encased in 12"steel encasement(t=.250).All to be
installed by dry bore and jack. •
The encroaching party shall comply with all applicable state and federal environmental regulations,and
shall obtain necessary state and federal environmental permits,including but not limited to,those related to sediment
control,storm water,wetland,stream,endangered species,and historical sites.
•
• Approval is given subject to provisions in the Agreement and attachments thereto which are made a part of
the Agreement.
It would be appreciated if you would advise our District Engineer at(704)728-2400 at least forty-eight(48)
hours prior to the date of beginning work on installation of this encroachment.Furthermore,it will be necessary for
you to notify the District Office in writing when work is completed on this installation.
The Department of Transportation does not guarantee the right of way on this road,nor will it be responsi-
ble for any claim for damages brought by any property owner by reason of the installation.
Respectfully Yours,
W ' Z/iPae,L97
M.L.Holder,P.E.
Twelfth Division Engineer
:bbm
Attachments .
..p Icc: Mr.Robert Memory, State UtilityA'gent Attachments 9 ,u ) d nn
Mrs.Jackie McSwain,District Engineer(Attachments)
• P.O.Box 47, Shelby,NC 28I51-0047
Telephone:[phone] Fax:[phone]

City of Hickory; N.C. Hickory Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade
State Highway Description
SR 1400 771f of 20" ductile iron sewer force main in 36"steel pipe
encasement dry bored and jacked under highway. 77 If of 30"
ductile iron sewer force main in 48"-steel pipe encasement dry
bored and jacked under highway. 77 If of 36" ductile iron gravity
• sewer in 54"steel pipe encasement dry bored and jacked under
highway. 77 If of 4"conduit in 12" steel pipe encasement dry
bbred and jacked under highway.

t
Errl t - _ i - L
zcrl
i` ! ✓ f r =
z
41
-
S i
pr.l
9p ep F, l a — I 2 r £ §
ram+ - _ " i _ - -.�
1 t41 r 9 '�- act•1 t eiir,c I�-. _ _ -� 4r[� _� TN rC � -„i-
sl L_1 s zo.� `
ter° Al B r.. I.f'F� �f - = '_-_:, - r • - a ��` -p - - �� r€` -�z�lrs� h i _
$�+I 1 °c_ r �� o • �^�r i eui_ 1 w ac wnt'4
Or r � �d
aNirmitt im
L
t _
-W51
H51
� Zc3T -" \ - �
�1 / _F' \ ;
ra
12' WYl �. \' vP811.�vSbl 1�- - 'E- - $,
1-- 999� _ _ • -
r"
m m ro. • f '
�� / v tr elm _t
� 1 v 'k -I''v F7� -� •LIED,
2.
kili
� iki
'� f = '
°P 41
I
�NG11m� vA J' ^s
.l RrC - - - - - _ a9c I
f "47 d(o�B " �
Q h
1;:1 ub.� `.- J \ 1 - rh'� u� r i ; �r.� —f
Y c
pL51 ' - �' - - _ - 4` — -
1
0
0 ,
rot of f --! _ _ - - _ - 16
t GI Tl
_ / ‘H\ m.l r f r� 1
� ( �� �/ 1 +LSCI 1 �ELEI /
E ll I r i
y J L31
rrr���lll - 1.
f
rest � � ` • •-lQ1. i � .

w..m..P,A VEMEN.f
SHOULDER _-.N
S SFY )N'© � --SHOULDER
TOE OP -ti_ DITCH TO l T
SLOPE OR ti I / .
3° E�EH f Nip 4/-, -, .: ',,s,' ;.,,,,,,,;, '. .,;.:,„1),, ,,'...',':; ,,,,\
i t,-,.
r. i.
Li I ______Th
- STEEL PfPE CARRIERfP
CASING
TYPICAL PPP CROSSING
Encasements shall extend from ditch line to ditch line in cut sections,
5 ' beyond the toe of slopes in fill 'sections , and 3 ' behind curb
sections .
EXISTING ,� 4'-0" _ON.
PAVEMENT , _ _-.._ _� .-,.� - - EXISTING
7-! SHOULDER
.\ ` i EH I f III—I I s: ti %;\,,\\
COMP,AC T ED - I I I —III f iti.%. ,
'\ BACKFILL �' _ �— - \`
\ ,,,, _ 7F _I1I__I— ;
\ -I I —1 I i-1 I I =1 ,.,
1 i I1=_l 711f�1`I- ,,\/: 0 -
I v � i1 =PI '— -I '' up`�
\ ;' ` IFJI ` ,r
\ ;:°,:;.., I I'. PIPE �'
7) :\. \.- -
NOTES:
1 . EDGE OF WATER LINE TRENCH SHALL BE NO CLOSER
TO THE EDGE CF EXISTING P,AVEKL NT THAN THE DEPTH
OF T-EE TRENCH.
PAVEivENT/TRENCH CT1ON
_ - f`n r 6O .- C .....,.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Catawba
Route No. S i eLd D
•
1. Traffic shall be controlled in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways. The North Carolina Department of Transportation
Construction and Maintenance Operations Supplement to the manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices shall be used as a guide to set up signing and flagging
operations every time work is done on highway right of way.
2. Road is not to be closed without prior approval of the Division Engineer. Closure of
any lane must be approved through the District Office unless otherwise directed'
`by the District Engineer. Only one lane of traffic may be closed at a time and traffic -
must be maintained in accordance with MUTCD as set forth in Item I.
3. All paved crossings shall be dry bore unless otherwise approved by the Division
Engineer.
•
4. All open cuts approved by the Division Engineer are to be sawed prior to pavement
removal.
5. Material excavated from a trench. •_ - „ - .•
shall be placed in such a manner as not to interfere
with drawings, open traffic lanes, or the ingress of egress from the roadway. If
permission is granted to close a lane,written permission must be obtained from the District Engineer to place excavated material on paved roadway. Any
excavated soil that is placed on the roadway shall have a sand blanket of clean
sand material between the soil and the roadway. The material shall be
removed daily and the roadway cleaned by browning. All projects greater than
1000 feet are required to use a broom tractor.
6. Certified compaction,tests on subgrade density and all excavated areas under the
pavement are required. Compaction in open cut areas under the pavement shall
conform to North Carolina Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
for Roads and Structures. When tested, all material to a depth of 6"below the
finished surface of the subgrade shall be compacted to a density equal to at least
100% of that obtained by compacting a sample of the material in accordance with
AASHTO T99 as modified by the Department. Copies of these modified testing
procedures are available upon request from the Materials and Test Unit.
Backfill material shall be placed in 6"loose layers free from rocks thoroughly tamped by a
mechanical tamp.
The subgrade shall be compacted at a moisture content which is approximately that
required to produce the maximum density indicated in the above test method. The
Contractor shall dry bore or add moisture to the subgrade when required to provide
unifoiu dy compacted and acceptable subgrade.

7. ..Pavement shall be patched with a minimum of 6" I 19.0B Binder Course with a 2"
S9.5 or B surface course.Patching must he completed over the open cut within 14 calendar
days,
8. All asphalt materials shall conform to the NCDOT Standard Specifications for Roads
and Structures, Section 600, Bituminous Bases and Pavements.
9. Every area that is disturbed as a result of this encroachment shall be re-shaped to the
satisfaction of the Division Engineer for North Carolina Department of Transportation or his
representative. This shall include the use of a motor grader.
to smooth and level shoulders and pull ditches for jobs greater than 1000 feet.
The disturbed areas shall be reseeded every 1000 feet in agreement with the
following:
The soil shall be scarified to a depth of not less than five inches and shall be worked
into an acceptable seedbed. Limestone, fertilizer, and seed shall be applied within
24 hours after the seedbed is prepared and immediately worked so as to cover the
seed with a layer of soil. The hand-bucket method is not acceptable. All seeded
areas shall be mulched with approved materials within 36 hours after seeding.
Mulch shall he held in place by applying a sufficient amount of asphalt or other
approved material when or immediately after mulch is applied.
10. This agreement does not in any way provide permission to perform any work on
railroad right of way or on private property.
11. Any pavement cut of driveway or drive entrances on highway right of way shall be
repaired with the same material as was originally in place, unless written permission
is obtained from the District .Engineer.
12. Existing highway drainage structures shall be bored under when the encroachment
is for trenching.
13. All manholes and vaults shall be pre-approved by the North Carolina Dept. of
Transportation before installation. In the manhole or vault design has not been
approved by NCDOT, the encroaching party shall submit for approval specifications
and design computations sealed and signed by a professional engineer for approval
by state design services.
14. Manholes shall not be located in the pavement or shoulder or any state road.
Manholes should be placed behind the ditch line.
15. No water meters or valve boxes shall be placed in the ditch line,
16. Fire hydrants shall be of break-away type and placed back of ditch.
17. All service connections crossing the roadway shall be installed by bore..
18. 'Flie utility should be located a minimum of S' from the nearest part of a culvert

•
or bridge including retaining wall footings, or earwalls.
•
19. The trench shall not be closer than 3 ft.to the edge of pavement except in special
conditions approved by the Division Engineer.
20. Three feet minimum cover for longitudinal along roadway. Three feet Minimum
cover lateral installations under roadway and two minimum cover under ditch line.
21. The encroaching party shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local
enviromental regulations, and shall obtain all necessary federal, state, and local
enviromental permits including but not limited to, those related to sediment control,
stormwater, wetland,streams, endangered species, and historical site.
22. Excavation within 500 feet of a signalized intersection will require notification by the
party of the second part to the Division Traffic Engineer at telephone number 740-480-9033.
- All traffic signal or detection cables must be located prior to excavation.
23. NCDOT cross line pipes should not be.damaged or if damaged repaired to our
satisfaction. The contractor should put forth the effort to locate the pipe.
• 24. Measures should be taken to control erosion of the road (shoulders, ditches, &
_ _ _etc. ) when flushing a water line. . --.. - - - -
25. Bore pits adjacent to or which maybe hazardous to traffic should not be left open
or unshielded overnight. Shielding in conformance with the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices shall be allowed in the case of large pits or extensive bore
and jack operations. Small bores under two lane roadways should be completed
in one continuous operation. Pits 5' beyond the toe of fill slopes and outside the
clear recovery area or behind guardrail need not be shielded.
26. The bottom of the excavation for a parallel installation in rural areas, or elsewhere
when space will permit, shall not be nearer the edge of the pavement (measured
in a horizontal plane) than the depth of the excavations so that the theoretical
slope from the edge of the pavement to the bottom of the ditch will be no steeper
than a one-to-one slope.
27. When work is not in progress, all personnel, machinery, equipment, tools, and
construction debris and supplies shall be parked as close to the right of way line as possible
away from active travel lanes and be properly barricaded in order not to have any equipment
obstruction within the Clear Recovery Area.
•
28. All materials and workmanship shall conform to the 2006 Standard Specifications
for Roads and Structures.
29. The District office shall be given prior notice by the applicant before beginning work
and upon completion of the work @ 704/748/2400.

30. NCDOT does not guarantee the right of way on this road,nor will it be responsible for any
Claim fur damages brought about by any property owner by reason of this installation.
31. An executed copy of the encroachment agreement will be present at the construction
site at all times during construction. If safety or traffic conditions warrant such an
action,NCDOT reserves the right to further limit,restrict or suspend operations within
the right of way.
32. All driveways altered during construction shall be returned to a state comparable
with the condition of the driveway prior to construction.
33_Any disturbed guardrail shall be reset according to the applicable standard or as
directed by the District Engineer.
34. Right of way monuments disturbed during construction shall be referenced by a
Registered •Land Surveyor and reset after construction.
35. Ingress and egress shall be maintained to all businesses and dwellings affected by
the project.
36. Any work requiring equipment or personnel within 5'of the edge of any travel lane
of an undivided facility and within I O'of the edge of any travel lane of a divided
facility shall require a lane closure with appropriate tapers.
37. The encroaching party is required to contact the appropriate Utility Companies
involved and make satisfactory arrangements to adjust the utilities in conflict with
the proposed work prior to beginning.
38. All roadway signs that are removed due to construction shall be reinstalled as soon
as possible.
3(:.) Where the utility is installed in the right of way and is not of ferrous material,
locating tape or detection wire shall be installed with the utility.
40. All excavations inside the theoretical 1:1 slope from the existing edge of pavement
to the bottom of the nearest excavation wall should be made in accordance with the
following conditions.
a. Active excavation shoring,such as sheet piling,shall he installedffhe design of
the shoring shall include the effects of traffic loads:The shoring system shall be
designed and sealed by an engineer licensed in North Carolina.Shoring plans and
design calculations shall he submitted to the Division Engineer for review and
approval prior to construction. Trench boxes shall not be accepted as shoring.
b. 'fhe trench backfill material should meet the Statev,,ide Borrow Criteria the

trench should be backfilled in accordance with Section 300-7 of the 2006
N.C.D.O.T.Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures,which basically
requires the backfill material to be placed in layers not to exceed 6 inches loose
and compacted to at least 95% density obtained by compacting a sample in accordance
with AASHTO T99 as modified by NCDOT.
c. The encroaching party(not the utility contractor) should make arrangements to have a
qualified inspector,under the supervision of a Professional Engineer registered in North Caroli:
ON SITE AT ALL TIMES.The Registered Engineer should be required to certify
that the utility was installed in accordance with the encroachment agreement and
that the backfill material meets the Statewide Borrow Criteria.
d. A preconstruction conference must be held prior to beginning work.
A NCDOT representative must be present at this conference.
e. All trench excavations inside the limits of the theoretical one to one slope,as defined
by the policy,should be completely backfilled and compacted at the end of each
construction day.No portion of the trench should be left open overnight.
•
41. The contractor shall not begin the construction until after.the traffic control and erosion
control devices have been installed to the satisfaction of the District Engineer.
Reviewed By : . 2•
Date : 9 - Z.z - 4Cp

•
The kinds of seed and fertilizer, and the rates of application of seed, fertilizer, and
limestone, shall be as stated below.During periods of overlapping dates, the kind of seed
to be Used shall be determined by the Enoineer. All rates are in pounds per acre
. (kilograms per hectare).
•
August 1 - June 1 May 1 - September I
I00#(I I Okg) Tall Fescue 100# (I I Okg) Tall Fescue
15#(17kg) Kentucky Bluegrass 15# (17kg) Kentucky BIuegrass
15#(17kg) Hard Fescue 15# (17kg) Hard Fescue
. 500# (560kg) Fertilizer 25# (28kg) Kobe or Korean Lespedeza
• 4000#(4500kg) Limestone 500# (560kg) Fertilizer
4000# (4500kg) Limestone
Approved Tall Fescue Cultivars:
Adventure Adventure II Amigo . Anthem.
Apache Apache II Arid Austin
Brookstone Bonin7a Bonanza II Chapel Hill
Chesapeake Chieftain Coronado Crossfire II
Debutante Duster Falcon Falcon II
Finelawn Petite FineIawn Finelawn I Genesis _
Grande Guardian Houndog Jaguar
Jaguar III Kentucky 31 Kitty Hawk Monarch
Montauk ._ . Mustang - Olympic. . Pacer •
• Phoenix Pixie Pyramid Rebel
Rebel Jr. Rebel 11 Renegade Safari
Shenandoah Tempo Titan Tomahawk
Trailblazer Tribute Vegas Wolfpack
Wrangler
Approved Kentucky Bluegrass Cultivars:
AdeIphi Baron Bristol Challenger
Columbia Fyllcing Glade ' Kenbiue
Merit . Plush Ram I Rugby
Sydsport Touchdown Vantage
Approved Hard Fescue Cultivars:
Aurora Bardur Crystal Reliant Scaldis
Spartan Valda Waidina Warwick

On cut and fill slopes 2:I or steeper add 30# (35 kg) Sericea Lespedeza January 1 -
December 31.
Fertilizer shall be 10-20-20 analysis. Upon written approval of the Engineer, a different
analysis of fertilizer may be used provided the 1-2-2 ratio is maintained and the rate of
application adjusted to provide the same amount ofplant food as a 10-20-20 analysis.
Temporary Seeding:
Fertilizer shallbe the same analysis as specified for. "Seeding and Mulching"and applied at
the rate of 400 pounds (450kg) and seeded at the rate of 50 pounds per acre (55kg per
__ hectare). Kobe or Korean Lespedeza, German Millet, or Browntop Millet shall be used in
slimmer months and rye grain during the remainder of the year. The Engineer will
determine the exact dates for using each kind of seed.
Fertilizer Top dressing:
Fertilizer used for topdressing shall be 16-8-8 grade and shall be applied at the rate of 500
' pounds per acre (560 kg per hectare). Upon written approval of the Engineer, a different
analysis of fertilizer may be used provided the 2-1-1 ratio is maintained and the rate of
application adjusted to provide the same amount of plant food as 16-8-8 analysis.
Supplemental Seeding:
The'duds of seed and proportions shall be the same as specified for "Seeding and
Mulching", and the rate of applicatioui may vary from 25# to 75#per.acre (28kg to 85kg
per hectare). The actual rate per acre(hectare) will be determined by the Engineer prior
to the time of topdressing and the Contractor will be notified in writing of the rate per acre
(hectare), total quantity needed, and areas on which to apply the supplemental seed.
Minimum tillage equipment, consisting of a sod seeder shall be used for incorporating seed
into the soil as to prevent disturbance of existing vegetation. A clodbuster(ball and chain)
may be used where degree of slope prevents the use of a sod seeder.
Mowing:
The minim.um.mowing height on this project shall be six inches (150 rum).

I 5 I B
ll.,.PATCH
P Ott
E E
ff''''Z 1
!y2
Y
a
c
V.VAS,
o
$ '9 0
_T
_ _ .war..i
1 k
,,
Ai!
1 Of.m1
f.......pi— k
WCP I ! aasN F. � H-
LI'C 1•6C \ (�y�7
4'1
C ,-. I i. ¢i-1 MI
r.y R NCp 11 V
_ tos....
1 CSY V n awn.
1ivm., Anr.a-.1 r.,,-1re iv.
rtin .0.1 —
pYer1 m 1
O1L.RCIlW CL0
11
LI
ar cu
u
Cu..AC.3 fn
9 .M4 =WA ,r ,r. +w„ $5' .--s— 1- �a w ea ar L i xr1+a 'r B
y a _ ! 6
Vi," t Vc:: 9
I
If
.a nuni'�f r 4 r ...... n. O
UM
11
ow
r.ue
A L, A
'g LEGEND PESCI. MOM
I
1.•W-x —. rem..vs. Av I F.--^�—I WV .., w
----= V.IV
ma 611
Is 1 oa•603
1 I 2 I 3 I , I 5 I 6 1

- - I
•
I 1 I 2 I 3
I 4 1 5 1 6
I
"0 1,+aw
EN,rant[ O 1rss1 11116.10 6 v.waA r a°"i,i>.s °
� '
�p. W
PP 1090
• ��
ma ��1 ` A ■ 6 lux.. IOW
E ��� r!* ZD'or't?" E
m,c l ...\ f Q.„. Iola
Ina f1 \ ffi -- - 0..sa loon
>s
! wr=.x,a (),�,rrs Is
-I•,,elms
es
- 1. u-,.r.E. ... is
ILa �� .a' T o ry, p
PO i i
r r p3Y
W6 ..2, 5g
IP
.a 41 r
CHLORINE CHLORINE L
-
INFLUENT SPLITTER GRIT SPUTTER OXIDATION SPUTTER EXST CLARIFIER NO. I CONTACT CONTACT POST� O:
PUMP STATION NO. I CLASSIFIER NO. 2 DITCH NO. 3 SPLITTER & NO. 2 CHAMBER CHAMBER AERATION S
MM {rpm On. .. K.� WALL a 11 w ILOP'a9 NM 0 (�,) a
1LGEti* 0loan 0lain ©Ie1.n Cy 0.1a ,q w,a. 0 rams 0Iraea (D m.ta C)Iren1 O) NM -
-IiI- ..,a MOPE ouv6m. ©rain Q M46, Q rw,ai y 141i16 01 9.16w 0..,,,of C)r6ae O. van Or POP 0 16713
0 .Toil[car,w.•r.a wn.. Ua huh © 'man p lanaa 01515.m ©SOP ©wc,, ©qna Oa not ©....w ©.,1.3
0 MK w!S nG.Is ma
© K,,,MP n1..i 1 LW op a POMP HYDRAULIC PROFILE
a.a+n.Ma nits.c1•..Ks.a0.16 w n,. 0 Warm... PALL 1•.e6„rl ig eul Pant
C
CO 10111I rams or )
I1q r -
1a„
I010
11111
Ma ,all
/ -im_9 -/111111rAl= kz. .
PP ' ... 1010
_ ..Iv Q,x--
Tea, 1 IU.1° 161,
r„ �f' i�•1 0.r.,a 0 le,.. n.
1 ..6-r1.6 0of s,
A...-- �o
I .. . Y E¢3
In ' - - - n �
\ �• ��_, 4- o-am,>0 _ n•1 I„ K
r 1�
5
I n, ra
f
i
f ,., II .a
I II _ ___- __.1.1
. OXIDATION CHLORINE CHLORINE
A INFLUENT SPUTTER GRIT SPUTTER DITCH SPUTTER CLARIFIER CONTACT CONTACT POST A
f. PUMP STATION NO.1 CLASSIFIER NO. 2 NO. 2 NO. 3 NO. 3 CHAMBER CHAMBER AERATIONil. _ " _
Oa.) f>f�l 04'•1 ,1o.EL (n 0. MP o.,a flan c�s+1 -
MINMN
I Ar12 Ta 010..n 0 SC... 0 ww C)Im nu. 0 KM Da .nn ©PP. ©.ram .
f -Q-- n em nu .a 15ew10. 0 MOP 0 ISOVS .0104.11 O 101.5 Di ,._ C)roam, C)rrt.a1 C)nu. Or ma, x.a ..
E 0. ..o1.a,a.inn-�� ©Men 0 1@%ar CS ©1re.e ©eur 0 rum ©roam ©mr.. Oc ,naa
o >u.It.rler.re �a
[j © r<.oar'toe.i 1 wr w o•some HYDRAULIC PROFILE o
I g , Caa•1nr Ira•',POWna,x,x,POPE OP pint .e.0 Pale 6vrn.a er.00 lane. C201
} i9 1___ 1 1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 .0

A Ai
IiCCDENR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen H. Sullins Dee Freeman
Governor Director Secretary
November 20, 2009
Mr, Mick Berry
City of Hickory
76 N. Center St.
Hickory, North Carolina 28601
SUBJECT: Acknowledgement of Request for a
Authorization to Construct
City of Hickory
Hickory—Northeast WWTP
WWTP Improvements
Project No, CS370389-18
Permit No. NC0020401
Dear Mr. Berry:
The Construction Grants and Loans Section received your application for an
Authorization to Construct and the supporting documentation on November 18, 2009. We will
notify you and your engineer upon completion of our review. Your project has been assigned to
Steve Tsadwa. He can be reached at [phone].
If you have any questions concerning this matter, please contact me at [phone].
Sincerely,
Seth Robertson, P.E. Su sor
Construction Grants and Loans Section
Design Management Unit
swcfdr
cc: Scott Snyder, P.E. — AECOM, 10 Patewood Drive, Building VI, Suite 500,
Greenville, SC 29615
Mooresville Regional Office
WQ Central Files
Steve Tsadwa, E.T.
Steve Coffey, P.E.
SRF File CS370389-18
1633 Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699.1633 One
Location:2728 Capital Blvd.Raleigh,North Carolina 27604 l y Q Cc11't?�lrl'ct
Phone:[phone] FAX:[phone] Customer Service:1-877-623-6748 1'�
Internet:www.ncwaterqualily,org aluralll�l,J
An Equal Opportunity 1 Affirmative Action Employer

AirA,
NCDENR
Norli Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Quality
Beverly Eaves Perdue Coleen Ft. Sullins F erxltir
Governor Director 4tettiry a :x
April 21, 2009
APR 2 7 ,.
The. Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
City of Hickory
P.O. Box 398
Hickory, North Carolina 28603 CAM-Surface Water Pr �r n
SUBJECT: City of Hickory
Northeast W W UP
WWTP Improvements
Approval of Addendum No. 5
Project No, C"S370389-18
Dear Mayor Wright:
Reference is made to Addendum No. 5, received April 15, 2009, from the engineer for
revisions to the subject project.
"Ihe proposed addendum, as described in the attachment, has been reviewed by this
office, and is hereby approved, and eligible for funding in accordance with the loan offer and
conditions thereof:
The approval of this addendum does not constitute any change in the amount of your loan
for this project.
It is the responsibility of the recipient and the consulting engineer to insure that the
project plan documents are in compliance with. Amended N.C.(i.S. 133-3 (ratified July 13,
1993). The administrative review and approval of addenda do not imply approval of a restrictive
specification for bidding purposes; nor is it an authorization for noncompetitive procurement
actions.
Adequate time must be allowed for the potential bidders and this office to receive and act
on addenda prior to the receipt of bids for subject project.
A copy of the approved addendum is attached for your files, and one (1) copy retained for
our files.
t i3E39595,9 95 RAO,Nom C8899,3
moon: 18( apitai Erlw�1 c jI��¢rt, Nnrtgh ar ii€�5 6 91 tit7t
Wf 5 ay i ., 919,715,62n 19950 �K .C999N 99 9 52 ..;p9 l0t`thC��diolina
kf taw ( uan 4389r,19alivs'ntq i �t[{Flh�lftF

The Honorable Rudy Wright, Mayor
Page 2
April 21, 2009
Should you havoany questions regarding this matter, please do not hesitate to contact
Steve Tsadwa, El. at (919) 715-62 i0.
Sincerely,
} Seth Robertson, P.E., Supervisor
Design Management Unit.
Construction Grants& Loans Section
st/sr
Attachment
cc: Scott Snyder, RE., AECOM, 1460 John B. White, Sr. Blvd, l C, Spartanburg. SC 29306
DWQ Mooresville Regional Office (NC Permit 0020401)
Daniel Blaisdell, P.E.
Mark Hubbard, P.P.
Shamim llaeri
Steve Tsadwa, 1 El.
S Rl' File

,„.
AECOM
AECOM
1460 John B White Sr Blvd, Suite 1-C, Spartanburg, South Carolina 29306
T 864.597.0580 F 864.597.0583 www.aecom.com
„.•`, CAR l''•. PROJECT: The City of Hickory
�.` 12-e1 i 0 ;11/. % Northeast Wastewater Treatment
•I• �+. 9 ma's Plant improvements
IQ SEAL =
"stn •
; 2288 y 1 BID DATE: April 20, 2009 •• RECEIVED
i,
1.%,��'-4.:„ .:.:'r ADDENDUM DATE:April 9,2009 - -
E . s l�or .5,20
,,'',,, „� ++,'`,� COMMISSION NO. 60492
c1t to'.
Callnuclai GRMi &
ADDENDUM NO. 5 WAN ECTioli
This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original Bidding Documents dated
Jun-08 as noted below. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided on the Bid Form. Failure
to do so may subject Bidder to disqualification.
This Addendum consists of 36 pages including attachments (Attachment#1,Attachment#2,Attachment#3,
Attachment#4,Attachment#5, Drawing ES601-DB, Drawing M001-LB, Drawing S100-CS, SK-4).
The following information shall modify the contract documents, and the work shall be accomplished in
accordance with such stated modifications. It is suggested that this addendum be stapled to the back of the
front cover of the project manual.
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Section 11310—Flow Control, Flow Measurement,and Instrumentation:
Modify section as indicated in Attachment#3.
2. Section 11260--On Site Hypochlorite Generation and Bisulfite System:
Paragraph 2.13, G: Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
G. MATERIALS/EQUIPMENT
All chemical induction unit components, accessories, and spare parts shall be provided by the same
manufacturer. The chemical induction unit shall be a Water Champ Model#SWC5F for sodium
hypochlorite feed and SWC10F for sodium bisulfate feed, as manufactured Siemens Water
Technologies.
3. Section 03500—Segmental Retaining Wall System:
Section included as Attachment#2.
4. Section 02532—Site Sanitary Sewerage System:
Paragraph 3.07, B,3: Delete lines a, b, and c. Modify line f to read"f.Testing of Sanitary Sewers: ry
Contractor shall prove watertightness of buried sanitary sewe o p l�q`t e f j one of the following
tIORTH CAROL.ft A E�4VIRONM11:1
5. Section 11211 —Sludge Pumping Equipment:
MANAGEMENT G4tc'�i`il�SSiOra
g p� g
DIViSIQN OF lJjAi�^ QLSA TY

Addendum#5
4-9-09
Page 2of6
Paragraph 2.05.A: Add "... Pump Motors shall be suitable for VFD operation."
Paragraph 2.07: Remove A through D and replace with the following:
2.07.A: Control of the Return Sludge Pumps shall be via the SCADA Control System.
2.071B: Pump speed control shall be via set points established through the SCADA Control System.
1. Control of flow between discharge locations will be through a combination of pump speed
and control (pinch)valves in the discharge manifold.
2. SCADA system will adjust pump speed via the VFD and pinch valves as needed to meet
the target flow rate to each discharge location based on feedback from the magnetic flow
meters on the pump discharge manifold.
6: Section 16424--Motor Control Centers
A. Add the following paragraph:
2.02.K The Intelligent MCC design shall utilize Auto Device Replacement technology for all
networked Units. To minimize downtime, this technology shall allow the Owner to replace a
networked Unit with the least amount of effort. The Network Scanner shall automatically recognize
a replaced Unit via the network and download the stored parameter configuration to the
replacement Unit.
B. Add the following paragraph:
2.02.L As determined by the SCADA/Control System Integrator of Section 16950: If necessary,
the Intelligent MCC shall utilize a DeviceNet-to-Ethernet Linking Device to provide connection to the
PLC System via Ethernet.
C. Add the following paragraph:
2.02.M The SCADA/Control System Integrator shall integrate the Intelligent Motor Control
Centers, and the Electrical Contractor shall install the Intelligent Motor Control Centers.
D. Revise the following paragraph:
2.03.E Delete"bimetal". Add"Electronic Overload with integral network communications (as
determined by the SCADA/Control System Integrator) and with advanced Protection, Monitoring
and Diagnostic capability per 2.04.H, 2.04.1 and 2.04.J."
E. Add the following paragraph:
2.07 Soft-Start Motor Controllers in MCCs
1. Soft-Start Motor Controllers in MCCs shall be per Spec Section 16427.
2. Soft-Start Motor Controllers in MCCs shall be provided with integral network communications as
s
determined by the SCADA I Control System Integrator.
F. Add the following paragraph:
2.08 Variable Frequency Drive Controllers in MCCs
1. VFDs in MCCs shall be per Spec Section 16425.
2. VFDs in MCCs shall be provided with integral network communications, as determined by the
SCADA/Control System Integrator
7. Section 16425--Variable Frequency Drive Controllers
A. Add the following paragraph:
2.01.E Relative to the VFDs that are to be mounted in Intelligent Motor Control Centers and
networked to the respective PLC Controller: It is the intent that the SCADA/Control System
AECOM

Addendum#5
4-9-09
Page 3 of 6
Integrator shall integrate the Intelligent Motor Control Centers, and the Electrical Contractor shall
install the Intelligent Motor Control Centers.
Relative to the Aerator VFDs in Section 11370, which are to be provided by the Section Supplier:
To improve start-up and provide consistency, the VFD brand and model used by the SCADA/
Control System Integrator shall be the same as the Section 11370 Supplier—as determined by the
SCADA/Control System Integrator.
B. Add the following paragraph:
2.04.L VFDs shall each use an Input Line Reactor(minimum 3% impedance)to protect against
surges or spikes on the incoming power and to reduce harmonic distortion.
C. Add the following paragraph:
2.04.M VFDs shall each use an integral common mode choke and common mode capacitors to
protect against common mode noise. VFDs without integral chokes and capacitors shall supply
them external from the VFD but in the MCC.
D. Add the following paragraph:
2.04.N VFDs shall each use an integral DC bus inductor to protect against bus ripple.
E. Add the following paragraph:
2.04.0 VFDs shall each have integral network communications—as directed by the SCADA 1
Control System Integrator.
• S. Section 16427—Soft-Start Controllers
A. Add the following paragraph:
2.02.D The Soft-Start Motor Controllers in this project are to be mounted in Intelligent Motor Control
Centers and networked to the respective PLC Controller. It is the intent that the SCADA I Control
System Integrator shall integrate the Intelligent Motor Control Centers and the Electrical Contractor
shall install the Intelligent Motor Control Centers.
B. Add the following paragraph:
2.07.1 Soft-Start Motor Controllers shall each have integral network communications—as directed
by the SCADA/Control System Integrator.
9. Section 11700—Liquid Chemical Odor Control System Equipment
Paragraph 2.3, H: Add the following line: Insulation shall be urethane insulation with vapor barrier and
0.016"thick aluminum waterproof1acket.
10. Section 01451 —Warranty Certification
The following sentence shall modify the existing specification: "The piece of equipment described
above, has successfully been installed, tested, has been in service for a period of 30 days with
uninterrupted service. The warranty period shall become effective on "
11. Section 16950: Modify line 3.01, C to read"Instrumentation—Instrument List will be generated by the
System Supplier from the Civil, Electrical and P&ID drawings and specifications. This list shall be
submitted for review before the SCADA System Submittals."
12. Section 12510—Office Furnishings
AECOM

Addendum#5
4-9-09
Page 4 of 6
Add the following paragraph:
2.02, E Other acceptable manufacturers include Haworth, Inc, Herman Miller, Inc, and approved equal.
13. Section 16231 --Packaged Engine Generators
Paragraph 2.05.J: Remove the last sentence reading"Provide one at the Influent Pump Station and
one at the Treatment Plant."
Add the following to the end of the paragraph:"Provide(1) Remote Annunciator Panel for each
generator set provided. The Remote Annunciator shall have an Ethernet communications card for
connection to the Plant SCADA System."
14. Section 0871 —Door Hardware
Paragraph 3.06 Schedule
Delete"To be Determined"and replace with Attachment#6
DRAWINGS
15. Drawing S100—CS: See attached S100—CS drawing for modifications.
16. Drawing ES601—DB: See attached ES601—DB drawing for modifications.
17. Drawing ES602—CE: Revise the breaker description for MCC—SD to be"2000AF/1600AT"
18. Drawing ES601—SB:
A. Change the Description of MCC-SD to read"1600A, 480/277VAC..."
B. Change the main breaker size to 1600A from 1200A.
C. Change Feeder Schedule [1)to read"See ES602-CE for Wire Size for MCC-SD"
19. Drawing M501-PB: Revise the note on Detail 6 for the Generator Exhaust to be SS for stainless steel.
20. Drawing M001-LB: Add attached sheet M001-LB to Bid Set. Drawing was not issued as part of the
original set.
EQUIPMENT PREQUALIFICATION
Pre-Qualification/pre-submittals have been reviewed for the following(companies in parentheses are currently
approved, companies in bold have been added since previous addendum):
a. Carbon Adsorber odor control equipment(US Filter, Bay Products, Pure Air Filtration, Daniel
Company)
b. System Integrator (Lord &Company, Diversified Integration, MR Systems, Revere Control
Systems, Control Instruments, Inc. `C2i',Zeller Electric)
c. Clarifier Equipment(Eimco, Hi-Tech)
d. On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite Generation System (Siemens, Severn Trent)
e. Adjustable Frequency Drive(Allen Bradley, Eaton/Cutler-Hammer)
Pre-qualification indicates that the main process equipment submittal has been reviewed and appears to
meet the performance specifications. Ancillary equipment not reviewed as part of the pre-submittal
package is expected to meet the specification requirements.
AECOM

Addendum#5
4-9-09
Page 5 of 6
The following manufacturers have been approved for the base bid equipment.
SECTION EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS MANUFACTURER
11211 Return Sludge Pumps Gorman Rupp
Fairbanks Morse
Goulds
16425 Adjustable Frequency Drive Allen Bradley
Danfoss
Square D
Eaton/Cutler-Hammer
11210 Influent Pumping Equipment Fairbanks Morse
11226 Final Clarifier Equipment Eimco
Wes Tech
Siemens
Hi Tech
11260 On-Site Sodium Hypochlorite Siemens Water Technologies
Generation System Severn Trent
11370 Oxidation System Equipment Eimco
Ashbrook-Simmon-Hartley
United Industries
11331 Automatic Bar Screen Vulcan Industries
11380 Aerobic Digestion System Enviroquip, Inc.
11700 Chemical Scrubber Odor Control US Filter
System Equipment
11710 Carbon Adsorber Odor Control US Filter
System Equipment Bay Products
Pure Air Filtration
Daniel Company
16950 SCADA System, Pump Control Lord &Company,
System & Instrumentation Diversified Integration
(System Integrator) MR Systems
Revere Control Systems
Control Instruments, Inc. 'C2i'
Zeller Electric
GENERAL COMMENTS AND QUESTIONS.
1AECOM

Addendum#5
4-9-09
•
Page 6 of 6
21. See attached sheets for general comments and responses to questions. Information provided on the
attached sheets is for general information and/or clarification and does not modify the contract
documents.
END OF ADDENDUM
IAECOM

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#1 to Addendum #5
April 9, 2009
Questions and Answers
Responses in italics
1-1) Reference drawing CU103 &CU 202, manhole SSD4: The drawings show an 8"SS running thru
or under this manhole, but the profile shows nothing &makes no mention of its invert in or out of
the manhole. Are we building around an existing line or do we demo it? Please provide
guidance.
8"SS will tie into MH SSD4 from the existing MH63 side. Contractor shall field verify elevation of
MH 63 and provide drop connection at MH SSD4 if invert elevation is 2'-0"or greater. The 8"SS
line will be abandoned on the northern or MH64 side of MH SSD4.
1-2) All site plan utility drawings for Phase 2, 3, and 4 show the 30" PATE1 DIP from Ox Ditch#1 to be
a future line. The profile for PATE1 on sheet CU244 shows this line being installed. Please
clarify if this is a future line or if it is to be installed under this contract.
PATE 1 sewer profile not in contract. See SH CU444. A 30"tee with plug will be installed as part
of this contract.
1-3) Reference drawing CU208: I cannot find lines"DW10"&"DW13"on the drawings for Phase 1.
Please clarify. "DW10" look like it might be the Phase two line from Ox Ditch#2. Cannot identify
"DW13", similarly"DW9"on CU244.
DW10 should be included in phase 2 and is 8"from OD2. DW13 is phase 1 and is spill
containment drain outside of disinfection. DW9 should be included in phase 1 and is around the
chlorine contact chamber.
1-4) Our specification 11211 and 11230 calls for variable frequency drive units and controls.The
VFD's are supposed to be coordinated with the SCADA supplier but supplied by the pump
manufacturer.We will not know which manufacturer is selected by the SCADA provider until after
the bid.The specifications for the sludge pumps call for across the line starters instead of VFD
starters.You also ask for a package pump system and yet the pumps are shown as individual
pumps on bases. The pump locations will not allow a package station design.We have been
involved with projects like this before and they always had the SCADA provider supply the control
panels and VFD's because of the ability to coordinate these components. Coordination any other
way is a nightmare and the bids will be very confusing. There may be a considerable amount of
exceptions taken prior to bidding and the contractors may apply allowances for omissions and
exceptions. Please reconsider this process.
We will be bidding the pumps on bases, with exceptions to the control panels and VFD's because
we will not be able to test the operating parameters as a unit in the factory, there are no level
controls or sensing devices in the control panels. One solution would be to select a electrical
controls and VFD supplier, ie; Allen-Bradley with a model number for all of the applications and a
negotiated price allowance prior to bidding. There is no indication of the VFD model being
specified, manual override, other features, etc.
Section 11211, 1.03, B provides a description of the system equipment to be provided by the
pump supplier and includes VFD controls. Specifications for the VFD can be found in Section

16425. Contractor is responsible for overall coordination of equipment and should be contacted
regarding preferred VFD supplier. See Addendum#5, item#5.
1-5) Is all pressure piping required to be restrained joint or can thrust blocks be used?
Thrust blocks may be used as specified.
1-6) Reference drawing CU501, DW602 &DW603: Item 11 is a 3"stop &waste valve. The detail on
CU501 is for a Nibco Series 76-CL which comes in%z" &%p size. Do you want a 3"globe valve
(CI or DI)or just a gate valve? Do you want a flanged valve? Please clarify. Also, Item 10, I find
only 4 new valves not 5. (See question below for sizing of some of the valves labeled Item 10).
See attached sketch SK-4 which revises sheet CU501.
1-7) Spec Section 02532 Site Sanitary Sewerage System, item 3.07 Tests for Deflection of Sanitary
Sewers, states Deflection Tests shall be performed on all gravity sewer pipe(100%)as deemed
necessary by the Engineer using a rigid ball or mandrel. Please clarify the conditions under which
it will be deemed necessary by the Engineer to perform these tests.This section further states
that"At such time as the Owner's Representative may direct, that infiltration, exfiltration tests will
be required." Please clarify under what conditions the Owner's Representative will order such
tests.
See Addendum#5, Item#4.
1-8) Reference spec section 05531, this spec section calls for bar grating.The plans call for plank
grating reference sheet CU709.Which is correct?
All references to plank grating on SH CU709 shall be removed. All grating on this sheet shall be
aluminum bar grating and shall be supplied as specified.
1-9) Section 02741, 1.04 states "Perform work in accordance with NCDOT Standard Specifications".
Will this contract follow all NCDOT Standard Specifications, or only those pertaining to
acceptance and densities? The reason I ask is because of the length of the contract and phasing
with the asphalt paving. Most of the paving will not occur until the very last thing which will be
sometime in 2011. We can probably get the Martin Marietta quarry to hold their stone price but
we would definitely not be able to get our asphalt liquid supplier or our fuel supplier to hold their
prices. The NCDOT Standard Specifications has provisions for adjustment of asphalt liquid and
fuel. Will the contract allow for adjustments to the asphalt liquid and fuel prices?
Reference to NCDOT Standard Specifications is for Materials and Methods only. Contractor is
responsible for any price increases, these should be taken into account during bidding.
1-10) Retainage? A lot of the stone base will be put down in the initial phases. I need to know how
much retainage will be held on us as a subcontractor.
See in Addendum#4,Attachment#1, Item#34.
1-11) It appears that the existing Control Building, or at least a portion of it, is designated to be
demolished in Phase 1; however, on plan sheet CSD101 it is not listed as one of the structures to
be demolished in Phase 1.Additionally, we have not found any stipulations associated with this
work. Please advise if any temporary facilities or provisions need to be provided for the Owner
prior to demolishing the existing Control Building.

A portion of the electrical building will be demolished as shown on CSD101. Under"Notes this
Sheet'; item 1, it is listed as"Partial area of electrical building."
The General Contractor shall be responsible for the continued operation of the WWTP Control
Systems during all phases of construction. The GC shall coordinate with the owner/operator prior
to demolition/decommission of any structures to remove and replace all required instrumentation,
control panels, conduit and wiring in order to provide temporary facilities for the continued
operation, monitoring and recorded data that the Owner requires for operation and reporting.
Coordination shall include submittal of a plan for temporary controls at the beginning of each
phase including lists of equipment affected and required monitoring and control stations.
For purposes of bidding, assume that the temporary controls shall be set up in one of the trailers
in the construction parking lot shown on CL 102.
1-12) May we insulate NaOH and NaOCI piping outdoors with 2"thick Polyisocyanurate(Polyurethane)
to meet or exceed code and finish piping with 0.16 Stucco Embossed Aluminum Jacketing? No
clear specification on this.
See Addendum#5, Item#9.
1-13) Section 11260 Paragraph 2.13.G. has the model numbers reversed. The smaller Water Champ
(SWC5F)feeds the sodium hypochlorite as is a smaller basin to mix. The larger Water Champ
(SWC10F)feeds the sodium bisulfate in the larger basin. The drawings on CU772 are correct.
See Addendum#5, Item#2.
1-14) Addendum No. 2,Attachment#2, Phasing Sequence states, "Additionally, appox. 350 LF of 42-
inch Gravity Sewer will be installed to reroute the effluent line around the new influent pump
station."The contractor assumes that the engineer is referencing the"SSB"Sewer line, which
bypasses the New Influent Pump Station. This line("SSB") is designated as a 36" DIP On sheet
CU201, are we to make the change as stated in this attachment?Or is it simply a typo?
SSB line should be 36"DIP as shown on plans.
1-15) With regard to gaskets for ductile iron piping. What gasket material is required for water and
sewage services on this project?
SBR gaskets shall be used for all ductile iron piping.
1-16) Architectural Drawing A101-SB and Architectural Drawing A201-SB. On sheet Al 01-SB there
appears to be wall cases in Work Room 106, but there are no wall cases elevated on A201-SB at
Elevations 9 and 10.
A. Please confirm if there indeed wall cases are to be provided in Work Room 106 and if
so, please provide elevations.
Provide 3 shelves of typical metal shelving at approximate graphic lengths shown on
plans.
1-17) Elevations 9 and 10 on Sheet A201-SB call out for the countertop in Work Room 106 to be both
solid surface and plastic laminate.
A. Please confirm what type of top material is to be provided in Work Room 106.

Provide plastic laminate.
1-18) Architectural Drawing A401-LB and A101-SB. Room 113 on A401-LB and Room 106 on A101-
SB show metal shelving; this shelving is not elevated.
A. Please provide and elevation for the metal shelving in the above referenced rooms.
Provide 3 shelves of typical metal shelving at approximate graphic lengths shown on
plans_
1-19) Architectural Drawing A601-LB and A701-LB. Elevation 14/A701-LB calls out PLAM-3 for the
shelving, but PLAM-3 is not listed on the Finish Schedule on A601-LB.
A. Please provide the finish schedule for PLAM-3.
PLAM-3 is a chemical resistant plastic laminate. Final color to be selected from
standard finishes.
1-20) Reference Plastic Laminate in Cabinetry Break Room. Elevations 1, 2, 6, and 7 on A702-LB—
shows plastic laminate casework on 3/" plywood core
Spec Section 06410, 2.08, B: "Drawer Construction Technique: Dovetail joints.
The Architectural Wood Institute recommends using particleboard core material on flush overlay
cabinetry. AWI also recognizes Lock Shoulder joinery to for the drawer boxes to be Premium
Grade Construction. Please see attached AWE reference sheets.
A. Please confirm that 3A" particleboard core, as recommended by AWI is an acceptable
alternative to 3A"plywood core.
particleboard core complying with AWl Premium Grade Construction is acceptable.
B. Please confirm that Lock and Shoulder drawer construction, as described above and
recognized as Premium Grade construction by AWI is an acceptable alternative to
dovetail joints.
Lock and shoulder drawer construction complying with AWl Premium Grade
Construction is acceptable.
1-21) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.26 indicates that antenna towers shall be supplied at
locations and with heights as shown on the drawings. Where are these towers shown? What is
their height?
A site survey for line-of-site and elevation will have to be performed by the System Supplier
before final heights of towers can be determined. Locations for the towers will be as follows:
• Influent Pump Station—NE Corner of the building, inside the fence line (opposite
transformer location). Per Drawing EP101-PB, between column lines A and B, outside
building column line 1. Bond to building lightning protection system.
• Laboratory Building— The System Supplier will coordinate the location of this tower on
the site. The preferred location would be outside of the Electrical Room(114]. However,
there are quite a few utilities in this area which may prevent this placement. The
secondary location will be (plan) north of Mechanical Room(1081.
For bidding purposes, each contractor should assume a free-standing aluminum tower with a
height of 50 feet in each location.

1-22) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.27 indicates that omni-directional antennas with a
gain of 10 dB are to be supplied. The FCC limits the gain of antennas to 6 dB for unlicensed
spread spectrum radios such as the GE/MDS iNet radios that are specified. Also the currently
available model of the GE/MDS radio is the" GE/MDS iNet-II AP/DG". Please clarify.
The ability of the device and the power that is emitted by the intentional radiator are two different
things. Provide items in accordance with the specifications. It shall be the responsibility of the
System Supplier to ensure that the completed installation complies with all FCC emission
requirements in accordance with FCC Part 15 regulations.
1-23) A pH Analyzer/Transmitter(AE/AIT-309) is shown on Drawing DI603 for the Influent Pump
Station Wet Well. This device does not appear to be specified in either Section 11310 or Section
16950. Please clarify.
See Addendum#5, Item#1.
1-24) Float switches (LSHH-312 and LSLL-312)are shown on Drawing DI603 for the Influent Pump
Station Wet Well. These devices do not appear to be specified in either Section 11310 or Section
16950. Please clarify.
See Addendum#5, Item#1.
1-25) A pH Analyzer/Transmitter(AEIAIT-420)is shown on Drawing D1604 for Splitter#2. This device
does not appear to be specified in either Section 11310 or Section 16950. Please clarify.
See Addendum#5, Item#1.
1-26) ORP Analyzer/Transmitters(AEIAIT-901A, 901 B, &902)are shown on Drawing DI609 for the
Chlorine Contact Basin and Effluent Flume. These devices do not appear to be specified in either
Section 11310 or Section 16950. Please clarify.
All devices for the Chlorine Contact Chamber and the Effluent Flume appear in Specification
Section 11260.
These devices are part of the assemblies referred to as HRR and PPM in 11260.
1-27) Chlorine Analyzer/Transmitters (AEIAIT-905, 906, &907)are shown on Drawing D1609 for the
Chlorine Contact Basin and Effluent Flume. These devices do not appear to be specified in either
Section 11310 or Section 16950. Please clarify.
Chlorine analyzer is part of the PPM assembly referred to in 11260.
1-28) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 2.34 indicates that VFDs are to be provided by the
System Supplier. Which VFDs are the ones which are to be supplied by the System Supplier?
The System Supplier shall provide VFDs as necessary per the specifications and drawings.
1-29) Will the exposed HVAC Duct located indoors in the Influent Pump Station require insulation?
Please reference Drawing M101-PB.
insulate only ductwork connection to HP-1 PB system
1-30) Will the HVAC Duct Work above ceiling in the Laboratory Building (Drawing M101-LB) be
insulated per NC Code with 2"thick, 314 lb. FSK Duct Wrap? No specification provided.

A!!ductwork in the ceiling in the lab building shall be insulated with 2"rigid duct insulation (3PCF).
1-31) Will the domestic hot and cold water piping indoors be insulated per Table 504 of the NC Energy
Code? Domestic cold water 1/2" thick Fiberglass Pipe insulation, Domestic Hot Water 1/2" thick
for pipe sizes up to 2", piping 2-1/2"and larger to be 1"thick.
Insulate piping as follows: domestic hot water 1"thick for pipe sizes up to 2", piping 21/"and
larger to be 1 %2"thick.
1-32) In section 10440, paragraph 2.03, section A calls for the base bid to provide 35 letters and or
numbers as directed by the owner cut from solid plate material of thickness etc_._ What is the
thickness of these letters/numbers?
The thickness of the letters shall be 1"deep.
1-33) Is there an Appendix A for Instrumentation List as referred to on page 16950-37 Part 3 paragraph
C?
See Addendum#5, Item#11.
1-34) Please clarify who(Div. 15 or 16) is responsible for each item on the Generator Exhaust(to
supply and/or install).The Detail 6/M501-PB does not indicate, other than to state that the HVAC
contractor is to supply the hangers. For instance, if you look at the Generator Spec. (16231, 2.05
D)it looks like the EC is suppose to provide the flex connection, and the Silencer.The Silencer is
not shown on the 6/M501-PB detail.
The GC must decide who will provide the necessary components to supply a complete and
operational system. The system shall meet all specification requirements for weather and sound
attenuation.
Detail 6/M501-PB says the Generator Exhaust is to be Sch 40 cs. Is this correct(Carbon Steel)or
should this have read ss for stainless steel?
See Addendum#5, Item#19.
What is the diameter of the Generator Exhaust?
This size shall be determined by the Generator Manufacturer to meet the requirements of the
specifications.
Also, under the Duct Insulation Spec. (15086 3.03 a and b)only two duct systems are to be
insulated, HP-1 and MUAU-1.What about the other duct systems(i.e.AHU-2 in the Lab)
See 1-29 and 1-30.
1-35) Detail 11/A501-DB calls for 3A"sheathing on metal studs. Is this sheathing plywood? If not there is
no 3A" product, should this sheathing be 5/8"?
Refer to similar detail 8/S102-DB for flat strap bracing above cmu wall.Add flat straps along
column line 3 between columns B and C.Also add between D and E. Straps are to go from joist
bearing height to tube located at top of cmu wall. Typical for all similar conditions throughout
project.

1-36) Page A501-HB shows an insulated wall panel & insulated soffit panel, is an insulated panel
required?Will a non insulated flush wall panel be acceptable?
Prefinished metal fascia panel is not required to be insulated.
1-37) Please provide the specs for the Exterior Stucco found at the Influent Pump Station, details on
page A201-PB.
See attached specification section 09220—Portland Cement Plaster.
1-38) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 3.01.0 instructs the Bidder to refer to"Appendix A"for
the"Instrument List". Appendix A in the issued contact documents is the"Subsurface Exploration
Report". Will an Instrument List be issued by Addendum?
See Addendum#5, Item#11.
1-39) Specifications Section 16950, Paragraph 3.01.D instructs the Bidder to refer to"Appendix B"for
the"Equipment List". Appendix B in the issued contact documents is the"Index of Drawings".
Will an Equipment List be issued by Addendum?
See Addendum#5, Item#11.
1-40) Section 12510 Office Furnishings
2.02 Furnishings
E. Modular Workstations
The specified workstations come in several sizes but no quantity or size is given.
See Furniture List provided with Addendum#4.
2.01 Manufacturers
B. Substitutions refers to Section 01600 which states that alternates are acceptable "only"when
the product is unavailable.
See Addendum#5, Item#12.
Specification 01600 states when a product is unavailable a substitution will be accepted. It does
not state "only."
1-41) Section 07710 calls for several manufactures for gravel stop, copings &fascia,would it be
acceptable to shop fabricate according to the NRCA&SMACNA guidelines for these items
including scuppers?
It is acceptable; all components shall meet industry standards and project specifications.
1-42) Section 07631 Gutters &Downspouts-Same question as item 2 can we shop fabricate?
See 1-41.
1-43) Reference Document: Drawing DI001 (Attached 143 D1001.TIF). P&ID Drawing List references
drawings D1642, DI661 and DI662. Said drawings are either not furnished, shown and/or are
shown as not in contract on Index Sheet Drawing G003. Please advise.

Delete the Reference to the sheets in question that appear on Sheet D1001. The sheet list on
G003 is correct.
1-44) Reference Document: Drawing ES301-CE(Attached 49 ES301.CE.TIF Example). Said drawing
requires the installation of 36" ductile iron pipe duct bank electrical installations. is there
information, such as a specification, manufacturer, vendor, etc. available to assist in adhering to
the requirements and/or intent? Please advise.
The basis for design for this system was information from the NEMA Standard Document for
Conduit-In-Casing, which is available at the NEMA website.
1-45) Reference Document:Specification Section 01600 Product Requirements.Will the acceptance
and utilization of General Electric and/or Eaton (Cutler Hammer) electrical switchgear products
(switchboards, panelboards, transformers, motor control, disconnect switches, etc.) be allowed
for use on said project? Please advise.
The specific manufacturers that were listed were deemed to be able to provide the best
equipment for the particular application during the design process, not to limit the manufacturers
that may provide the specified equipment. Any equipment that is to be provided, regardless of
manufacturer, shall be subject to review against the specifications at the time of submittal and will
be rejected and directed to resubmit if the items submitted do not meet the design specifications.
1-46) Requesting approval to quote the material in specification section 16341 Switchgear. We are the
representatives for ASCO a Division of Emerson Corp. ASCO specializes in this type of gear and
has worked closely with the engine generator manufacturers in the Carolinas for complete
coordination of the emergency system.
See 1-45.
1-47) Drawing E102-DB Equipment Item 20 OSEC Panel 2 is indicated to be fed from PDP DB Circuit
4. Drawing ES601-DB indicates circuit 4 to be for Transformer TXRPDB. There is no circuit
shown for OSEC 2. Please clarify.
Drawing E102-DB has the correct representation of the interconnection of the system
components. See Addendum#5, Item#16.
1-48) Reference Document: Drawings ES301-CE Phase#1, ES602-CE Phase#1, ES301-CE Phase
#2, ES602-CE Phase#2, ES601-SB Phase#2, ES602-CE Phase#3 and ES301-CE Phase#4.
The above referenced drawings show MCC-SD with various amperages, feeder sizes and/or
quantities, etc.What are the requirements? Please advise.
The intention is to provide MCCSD as a 1600A MCC with a main circuit breaker.
Per Sheet ES602-CE, Phase#1,provide a 2000A Frame/1600A Plug in the main switchgear.
Per Sheet ES602-CE, Phase#2, provide 6 sets(4#500 KCM, 1#250 GND in 5"Conduit).
See Addendum#5, Item#17.
1-49) Phase 2 drawing ES602-CE indicates 6 parallel runs of 500 KCM for the feeder to MCC SD.
Ductbank sections AA&BB on Phase 2 drawing ES301-CE only indicate 5 runs of conduit for
this feeder. Which is correct?
There are sufficient spare conduits in this run for the indicated feeder to be installed(6 sets).
Actual conduits used for installation shall be indicated on as-built drawings.

1-50) Phase 2 drawing ES108-CE indicates a 200a disc at the scrubber. Phase 2 drawing EX601-SB
indicates a 60a disc. Which is correct?
Provide a 60A NEMA 4X disconnect for the Odor Scrubber. Mount outside of classified area
around Odor Scrubber. If mounted inside classified area,provide NEMA 7 disconnect.
1-51) Reference spec section 09511, which type of acoustical tile do we use in the lab building ACT or
ACT-1?
Provide ACT in Lab Building.
1-52) The Plans and Specs indicate the use of Networked Intelligent MCCs and Networked VFDs.
Please clarify the intent of the Specs in regards to which party is best responsible to supply this
equipment.
The intent of the plant design is that all motor starters, in MCCs or not, shall be required to
communicate with the SCADA system in a fashion to be determined by the SCADA System
Supplier. To this end, it would be wise to consider having the SCADA System Supplier as the
supplier for Intelligent MCCs and other motor starting devices, as they will be responsible for the
interconnection and communication of these devices.
1-53) Please clarify the insulation specifications (15086),
This asks for both blanket and board insulation in 2.02A, and you cannot have both. 2.02 A 4 lists
a 8.0 lb/cu ft. board.This is something that you would put on a roof deck to insulate a building,
not duct. The max density of duct rigid insulation is 6 lb/cu.ft., 3 lb/cu.ft. is industry standard.
Provide 2"6 lb/cu ft, K=0.22 @75 degree F Rigid Duct Insulation for ductwork in exposed areas.
Provide 2"-3 lb/cu ft, K=0.22 @75 degree F Rigid Duct Insulation for ductwork in concealed
areas.
1-54) As I asked last week, shouldn't we be providing the bench tops—Kewaunee always does that in
our scope, and we make our own tops.
See responses 1-3 and 1-5 in Attachment#4,Addendum#4.
1-55) Section 12355 Manufactured Casework calls for Conventional Radius Lipped Maple Casework.
Note 2 on A701 calls for Silhouette Oak. Which is correct?
Use section 92355 for all Laboratory Casework.
1-56) The section details on A702 differ from the Kewaunee cabinets specified in section 12355. Which
is correct?
Use section 12355 for all Laboratory Casework.
1-57) What separates the Manufactured Casework as specified in 12355 from Custom Cabinets in
06410?
Use section 12355 for all Laboratory Casework. For ALL other casework use section 06410.

1-58) The Epoxy Resin Sink and Faucet are normally supplied and installed by the Lab Casework
Manufacturer. These items are scheduled in the plumbing schedule on P701, item S-2. I don't
believe it would be good for the plumber to supply and install epoxy resin sinks in an epoxy resin
countertop.
It is acceptable for Lab casework manufacturer to provide resin sinks. The plumbing schedule
indicates what is to be provided. It is up to GC on who will provide which equipment.
1-59) There is a Disinfection Building SCADA PLC listed in Specification Section 16950, Part 3.01—
Control Panels. It is shown as supplied by the Sodium Hypochlorite vendor. Is this the same
• panel described as the 'Onsite Sodium Hypochlorite System Control Panel PLC(Two Panels)'on
P&ID drawings Dl605 and D1607? Is this actually two panels?
No. This is referring to the PLC in the Chemical Feed System Main Control Panel(Section
11260, Paragraph 2.14), supplied by the Sodium Hypochlorite Vendor.
1-60) There is a 'Chemical Feed System Main Control System PLC'shown on P&ID drawings D1607,
DI608, and DI609. This PLC panel is not mentioned in Section 16950, Part 3.01—Control Panels.
Is this the second panel mentioned in Question 1? Will it be supplied by the Sodium
Hypochlorite vendor,since it appears to be related in function?
See 1-59.
1-61) Will the Sodium hypochlorite vendor provide the flow instrumentation,ORP transmitters, and
Chlorine Analyzers shown in the Sodium Hypochlorite/Disinfection building area?
Yes, hypochlorite vendor will provide this equipment.
1-62) Is there an instrumentation schedule for the entire project?
See Addendum#5, Item#11.
1-63) Specification Section 16950 lists Rosemount as the acceptable flow and pressure manufacturer
with no other manufacturer listed. However,Specification Section 11310 lists Siemens, Badger,
and Fischer-Porter as acceptable manufacturers for magnetic flow transmitters. Are all four
manufacturers acceptable for this project?
Where equipment in sections 11310 and 16950 conflict, 11310 shall take precedence.
1-64) The scale is also incorrect on drawing 5106-CS. It appears that is should be 3/32. Not sure how
the 98% scale works on this drawing.
See Addendum#4, item#42.
1-65) Oxidation Ditch 2 as depicted on drawing S101-CS varies significantly from that shown on
drawing CU741. Wall elevations at the North end of the structure along with the placement of the
supported walkway along the northwest corner are my biggest concern. Please remedy this
issue as quickly as possible.

See Addendum#4, items#34, #35, #55, #56, #57.
1-66) Please provide structural drawing wl details for concrete pad for blower and scrubber @ sludge
digester
See Addendum#4, attachment#1, item#1-58.
1-67) Please provide a specification for the segmental retaining walls as shown on sheet S109 of the
phase 1 drawings.
See Addendum#5, Item#3.
1-68) There are very few dimensions (S100-CD)for the structural concrete portion of the influent pump
station. Please provide adequate dimensional information for this structure.
See Addendum#5, Item#15.
1-69) Drawing A201-HB, Section 6 and 7 show concrete footings and slab for the headworks building.
These sections state that we are to see the structural drawings for footing and slab information. I
am unable to find such a structural drawing. Please clarify.
See Addendum#5, Item#15 and drawings S101--CS and S101--HB.
1-70) On the Lab Building series of Mechanical Drawings, in the upper right corner, under notes, Note 1
reads "See M001 for General Notes and Legend" I cannot find a M001, and it's not listed on
G003, which is the Sheet Index.
See Addendum#5, Item#20.
1-71) Specification section 16231, Paragraph 2.05.J: Remote Annunciator Panel: "Provide one at the
influent pump station and one at the treatment plant." Each generator will have its own remote
annunciator(for a total of 3 remote annunciators).
See Addendum#5, Item#13.
1-72) Specification section 16231, Paragraph 2.05.K: Can you please clarify the location of the Influent
PS 750 kW genset? If it is in the building, does it need the enclosure? If it doesn't, do you have
the specs(including dB(A)level)for the muffler and associated parts? If the genset is in an
enclosure and in the building, will air flow and over-heating be a problem?
The Influent Pump Station generator is located under cover, but the sides of the building are open
to allow ventilation. Yes, the generator requires an enclosure. The generator set and enclosure
shall meet a sound attenuation of 75 dB at 7 meters.
1-73) Specification section 16231, Paragraph 2.05.L: Must comply to the EPA standards in force at the
time of completion of construction for the project. The engines are stamped meeting the EPA
standards at time of engine build. If, for example, the engines sit for 2-3 years and another
Emission Tier Level has been introduced, the engines will still be good because the stamp on the
engines shows it met the EPA standards at the time of the engine build.
The specifications state that the generators shall comply with EPA standards at the time of
completion. Per common interpretation of EPA regulations by manufacturers, a generator bought
today will still be compliant for the purpose it was purchased in a few years. The specification
intent is that, in the case that this is not correct, the Generator Supplier would be responsible for
achieving compliance for the project.

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#2 to Addendum#5
April 9, 2009
Specification Section 03500—Segmental Concrete Retaining Wall System
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
The work includes furnishing and constructing a segmental concrete retaining wall (SRW)
system, including leveling pad, soil reinforcement, unit drainage fill, reinforced backfill, and
incidental materials required for SRW construction to the lines and grades shown on the
construction drawings and specified herein.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)
1. ASTM C-1372 Specification for Segmental Retaining Wall Units
2. ASTM D-422 Particle Size Analysis
3. ASTM D-698 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil-Standard Effort
4. ASTM D-4318 Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils
5. ASTM D-4595 Tensile Properties of Geotextiles-Wide Width Strip
6. ASTM D-5262 Unconfined Tension Creep Behavior of Geosynthetics
7. ASTM D-3034 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC)
8. ASTM D-1248 Corrugated Plastic Pipe
9. ASTM D-4475 Horizontal Shear Strength of Puitruded Reinforced Plastic Rods
B. Geosynthetic Research Institute (GR1)
1. GRI-GG4 Determination of Long Term Design Strength of Geogrids
2. GRI-GG5 Determination of Geogrid (soil) Pullout
C. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA)
1. NCMA SRWU-1 Test Method for Determining Connection Strength of SRW
2. NCMA SRWU-2 Test Method for Determining Shear Strength of SRW
D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)
1. Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 17th Edition,2002
1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design Method - Design of SRW's using geosynthetic reinforcement shall be in
accordance with the NCMA Design Guidelines for Segmental Walls, AASHTO or NCMA
utilizing AASHTO earth pressure and stability design criteria. Metallic reinforcement
systems shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specification for
Highway Bridges, Section 5.8, using the Coherent Gravity Method. All designs shall
conform to the minimum safety factors in this Specification. Design submittals not
meeting this design criteria or technical/administrative criteria specified will be rejected in
their entirety until complete compliance is achieved.
O HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 03500- 1
Comm.#60492

B. Design Parameters - The design of the SRW system shall be based on the soil
parameters provided by the Geotechnical Report.
C. Design Requirements — Unless otherwise indicated below, the SRW design shall be
performed in strict compliance with Section 1.3.A of this Specification and the following
clarifications of the Owner's intent.
Internal Stability Minimum Factor of Safety
Pullout(Peak) 1.5
Facing Shear(Peak/serviceability) 1.5/NA
Facing Connection (Peak/serviceability) 1.5/NA
Uncertainties 1.5
External Stability
Base Sliding (static) 1.5
Overturning 2.0
Bearing 2.0
Global 1.3
In addition, to further clarify the Owner's intent,the design shall:
1) Address hydrostatic, seismic, rapid drawdown, surcharge and backslope loading as
shown on the plans. Minimum live loads of 100 psf(4.8 kPa) and 250 psf(12 kPa)
shall be for all walls and walls supporting areas subject to traffic, respectively.
2) Provide a minimum reinforcement length of 60% the total height of the wall for each
layer or longer as required by calculation.
3) Provide continuous, 100% geosynthetic coverage at each reinforcement layer (no
gaps).
4) Use a maximum spacing between vertically adjacent reinforcing layers of no more
than 2 times the actual (not nominal)SRW unit depth (face to tail).
5) Only the weight of the mass vertically over the plane of sliding shall be included in
the resisting forces for sliding and overturning. .
6) Hinge height shall only apply to wall systems with 10°of batter.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
The SRW contractor shall provide to the Owner a minimum of 14 days prior to the anticipated
start date for the SRW a submittal package including the following:
A. A set of detailed SRW design plans sealed by a registered professional engineer
licensed in the state of the project. The SRW plans shall include. plan and elevation
views of each wall, cross sections and all details, dimensions and quantities necessary to
construct the SRW.
B. Product literature indicating specifically which SRW units and soil reinforcement are
proposed for use on the project including color,face style and texture.
C. Documentation for the SRW units and soil reinforcement demonstrating compliance with
the requirements of this specification including but not limited to SRW compressive
strength and absorption; SRW/soil reinforcement connection and shear; and
reinforcement strength.
D. Manufacturer's certification that the SRW units and soil reinforcement meet the
requirements of this specification.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 03500-2
Comm.#60492

E. SRW system engineer's certification that the design complies in all respects with this
specification and proof of current professional and general liability insurance with an
aggregate coverage of not less than$2,000,000.00 per occurrence.
F. Contractor's certification that
1) The specific SRW system proposed for use on this project has been successfully
used on a minimum of 5 similar projects and has been successfully installed on a
minimum of 1,000,000 square feet(100000 m3)of retaining walls.
2) The contractor has a minimum of 200,000 square feet(18,000 m3)of experience
with the proposed SRW system. Contact names and telephone numbers shall
be listed for projects used to document the 200,000 square feet(18,000 m3).
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
The contractor shall check all materials upon delivery to assure that the proper type, grade, color
and material certification have been received. Contractor shall protect materials from damage
due to jobsite conditions and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
•
Damaged materials shall not be incorporated into the work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Segmental Concrete Units—a modular concrete facing unit machine made from Portland
cement,water and mineral aggregates.
B. Soil Reinforcement--geosynthetic or steel reinforcement formed by a regular network of
integrally connected tensile elements with apertures of sufficient size to allow interlocking
with surrounding soil, rock or earth and function as reinforcement. Soil reinforcement
shall be specifically manufactured for soil reinforcement.
C. Unit Drainage Fill — drainage aggregate that is placed within and behind the segmental
concrete units.
D. Reinforced Backfill—compacted soil that is within the reinforced soil volume as shown on
the plans.
E. Foundation Soil—compacted, imported or in-situ soil beneath entire wall.
F. Retained Soil — compacted, imported or in-situ soil behind reinforced zone of the
retaining wall.
G. Base Leveling Pad — level compacted gravel or unreinforced concrete pad upon which
the first course of segmental concrete facing units is placed.
2.02 SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNITS REQUIREMENTS
A. Manufactured in accordance with ASTM C1372 with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 3000 psi (21 MPa) (4000 psi (28 MPa) for steel reinforced systems) and a
maximum moisture absorption of 8%. SRW units finish and appearance shall be per
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 03500-3
Comm.#60492

ASTM C1372. Exposed faces shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections when
viewed from a distance of 20 feet (6 m) under diffused lighting. Color shall be concrete
gray and the face finish shall be a sculptured rock face in an angular multi-planar
configuration unless shown otherwise on the Plans.
B. Provide shear pins or connection devices to provide a mechanical connection between
vertically and horizontally adjacent units so as to provide at a 2 psi (13 kPa) normal
pressure a minimum inter-unit shear strength of 500 pif (7 kNlm) per NCMA SRWU-2
and a geosynthetic to SRW unit peak connection strength of 500 lbs/ft (7 kN/m) per
NCMA SRWU-1. Shear devices shall protrude at least 1 inch (25 mm) into receiving
openings of the SRW units. At least one shear connector is required per linear foot(300
mm) of wall for each course. The shear connector must fit within an aperture of the soil
reinforcement and be capable of holding the reinforcement in the proper position during
tensioning and backfilling. Connectors shall result in a design wall batter of 1°to 10°.
2.03 SOIL REINFORCEMENT
A. Geosynthetic Reinforcement—shall be evaluated in accordance with NCMA Section 3.5
with the following additions and clarifications.
1) The minimum RF1D shall be Z 1.05.
2) The minimum RFD shall be:?_. 1.10.
3) The minimum FSuNC shall be 1.5.
4) Geogrids not providing a minimum junction strength of 40 lbs per foot(0.6 kN/m)
per GRI: GG2 and all geotextiles shall have a minimum mass of 8 oz/sy (1.4
kg/m2) and meet the strength requirements of AASHTO M-288-96 Class 1
geotextile.
5) Geogrids not providing a minimum stiffness (flexural rigidity) of 30,000 mg-cm
per ASTM D1388 and all geotextiles shall be staked during placement per
Section 3.1.B.
6) PET geosynthetics shall be coated with a suitable coating immutably bonded to
the PET bundles. The coating shall contain a minimum of 1-% carbon black
measured per ASTM 4218. Geogrids not meeting this requirement and all
geotextiles shall use a minimum RFD= 1.6.
7) PET geosynthetics shall possess a Molecular Weight z 25,000 g/m per GRI:
GG8 and a carboxyl end group number<_ 30 per GRI: GG7. PET geosynthetics
not meeting this criteria shall use a minimum RFD=2.0.
8) HDPE geogrids shall have a melt flow index value? 0.88. HDPE geogrids not
meeting this criteria shall use a minimum RFD=2.0.
9) Manufacturing Quality Control — The geosynthetic manufacturer shall have a
quality control program that includes QC testing no less frequently than each
400,000 sf (40,000 m3) of production. The testing, as a minimum, shall include
Tensile Strength per ASTM D4595.
B. Steel Reinforcement—shall meet the requirements of and possess the minimum strength
and durability at the end of the 75-year design life per the AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Highway Bridges. Allowable tensile stress shall not exceed 0.55Fy at
the end of the design service life.
2.04 UNIT DRAINAGE FILL
Shall consist of clean 1" (25 mm) minus crushed stone or crushed gravel meeting the following
gradation per ASTM D422_ Geotextile shall not be substituted for unit drainage fill.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 03500-4
Comm.#60492

Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 inch(25 mm) 100
314 inch(19 mm) 75-100
No.4 (4.75 mm) 0-10
No.50 (300 urn) 0-5
2.05 REINFORCED BACKFILL
A. Shall consist of soil with
1) Less than 35% passing the No. 200 sieve per ASTM D422 with a maximum size of
3/4 inches (19 mm)(4 inch (100 mm)maximum for steel reinforced systems)
2) A plasticity index less than 10 per ASTM D4318
3) An effective internal angle of friction > 30° per ASTM D2166 or D3080 at the
compaction standard
4) Less than 0.5% organic material
5) Material can be site-excavated soils where the above requirements can be met.
Unsuitable soils for backfill including ML, CL, MH, CH, OH or Pt shall not be used in
the backfill or in the reinforced soil mass.
B. Use of an effective friction angle greater than 30 degrees for design shall be verified by
appropriate testing submitted to and approved by the owner's engineer prior to
construction.
C. Backfill reinforced with geosynthetic shall have a pH in the range of 3 to 9 per ASTM
G51.
D. Backfill reinforced with steel reinforcement shall have a pH in the range of 5 to 10 per
ASTM G51, minimum resistivity of 3000 ohm-cm at 100% saturation per ASTM G57 and
free of sulfates>200 ppm or chlorides > 100 ppm. If the resistivity is Z 5000 ohm-cm,the
chloride and sulphate requirements are waived. Subject to approval, the owner's
engineer may allow slightly wider ranges of pH for higher resistivities.
2.06 BASE LEVELING PAD
•
Base leveling pad shall be constructed of dense graded crushed stone or crushed gravel. A
concrete leveling pad consisting of lean unreinforced concrete may be used at the wall
contractor's option.
PART 3 EXECUTION
•
3.01 GENERAL — Construction and construction tolerances shall be in accordance with NCMA
Section 6 and 7 or AASHTO Section 7 with the following additions or clarifications.
A. A minimum of 1 cubic foot (0.028 m3) of unit drainage fill shall be used for each square
foot(0.093 m2)of wall face and shall be placed within the cores, between and behind the
SRW units and shall extend back from the face of the wall a minimum of 2 feet(600 mm).
Geotextile is not an acceptable substitute for unit drainage fill unless the entire reinforced
backfill zone meets the requirements of AASHTO Section 7.3.6.3 and connection
strength requirements can be met without unit drainage fill.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 03500.5
Comm.#60492

B. Reinforcement not meeting the minimum stiffness requirement of Section 2.3.A (5) or
wider than 12 feet(4 m)shall be staked at the corners and on 12 foot(4 m)centers along
the roll edges to prevent wrinkling or other distortion of the reinforcement during backfill
placement.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE
A. Field Quality Assurance — The Owner shall engage inspection and testing services,
including independent laboratories, to provide quality assurance and testing services
during construction. As a minimum, quality assurance testing should include foundation
soil inspection, inspection for the need for any additional drainage, soil and backfill
testing, verification of design parameters, and observation of construction for general
compliance with design drawings and specifications. This does not relieve the
Contractor from securing the necessary construction quality control testing during
construction.
B. Field Quality Control — The Contractor's quality control testing and construction
inspection services shall only be performed by independent, qualified and experienced
technicians and engineers. The Contractor's quality control testing, as a minimum, shall
include:
1) Field density testing
a. Subgrade: one test for every 2500 square feet(230 m2)of subgrade.
b. Reinforced Backfill: one test for every 2500 square feet (230 m2) per lift
with a minimum of one test for every other lift.
c. Retained and Foundation Soil: per Section 02200.
2) Laboratory Moisture Density-minimum one test per soil type.
3) Gradation Analysis
a. Unit Fill: one test per 500 CY(400 m3)
b. Backfill:one test per 1000 CY(800 m3)
3.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Measurement—The unit of measurement for furnishing and fabricating the SRW shall be
the vertical square foot (square meter) of wall surface from the top of the leveling pad to
the top of the wall or wall coping.
B. Payment—The accepted quantities of SRW will be paid at the contract unit price, which
shall be full compensation for design, supply, and installation of the SRW including face
units, caps, leveling pad, unit drainage fill, soil reinforcement and reinforced backfill.
END OF SECTION
©HSMM OF NC, INC.,2009 03500-6
Comm.#60492

•
Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#3 to Addendum#5
April 9, 2009
Specification Section 11310—Flow Control, Flow Measurement, and Instrumentation: Replace paragraphs
2.7,2.8, and 2.9 with the following:
2.7 pH MEASUREMENT
A. GENERAL
1. This section describes the requirements for a pH measurement system where indicated on
the plans. The system described in this section does not apply to the chlorine contact ,
chamber or effluent structure. See section 11260 for product requirements in these areas.
2. Under this item, the contractor shall furnish and install the pH sensor, controller, and
accessories as indicated on the plans and as herein specified. pH sensor, controller and
accessories shall be provided by a single manufacturer.
3. Manufacturers/Model:
a. Hach model pHD-SC pH System wl Hach model SC100 Digital Controller, or
equal.
4. Location and quantity:
a. Influent Pump Station Wetwell—One(1)
b. Splitter No. 2—One(1)
B. pH SENSOR
1. Section includes
a. System that continuously measures pH in aqueous solutions.
2. Measurement Procedures
a. The method of measuring pH will be with a probe or sensor that uses differential
electrode measurement technique using three electrodes.
(1) Two electrodes compare the process value to a stable internal reference
standard buffer solution.
(2) The internal electrode is non-flowing,foul-resistant characteristics.
3. System Description
a. Performance Requirements
(1) Measurement range:0 to 14 pH
(2) Sensitivity: 0.005 pH
(3) Stability: 0.03 pH per 24 hours, non-cumulative
4. Operating Criteria
a. Temperature range:23 to 203°F(-5 to 95°C)
b. Sample flow rate:3 meters(10 feet)per second, maximum
c. Pressure: 100 pounds per square inch at 221 °F(6.9 bar at 105°C)
d. Transmission distance: 914 meters(3000 feet), maximum
5. Manufactured Unit
a. The pH Measurement System consists of:
(1) Encapsulated sensor with digital signal processor, pre-amplifier,reference
electrode, measuring electrode, ground electrode, and replaceable salt
bridge.
(2) Integral 10-meter cable
(3) Wetted material: compatible with liquid in which probe is submerged
6. Accessories
a. Air blast cleaning system
b. Junction box for extension cables.Must be used for lengths greater than 100 meters.
c. ' Extension cables
d. ModBUS®RS-232 or RS-485 digital output card
O HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Addendum#5)
Comm.#60492 11310-1

e. Mounting hardware
f. pH buffer solutions
C. pH CONTROLLER
1. Section Includes:
a. Digital controller for digital sensors.
2. Manufactured Unit
a. The controller is microprocessor-based and is housed in a 1/2 DIN, NEMA 4X
enclosure, rated IP66.
b. Connections for digital sensors.
3. Equipment
a. Power: 90 to 130 Vac or 180 to 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz power, 10 VA maximum.
b. The controller shall use a menu-driven operation system.
c. The display of the controller shall use graphic dot matrix LCD and LED backlighting.
d. The controller shall be equipped with temperature compensation.
e. The controller shall have the ability to support up to two probes.
f. The controller shall provide a data logger with RS-232 capability.
g. Three electromechanical SPDT relays (Form C), user-configurable contacts rated
100 to 230 Vac, 5 Amp @ 30 Vdc resistive maximum, UL rated.
h. Two analog 4-20 mA outputs and/or optional selectable digital I/O, maximum
impedance 500 Ohms.
i. Alarms
(1) Low alarm point
(2) Low alarm point deadband
(3) High alarm point
(4) High alarm point deadband
(5) Off delay
(6) On delay
j. Controls
(1) High/low phasing
(2) Setpoint
(3) Deadband
(4) Overfeed timer
(5) Off delay
(6) On delay
k. Communication
(1) RS-232
(2) RS-485 MODBUS: Advanced communications/networking with PLC or
SCADA system directly from analyzer.
All user settings of the controller are retained indefinitely in memory(non-volatile,
EEPROM).
2.8 DISSOLVED OXYGEN MONITORING EQUIPMENT
1. The dissolved oxygen (D.O.)monitoring system shall consist of a sensor,an analyzer,and
auxiliary equipment to facilitate mounting the D.O.monitoring system. For standardization
purposes,all D.O.monitoring systems shall be provided by the same manufacturer,even if
supplied as part of a separate system(oxidation ditch,etc.).
2. Manufacturers/Model:
a. HACH model LD.O Probe wl Hach model SC100 Digital Controller, or equal.
3. Location and Quantity:
a. Oxidation Ditch#2&#3 -One(1)per basin(See section 11370)
b. Aerobic Digester#3—One(1)
c. Cascade Effluent Trough—One(1)
4. The Dissolved Oxygen(D.0.)Probe shall be a continuous reading probe that utilizes
luminescent sensor technology.
©HSMM OF NC, INC.,2008 (Addendum#5)
Comm.#60492 11310-2

a. The probe material shall be foamed Nory10 and Type 316 stainless steel All parts
of the probe shall be corrosion resistant and fully immersible. The D.O.sensor
material shall be polybutyl methoacrolate.
b. The measurement range of the probe shall be 0.00 to 20.00 mg/L dissolved oxygen
and 32.0 to 212.0° F(0.0 to 100.0°C)temperature. The operation of the
probe/analyzer shall not be affected by H2S, pH, metals and salts normally found in •
domestic wastewater. The probe shall provide for electrolyte-free operation without
the requirements of sample conditioning.
c. The probe shall not require periodic membrane changing. The sensor cap shall be
easily replaceable and cleaning accomplished by periodically wiping the sensor with
a clean rag. The accuracy of the sensor shall be 0.1 mg/L for levels less than 1.0
mg/L and 0.2 mg/L for D.O. levels greater than 1.0 mg/L. The sensitivity of the
probe shall be 0.05%of the span and the repeatability of the probe shall be 0.05%
of the span. The response time of the probe shall be 1 to 60 seconds to 90 percent
of the value upon a step change in D.O.
5. D.O. Probe Mounting:
a. The D.O. Probe/Analyzer shall be provided with a mounting system capable of
being attached to hand railing. The probe/analyzer shall be attached to an arm
that is suspended in the basin. The arm shall be manufactured of Schedule 80
PVC pipe and fittings and furnished by the installing contractor.
b. The swivel bracket that attaches the arm to the hand railing shall be fabricated of
Type 316 stainless steel. All nuts,bolts,washers and other hardware used to
mount the pole to the swivel bracket and to mount the bracket to the hand railing,
shall be furnished.
c. The D.O.Probe/Analyzer mounting bracket shall be constructed to allow for easy
calibration or exchange of the probe without the use of tools.
6. Dissolved Oxygen Interface Unit and Controller-The D.O. Interface Unit and Controller
shall be a microprocessor based instrument. Connections between the probe sensor and
the controller shall be"plug-and-play"without requiring extensive programming or
configuration. The system shall be able to perform automatic calibration of the dissolved
oxygen monitoring system.
a. The controller shall have an RS-485(MODBUS®)for communication with the ACE
System. The controller shall have wireless downloading capability through an IR
port located on the controller unit to download and print real time data,calibration
history and current set points in a CSV format.
b. The interface unit shall allow control of the sensor and interface functions using
menu driven software. The interface unit shall have a built-in data logger with the
capacity to store data on 15-minute intervals for up to 6 months. The display for
the unit shall be a graphic dot matrix LCD display, 128 x 64 pixels with LED
backlighting. All user settings for the controller shall be retained indefinitely in non-
volatile memory(EEPROM)
c. The interface unit shall include two analog 4 to 20mA output signals proportional to
dissolved oxygen level and temperature,and shall include two independent PID
control functions including high/low phasing,setpoints,dead bands, off delay and
on delay and able to display the following parameters:
1. Dissolved Oxygen Concentration
2. Temperature
d. The unit shall include three(3)SPDT, user configurable Form 'C'alarm contacts,
rated at 100 to 230 volts AC,5 amp resistive maximum. The unit shall be capable
of providing the following alarm conditions: low alarm setpoint, low alarm point
dead band, high alarm setpoint, high alarm point dead band,off delay and on
delay.
e. The interface unit shall be housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure with a corrosion
resistant finish. The AC power supply to the unit shall be housed in the interface
©HSMM OF NC, INC.,2008 (Addendum#5)
Comm.#60492 11310-3

unit and shall automatically accept input in the range of 100 to 230 volts AC,single
phase,60 Hz. The interface unit shall be supplied with a sun shield and with
adequate cable length for the D.O.probe. The Dissolved Oxygen Monitoring
System components shall be certified to be in conformance with UL 61010A-1
Standards.The unit shall be capable of exterior mounting,vertically on the
handrail.
2.9 FLOAT SWITCHES
A. The float switching system shall control the alarm for high and/or low water conditions within the
specified structure.
B. Location and Quantity:
1. Influent Pump Station Wetwell—Two (2)
2. Scum Pumping Station No. 1 —One (1)
C. Level controls shall be individual heavy duty tilt-type mercury float switches(Consolidated Electric 9G,
or equal). Switches and controls shall control the high and low water alarms as indicated. Float
switches shall be mounted on a stainless steel bracket within reach from the access hatch and away
from incoming sewage turbulence. Float switches shall be weighted individually to reduce the
influence of turbulence. Ample extra cord shall be included to allow easy adjustment of float switches.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2008 (Addendum#5)
Comm.#60492 11310-4

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#4 to Addendum#5
April 9,2009
The information in this attachment shall supplement requirements pertaining to section 09910—Specialty
Paints and Coatings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 MATERIALS
F. CONCRETE FLOOR COATING MATERIALS:
1. WATER BASED CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER(CLEAR FLOOR SEALANT)
a. Vehicle-Acrylic urethane blend suitable for floor use.
b. Percent solids by volume- 18% minimum. ASTM 2697(TESTED)
c. Pencil Hardness-2H-ASTM D3363
d.Tack free after 1 hour
e. Resistance to abrasion-.126g. per 1000 cycles max. ASTM D 4060(TESTED)
f. Coefficient of friction- test method A, .5 min. under wet conditions,
ASTM D4518 (TESTED)
2. WATER BASED CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER(STAINED FLOOR SEALANT)*
a. Vehicle-Acrylic urethane blend suitable for floor use.
b. Percent solids by volume- 18% minimum. ASTM 2697 (TESTED)
c. Pencil Hardness-2H -ASTM D3363
d.Tack free after 1 hour
e. Resistance to abrasion-.126g. per 1000 cycles max. ASTM D 4060 (TESTED)
f. Coefficient of friction- test method A, .5 min. under wet conditions,
ASTM D4518 (TESTED)
*May be used as an alternate to Clear Floor Sealant.
3. HEAVY DUTY WATER BASED EPDXY FLOOR COATING (EPDXY SEALER)
a. Vehicle-Two(2)component water based epoxy that is chemical and
abrasion resistant suitable for floors.
b. Percent solids by volume-35% minimum. ASTM 2697(TESTED)D
c. Wet adhesion-3A minimum rating on tin plate, Battelle Method test
d. Pencil Hardness-2H on tin plate. ASTM D 3363 (TESTED)
e. Non skid texture additive to be added at a ratio of one(1)pound to one
gallon. To be field added to paint.
f. Resistance to abrasion-.126g. per 1000 cycles max. ASTM D 4060
g. Resistance to Household Chemicals-Water, 5% bleach, 5%acetic acid,
5%caustic soda, 5%JCL; no lifting, blistering, discoloration after being
spot tested covered 8 hours,ASTM D 1308
DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PRODUCT
CLEAR FLOOR SEALANT Scott Paint Scott#680 Hydroclear Acrylic Clear Finish
Water Based Concrete Floor Sealer, Clear Porter Paints #3215 Plex-Seal, Clear
Sherwin-Williams Shield-Plus Clear
STAIN FLOOR SEALANT Scott Paint Scott#750 Aquadeck Silicone Acrylic
Page 1 of 2

Concrete Stain
Water Based Concrete Floor Sealer, Porter Paints #3459 Concrete Stain
Pigmented
Sherwin-Williams Shield-Plus Concrete Stain
EPDXY SEALER Scott Paint Scott#918 Scot-Tile Industrial Epoxy Coating
Heavy Duty Water Based Epoxy Floor Porter Paints #9371 Dura-Glaze Epoxy
Coating
Sherwin-Williams Armor Seal 700HS
Note: Tnemec, and lnduron equivalent products will also be accepted.
PART 3 EXECUTION
1.04 PAINTING SCHEDULE
B. FLOOR COATING SCHEDULE:
1. Where specific concrete floor finish is not specified, use water based clear floor sealant.
2. See architectural sheets for floor coating schedules in the Laboratory Building not listed
below.
3. The following coatings shall be applied to all concrete floors in each building area as
indicated below:
Building Area Coating
Lab Building—Room 108 (Phase I) Clear Floor Sealant
Lab Building—Room 114(Phase I) Clear Floor Sealant
Influent Pump Station (Phase I) Epoxy Sealer
Headworks Building (Phase I) Epoxy Sealer
Electrical Building (Phase I) Epoxy Sealer
Sludge Building (Phase II) Epoxy Sealer
Disinfection Building (Phase 1) Epoxy Sealer
Page 2 of 2

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#5 to Addendum#5
April 9, 2009
Specification Section 09220—Portland Cement Plaster
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Portland cement plaster for installation over masonry.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C 150-Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005.
B. ASTM C 206-Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime; 2003.
C. ASTM C 926-Standard Specification for Application of Portland Cement-Based Plaster;2006.
D. PCA EB049-Portland Cement Plaster/Stucco Manual; Portland Cement Association; 2003.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01300-Administrative Requirements,for submittals procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics and limitations of products
specified.
C. Samples: Submit two samples, 4x4 inch in size illustrating finish color and texture.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C 926.
1. Maintain one copy on site.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum 10 years of experience.
1.06 MOCK-UP
A. Construct mock-up of exterior wail,4 feet long by 4 feet wide, illustrating surface finish.
B. Locate where directed.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is under 50 degrees F or over
80 degrees F.
B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of plaster and until
cured.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PLASTER MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement,Aggregates, and Other Materials: In accordance with ASTM C 926.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I.
©HSMM OF NC, INC., 2009 09220- 1
Comm.#60492

•
1. For finish coat: White color.
C. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes,ASTM C207,Type
S.
D. Aggregate: In accordance with ASTM C 926.
E. Water: Clean,fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster.
F. Acrylic Admixture: Acrylic polymer liquid internal bonding admixture for cement based products
type;Thoroseal Acryl 60 manufactured by Harris Specialty Chemical Corporation or other as
acceptable to Architect
G. Acrylic Admixture: Smooth, premixed, acrylic polymer crack and surface repair product.
Patching products by Thoro, or other as acceptable to Architect.
H. Plaster Mix Reinforcement: Glass fibers, chopped to 1/2 inch nominal length, alkali resistant;
Ar-chopped strand manufactured by Texas Fiberglass Group or Equal.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Beads, Screeds, and Joint Accessories: Depth governed by plaster thickness, maximum
possible lengths.
1. Anchorage: Tie wire, nails, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application;
to rigidly secure materials in place, galvanized.
2. Fasteners: ASTM C 1002 self-piercing tapping screws.
3. Tie Wire:Annealed galvanized steel.
4. Material: PVC,open grid flanges or perforated with nailing holes.
5. Casing Beads:Square edges.
6. Corner Beads: Radiused corners.
7. Base Screeds: Bevelled edges.
8. Control Joints:Accordian profile with protective tape,2 inch flange.
2.03 PLASTER MIXES
A. Over Metal Lath: Three-coat application, mixed and proportioned in accordance with ASTM C
926.
B. First Coat over CMU:
1. One part portland cement.
2. Minimum 3/4 and maximum 1-1/2 part hydrated lime.
3. Minimum 2-1/2 and maximum 4 parts aggregate, per sum of cementitious materials.
4. Reinforcement at 1-1/2 lbs per sack of cement.
C. Second Coat: Same as first coat, except minimum 3 parts and maximum 5 parts aggregate.
D. Finish Coat: Light Sand Finish
1. One part portland cement.
2. Minimum 3/4 and maximum 1-1/2 parts lime.
3. 3 parts sand, per sum of cementitious materials.
E. Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set.
F. Mix materials dry,to uniform color and consistency, before adding water.
G. Add Acryl Admixture in first and second coats.
H. Protect mixtures from freezing,frost, contamination,and excessive evaporation.
I. Do not retemper mixes after Initial set has occurred.
PART 3 EXECUTION
©HSMM OF NC, INC.,2009 09220-2
Comm.#60492

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify the suitability of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Masonry: Verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this section. Verify
no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on masonry surface.
C. Accessories: Verify flat, secured to substrate, and joint and surface perimeter accessories are
in place.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction.
B. Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter. Clean surfaces using acid solutions,solvents, or
detergents. Wash surfaces with clean water.
3.03 PLASTERING •
A. Apply plaster in accordance with ASTM C 926.
B. Moist cure base coats.
C. Apply second coat immediately following initial set of first coat.
D. After curing, dampen previous coat prior to applying finish coat.
E. Finish Texture: Float to a consistent and smooth finish.
F. Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing
excess fines to surface.
G. Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours.
H. Provide incised control joints 1/4"depth in second coat immediately after the initial set. Locate
30 feet maximum to align with adjacent openings or edges.
3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
END OF SECTION
©HSMM OF NC, INC.,2009 09220-3
Comm.#60492

Hickory NE WWTP Improvements
Attachment#6 to Addendum #5
April 13, 2009
OPENING LIST
t a_.=
._.___...___.____...__. .____._—
I......._.... .. _-.....�..._»_.......__... --J- -.._._._.....--L.1. - ...----
. --- ----
1 [Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phase 1 *Z.
_r
1 I
_. . __,10peninq __4Hdw Set -----Openincf 'Hdw Set OQen-rpv f Kdw Se
:CB-101 04 PR-101A 0B
i. ....._ ._.... .. . . ..__._._.._.IPB-103 _ 27. . .__..,-...._..
1 PB-104A 16
DB-101A 108 IPB-104B 27
bB-ions 108 13B-105A 10
I DS-101 C 27 PB-105E 27
IDB-102 129 _ _ - PB-106A 28
1 PB-106C 15 '
IEB-1Q1A •0 1 iPB-106D 03 t
!ES-101B I01 11513-107A 28
/-
.1.-
.1!.13-101C 01 P_B-10T8 11
E6-101 D 02 II PB-108A 28 I 1--
-i 1 1.PB-108B 28 i— t
H8-101A 08 --- I -
IHB-101B •127 _r.._.__ .. .... _f SB-101A 03 1
_ HB-102A 03 7 _ S B-101 B 27
_.tHB_i02$ 104 SB-102A 01
€ SB-103A 09
SB-103B 17
LB-100A :07 SB-103C 122 t____._._...._._
_;LB-100D_.......a2 ................_.:._._................ISB 103D..._...._.'21...._..-_._...._ _... -- - I ---- i-- ..._._.
+LB-100D-A 105 S8-104A 03
1LB-101 T18 IS$-104B 27 -I-- _--
LLB-102 118 ISB-104C 15 L-_____
LB-103 • •!12 ! SB-105A 23 i M- -
�B T44 —L2----- SB-106A 03.....,. -. ..... --1-
LB-105 25 SB-106B 20
LB-106 124 �SB-106C 27 I_..._...._...
LB-107
_........ .1
_............24
; . .-._............ ......... -- - ----+-- ---- -__ -I- ._._.... ..
.., ---.-..LB-108 -._.....� __...._�.......... - -- --1 -�- ----
1
jLB-1.10 .... .i1 _.. __.......- ---1 - I •- --•..»...
..1 LB-112 24 7- —-I- -- - -I---. .
{ I
ILB-115 05 _...._—.._ __.......--
L8-116 118 1 -
t
'LB-117 1
!LB-i 18 ;19 1_
LB-1i9 !19
LB-120 :19 ? - -
LB-121 18 _ _T

Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phase 1 DOOR HARWARE
Hickory,North Carolina SECTION 08710
HW SET#01
- Hinges TA2314 NRP US32D MC
1 Rim Exit Device 7100 x CR626F 630 YA
I Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
1 Door Closer UNI-4400 689 YA
I Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2" LDW US32D MC
1 Set Weatherstrip MCK303 APK MC
I Door Bottom MCK315 CN MC
I Threshold MCK172 A MC
HW SET#02
- Hinges TA2314 NRP US32D MC
I CVR Exit Device 7120 x CR626F 630 YA
1 CVR Exit Device 7120 630 YA
1 Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
2 Door Closer UNI-4400 689 YA
2 Kick PIate KP50 8"x 1" LDW US32D MC
I Set Weatherstrip MCK303 APK MC
2 Door Bottom MCK315 CN MC
l Threshold MCK172 A MC
HW SET#03
- Hinges TA2314 NRP US32D MC
1 Entrance Lock CRR 8847FL 630 YA
I Door Closer UNI-4400 689 YA
I Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2"LDW US32D MC
I Set Weatherstrip MCK303 APK MC
1 Door Bottom MCK315 CN MC
1 Threshold MCKI72 A MC
HW SET#04
- Hinges TA2314 NRP US32D MC
2 Flush Boit FBOIM US26D MC
1 Lockset CRR 8847FL 630 YA
2 Door Closer UNI-4410 689 YA
2 Kick Plate KP50 8"x 1"LDW US32D MC
I Set Weatherstrip MCK303 APK MC
2 Door Bottom MCK315 CN MC
1 Threshold MCKI72 A MC
HW SET#05 •
1 Continuous Hinge FM-100 628 MA
1 Deadlatch 4900 628 AD
_ I Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
l Door Pull OP9013 US32D MC
I Paddle Operator 4591 (PULL OPERATION) 628 AD
I Door Closer 4400 689 YA
I Set Weatherstrip BY DOOR MANUFACTURER XX
1 Threshold MCK172 A MC
January 14,2009 Page 1 of 5

Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phase I DOOR HARWARE
Hickory,North Carolina SECTION 08710
HW SET#06
1 Continuous Hinge FM-I00 628 MA
I Entrance Lock CRR 8847FL 630 YA
I Door Closer UNI-J-4400 689 YA
1 Set Weatherstrip BY DOOR MANUFACTURER XX
1 Threshold MCKI72 A MC
HW SET#07
2 Continuous Hinge FM-1 00 628 MA
I Header Bolt 4085 AD
I Deadlock MS1950 628 AD
1 Threshold Bolt 4015 AD
1 Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
I Lever Operator 4550 RC l30 AD
2 Set Door Pulls 0P9013 x BTB MTG US32D MC
2 Door Closer 4400 689 , YA
1 Set Weatherstrip BY DOOR MANUFACTURER XX
1 Threshold MCKI72 A MC
HW SET#08
I Continuous Hinge FM-100 628 MA
1 Entrance Lock CRR 8847FL 630 YA
I Door Closer UNI-J-4400 689 YA
1 Set Weatherstrip MCK303 APK MC
I Door Bottom BY DOOR MANUFACTURER XX
I Threshold MCK172 A MC
HW SET#09
2 Continuous Hinge FM-1 00 628 MA
2 Flush Bolt FB0I M US26D MC
I Lockset CRR 8847FL 630 YA
2 Door Closer UNI-J-4400 689 YA
I Set Weatherstrip MCK303 APK MC
1 Door Bottom BY DOOR MANUFACTURER XX
I Threshold MCK 172 A MC
HW SET#10
- Hinges TA2314 US32D MC
1 Lockset CRR 8822FL 630 YA
I Wall Stop WS01 US32D MC
3 Door Silencers S 1 M MC
HW SET#11
- Hinges TA2314 US32D MC
I Entrance Lock CRR 8847FL 630 YA
I Door Closer UNI-4400 689 YA
1 Kick Plate KPSO 8"x 2"LDW US32D MC
3 Door Silencers S1M MC
January 14,2009 Page 2 of 5

Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phase 1 DOOR HARWARE
Hickory,North Carolina SECTION 08710
HW SET#12
- Hinges TA2714 US26D MC
1 Office Lock CRR 8807FL 630 YA
1 Wall Stop WS01 US32D MC
3 Door Silencers S I M MC
HW SET#13
- Hinges TA2714 US26D MC
I Storeroom Lock CRR 8805FL 630 YA
1 Door Closer 4400 689 YA
1 Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2"LDW US32D MC
I Set Door Seals or Silencers AS REQUIRED MC
HW SET#14
- Hinges TA2714 US26D MC
1 Lockset CRR 8822FL 630 YA
I Wall Stop WSOI US32D MC
3 Door Silencers S1M MC
11W SET#15
- Hinges TA2314 US32D MC
1 Rim Exit Device 7100 x CR626F 630 YA
1 Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
I Door Closer UNI-4400 689 YA
1 Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2"LDW US32D MC
3 Door Silencers SIM MC
HW SET#16
- Hinges TA2314 US32D MC
I CVR Exit Device 7120 x CR626F 630 YA
1 CVR Exit Device 7120 630 YA
1 Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
2 Door Closer UNI-4400 689 YA
2 Kick Plate KP50 8"x I"LDW US32D MC
2 Door Silencers S1M MC
HW SET#17
2 Continuous Hinge FM-IOU 628 MA
1 CVR Exit Device 7120 x CR626F 630 YA
1 CVR Exit Device 7120 630 YA
1 CyIinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
2 Door Closer UN1-4400 689 YA
2 Door Silencers SIM MC
HW SET#I8
- Hinges TA2714 US26D MC
1 Passage Set CRR 8801 FL 630 YA
1 Wall Stop WSOI US32D MC
3 Door Silencers SIM MC
January 14,2009 Page 3 of 5

Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phase I DOOR HARWARE
Hickory,North Carolina SECTION 08710
HW SET#19
- Hinges TA2714 US26D MC
1 Passage Set CRR 880I FL 630 YA
l Overhead Stop #10 SERIES 630 RX
3 Door Silencers S I M MC
HW SET#20
- Hinges TA2314 US32D MC
1 Auto Flush Bolt Set FB06M US26D MC
I Passage Set CRR 8801FL 630 YA
2 Door Closer 4400 689 YA
I Coordinator CSM500 x FILLER BAR PRIMED MC
2 Kick Plate KP50 8"x I" LDW US32D MC
2 Floor Stop FS26 US26D MC
2 Door Silencers SIM MC
HW SET#2I
1 Continuous Hinge FM-I00 628 MA
1 Passage Set CRR 8801FL 630 YA
1 Door Closer 4400 689 YA
1 Floor Stop FS26 US26D MC
3 Door Silencers SIM MC
HW SET#22
2 Continuous Hinge FM-100 628 MA
1 Auto Flush Bolt Set FB06M US26D MC
1 Passage Set CRR S801FL 630 YA
2 Door Closer 4400 689 YA
I Coordinator CSM500 x FILLER BAR PRIMED MC
2 Floor Stop FS26 US26D MC
2 Door Silencers SIM MC
HW SET#23
- Hinges TA23 14 US32D MC
I Privacy Set CRR 8802FL 630 YA
1 Wall Stop WS01 US32D MC
3 Door Silencers SIM MC
HW SET#24
- Hinges TA2714 US26D MC
I Push Plate P055 US32D MC
1 Pull Plate DP803 US32D MC
1 Door Closer 4400 689 YA
I Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2" LDW US32D MC
I Floor Stop FS26 US26D MC
3 Door Silencers SIM MC
January 14,2009 Page 4 of 5

Northeast Wastewater Treatment Plant-Phase I DOOR HARWARE
Hickory,North Carolina SECTION 08710
HW SET#25
- Hinges TA27I4 US26D MC
I Storeroom Lock CRR 8805FL 630 YA
I Electric Strike 712-75 630 FO
1 Door Closer 4400 689 YA
1 Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2" LDW US32D MC
I Wall Stop WSOI US32D MC
3 Door Silencers SIM MC
1 Power Supply AS REQUIRED YA
I Access Control FURNISHED IN OTHER SECTION XX
HW SET#26
- Hinges TA27I4 US26D MC
1 Storeroom Lock CRR 8805FL 630 YA
I Electric Strike 712-75 FS 630 FO
I Door Closer 4400 689 YA
I Kick Plate KP50 8"x 2"LDW US32D MC
I Wall Stop WSOI US32D MC
1 Set Door Seals or Silencers AS REQUIRED MC
I Power Supply AS REQUIRED YA
NOTE: ELECTRIC STRIKE TO BE TIED INTO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
HW SET#27
1 Cylinder AS REQUIRED 626 YA
NOTE: BALANCE OF HARDWARE FURNISHED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER.
HW SET#28
NOTE: ALL HARDWARE FURNISHED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER.
END OF SECTION
January 14,2009 Page 5 of 5

HSMM
Project HICKORY NE WWTP Project No. 60492
Title ADDENDUM#5 Phase
STOP AND WASTE VALVE AND BOX Date
Des By MRB Dept CIVIL Rev Date
Ckd By SES Sketch SK-4 Sheet No. 4 Of
3/4" 90' BEND 3" PVC DRAIN TO STORM DRAIN/ROOF DRAIN
/�----- 3
1=11 / ill
FLOW 1-' FLOW
TO OXIDATION DITCH
PLASTIC METER
GRADE BOX
/�%/\7\-%Z///`%//`` I I i
l/�j `f `/ l/ V/,---- -
Er
w
a
(1) 3/4" GV cQ U
(1) 3/4" 90' BEND Z
3"X3/4" TEE OPENING --
IN METER
BOX (TYP)
3" GV
FLOW FLOW
3" PVC WATER UNE Lia `� 3" PVC WATER LINE 4
TO OXIDATION DITCH -:w;-:�A:wrk Asriei���� 6" WASHED STONE
� eWlinks %%' 9041 •WitO eb qr jIt
3" PVC DRAIN TO STORM DRAIN/ROOF DRAIN
NOTES: •
1. SLOPE 3" DRAIN @ 0.5% MIN. TOP OF DRAIN INSIDE BOX
SHALL BE 1" MIN. ABOVE TOP OF GRAVEL.
2. TIE STOP & WASTE DRAIN © OD#3 TO STORM DRAIN
MANHOLE SDB3.
3. TIE STOP & WASTE DRAINS CO OD#2 TO SLUDGE BUILDING
ROOF DRAIN PIPING W/ 3"X6" REDUCING WYE.
STOP AND WASTE
VALVE AND BOX
NO SCALE
Ref Drawing: CU509
I
liNPROJECTS\60000SERESV1059VemOwc\sK4-4.owc Blass 64/o3/1oo9 111.43:49 BRCOEROC.G EW
RF:NONE RAG.tiatiE